1997-1998 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog by Pacific Lutheran University Archives

For further information ... The Wliversity is locat .. d at South Illst Street and Park Avenue in suburb n Parkland. Office h urs. re from 8:00a.m. to 5:0 0 p.m. Mondayt h rough Friday. Most offices arc closed for chapel on Monday, Wednesday, and Friday from 10:30 to II :OOa.m. during th school year. he univE'r it}' observes all legal holiday. The University Center maintains an in formation desk which is open daily untiIIOp.m.

(11 p.m.

on Friday and Saturday).

Visitors are

we lc ome

at ny time. Special arrangements for tour and appointments may be

made t h r o ugh the Office of Admjssjons.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT:

CONTACT THE OFFICE OF:

Area code (253)

• General interests of the

uni ersity. .hurch

The President ......................................... 535-7\ 0I

relations, and commun ity relalions

• Acade m ic policies

nd programs . (acuity

The Provost . .. .... . .. ....... . . . ....... .. . . . ....... . .... 535-7126

appointments. curriculum deve! pment.

academic a vi ing and i lance. graduate programs. and international study •

General information, admission of .s tudent!..

Acbnissions

.............................................

publications for prospective studen ts .

freshm�n student registration. transfer, and advanced pin ement •

Financial assistance, scholar hip., and loans; fees and ra),menl plans; transcripts

535-7151

1-800-274-6758

E-mail: admissions@PLU.edu

Stodent Services Center

. .. . ... .... .. . . ... . ..

. 535-7161

1-800-678·3243

(records schedules,. ncl registration •

Financial management and adntinistrative services

•

Campu parking, safety, and information

•

Residen

halls. counseling a nd tcsting,

health ervices, minority a ffairs, stu dents., and extracurricular

The Vice President (or Finance and Operations .. .. ...... ..... .... 535-7121 Campos Safety and Information .... . . . . 535-744.1 The Vice President for Student life ......... .... .. ... ... .... ......... 535-7191

international activities

• Gift. •

beque ts, gran

,and the annual fund

Work-study opportunities and student

The Vice President for Development and University Relations ... ...... .. ..... . . 535-7177 Student Employment Office

... . . ...._ ...

53" -7459

employment Caree r options

Career Development ...... ... ..... .............. . 535-74_ 9

• Summer sessions

Summer SessioJl& .... . ... .. ... . ........... .... _ .... 535-7129

•

• Alumni nctivitie • WOT hip e rvices and r the university

Alumni and Parent Relations ............. . 535-7415 ligious [if< at

Campos Ministry ..... .. .. . .............. ..... ..... . 53 -7464

UNDERGRADUATE AND

... .... .. . . .. . . ... . . ... . 77 . . .. ....... . . ... . . . ...... .. 78 Honors Program ... . . . .. . ........ 80 Humanities ... .. . ... . .. ... . .. . . ... .. . 81 111divi.dualized Major .. . . . ... . . . . . 82 Integrated Studies ... . . .. . .. . . .. 82 International Programs .. .. . . .... ... . . . . . . . 83 Languages and Literatures . . . . . . .. . . . ....... .... 86 I.egal Studies . . . . . . . . ... . . .. ...... . . .... .. . 90 Marriage and Family T herap y ............................................ 90 Mathematics ... ... .... ... . . . ... . .... . . . . . 91 ....... . . ... .. 93 M edical Technology ........... . Music . . ...... . . . .. .. ... . . ..... . 94 Natural Sciences .................................................................. 99 Nursing ... . . . . .... . . "...................................... 100 Philosophy . . . . . .... ... ... . . ..... .. ... 109 Physical Education . . . . . .. . . . .. ... 110 Physics .. . . . . . .. . . ... . . ....... .. 114 Political Science ................................................................. 116 Pre-Professional Studies . . . . . ... .. ... . 118 Psychology . .. .. . . ..... ..... ... . . . . . .. 120 Publishing and Printing Arts . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 122 Religion .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 123 Scandinavian Area Studies ..... . . . 124 Social Sciences . . . . . . ... . .. . . . 125 Soc iology and Social Work . . .. . ... . . . 125 Statistics . ... ... ......... .. . ..... 128 Women's Studies . . ... . . .... . . . . . . .. .. . ..... 129 Global tudies History

GRADUATE CATALOG

......

. . .

. .

...

. .

.. ....... . . .....

1997/1998

... ........... . . ..

. .. .

. ..... ..

.....

. .

.............

The University .... . .. . . . .... . . 3 .. . . . . . .... . . ... . 3 ... ... .. . ... .. .. 6 Admissi on . . . . ... Financial Aid . . ... ... ... . . .. . . . .. . . ....... . .. 8 Tuition and Fee . . . .... . ... ....... .... ... .. ........ . 14 Student Life ......... ...... .. .. .... . .... . ... 18 AcadeLllic. Procedures .. . .. . . ... .. . . . . . . .. . ..... 21 Mission Statement

..... ........ .

. .

enerallnformation ..... .

. .....

. . . . .

...........

.. .

. ... ...........

... .

..... ........

............ .

....

...............................

.. .... .. ..

....... ... ...... ...

... ...... .... ...

.. ......... .... .. .. .

. .......... ...

. . .

.. ....

......

. .

....... ..... . . . ....... .....

..... . ..

. . .. . . . .

........ .... .

Degree and Course Offerings . ... . . . . . .. . . .. . .... .

. .... .... 28 .. 29 Anthropology . . .. . . . .. . .. .... 29 Arl 31 Arts, School of . .. .. . . . . . .. . . .. . 34 Biology ................................................................................. 34 Business ................................................................................ 37 hemistry ... .... ... . ....... ... .. ... . . ....... .. . .. 41 Chinese Srudie . . . ... . .. . . ... . . . . . 43 Classic. . . ... . . .. ... . . . . ....... . . ...... ... 44 College of Arts and Scien es . . . .. .. . 44 ......... .

. . ............................. ..

....... . .......... ....... ......... .....

... ...

. ..... ... .

.... .

. .

...

.............. . ..........

..... .... . ...

. ...

.....

.................................................................................... . . . .

... .

................... . ... .

............ .

...

..... ... .. ....

.. .... .

. ... .

. .

. . . . .

........ .

.... . ......

..... ........

. . .

... .... . . ..

.... .

.... .... . . ... .....

....... ....... ................... .

. .

............................................ 4S

Computer Science ............................................................... 48 ooperative Education Internships ..

. .. . . . . 51 Economics .... .. .. . .......... .. .... .. . 52 Edu . tion .. . . . . . . .. .. . .. . ..... . . . 53 Engineering . . . ... . . . . . . .. ........ ... . 67 English ................................................................................. 69 nglish as a econd Language . ...... . 73 Environmental Studies . . ... . . . . . . . 74 eoscienc.es . . ... .. . ... .. ... . .... ... . .. ... . . 75 . ... . .. ...

....

.......

......

... .... ... .. . ...

. ... .. .

... ... . .. .......

.................... .

................

... ..

. ..

. .. ......... . . ............. ...... .

.... . .

.. ....

. ...... ...

...

........

...... ........ .

...

.....

......

.. ................. ...

.. ...

...

.. . . ..... ...

.. ..

.........

.. . . . . . . . .

. ... ....

. .. .

. . ... ........ ...... .....

. .... ........ ......

...... . .... ....... ....

.....................

.... ........ .... . . . . . . .

........... ........

...

............. .....

. . . ........... . .

...............

. . . ... .. .... ..

... . ........

................ ... ....

..........

... . .... .. ............... .. . .. .

. ..... ...............

... . . . .....

.............. ............

. . . .. .. .... .

. .

Graduate Studies Admission

. .. .. .. . .... . . .. . . . . ... .... 131 Policies and Stďż˝ndards . ...... . .... ... 132 Tuition and Fees ................................................................ 134 Financial Aid .. . .......... . .... . ..... . 134 Business .............................................................................. 134 Education . ... .... ..... .. . .. .... .... . . 13S Nursing .............................................................................. 139 Social Sciences: Marriage and Family T herapy .. . 140 .......... .....

.... .

....... ... . .. .....

............... ....................

. .

.......... .

.......... ...

.... .........

.................. ..

.....

. .

......... ......

...... ....

.......... .

................. . .............. ..

. . . . . ........... .

.... . ...........

. .. ..... .... . . .

.......

... . ... ....

. . . . ....... . . .................. ......

....... ........ . . .. . ......... .

. .. . .

....

..... ....... ... . .. ..

. ..

.......... . ....... .....

.. .........

. .. . ......... .. ..

. .. . ... . .

... .... .

. . . ..

. ... . .

...

. . .. ...... . . . .....

... .......

. ..... ......... . . . . . ..........

Communication and Theatre

...

Academic Structure ............................................................. 27

Americas

...

.............

... .. ..... ... . .......

....

.................. . ... .

......... .

Majors and Minors

...

.........

.... ...... . . . ................... .

. . . . ...... . .

.. . 2

...... .... ............ ....

.. ...

. . ..............

. . ..

......... . .

. .. .

... . ....

...... . .. . ...

. .... . .....

.. . ...... .

. . . . . . . . .

.... .......... .

. ..

........

...... .

.............

Academic Calendar

. ... ... .....................

.......... .

...

Table of Contents

.. . .....

. .....

Administration/Faculty . ...

...... . . . . . ... .... ... . . . ... . . C a mp us Map ...... . . . .. .... .... ....... . ... .... . . Index . . ... . . . . .......... . . ... . . ..

University Guideli.nes . .

..............

. ... .... .. . . .

. .

. ...........

..... .

. . . .

. ....

.... 141 . 149 . 151 152

.. ... . .........

.. .

............... . ...

. ... ......... .

...

.. .............

........... ...........

PACIFIC

IJJfHER AN UNIVERSITY The

information contained herein reflects an accurate picture

reserves the ri

of Pa

ifi

LUlht!Can University at rhe time

sh t to make necessary changes in procedures. policiďż˝.s. calendar, curriculum. and CQsts.

of pllblication. However. the

university

in Ul' catalog itre COLl.rSC descriptions dnd summaries of degree requiremenl . (or majors. minQr-, ;lOd other programs in the College the Schools of the Arts, Business, Education, Nursing, and Physical Education. Detailed degree requirements. often including supplementary sample programs, arc available in the offices of the individual schools and departments. Advising by university personnel inconsistent with p ub l is hed statements is not binding. Listed

of Ar

and Sciences and

ct u u

...

c ct u ct

Academic Calendar 1997/1998 SUMMER SESSION

1998/1999 1997

SUMMER SESSION

Term I . ... . Tuesday, May 27- Friday, June Term II .. . . ... .. . . . . ... .. ...... Monday, June 23-Friday July Workshop Week ...................... ..... Monday, July 2I-Friday, July Term I I I . . . .. . Monday, July 28-Friday, August Commencement ............................ 10:30a.m., Saturday, August ......... ... . . .................... ... .

........

.. ....... ......... .......

FALL SEMESTER

. . ...

20 18 25 22 23

1997

.... ......................... ..........

............................. ... ... ..

... .

............................

FALL SEMESTER

19 17 24 21 22

1998

Orientation and Registration ..................... Friday, September 5, to Sunday, September 7 Classes Begin ............................... 8:00a.m., Monday, September 8 O pening Convocation ............... 1 0:30a.m., Monday, September 8 Classes resume at 7:45p.lIl. M id-semester Break ............................. .............. Friday, October 24 Than k sgiv i n g Recess Begins . I :35p.m., Wednesday, November 26 Thanksgiving Recess Ends ............ 8:00a.m., Monday, December I Classes End ..................................... 6:00 p.m., Friday, December 12 Mid-year Commencement ...... 10:30a.m., Saturday, December 13 Final Examinations ................................ Monday, December 15, to Friday, December 1 9 Semester Ends (after last exam) ..................... Friday, December 19

Orientation and Registration ................ Saturday, September 5, to Monday, September 7 Classes Begin ............................... 8:00a.m., Tuesday, September 8 Opening Convocation ............... 10:30a.m., Tu esday, September 8 Classes resume at I :45p.m. Mid-semester Break ........................................... Friday, October 23 Thanksgiving Recess Begins . 1:35p.m., Wed n es day, November 25 Tha nks g iv ing Recess Ends ......... 8:00a.m., Monday, November 30 Classes End ..................................... 6:00p.m., Friday, December II Mid-year Commencement . . .... 10:30a.m., Saturday, December 12 Final Examinations ................................ Monday, December 1 4, to Friday, December 1 8 Semester Ends (after last exam) ..................... Friday, December 18

JANUARY TERM 1998 lasses Beg in ...................................................... Monday, January 5 Martin Luther King, Jr., Birthday Holiday ..... Monday, January 19 Classes End Friday, January 30

JANUARY TERM 1999

SPRING SEMESTER 1998

SPRING SEMESTER 1999

R egist r at ion .... .................................................. Tuesday, February 3 Classes Begin . ................. . . ...... .... 8:00a.m., Wednesday, February 4 Presidents' Day Holiday ................................ Monday, February 16 Sp rin g Break Begins ................. ............ 6 :00p.m., Friday, March 20 Spring Break Ends .. . .. .. . . ... . . . .. 8:00a.m., Monday, March 30 Easter Recess Begi ns ........ ........................ 8:00a.m., Friday, April 10 Easter Recess Ends ............................... 3:40p.m., Monday, April 13 Classes End ...................... ......................... 6:00p.m., Friday, May 15 Final Examinations . ............... Monday, May 18, to Friday, May 22 Semester Ends (after last exam) ............................... Friday, May 22 Commencement ..................................... 2:30p.m., unday, May 24 Worship Service begins at 9:30a.m.

Registration ................. . .. .................................. Tuesday, February 2 Classes Begin .............................. 8:00a.m., Wedn es da y, February 3 Presidents' Day Holiday ................................ Monday, Febr u ar), 15 Spring Break/Easter Recess Begins ..... 6: 00p.m., Friday, M arc h 26 Spring Break/Easter Recess Ends ......... 3:40p.m., Monday, A pr i l 5 Classes End ............................................... 6:00 p.m., Friday, Ma)" 14 Final Examinations ................ Monday, May 17, to Friday, tay 2 I Semester Ends (after last exam) . .. ....... . . . . Friday, !vtay 21 Commencement ..................................... 2:30p.m., Sunday, May 23 Wors hip Service begins at 9:30a.m.

..........................................................

. .

1998

Term I . . . Tuesday, May 26-Friday, June Term I I . . . . Monday, June 22-Friday July Workshop Week ..................... ...... Monday, July 20-Friday, July Term III . . . . Monday, July 27-Friday, August Commencement ............................ 10:30a.m., Saturday, August

I F

I C

.....

...

Classes Begin ...................................................... Monday, January 4 Martin Luther King, Jr., Birthday Holiday ..... Monday, January 18 Classes End . . ........................................................ Friday, January 29

..... ... .. .. .

The University

;;g

,....

MISSION STATEMENT z

Long committed to provid hlg an e u uca tion distingui hed for quality, i the context l f a heritage that is Lutheran and an envir nment that is ecumenically Christian, PLU wntrnues to embrace it primary mis ' ion: the development of

nowledgeable per 'ODS equipped w ith an Ullderslandi ng of tht: human c nJition, a

;;g

critical awarene so IlUmane and pirhual values, and a apacity for clear and effecti\re elf-expression. For aU wbo Jl00se to seek · PLU degree, the Univer�ity offers opportunity to purue a ariety of program· of academic worth and excellence. Its ;tand.ud of perform.111ce demanu a finely rainl'd facuh>' as well as highly 'killed admini trative and support staff. In it· in titutional empha j n 'cholar hip, the Univer i views the l i be ral att as providing the necessary and essential fQundation for th technical t r a i n l n g and education in the pfofes'i I1S hich odee society requires. The lIniversit aims to cultivate the i n tellect, not for it own ake merely, but as ,I tool of con scien ce and an i.nslrwllcnt for service. The diver ity and va r i e Ly of cultural programs and perso al se ices offered by the Uni er ity are intended t facilitate l hi ' po-hive d evelo pme n t of the student as a wh ol e p rson in Mder th'lt our tuclents might func t ion as m ember of society. Tn )ther word ', P U affirms that realization of one's highest poten tial as w el l as fulfillmenf of life's purpose arise ' in the joy of se rvice t others. To aid its t u dent s in sharing this under 'tandi ng, the Umversity seeks to be a comm u ity in which ther e i a continuing and fruitful interactIon b etween what is best in educatio n an what j nobl st in C hri tian edification. This delibe.rate and simultaneous attention to the religious dImension of the total human e>"llenence and to the :tandards of scholarly objectiVity, coupled with clear recognition of the integrative impulse in each, is

� l> -r o z

the essence of PLU.

General Information mSTORY

PLU's roundillg faculty

Pacific Lutheran U niver si ty was founded in 1890 b y a group of mostly Nor wegian Lutherans from the Puget Sound area. Th y were led b the Revere nd Bjug Ha rstad, who became PLU's firs t p res i d ent In naming the u n iversity, these pioneers r e c ognize d the i m por tant role that a Lutheran educational institution on the westenl f ron t ie r of A me ric a could play in the eme rg ing future of the r egion. They wanted the ins tit u t io n to help immigrants adjust to their new land and find jobs, but they also wanted it to produce graduates who would serve church and community. Education-and educating for service-was a ve nera te d part of the ca nd i navian traditions from whi ch these p i o neers carne. Altho u gh founded as a u ni vers it y, t he institution functioned primarily as an ac a demy until 1918, when it closed for two years. It reopened as the two-year Pacific Lutheran College, after merging w it h Columbia College, previously located in Everett. Further consolidations occurred when Spokane College merged r

with PLC in 1929. Four-year baccala ureate degrees were fir s t offered in education in 1939 and in the liberal ar t s in 1942. The institution was reorganized as a university 1960, reclai mi n g its o r i ginal nam . It presently in c lud es a College of Arts and Sci e nces; profe sional schools of the Arts, Business, Education, Nursi ng, and Physica l ducation; and both g raduate and con tinu i ng e d u ca tio n programs . PLU has been closely <lnd productively affiliated with the Lutheran church throughout its history. It is now a university of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, owned by the more than six hundrecl c ongrega ti o n s of Region 1 of the ELCA, Many influences and individuals have combined to shape PLU and its reg ional, national, and inc reasingly internalional reputa tion for teaching, service, and s c b ola rship , A de di c a ted faculty has been an extremely i mpo rtan t factor. The school has e nj o ye d a strong musical tradition from the beginning, as well as note worthy alumni achievements in public school teaching and administTation, u niversity teaching and schola.rship, th e pas to r al ministry, the health sciences a nd h ea ling arts, and business. At PLU the l i b e ral arts and professional education are closely i n te grated and coIIabowtive in their educational ph il o so p h ie s, activities, a nd as p ir at io n s.

ACCREDITATION Pacific Lutheran Un i versit y is fully ac cr ed ited by the Northwest Association of Schools and Co ll eges as a four- year institution of higher education. [n addition the following programs hold specialized accredi tations and approvals:

Business - Amer ican Assembly of Col legi ate Schools of Business C hemistry - Ameri ca n Chem i c al So c i e t y Comp u ter Science (B.S.) - Co mp u t i ng Sciences Accreditation Board, In c. Education - National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education

I F

I C

... c( :E

for Marriage and Fa mily Therapy Education of the American

tronic mail, and other Internet research tools, Ea h residence hall

a:: w

z w

\.!I

digital telephone and voice mail

niversity Center,

pr vides acces to the Alpha, IBM-PCs, and Macintosh comput ers.

This lab is open seven days a week during each term. A

Located in suburban Parkl nd, PLU has a picturesque 126-acre campus, truly representative of the natural grandeur of tbe

variety of software programs are avai l able for the systems. The

Pacific Northwe I.

processing and spread sheets for PCs and Macintosh computers,

ENROLL MENT

and data bases and statistical s ftware for P

university has adopted standard software including word s.

Information regarding telephone services, computer software

2,988 full-time students; 475 part-time stud nts

standards and policies, and University Center Lab hours may be

FACULTY

obtained by contacting Computing and TeJecommunications

228 full-time faculty; 87 part-time faculty

Services' main office a t 253/535-7525 or visiting our departmen

STUDENT/FACULTY RATIO 15.7:1

tal home page at http://www.plu.edu/cats/. The intentional, unauthorized entry into a computer s y tern is a crime under the laws of the State of Washington. Computer

ACADEMIC PROGRAM

security programs and devices are used to manage and cootro]

Pacific Lutheran University uses a 4-1-4 calendar which consists

access to programs and data. In the event of computer trespass,

of two fifteen-week semesters bridged by a four-week January

university officials are authorized access to all data and messages

tenn.

associated with the incident for use in its resolution.

Course credit is computed by hours. The majority of courses

Voice messaging systems fall under the Telecommunications

are offered for 4 hours. Each undergraduate degree candidate i s

Act which makes tampering with another person's voice mai.l or

expected to complete 128 hours with an overall grade point a

making prank and obscene calls illegal. The university vigorously

erage of 2.00. Department.s or schools may set higher grade

prosecut s these violations both criminally and via the student

point reqllirements. Degree requirements are specifically stated in this catalog.

conduct system.

WRITING CENTER

ch student should become familiar with these requirements

The Writing Center, located in Ramstad Hall, provides a place for students to meet with trained student readers to discuss their

and prepare to meet them. LmRARY SERVICES

academic, creat.ive, and professional writing. Student staff

The Robert A.L. M rtveclt Library is the central multi-media learning resource center serving the entire university community.

Its colle tions are housed and services provided in a modern

members help writers generate topics, develop focus, organize materi,ll, and clarify ideas. In an atmosphere that is comfor table and removed from the classroom setting, student readers and

functional building which has study spaces for 850 students and

writers talk seriously about ideas and writing strategies. Most

shelving for 500,000 books, periodicals, microfilm, and audio

sessions are one-hour meetings, but drop-io students with brief

visual materials. T he library receives 1,870 current magazines,

essays or questions are welcome.

journals, and newspapers.

The Writing Center is open Monday through Friday from the

In addition to its general collection of books and other mate rials, the library has a special collection devoted to the Scandina viall Immigrant Experience and contains the university and

beginning of period two

(tvrWF 9: 15; TR 9:55)

until 4:30 during

the day and Sunday through Friday from 7:00p.m. to 9:00p.m.

A.CADEMIC ASSISTANCE CENTER

regional Lutheran church archives. Other resources include the

At the Academic Assistance Center, students are provided an

ducation Curriculum Collection, the microfiche collection of college catalogs, maps, pamphlets, national and trade bibliogra

opportunity to in rease their knowledge, supplement classroom

phie ,

activities, and develop effective learning and study strategies. In a

D-ROM indexes, and ac ess to online databases.

setting where learning, risk taking, and discovery occur, students

A �taff of 28 full and part-time librarians and assi stants offer expert reference, information, and media services. The reference staff provides beginning and advanced library instruction for aU

meet with trained, certified peer tutors. At the Academic Assistance Center the peer tutor functions as

students. In addition to standard reference service, the library

the learning guide, implying that peer tutor and tutee alike both

staff al. 0 offers computerized bibliographic information service.

bring a measure of ability, expertise, and information to the

As the result of the library's extensive collection of bibliographic

encounter. Through collaboration, studen ts are encouraged to

tools, computer access to other collections, and electronic mail

learn from one another and are empowered to use their own

service, students and faculty have rapid access to materials which

thinking skills and resources.

can be borrowed from other l ibraries.

All services are free to registered PLU students. Removed from the classroom setting, tutoring takes place on campus usually in

Direct loan service is available to PLV students and faculty at

sistance Center located in Ramstad H all. How

Northwest College, St. Martin's College, Seattle University,

the Academic

Seattle Pacific University, and the University of Puget Sound.

ever, other meetings may occur in separate locations such as the Language Lab or the Math Lab.

COMPUTING AND TEL ECOMMUNICATIONS

While tutoring sessions are set up by appointment, drop-in

omputing and Telecommun ications Services provides for

students are welcome. The Center, located in Ramstad 112, is

campus wide communications and computing needs. The main

open Monday through Thursday from 9:00a_m. until 9:00p.m.,

offices are located in the southeast corner of the lower floor of

Friday from 9:00a.m. until 5:00p.m., and Sunday from 2:00p.m.

the Mortvedt Library bui.lding. The facility houses the

until 9:00p.m. Students interested in scheduling an appointment

university's central computing systems, including DEC Alpha

should stop by, e-mail acadcenter@p lu.edu, or call 535-7518.

systems. The Alpha systems are used primarily for academic

Our home page provides current information on tutoring and

purposes and provide access to the In terne!. Additionally, each

room is also equipped with ser ice.

A large computer lab, located in th

the univer, ity's various accreditations and approvals.

GROUNDS c(

access to the PLU library's on-line public

access catalog (as well as others throughout the world), elec

to the president's ornce, review a copy of the document� per to

special data jack. This

campus data network wi thout a modem. Through the campus network, students hav

ny current or prospective student may, upon request directed tairring

allows students with their own comp uters to connect to the

Association for Marriage and Family Therapy Mllsic - National Association of chool of Mu ic Nursirlg- National League for Nursing Social Work - Council on Social Work Education

a::

residence hal! room is equipped with

Marriage and Family T h e rapy - Commission on Accred i tation

daily updates on study sessions: http://wwv,'.plu.edu/aast/. Y

CAMPUS RESOURCES Center for Public Service

The Cent r fo r

Pu b l i c Service connects the PLU campus to t h e surrounding co m m u n i tjes by p rov i d i ng pportunities for students, staff, and fa ully to serve co m mlUl ity needs a part of their un ive rs i ty experienc . There are m a ny ways students can become involved in service at PLU. Stude.nts cao wo rk with children, adults and senior ci tizens at the Fanl i ly and Chi.Idren's C e n te r, a co alition o f sociaJ service program h ou�e d t oget h er at Ea. t Campus and co rru

nated by t h e Center fo r Pub lic Service. S t u dents can also become involved i n o mm uni t y wo rk th rough servi ce - lea rning classes. The C en te r for Public Servi e can he l p students find out about th se c u rses, a ail ab l e in many departments, w hi ch use service expe ri e n e as a n important p a r t of the lea rn i ng p roce s. Ind ividua ls and st ude nt groups can also use the Volunte r Cen ter, part of the Center fo r Pu b l ic Service , to b rowse th ro ugh

l istings of over 1 00 service op p o rt u ni t i es on and near the PLU campus. T hes e o p p o r tu n ities range fro m one-time "Go-'n-Do" p roj ec ts to longe r- t erm i n vo l ve men t

To tind out m o re about vol u n teering and se r v ice-le a rn ing at P LU, c a l l the Center for Public Se rv i ce at 535- 7 1 73. KPLU-FM, National Public Radio KPLU at 8 8 . 5 FM is l icensed by the Federal Co mm un ication s OmnUssion to th Un i ve rsi ty Board of Rege n ts . A m emb er sta tion of National Publi Radio, KPLU pro v ides lll usic and news seven days a week, 24 hours a d ay, with a professional staff augmented by qu al i fied t uden t s . PLU is the only i n d ep e n dent u niversi t y in the No rthwes t operati n g a ful l p owe r NPR s tation.

m a in transmitter from West Tige r Mountain co vers the P u g e t SOLmd area a n d transla tors cover the maj o r population cen ters of weste r n Washington from B e lli n g ham to The

KPLU

Va ncouver.

The Elliott Press The' Elliott P ress is FLU's studi o-laboratory for the publishing a r ts . With the Press' large collection of letterpress typ

and equi pme nt , students des i g n and produce pr i n te d texts usi n g the hand-controlled techn iques that flourish t oday in the liv<'iy art

form k now n as " fine prin ting." In add i t i o n to its ow n p ubl i shi n g p ro gram , t he P res s h o u ses

A co m p le te Su m m er Session Catalog, outlining t h e c u r ricu l u m as spec ial instit utes, workshops and eminars, i s printed each sp r i n g and is available by caUing 5 3 5 - 7 1 29. as we l l

grow i n g collection of innovative

book works and is a working m use u m , where v i si to r may wa t ch and try t h e i r hands at t he technol gy pion e red by

u t e n be r g .

LATE AFTERNOON AND EVENING CLASSES To p ro v id e for the p rofes s io n a l g ro wth and cultural enrich ment of p erso n s un ble to take a full -time college cou rse, the univer si t y condu ts late-afternoon a n d eveni n g classes. In ad d i t io n to a wide va r iety of o ffer i ngs in the arts and sci nces, there a re speci al ize d a n d gradua te c u rses fo r tcacher , administrators, and persons i n business a n d i n d u str y. SUMMER SESSION

An extensive su mmer school urncul um, of t he same quality as that o ffered d u r i ng the regu l ar academic year, is available to aU qualified persons. In add i t ion , summer session typical ly is a time

whe n the faculty offer innovative, ex p e r i m e nt , I co u rses which cover a broad range of contem p orary issues and perspect ives in

many fields. The s u mmer session consist · of th ree discrete D ur

week terms, and a o n e -week worksh o p ess i o n, and b egins the Last week of May. Many courses are t a ug h t in the e veni ng , two

nights p e r week fo r nine weeks, and Master of B usi ness Adminis tration co u rses are ta ugh t during two six-week terms, two nights per week. Designed for unde rgrad 113 t� and graduate st ud ent s alike, the prog r am serves teachers and admini tr tors seeking credentials and spe cial cou rses, fust -year students desi r ing to

SUMMER SCHOLARS For the

last

th ree weeks of July each s ummer, PLU p re, ' n ts a

spe cial program, called t h e Summer Scholars Program, for aca

de m ic ally gi fte d high school sop h more and juniors.

dmis ion

i s compet itive, a n d students earn fo ur c red i ts for their successful co mp let io n of an i n tensi ve co urse in either the natural sciences or

wr iti n g .

z ..,

For information and applica ti o ns contact the O ffic

of S pec ia l Acade m i c Pro g rams, 5 3 5 - 7 1 29.

:lO

MIDDLE COLLEGE PLU o ffers a sp ecial six-week summer program for high sc ho o l j un ior' and seniors and for first - yea r co llege stud nts. Called M id d l e Col lege, the pro gra m is d es i gned to ease tbe t ransi t i o n from h i g h school to col le ge by sh a rpen i ng learning 'kills that are essential to successful comp letion of a college or university

o z

program. M iddle College has both an academic program and a co u n se LiLl g and testing component. All students are thorou ghly tested and evalu a ted in private sessions with regard to their reading, wri ti ng , verbal, and mathematical kills. In addition, career counselmg is p rovi ded . The a im of Middle College co u nsel i n g is to a ssess each s tudent's talents and i n t er est s i n order to p ro v i d e di rectio n a n d g o a ls for t h e coUege experience. The academic program o ffers a chance t o i mp ro ve speci fi c lear n i n g skills e ss e n t ial to col lege success. The cl a sses , offered at

seve r aJ levels in several di sc i pl i !l es , are fo r Middle Coll ege

s t u d e n t s o n ly, t he re by al low i n g small class size and cl o se contact b e twee n students and facul ty. AU st ude nt s take a study skills course, w h i c h serves as a core o f the program. In addition, students may select two or three cou rses from among those o ffered each yea r. Each student's program is i n d ivi d u a lized to promote maximum growth. For i n forma ti o n call 5 3 5 - 7 1 2 9.

PROJECT PREVIEW Each semester PLU o ffers Project Preview, a sp e c ial enrichment

program fo r high school j u n io rs and seniors. Des i g ne d to com

plement high school stud ies, Project Preview a l lows students to e a rn one hour o f u ni ve rsi t y credit and to exper i e n ce col le ge l i fe and stu dy. The t o p i c of the co u r se is dif� re n t each semester. Project Preview classes meet o n ce a week for six weeks in the l a t e afternoon. For i n for mati o n call 5 3 5 - 7 129.

RETENTION OF FIRST-YEAR. STUDENTS The ret nti o n o f st udents e nt e r i n g

as freshman st ud en ts has b een m nit ored since 1972. T ho se data for the p a s t decade are p resente d i n the fo l l o w i n g table:

Retention of Entering First·Year

Pall 1 98 2

7R.50/0 8 1 .5% 80.6% 8 1 .7% 75.7% 80.9% 77.4% 8 1 .3% 79.9% 79.8% 78.3% 78.0%

J 85

1986 1987 1988 1989 1 990 199 1 1 992 1 93

] 994 1 995

To Senior Year

60. 1 % 59.8% 6 5 .9 % 68.8% 71.1%

77.6% 75.7%

1 983 1 984

Students

To Junior Year

To Sophomore Year

54.6% 58.2% 58.8% 67. 3% 66.2% 64.0% 62.7% 66.0% 63.5% 7.9% 68. 1 % 66. 5 %

65.3%

65.4% 70. 1 % 66.0% 71.1% 73.4% 70.2% 67.8%

initiale co llege st u dy, a n d o t he rs se ekL n g speci a l studies o fferell by the schoo L q and departments. Non-matriculated s tud en t s who en ro l l for the summer sessio n need only s ubm i t a lette r o f academ ic standing or g ive other evidence of being p repared for co l lege work. P

S tudents who b e g a n t heir h i gher educa tion at other regi o na l l y

Admission

a cc red i ted cQ l le g es or u n iversities are e n co u raged to apply fo r

welcomes applications fro m student who have demonstrated capacities for success a t the bacca laureate level. Applica nts who p resent academic records a n d personal qual iti es which our e:pe r ie n ce l ndicates will enable them to su cceed a l lhe u n iversity and benefil from the environment w i l l be offered ad mis sion. pp l ican ts for admission are e va l u ated without regard to sex, race, creed, color, age, national o ri gi n , or disabl ing condition. Selection cri teri a j nclude grade poi nt average, c l a ss rank, t r a n s c ri p t pattern, test scores , a n essay,

the u n ivers i t y e a c h year w i th a n average grade point in ex.cess of

admissi o n with advanced s ta nd ing.

PacLf1c Lutheran Un ivers i ty

3.00 ( E) . Ca ndid ates must have g oo d acade mic and pers o na l

s tand i n g at the i n s t i t ution last a tten d ed full- time. Although i t d o e s n o t guarantee. a d m ission, a gra d e point average o f 2.50 i n all college work a tt em p ted i s usua l ly re q ui re d for ad m iss io n . F o r a ppl ica n ts w i th less than so p h o m o re s ta nd ing (30 s e mes te r hours or

Creden tials re qui red a r e :

1 . Fo rmal Applica tion: Submit the P LU Applica ti o n fo r A d m ission available from hi gh school counselors or the PLU O ffice of Admis,ions.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS (Freshmen / Transfer Students)

In evaluating applications the O ffice of Ad m issi ons i n t erp rets grade poi n t average and class rank in re l a ti o n to the q u a l i ty of

the curricu l u m w h i ch the a pplica nt has pursucd in high school the baccalaureate leve l . Fo r

ex a mp le, a

s t a ndard high

Matbematics: 3 years ( algeb r a , 2 yea rs , and geometry,

c om p le ti o n of high s c ho o l and attain ment of a diploma . The

yea r )

u n iversity a cce p t s the Gen e ral Equivalency D i p l om a ( G ED)

for those students who may not have com pleted a trad itional

Socis) Studies: 2 years Laboratory Sciences: 2 years Fine, Visoal, or Performing Arts: I year Electives: 3 ye a rs (selected fro m the a rc J. s listed above, as well as c ours es i n co mp u ter science, speech, and debate.)

h igh school program. 4. RecomllleTidatioll5: Two recommendations mllst be p rep a re d by p rin cipals, cou nselors, pastors, or other q ualified persons. Forms are i n c l u d e d in the app Uc a t i o n pa c ke t . 5. Test Re")1lirclllelll: All entering freshman students must su b m i t scores fro m either t h e C o l l ege Board, Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT), or th e American Col lege Tes t Assessment (ACT ) .

Min i m u m Erltrallce Requirements:

1. lIvo yea.rs o{ college p repara tory mathematics (exclusive of

COl'np li ter science) with an a verage grade of C o r h igher, o r iln

Regis t r a t i o n p ro ce d u re s a n d forms are available at h igh s c h oo l

approved co urse a t t.he baccalaureate level, or demonstrated

co unsej i n g offices.

eq1livalent proficiency.

ye':J rs of college prepara tory mathema tics means two years of h igh school ,d geb ra or one year of h igh school algebra and oue year o f h igh school geomet ry. Taki ng t1,e algebra a n d/ o r geo me t r y courses i n middle or j u n i o r h i g h school is acce p table provided they arc h igh school levd cou rses. If a student i s adm itted t o PL with a deficiency in m athe m a t ics, that deficiency can be removed bv com pletion of I n t e rmediate Algebra a t PLU 0; allY o rhe r college �r u n iversi ty.) livo years of one fo reigll la rtgllagl' ill high school, with all (Two

average grade of C o r higher, or

011 10

year

ilt

Lhe vaccalau reate

Students who h a ve 110t .Iatisfied aile or both of these require ments may still be admitted b u t m llst make up the deficiency as

o n one of t hese rwo t op i c s : a. D i sc us s a significant in flu e n c e

o n yo u r p ers o n a l a n d

i n tellectual development. T h i s m igh t be an i-nteraction w i t h another person, a pers o n a l experience or a hievement, an educational experience, o r i nvolvement w i th a n issue o f local, national, or glo b al c o n c e rn . b. What d o you consider to be your personal/academic/ pro fe s si o n a l go a ls a nd o bj ec ti ve_ ? How do you expect your

e xp er ie n ce a t Pacific Luthera n U n iver s i ty to he.lp you

Early Action

H igh school students who are ranked in the to p 25% of th ei r class and who have dec ided up o n PLU as their fi rst choice may

an additional degree req uirerncnt. Add i t ional study o f both m a th e m a t i cs and foreign la ngu age is adVIsa ble fo r certain a re a s in the a r ts and

sciences

and in some

find m o s t c u rricular o fferings o f the

be offered admission a s e a r ly as O ct o be r

of their senior year. To

be considered fo r E a r l y Acti o n , a pp l icants must i n d i c ate their choice i n Sec tion I c of the ap p li c a t i on fo rm 1 ; I1d postmark all

professional prog ra ms. Those who follow t h e above preparatory

requ ired admission c reden t ial by November 1 5 .

u niversity

SAT o r ACT

scores [rom the prev ious May o r July are acc e p ta b l e . Students n o t

open to t h e m and may als o q u a l ify for advanced placement in

some areas. Students are aumitted to either the fall o r spring semester. Accep tance to the fa U ter m carries perm ission t o attend the p rev ious s u m mer ses si ons . Spr i n g acceptance app rove.s e n ro l l ment in the J a nua ry term. The fo l l owi n g a pp l ica tio n p r i o r i t )' date are recom mended: Fall Sem ester -Feb w ary 1 5; Srring Semester-December 1 5 .

a c cepted under the Ea rly Action program m a y s t i l l be co n sider e d

APPLICATION PROCED URES ( Freshmen ITransfer Students )

requ i red u n i t s i n h igh sc h oo l m u ·t have a le tte r su bmitted

fo r regular ad_mission. Early Admission Qualified st ude nts i n te res ted i n ac cele r a t i ng their formal

ed ucation may begin work toward a d eg ree

after compl�tion o f

the j u n ior year or flrst semester of the sen i o r yea r of h igh s c h o ol .

Excep t ional s t u d e n t s who w i sh to e n ro l l before completing all

Students p l a n n ing to enter as fresh m e n may submit a ppl icati on mate r i a l s n),tirne after completion of the junior year of h igh schoo l . Admission deci si o ns are made beg i n n i ng Dece m be r 1 unless a reques t fo r Early Act ion is received . andidates a rt' noti fied of their status as SOOIl as their completed app l i c a ti o n has been re ceived a n d evaluated.

6. Perso nal Essay: Using n o mo re than two pages, write an essay

a c hieve them?

level, or demonst rated equivalel l t proficiel1cy.

program will

Transcripts: Tr a ns c ripts must be s u b m i tt e d fro m high s c h o o l ilnd all co llege course work. Transc r ip ts m u s t be sent di rec tly

final high sc h oo l t rans c ript which ind icates sat i s factory

4 years

� Foreign Language: 2 years

�

checks or mo ney orders payable to PLU O ffice of Admissions.

from the school to PLU. Ac cep te d fresh m e n m u s t s u b m i t a

fo l l ow i n g : *

2. $35. 00 Applica tion Fee: A $ 3 5 fee must accompany the ap p lica tion o r be m a i led sepa ra te ly. This n o n - refu nd a b l e service fee does no t a p pl y to the student's a ccou n t . M a ke

school program in p rep a ra t i on [o r col l ege should i n clu de Lhe

English:

45 q u a r t e r ho urs), se con d ary school records and st.andardized

test s co re s will also be co nsidered.

a n d recommendations.

a nd

ver 400 st ud e n ts transfer to

recogniz.ed school o ffi c ial which a p p roves early college ad rn iss ion

and gives a ss u ra nce that a high sc hool d i plo ma will be issued after completion of s pecified col lege work. O n ly students highly recommended for Ea rly Admis ion will be cOIlSider d. G nerally these students rank among the top students i n their class a n d pres ent h igh apti tude test scores.

APPLICATION PROCEDURES

(International Students)

International students who are qualified academically, finan cially, and in E nglish proficiency are encou raged to join the university community. Applicaton deadlines are July I for fall semester and January I for spring semester. Credentials required are: 1. A c o m pl e te d

Intematiol1al S t mient Application with a non

refundable U.S. $ 3 5 .00 application fee. 2 . OFFICIAL Transcripts with English trallslation from each: (a)

secondary school, (b) English as a second language program, ( ) college or university attended in the United States, home country, or other country. Transcripts must be sent directly from each institution. Faxed copies are not acceptable. 3. 1),1'0 referCllces from school officials or others in a position to evaluate the student's ability to succeed in a baccalaureate program. Transfer students from a U.S. college or university must have their international student adviser provide a reference ( fo rms provided) . 4. Standa rdized English

Proficiency Test results.

Either ( a ) TOEFL ( Test of English as a Foreign Language) . Minimum total score o f 550 i s required. (b) Michigan Tes t Scores for both English Language Or Proficiency and Aural Comprehension. Minimum scores of 8 5 are required o n each test. Arrangements to take these tests can be made by calling the A.C Language I nstitute, located at PLU, ( 206) 535-7325. 5. A completed Illtematiollal Student Declaration of Finances. 6. Personal Essay on one of two topics listed on the essay form. .

Other Programs: Students who have completed college courses while in high school may receive credit. The courses must be offered on a college campus, be listed in the official college catalog, a nd be a part of the regular college curriculum of a regionally accredited college or university.

The university reserves the right to make decisions o n an indi vidual basis. Students are advised to ask the Student Services Center for clarification before registering.

VI VI

o z

Other Educational Experiences

I . Credits earned in unaccredited schools are not transferable. S tudents who have matriculated a t Pacific Lutheran University may petition a department or school to waive a particular requirement on the basis of p revious unaccredited course work or may petition a department or school to receive credit by examination. 2. The university allows up to 20 semester hours of USAFIIDante credit and up to 20 semester hours for military credit, provid ing the total of the two does not exceed 30 semester hours. 3 . The university does not grant credit for college level CEO tests.

EVALUATION OF CREDITS

'fiansfer of Credits from Other Universities

The Regi.strar's Office eval uates all transfer records and provides advising materials designed to assist students to complete u niversity requirements. These materials include a summary of core requirements completed and the total hours accepted. Individual schools and departments determine which cou rses satisfy major requi rements. 1 . Cou rses completed with a grade of C- or higher a t other accredited colleges o r u n iversities normally will be accepted fo r graduation credit with "P" grades, and will not be calcu lated into the PLU grade point average. 2. A student may trans fer a maximum of 96 semester or 1 44 quarter hours. Of these, the maximum transferable from a two-year school is 64 semester or 96 quarter hours. 3. Students who complete the direct transfer associate degree from an accredited Washington S tate community college before matriculation at PLU will be admitted with j u nior standing a nd will have satisfied Core I of the general univer sity requirement� except for four hours in religion ( from line one or two) and fou r hours in Perspectives on D iversity.

4. For information on the College Level Exa mination Program

(CLEP ) , refer to the section on Credit by Examination under Academic Procedures (see page 23).

Transfer of Credits Earned While in High School

FINALIZING AN OFFER OF ADMISSION

The university awards credit to high school students fo r courses completed before high school graduation. The university may awa rd transfer credit to high school students who have com pleted courses in approved programs, as described below. 1. High School Courses: Students who complete advanced placement or credi t toward graduation through the examina tion program of the College Board may receive credit for such courses. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of Admissions. 2 . RunlJ ing Start Program: Accepted students who have com pleted courses under the Washington State Running S tart Program will b e awarded transfer credit. Such courses must be described in the catalog of an accredited Washington State Com munity College and must be posted on an official tran script. 3. In ternational Baccalaureate: A maximum of 30 semester hours may be granted for completion of The Diploma. Students are advised to contact the Registrar's Office for specific details.

Medical Requ irement: Before actual enrollment each new

student must submit a Health H istory Form complete with an accurate immunization record. This information must be acceptable to the PLU Health Services Office. 2. Advance Payment: A $200.00 advance payment is necessary in order to confirm an offer of admission. This payment guarantees a place i n the student body, reserves housing on campus if requested, holds financial assistance which may have been awarded, and is required before class registration. I t i s credited t o the student's account and i s applied toward expenses of the first semester. Fall appl icants offered admis sion before May I must postmark the pavment by May I. I f circumstances necessitate cancellation o f enrollment and the dean of admissions is notified in writing before May 1 5, the $200.00 will be refunded. The refund date for the January term is December 15, and for spring semester, January 1 5 . 3 . New Stu den t In/ormation Form: This form must be completed by all students and returned with the advance payment. The form also includes the application for housing. P

ACCELERATED UNDERGRADUATE HE-ENTRY FOR ADULTS (AURA)

u z � z u..

Q u a l ifi ed adults , 30 years of age or o l de r, who have n o t been enrolled in a bac alaureate degree program within th e last five years, may seek a d va nce d p lac em en t up to the j u n i o r level thI ugh the AU RA Program. Those ac ce p te d into AURA are granted one ye a r s provisional admission, d u ri n g which t i m e they must complet- 1 2 c red i t s at PLU ( i n cl u d i n g Psychology 40 j ) with a cumulative gr ad e p o i n t average of 2.5 o r h igher. C re d i t awards for prior l ea r n i n g are based upon systematic assessment by a fa c ul t y p ane l of the adequacy and appropriate ness of kn o wl edge and skills dem o n S t rated in a po r t fo l i o pre p ar d by the studen t wi t h staff assistance. Cred i t awards may not xceed 48 sem es ter credits less acce ptab l e coll ege t ra n s fe r cred i t s. or detail of t he U RA Program, c on ta c t the director, AURA Progra m 535-8786. '

HE-ENTRY STUDENTS Re-Entering the University

I . A tudent's admi sion to th e u n i vers i t y is valid for six years. Students who do n o t a t te n d t h e u n ive rs it y for a period of time that includes e i ther a fall o r s pr i n g semester must a p pl y to re ent r the u n ivers i ty as described b e low.

Financial Aid Recognizing t h a t many students who want t o attend Pacific Lutheran University would be unable to meet all expenses o f enrollment from personal or family sources, the uni ve rs i ty attempts to p rovide financial assistance to all l i g:i bl e students. Any student approved for enrollment or cur rently enrolled may request fi nancial ai d . Approxi

80% of the u n iversity's students receive help i n the form of gift assistance ( that is, scholarships, talent awards, or gr a n ts ) low interest deferred loans, or employment. In mately

many cases a fin a n c ia l aid award will be a combi nation of

these forms of assistance. The qu a n t it y and composition of an award is based upon demonstrated financiai need, academic achievement, test scores, and other personal talents and interests. Need is determined from analysis of the Free Appl i c ati o n for Federal Student Aid ( FAFSA ) , which is a statement of finan ci a l co n d i t i o n A n a lys i s of the FAPSA determines an expected contribution for college expenses from the student and parent ( s ) or guardian(s) . " Financial Need" i s defined a s the differ dl ce between tota l studen t xpenses for an academic year and the ex pected s t udent/family co ntri b ut io n and is a p ri m a ry factor i n d etermi ni n g el ig i bi l it y for 1110st available aid. Fi nancial assi sta nce is ava i l able to all qualified students regardless of their sex, race, creed, color, age, national origin, or disability. .

APPLICATION PROCEDURE:

Freshma n S tu de nts a nd Tra nsfe rs

•

I. C om p l ete a Fr e Applica t i o n fo r Fed era l Student Aid ( FA FSA) by J a n u a r y 3 1 . 2. Submit a pplic a t i o n materials for a d m ission by Febr uary 1 5 so as to be o ffered ad mission no la te r th an March I. 3. Submit a PL F i n anc i a l Aid Application (applies o n ly to transfer st udentilDd is avajlable upon requestl. 4. Submit a Financial Aid Tr a n s crip t from all prior i nst i tut i on s

who w ish to return w i t h i n the six-year admission

Students

period re-en ter t h rou g h the Registrar's Office. Re-entering students m ust p ro vi d e t he i r

cu rre n t add res s deg ree i n forma ,

tion, and official transcripts fro m any colle g e attended during their a bs en ce . Before registering, re-entering student>

must resolve previous finallcial obl i g a t io n s to the university and have a c u rre n t health clearance from Un ivers ity Health

Ser vice s . •

S t u d e n ts who wish to ret u rn to t he u ni vers i t y after the S LX year admission p e r io d ex pires m ust re-apply for admission. App lican t s for re-admission are required to submit a

completed application and official transcripts from any college attended during their absence. Ap p l icat i o n forms may be ob t a i n ed from and ubmitted to the Office of Admissions. 2 . A n a cademica lly dismi sed student may app ly fo r r e i n st ate ment by sub m i t t i n g a l e t t er of peti t i o n to the d i rector of ad v i s i ll g The p et i t i o n is a ted on b the Co mm i tt ee o n Ad miss i on an Retenti n of S t udents. A student w h o s e p et i tion is approved will be read m itte d on probation a n d must parti cipate in t he pTobationary semester plan. Refer to the .

Academic Stal l'S section for a

description of probation. A t u d e n t

whose peti t ion is d enied may ap p ly again fo r

re-admission

after o n e seme�ter has e l a psed unless i nf o nned otherwise. A

s t ude n t may be reinstated after o n e semester if th e student presents new evi d ence of pote ntial cademic success. S tuden ts who have been dro p p e d fI r acade m ic or dis ciplin ary reasons and then re-admitted must id en t ify a faculty memb r w illi ng to act as a s p onsor a nd a d v i s r. C

NOTIFICATION OP AWARD DECISIONS

I. Award decisions for fresh m e n and t ra nsfer st udents who meet the eb r u a ry I co mp l e t i o n date wil l be made in March , a nd actual n o t ific a t i o n w i l l be mailed the first week in April. 2. Financial aid d ecis i ons for con ti nu i ng PLU s tud e nts are ma de du ri n g April a n d May. Noti fications a re sen t o u t b e g inn .i. n g in

Aid o ffers must be validated by re t urning the sign ed Offer of

An academ i c a l l y dismissed

An appli c a t io n fo r financial aid may be com p l eted at an)' time, but failure to meet the priority da te may result in a d e n ial of aid even t hou g h need is demonstrated. Student Financial A id Services will consider a l l ap p l i ca n ts for an y award for which they m i gh t be eligible. Aid awards are for oue year and most are renewable, provided re-npplication is compleled 011 time, fi/lallcial need contillues, and satisfactory academic p rogress is maintained. Aid is not automatically renewed each year.

VALIDATING THE AID OPFER

per semester.

•

by March 1 . 2 . Submit a PLU Financial Ai d A p p l i c ati on .

M a y.

d ism.i sed student may p e t it i on for re -admission onl y once •

attended (transfers only).

COlltinuing Students I . C omplete a F ree Application fo r Fe d era l Student Aid ( FAFSA)

Financial Aid. Fres hm n and transfer t u de nt s must also submi t t h e $200 a dv a nce payment req u ired by the Office o f Adm iss io n s This s houl d be done as soon as p oss ib l e but must be received by May I. . 0 p ay me nt is requ ired from c o n t i n u ing students. A l l stu d ents must complete a s at i s fa c t o r y payment arrangement .

I for fall s e me ter and b y J a n ua r y 1 - fo r spring semester to hold awards . Ap p l i can ts

with the Student Services Center by August

fall _e mes ter and the spring semester. Financial aid i s awarded for 3 2 h ou rs to c o m pl e te a bachelor's de g re e i n four ye a rs .

speci fied and who do n o t co mpl e te sa t is fa c t o ry payment arrangements will have t heir awards cancelled. If an ap pl icant later decides to reap p l y, the a p p l i c a t i on w ill be re v iewed wi t h th e gro u p c tlrren t ly be i ng pro e sed. ' cept i on of Col lege Wo r k - S tudy and Washing ton t a te Need G ran ts , is credited to the student's a cc o u n t when all paperwork has been c rn pl e ted . One-half of the awa rd i

Aid,

with the

t he maximum number of credit ho urs that may be a t tem p t e d is 192 and the m a xi mu m tim e- fram e fo r c o mp l e ti n g a baccalaure ate d e g ree is s i x years. Even i f student c h a nges h i s or h e r major or academic program, o nly 1 9 2 c r e d i t hours may be taken quali fy i n g for fin a n cial aid, and the maximum t i me- fra m e o f s ix yea rs fo r rec e ivi.n g a degree is enforced. Some fi n a n c i a l aid programs ( e . g . , m os t un ive r s i ty gift aid program, and Wa s h i n gt o n State eed Grants) allow aid to be awarded a m a x i m u m of fou r aca

Pa re n t s and . t udent s a re re s p o ns ible for the charges in excess of the award. In some ca es aid is awarded in excess of d i rect u nive rs ity

demic years.

d i bur. ed each semester.

For full-time undergraduate students recei v i n g financial aid,

who do not return t h e ir acceptance of an award by the re p ly date

charges to h lp with living expenses. 10 ex p edit e a refun d

credit hours must b e completed each academic yea r and a degree must be achieved within a maximum time-frame of ten years.

conta t i ng the Student Se r v i ces Ce n ter.

(The maximum number of credits aJIowable is

Enrollment Status 3/4

res i de n

All

Satisfactory progress is reviewed for financial aid p u rposes after the nd of 'pring semester. For Wa'hi.ngton Stat Ne d G ra n t s and the Washington S t ate

However, no i .nst i t u t io n al grants w i ll be awa rde d to stude n ts

averages below 2.00. Moreover, fede raJ rcguJations requi.re t h a t after fo u r terms or more o f attemp ted e mo l lm e n t , st udents below 2 .00 cumulat'ive g r a de p oin t average wi l l have their fed r a l financial a i d denied. Pa c i fic Lutheran Univ rsity's chools o f Business a n d Education re q u ire a minimum g rade po i nt average of 2 .50. To be g ive n priority for most types of fman iaJ aid, a n a p p l i

For Fed e ra l Finan cial Aid p rogr ams , a fu U - t i m e studenl i s defined as any person enroll d � r a m in i m u m of t wel ve ( 1 2 ) c red i t hours or more per semester. Adj ustments in an awa r d may be made duri ng t he year if an aid recipie n t has not e.nrolled fo r a 'ufficient ntlmb .r o f c redit hours. I Iowever, eac.h financial a id r cipient must m a i n ca n t m ust be enrolled as a fu ll -l im e student.

tain s a t isfactory acade m ic progress in t h e course of study he or he is pursuing i n ord r to c o n ti n ue recei e fi n a n c i al assistance awarded by Pacific LU L hera n Uni ers i t y Studen t F i na n c ia l id Services. The fo l l o w i n g reqlt i remen ts arc expected of each fi nan

cial Jid re ci p i e n t : To ma ke satisfactory progress toward a d eg ree , an under graduate st ud e n t mu,t co m p l e t e an average of 24 semester h o u rs of c redit each acad em ic year. An academic yea r is defined as the

Work

tudy Program, sat i s fac

tory progress is reviewed at t h e end of each semester.

The fo l lo w i n g grades do n o t i nd i cate successful completion of

academic credit applicable toward a degree: H E" "1"

Grade

"W "

Withdrawal

I ncomplete

Unofficial Withd rawal ( r e co r ded by Registrar)

(off- am p us o r a t homel; or rec e ipt of additional

w i t h c u m u l at i v e gr a d e p o in t

All credits attempted

cred i t · • ttempted

canceled alld >IIay jeopardize dc(ermcllt ,tallb.

Failure

utside scholarships,

SATISFACTORY PROGRESS POUCY The po l icy of the u n ivers i t y is to allow students to continue receiving fina nci a l assistance as l o n g as they a re in good stand i ng. To do o t h erw i se c u l d ca use a s e ere hardship on s tuden t s who mu st devote t h e i r e fforts to a c h iev i n g satisfactory grade .

• Less thall tl2 ( imc enrollment npplh's (0 the Pcll Cf(1(l( Prog ram uIlb:. Le;$- tlllIlI tl2 lime cll rollm nr will ((l1Iit' '' �tudcllt' foall to b�

hange in marital sta t us; a chan g e i n

4. P rov i d i. ng a copy of their pa ren ts ' income tax return ( Form 1 040) and/or a copy o f their own individual income tax return if requ es ted .

9 6

1 /2 time

RIGHTS AND RESPONSm11.lTIES The basic responsibility for financing an education at PLU rests with s tuden ts and the ir families. I n addition to expec te d ontributions from parents or guard i a n s , students are expected

cred i t hours attempted; a

Minimum per yeQT

lime

Less than 1/2 time'

1. Si g n i n g and re t u rn i ng e a c h fin a nc i a l a i d n ot i ce re ce iv ed . 2. Dec l i n i n g at any t i me any portio n of an award. of a ch a n g e i n 3 . Notifying the S tud en t Serv ices Cente r in ea

1 92.)

M i n i mum per l�rm

Fu ll-time

students.

recipients i nclude:

Undergraduat Need-Based Requirements

received from ' t erna l sources in t h i s way, a d d i t ional awards

to assist by contributing fr m their savings and summer is th e re fore supplementary to the efforts o f a student's fa m i ly. It is prov i de d fo r ·tudent who demo ns t ra te need. Additional r i g h t s and responsibilities o f fi nan c i al aid

Credit Completion

from the u n ive rs i ty's resources can be made to ot h e r qualified

earnings . Financial assistance from t h e u niversi ty

» z n

For p a rt- ti m e undergra d uate students, a minimum of 1 2

students can request re m a ining funds from their account by

U nde r fede ral reg u la t ion s , adj ust m ents to an award package m us t be made if a student r ceives additional awa rd of aid from sources exte rnal to t h e university. In every case, however, Student Financial Aid Services will a t tem p t to allow the stu d en t to eep as much o f the award p ack a g e as possible. By t reatin g aid

...

Any courses

which

grades are received

are,

howe ver,

included in the maximum number o f cre d i ts that may be

a tt e m p t e d ( 1 92) a nd are (on idered to be w i l h i n the maximum time-frame a llowable fo r ac h ie v ing deg ree (six years ) . All cred its earned by examination, which a re applic abl e toward a d egree , will be included in the limitation on credits that can be attempted while eligible for financial aid.

O nce"

o u rse has been co m p l e t e d suc rssfully, the credit

h o u rs earned a rc counted toward the maxi m u m n umber o f hours wh i c h can b e taken under financial aid el i g i bi l i t y. I f a course is

s uccessful ly compl ted IUore than once, i t i s co u n ted only o nce toward a studen t's d e g re e requirements and t owa rd the maxi mum number of h o u rs that can be taken under tinancial a i d eli g i b i l i t y.

The u n iversity's cu r r ic u l u m includes very few n o n - c redit course or cours w h o se credit hours are not ap pl i c a b l e t a deg ree. If a ny such Otlrses are taken by fi nancial aid rec i pien t s, the h o ms WLU be included i n the limitation on c red it s tilJt m3Y

be att mpted and w i l l be consider d wit h i n the time-frame allowable for achieving a deg ree. In the event t hat student fails to meet t h e criteria for s3tisfa( tory progress during a p a rt icula r semester, he or she will be

on academic probation. Failure to regain satisfactory a c a de m ic status will res u lt ill the cancel lation of fi nan c ial aid . p l aced

Once "unsatisfactory progress" has been detenn ined, students receive official notification. Terminated s t u de n ts may apply for re i n st a tement by submitt i ng a let ter of p e t i t i o n to the director o f ad v is i n g a nd se c u r i ng a fac u l t y sponsor. The p e t i t i on and sp on sorsh ip letter are submitted for action to the Facu l ty Comm i tt ee on A d m iss i o n and Retention of Students. P

...J

u z ct z u..

Students whose financial aid is terminated may pe t i t i on for reinstatement of their aid in one o f t wo wa ys :

CPA is m a i n tain ed . The Washington Scholars Program honors three graduating high school seniors from each legis l a t ive d istrict each year.

I ) they may compl ete one semester of full-time enrollment

using their own fi n a n c ial res o u rces , o r 2) they lllay submit an appeal to t he Faculty Committee on Admission and Rete n t io n of students documenting the unusual circumstances which have made it impossible to make satisfac tor y progress during the semester in q u es t i on .

ACADEMIC EXCELLENCE AWARDS

3.75+ CPA admitted by M arc h l . $4,SOO/year for four years. Comments or Con.ditions: Renewable three years if 3 .3 0 GPA is maintained. Eligibility: Freshmen with

Amount:

Summer sessions may also be used as terms during which a student on financial aid probation may rega i n sat i s fa c to ry academic status. However, s t u den t s enrolling in summer sessions for this purpose must us e their own financial resources and are i n eligibl e for financial a i d th rou gh the university.

is maintained. Eligibility: Freshman students with 3.75+ CPA and son or daughter of PLU alum. Admitted by March L Amoun.t: $ 1 ,SOO/year fo r fo ur years. Comments o r Conditions: No s p ecial a pp lica t io n form req u i red , 3.30 CPA needed for renewaL

SCBOLARSmps & GRANTS (GIFfS)

FOR UNDERGRADUATE

N ON - NEED BASED AWARDS

STUDENTS NOTE: VI/less otherwise tlo ted, undergraduate aid recipients must be full-time studen ts (12 credits per semester) to receive

ALUMNI DEPENDENT GRANTS

Eligibility: Students whose parent(s) attended PLU (PLC) for a t least one year. Amount: $ 5 00/ ye a r for four years . Comments or Conditions: No a p p l i c a t i o n necessary, renewed

un iversity gift assistance. REGENTS' SCHOLARSHIPS

Eligibility: Awa rded to fres hm e n in r eco g n i t i o n o f ou t s ta ndi ng

aca d em i c a c h i ev ement, l e ad ers h ip , and service. Freshman students who meet t h e following cr i t e ria will be invited to app ly : a pplic a ti on materials postmarked by J an u a ry 10, 3.80 PA and 1 200+ SAT o r 27+ A T s cores , U.S. citizen or eligible fo r U . S . citizenship, and evidence of o ut st a n ding l ead e r ship and service. Amount: F u l l tuition (32 credits/year) for four years. Comments or Conditions: Not based on fi n an c i a l need. Renewable for three years if a 3 . 3 0 G PA is maintained. Three awarded annually. PRESIDENT'S SCHOLARSHIPS

as Regents' Scholarships. $6,SOO/year for fou r years. Comments or Conditions: Renewable for th ree years if a 3.30 G PA is mainta ined . Tw e n t y - five awarded an n u al l y. Eligibility: Transfer students with

3.60+ GPA alld 45+ semester hours of c ollege level courses. Must be admitted by March l . Amount: $ 3,0 00 / year for two years. Comments or Conditions: No a pp lica t i o n n eces s a ry, r eq u i re s 3.30 PA for renewal. Twenty awards arc available. PHI THETA KAPPA SCHOLARSHIPS

Eligibility: T ran s fer students with 3 .60+ CP A and 45+ semester hours of college courses. Admitted by M a rc h I with proof of PTK membership. Amount: $3,000/year for two years. Comments or Conditions: Not based on financial need, app l i 足 cation req uired , 3.30 CPA for re n ew aL

$ 1 00-$500.

Comments or Conditions: Awarded by Student Financial

Aid Services. M atches a church scho la rs hip , dollar for doUar, up to $500 (minimum of $ I OO) per yea r . Church sch ola rsh i p money must b e received by January I S each year the student attends to be matched. Unmarried, d epe nd e n t children of o rda i n ed , ac t i ve m ini s te r o r m i ssionary of a Christian church or o rg an iza t i o n . Parent's whose income is from church related work. Amount: $ 1 ,OO O / ye a r for four years. Comments or Conditions: No a pp l icati o n necessary, renewed annually. ARMY ROTC SCHOLARSHIPS

EUgibility: F ull - ti m e u n d e rg ra d ua te s .

U p to full tuition, room/board. P LU ' s ROTC office for furthe r i n formation, 206/535-8740.

Amount:

Comments or Conditions: Call

INTERNATIONAL STUDENT GRANT

足

EUgibility: International s t u d e n ts. AmoWlt: $2,000/year for four years.

$750-$2,000.

ap pl ic a t io n necessary. Awarded a u tomatically and renewed annuaIly t o q u a li fy ing s t uden t s .

Comments or Conditions: No

F i nalis t s should i n form the National Merit Schol a rs hip Corporation of their intention to enroll at PLU. PLU-spon50red Na tional lv[erit fina lists are

Comments or Conditions:

through

Amount:

Eligibility: Students with 3 . 00+ CPA and demonstrated leader足 ship or active involvement in a multi-ethnic context. Amount: Up to $2,000. Comments or Conditions: R eq uire s reapplication to b e renewed e ac h yea r .

fin ali s t Q u ali fyi n g Test - Pre-Scholastic Assessment Test).

guaran teed a to ta l of $7,000

Eligibility: S t u de n ts receiving scholarships of $ 1 00 or more from any Christian chu r ch c on g r eg a t io n .

RIEKE LEADERSHIP AWARD

NATIONAL MERIT SCHOLARSHIPS

Se m i

PLU MATCHING SCHOLARSHIPS (PLUMS)

Eligibility:

PROVOST'S MERIT AWARDS

Eligibility: NMSQT-PSAT finalists (Na t i o na l Merit

annuaJJ.y.

CLERGY'S DEPENDENT GRANTS

Eligibility: Sa me

Amount:

INTERNATIONAL STUDENT ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIP

a combination of

EUgibility:

institutional scholarship resou rces. This amount includes the

International students admitted by July I before the

$750-$2,000 Na tional Merit Schola rsh ip .

school year t h ey ..;ttend. Amount: Up to $2,OOO/year for four years.

WASHINGTON SCHOLAR'S AWARD

Comments or Conditions:

Nine awards are avai.lable each year based on scholastic achievement. Renewable for th re e years with a 3.30 GPA. No application form re q u i red. Awarded July L

Washington State Scholars. Amount: $3, l 42/year for four years, subject to State Leg i s l a t i ve adjustment. Comments or Conditions: Re newab le for three years if a 3.30 Eligibility:

3.50-3 .74 CPA admitted by March l . $3 ,000-$4,000/year fo r fOllr years Comments or Con.ditions: Renewable three years if a 3 .30 CPA Eligibility: F res hm e n with

Amount:

ALUMNI MERIT AWARDS

Types of Aid

Amount:

ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT AWARDS

VETERAN'S BENEFITS

Eligibilitr- M u st b e v etera n Amount: Varies.

o r spo u s e/ c h i l d of decea s ed ve t er a n .

Comments or Conditions: Co nt act PLU veteran c o o r d i n a to r at

206/5 35 - 83 1 7.

NON -

BASED LOA

Eligibility/Amount: Employees of the university and their dependents are el ig i ble for u p to 7 5 % t u i t io n rem i s s io n , a u n i ve rsity gift resou rce . If a s t u d en t receives t u i t i o n r e m issio n , he/she may be award e d a d d i t ional merit a n d need-based institu tional gifts up t o the c os t o f tu i ti o )] . R e ce i p t o f tuition remission may serve to adj ust or e L i m i n a t e other insti t u tional aid. previo usly awarded. NAM.ED ENDOWED/RESTRICTED SCHOLARSHIPS

Sc.holarsh ips have be e n pro vi d ed by alu m n i a n d friends of t h e u n iversity to honor a n d / o r memorialize loved ones and to assist worthy students. A l s o pro v id ed are scholarships made p ossib le by cor po ra tions, fo unda t i ons , and trusts. E l i g i b i L ity for m a ny of th e awards requires comp le t i o n of the r eg ula r fi nancial a i d a ppl i ca tion, a t ta j nment of s o p h o m o re s t a nd i n g , and decla ra tion of a maj o r. Further i n formation o n e l i g ib i l i t y is ava il a bl e on request.

See complete listing on p age

NEED- BASED AWARDS

}»

FOR U N DERGRADUATE STU DENT S

noted, rmdergraduate a id recipients mllst be full- time stlldents (12 credits per semester) to receive Imiversity gift assista nce.

Q CLUB SCHOLARSHIPS

(6 credi t hours) undergraduate or (4 credit hours) g radu a t e s tudents who do not quali fy fo r al l or part o f the maximllm S ubsid ized Federal Sta ffo rd Loan. Amount: Up to $2,625 per yeQr for freshmen, $3,500 fo r sopho m o re s , $5,500 for j u n i o r and seniors and $8,500 for g radu a te

t o full-time new students based o n

Repayment: A variable int erest rate which changes annually and can never exceed 8.25% and m o n t h ly p r i n c i p a l p a ym e n ts be g i n s i x months after t h e student gr ad u at e s , withdraws or d r o p s t o less than h a l f- t i m e a ttend a n ce. U ns u bsid ized means t h e s t udent is res p o n s ib l e for t he i n te r est on the loan amount w h il e in school; however, i n terest payment can be pos t p o ne d . ( I nterest begins a cc r u i n g fro m the d at e the fUllds are first d isb u rs ed ) . Comments or Conditions: Se p a r a t e Loan Appl ica t i o n and P rom iss( ry No t e is a vail a ble from Student F i nanci a l Aid Ser vices. S t u den t is res po n s i b l e fo r su b m i t t i n g the Loan Appl i c a t io n and P ro missory Note t o J lender ( b a n k or cred i t u n ion ) .

studen t's college education

m in u s the amount o f any fi n a n cial

aid the student is recei vi n g .

Repayment: A v ar ia b l e interest rate which c h a n g e s J n n u a Ll y and can never exc ed 9.00% and m o n t h l y p r i n c i p a l and i n terest p a ym e nt s begin wit h i n 60 days after the final d isbursement o f fu n d s . ( I n t ere s t be g i n s accruing from the date the funds are first

d eserving students.

vices. P a ren t i s re spon s i bl e fo r s u b m i t t in g the Loa n A ppl i ca ti o n

Amount: Varies, depen d s on need. Comments or Conditions: R en e wal will requ i re 3.00 GPA, FAF SA reap p J icJtion pos t m ark e d by

fi nancial need.

March I and ev i d e n ce of

Comments o r Conditions: Separate Loan Application a n d P ro m issory Note is available fro m S t udent Financial Aid 'er and P ro m isso ry Note to a len d er ( b ank or cred i t u n io n ) . ADDITIONAL UNSUBSIDlZ.ED FEDERAL STAFFORD

Eligibility: I n d epe nden t student or

parents

J ,e

de n ied a PL US loan.

LOAN

de pen den t shldent w h o s e

Amount: U p t o $4 ,000/ yea r for freshmen and sophomores , $5.000 fo r j un i o r� a n d sen iors, a n d $ 1 0,000 for g r a d u at es . Repayment: A variable i nt e r e st rate which c h an ge s annually a n d

UNIVERSITY GRANTS

E1igibiUty: F u ll - t im e s t u d e n t s . Amount: Varies, dep end s on n e e d . Comments or Conditions: B a s e d on fi nan c i a l need, s t uden t s who have a GPA n e a r 3 . 3 0 and do not q u a l i fy for a u nivers i t y sc h o l a r s h i p b llt have h igh fi. n a n c ia l need. DOllARS FOR SCHOLARS MATCHING SCHOLARSHTPS

Bligibility: Students receiv i n g scho l u rs h i ps from a n y Dollars for

chapter,

xceed 8.25% a nd monthly p r i n c i p al payments begin

can never

s ix months after the student g rad u a te s , withd raws o r d ro p s to less than h a l f-time attendance. Unsubsidized means the s t u d e n t

is re s p ons i b l e for the i n terest on the loan a mo ll n t while in sc h o o l ; however, i n t eres t payment can be postponed. ( I n terest b e gi n s accru i n g from the date the funds arc first disb urse d . ) Comments or Conditio.ns: Separate L o a n a p p l i c a t i o n a n d

Amount: Varies. U p to $ 1 ,000 p e r student. Comments or Conditions: The u n i ver si t y matches Dollars for Sc h o l ars c ha p te r awards, d o l la r fo r dollar, up t o $ 1 ,000 per

Promissory Note is available fro m Student Fina ncial Aid Ser vi c es . Student is r e s po nsi bl e for s u b m i t t i n g t h e Loan A ppl ic a t i on and Prom issory Note to a lender (bank or cred i t unio n ) .

stu dents, based o n fina n c i a l need. D o l lars fo r Sch olars is a program of C i t iz e n s ' S c h ola r s h i p Foundation of America.

NEE D BASED LOANS

PELL GRANT

FEDERAL N URSING LOAN

St ud en t s tak i n g at least o n e cred i t.

Amount: $400-$2,470 yea rly. Comments or Conditions: B as ed o n financial ne e d . SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT

Eligibility: A t !eQst part - t i m e stud E' n t s . Amount: A t l e a s t

Eligibility: PJrents o f de p e nd e n t s tu d e n t . Amount: Parents m a y bo rrow up t o the fu Ll cost of t h e i r

d isbursed . )

fers) and financial need. Q C l u b i s a gro u p o f o v e r 2,000 friends and alumni com m i t ted t o m a k i n g PLU a cc e s s i b l e to

Eligibility:

st udents.

aca d e m i c achievem e n t ( 3 .30 for freshmen a n d 3 .00 fo r trans

Scholar

h al f- t i m e

FEDERAL PLUS LOAN

12.

NOTE: Unless o t/Jerwise

Eligibility: Awarded

UNSUBSIDIZED FEDERAL STAFFORD LOAN

Eligibility: At least

TUmON REMISSION

...,

LOANS

$ 1 0Q, varies wi t h need.

Comments or Condition : Based

fi nanc i a l n e e d , p r i o r i t y

g i v e n to s t u d e n ts with P 1 1 Grant e l i g i b ility. WASHINGTON STATE NEED GRANT

Eligibility: At l e as t h a lf- ti me

s t udents.

Amount: $2,250 y ea r l y.

Comments or Conditions: Based on flI1ancial need.

Eligibility: S t ud ents enrolled a t l ea s t h a l f- t i m e (6 c r e d i t ho urs) in School of N u rsing (eJ cept pre-n u rs i ng) . Preference given t o LPN s t u dents. Amount: Up to $4,000. Repayment: A fixed i n te r est ra te of 5% and p r i n cipa l and i n t e.rest payments begin 1 2 m o nt hs after the s t u d ent g ra d u a t es , withdraws or drops to less thaJJ h � l f- t i me a t tendance.

Comments or Conditions: L i m i ted fu nding available. Partial or

full ca nc ell a t i o n co nd i t io ns exis t . FEDERAL PERKINS LOAN

EHgibilitr- At l e a s t h a l f- ti me ( 6 credit h o ur s ) u n d erg rad u a te o r (4 c red i t hours) graduate s t u dents.

Amount: Up to $ 3 ,000 for each year o f u n d ergrad ua t e s t ud y

and up t o $5,000 for each year of grad uate or p r () fess ion a l tudy.

fixed i n teres t rate o f 5 %

Repayment:

principal and

i nterest payments begi n 1 2 months after the s tu d en t graduates, ....I

u z <[ z ...

withdraws o r d ro ps to less than ha l f- time attendance. Deferrals ava ilable for studen t s ta tu s , mil i t a ry service, Peace Corps, Public Hea l t h Service of.ficers. vol unteers fo r n o n - profit organizations and requi red i n ternships. Comments or Conditions: Priority is given to undergraduate students. Up to total loan forgiveness is possible fo r teach i ng in low i n come population areas , teach i n g the dis".tbled o r teac hing i n a federal Head S tart prob'Ta m. Additional loan cancellation condi tions exist. least half-ti me (6 credit hours) undergraduate o r

( 4 credit hours) gTaduate st udents. Amount: Up to $2,625 per yea r fo r freshmen, $3,500 for sopho mores, u p to $5,500 fo r j u n iors and seniors, and $8,500 for graduat.e students.

Repayment.: A variable i n t e rest rale which changes annually and can never exceed 8.25% and monthly p rincipal and i n t e res t pay ment begi n six months after the stud e n t graduates, withdraws

enroLLment. The Student Services Center has available

Fo un d a t'i o n Educational Scholarships Merit Awards Walter H . Chris tensen Scho l a rs hip Kenneth Christopherson/Walter P i lgri m Endowed Scholarship in

Rel igio n Lyman H. Cbr idge/l.utheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship

Clas s o f

1 967 Endowed Sd 1 0larsh ip (Descendants of Class) Hulda Cocanowe r Schol a rship E ndowmen t

C o m p u ter Science Scholarship Endowment

Dorothy and Powell Cone Memorial/Lutheran B ro t h e rhood Endowed Nursi.ngS holar�hip

Cou n se li ng

Irene O. Creso Merit

tion on Alternat ive Loans.

EMPWYMENT

Eligibility: A t least part-time students. Amount: Varies. Comments or Conditions: On-campus jobs; tudents can ap p l y fo r ind ividual jobs t h rough t h e S t uden t Employment Office. part-time students.

Amount.: Based on need. Comments or Condition&: O ff-campu jobs; s tude nts m u s t apply fo r individual jobs through the Student Employment O ffi c e .

American Lutheran Church-North Pacific

Doolittle MemoriaI Sc h olarsh i p

arl E. and Martha 1. Eckstro m Endowed Schol arship Mrs. J a n i ce D. E ichler Scholarsh i p Fund The Reverend and M rs. f . E. Eidbo E ndowed Sch ol arship E ndowmen t Challenge G ran t Ca rl a. n d Ethel Erickson/ Lutheran B ro ther h ood Endowed Scholarship Lcif E riks o n Scholarsh ip Gerr y and Linda Evanson Endowed Sch ol ars h i p Anthony I. Eyri og Liberal Arts Scholarshi p

First

Insurance Gro u p S c h o l arship Interstate Bank Schoiarshi p

Patricia Fisk Scholarship arlotta Flink Scholarship P h yl a ine V. and Kenneth L. Folson Endowed Scholarship L.c. Foss Memorial Scholar hip Frank Russell Company Endowed Sc ho la rs h ip Fuchs Fo und a tio n Scholarship George and

District S cho l a rs h i p

Memor i al Scholarship M . A nder s on Endowed Music Scholars h i p U

the L ibera l Arts

Farmers

S ho l ars h i p

Davis Fund

Facu lt y M e mo r ia l Scholars h i p Fund Fa ith Lutheran Chu rc h o f Portland S chola rs hi.p Fund

Florence Spinner Anderson

Ida A.

Faaren Family/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship

NAMFJ} ENDOWEDJRESTRlCTED SCHOLARSHIPS Ackerley Communications Mer it Award Aid Asso ciation for Lut heran s S chol ars hi p Allenmore Registe red Nu rsing Scholarship Alumni Scholanhip Fund

Deal fa mily Endowed Scholarship in

Capt. W. Larry and

STATE WORK STUDY

wa.rd

E. John and Lorene E. DaJ1lberg J r. Endowed Scholarship Carl Dalk l'vlemorial Scho la rship Fund George 1. Davis/ Lutheran B ro t herhood Endowed Scholarship Fllnd J. Wal ter and Cla ra Davis Schola rshi p H a rold B. and F ran ce s S. Dawson/Lutheran B ro t he rhood E ndowed Nursing Scho larshi p

COUEGE WORK STUDY

Master Ca nd idate Scholarsh. i p

Crane fund (or W i dows and Ch i ld ren

regulations. Contact S t udent Financial Aid Services for i n forma

M rs . W. B. Burns t'und Burzlaff Memorial Scholarship Co ry Kenneth Carlson Memorial Scholarship Dr. and

Ch ev ro n

Studen t is not eligible for Federal S tafford Loans d u e to federal

S cholar s hip

Cheney

PRINCIPAL CERTIFlCA'I'E

Olive Lewellen Blandau Scholarship and Loan und Boe E du c at ion Scholar h i p Erwin and Alice Bolduan Scholarsh i p Richard J, and

Pak Joe Chan Endowed Scholarship

sample

Students accepted into this program are eligible to receive a Federal S taffo rd Subsidized and/or Unsubsidized Loan up to $5.500. I f a s t u de nt is independent or is a dependent student whose parents are denied a P LUS loan, the student is eligible for au additional Unsubsidized federal Stafford Lo a n up to $5,500.

Blake-Webber Endowed Scholarship

Chester BuhI Endowed Vocal Music Scholars hip

TEACHER CERTIFICATE

Anne Biteman Memorial N u r s i n g Scholarship

Erhardt and Vi r gi ni a Buchfinck Endowed Scholarship i n Ed ucat i o n

list of p rivate lenders.

Hazel

Alfred and Alice Bishop/Luth�ran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarshi p

Buchanan Family Endowed

d eferment of princi pal until after the student ceases fu l l- time

Arthur Anderson

Clenom E. Berge Nursing Scholarship B i lbrough Family Sch ol a rsh ip

Betty Brown Scholarship

credit capacity, and school costs. Many allow

Eligibility: Al least

E ndowed Sc h o la r , h i p

Jor u n n Breiland Sc h olarsh i p Fund

finance a student's education. Most p rivate

need,

Peter and Lyd.ia Bec kman

Paul M. Bellamy Music Scholarship

Agnes Brodahl Music Scholarshi p

pr grams offer low in terest, no collateral loans that arc based on individual

Business Scholarship r. Bayer Memor i al ursing Scholarship

B angert Don

Yanda Bortell Endowed Scho la rsh i p

Many reputable p rivate lending organ izations provide families means

Marguerite and Wilmer Baer Scholarship

Havana Bradner Memorial Scholarship

ALTERNATIVE LOAN PROGRAMS a

Mary Jnne Aram Scholnrs h i p Fund Arntson Scholarsh ip Hedvig Ar thur Memorial AURA/Lutheran Bro ther h ood endowed Scholarship Awa rd of Excel le.nce (Pacific Coca-Cola Bottling Co.)

Luther & Dillie Quale

or drops to less than half-time attendance. Comments or Conditions: Separate Loan Application and Promissory Note is available from Student Fi nancial id Ser vices. S t uden t is responsible for submitti.ng Loan A p p l ication and P ro miss ory Note to a lender (bank or credit u nion ) .

with

( Eccnomics) A n th rop o logy Alu m n i Award

B.E.R.G. M i n ori t y Schola rs h i p

SUBSIDIZED FEDERAL STAFFORD LOAN

EUgibility: A t

William and )e�nie Au derso.n Scholarship Ruth Anenson Sch o larsh ip Ernest M. Ankr im/Luthe.rall B rotherhood Endowed Scholarship

Henrietta B u tton Gaet"l Nursing Scholar hip F u nd I

Al n and Bertha G i bso n S holarship Ber r ha G j lbertson S c ho l ars h i p John M. Gilbertson Fo un da t i o n Scholarship

Ed na M . G ord e r/ Lu t h e ran

Brotherhood En do\ve d

E d u c a ti on Scholarshjp

Cbreoce A . and O l ga Grahn ::;cholarship Ot is J. G r ande/Lutheran Brotherhood End o w ed Scholarship i n Ed u ca t i o n ja mes M. Gribbon S c hola rsh i p Fern R. Grimm/Lutheran Brotherhood E n dowed S ch ol a rsh i p Gulsrud Famil S c h o l ar s hi p

Haas oundation

Arnold Hagen Education Scholarship

Frank H. and Nel l i L. Haler Endowed Scholarshjp Ola Halvor e.n hol a rsh i p Johanne Marie Hansen Endowed Memorial Scholarship Nels Marcus Hansen Endowed Memorial Scholarship Jennie l.ee Hanson E ndowed Presidents Scholarship /cn nie L�e H anson Sch o l a rs h ip F u n d W.H. Hardtk Seminary Student S ch o l a r. hip Fund .Brian Harshman Memorial Scholarship Marv and Dorothy H a rs h ma n S c ho la rs h i p (Church Leadership/Ath.letics) Rj ug Harsta d Endowed chola rs h ip Erlin g and Clara H a u go S ch ol a r s h i p

Walter

Heath Charitable Trust

orman and Vero ne Heinsen Endowed Sc h o la r s h i p Dou g las Her l a nd Mem o r i a l Ro wi n g Schola.rship ( rew) Hopper Memorial Edward W. Huber Memorial Scholarship [rene H u lt g re n Nursing Scholarship H umanities , cholarship Endowment 'lement E. and Phylijs G. Hunter Scholarship ICW Community Service cholarship S.E. Idaho Incentive Scholarship Fund I n d re b o Mu · ic Scholarship Suzanne l ng ram Memorial Sch o l a rs hip Ter ry Irvin Sch o la rs hip Ken neth and Stella Jacobs Scholarship Lyle and Iris Jac ob s o n Endowed Scholarship M i ke Jacobson Scholarship Ole M . jcnnestad Memorial Scholarship J udge Hertil E. Job ns o n S c h o l a r s h i p Johnson/Alfsen S c h ol a rsh i p J o h ns o n/ L1 r s o n S ch o l a. rs h ip Agnes Solem Johnson/Lutheran B r oth e r h o o d Nursing Endowment Luther H . J o hn on/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed B usiness S cholars h i p Pearl . John on/l.utheran Brotherhood Endowed N ursin g Scholarship T.L Johnson Sr.!Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship Ted and Doreen Johnson/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship in Natural Sc iences E.rna M. Jorgensen Regents Scholarship Theodore O.H. and Betsy K ar l Endowed Scholarship in Forensics Lind B. Karlsen Music S ch o l a rs hip P hi l i p G. a n d Alice L. Kayser Endowed Scholarship Fl izabeth B. Kelly Endowed chOla.rship Anne Kensrud Memo r i al Sch o l a r s h i p Key Bank of Was.hi.ngton Endowed School of Business Scholarship Re . Karl K i l i a n Memorial Fund William Kilworth Foundation S ch ol a rs h ip Fund Gundar King Endowed S ch ol a rsh i p Kluth Endowment fo r High Achievers in Athletics and Phy�ical Ed u cat ion Knudsen Fa m i l y Endowed Scholarship Glady M. Knutzen Endowed Scholarship Hilda S. Kramer Musical Appreciation Scholarship Howard, E u genia and Jon Kvinsland Endowed Scholarship Dawnell Lamb Scholarship Louis and Leona Lamp Scholarship H rry E. an d Irene 1.. Lang Endowed Sch ol ar sh i p George Lanning Me m o r i a l / L u th e ra n Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship Dr. John O. Lar ga a rd/ l. uth e ra n Brotherhood Endowed Sch o l a rs h ip Dr. Charle s Larson/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarsl1ip bba and E. Arthur l.aI o n N u rs i n g S ch ola r s h ip Ludvig and Clara Larson Sc h o l a rs h i p harles Lauhack Student Research F u n d Orlando and M y r t l e Lee/ Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship G u y J. a n d Louise Leesman Scholarship Paul Li e b e lt S holarship (Mathematics) me t a nd Jennie Liming & Art and Ethel C u mm in gs Endowed Memorial Scholarship

Iv[r. and M rs. W. Hilding Li ndberg Endo\'lfed Scholarship Isabel Li nd berg Trust H.ildred Linder E.ndowment Richard E. a n d Anita Hillesland Londgren/l.utheran Brotherhood Endowed S ch ol a rs h i p Alfred and Althea Lund/Lutheran B rot h e r hood Endowed Scholarship Gene and Marian Lundg. rd/L u t h er an B rotherhood Endowed

z » z n

Scholan;hip

,...

Lutheran Brotherhood Fund fo r Lutheran Students

Lutheran B roth erh o od Sc h o la rsh ip Lutheran Brotherhood S u s t ain i ng Fund S ch ola rshi p Constance B. Lyon Sc h o l a rsh i p Jame B. Malyon Scholarship Joe Marchiack Memorial Scholarship F u n d Mathematics

Scholarship

Edmund Maxwell Foundation Scholarship McKay Scholarship Alma Meisnest E nd ow m e n t Fund Robert K. Merton P ri ze i n Sociology M il i tary Order of the Pu rple Heart Award hed and Carolyn Mills Memorial Scholarship Lila Moe Endow ment S holarship Katharine E. Mo nroe Sc h olarsh ip .Fores tine Wise Monsen Memorial Piano ScholaTShip D on a l d and Wanda Morken Family Endowed Schola.rship Li ll i a n C. Morris Me mo ri al c h ol a rs h ip Gladys Mo rn'ed t Voluntary Service Awa rd �...1 ur ray· J)anie l on lvlanagemc:: n t Award Mark E. a n d l.enore G. Myers Sc h o l a rship Richard P. Neils Memorial F u n d George and Ima elson E ndowed Scholarship Fund Harold and ylvia Nelson Endowed Scholarship Lars Nerland No rwegi an Sc hola rs h i p Milton and Hazel Nesvig International Student Scholarship Mr. and Mrs. G u s H. Nieman Memorial Scholarship M arga ret Nistad Memorial Scholarship Nan okleberg Memorial/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship Orville N u p en N u rs i n g Schol a rs h ip Cliffo rd O. and Ella L. Olson Endowed Athletic/Music Scho l a rs h ip Linda Olson/Lutheran Bro therhood Endowed N u rs ing Sch ol a rs h i p Robert E. Olson Memorial Iver O p s t ad M e mor ial Scho l a rs h ip Shereen Paff S p e ci a l Ed ucation S c h o l a rship Terrence and Susan Parr Scho l a rs h ip Katherine R. Par r is h Memo r i a l N u r s in g S c ho la r s h i p Gordon Pearson Me.morial O.M . and Emilie R. Ped e r se n Endowed Scholarship Rena Strandberg Pellegrini Endowed Scholarship Marvin J. and Ruby L. Pennington Scholarship Pepsi-Cola Company Merit Scholarship The Barbara L. Perry· Haley and Ruth C. Perry M morial Scholarship M r. and Mrs. Les t e r Peter Scholarship (Ore go n s t udent s ) Gustaf Peterson Memorial Scholarship S h e ryl Laubach Peterson/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship Th e o dore M . and Lillian L. Peterson End owe d Sc h ol arsh i p B l a nche Pfl a u m Scho l a rs h i p E. Bill and Louise Pih l S ch o l ar s h i p PLU Women's lub Scholarship PLUS B u s iness Schol a rs h i p Nora J. Ponder Scholarship Fund Presser Foundation Scholarship Price ostco Scholarship Puget Sound Bank Scholarship The Edward Ramsdale Regents Scholarship Anders and Emma Ramstad Award Margaret L. Rasmussen Scholarship Recreational Equipment, Inc. (REI) Kathryn Reese Memorial Scholarship Simon and Marvel Reinbold Scholarship Endowment Charlotte and Lucian Rice Endowed S c ho lar sh i p Rieke Lea d e rship Awa rd William O. Rieke Endowed Scholarship ( S tudents from Cashmere, Leave nwo r th , a n d Wen a tch e e ) Ste r ling and ivl a rjorie Rose Scholarship Melville and Dorothy Rue Endowed Sc ho l a r s hip Mark Salzman Memorial Marie Scheele General E n do we d S c ho l a rs h ip Johannes and Aleen Schiller Endowment Fund P

'" w w u..

c z « z o I-

Joan R. S c h wi n d t Scbolarship SEAFIRST !lank M i nor i t y ·cilolarsilip Sea t t l e Mortgage Bankers Association S c h o l a r sh i p D o ro th y H. Sc. hnaible E ndowed Sc h o la rs h i p ,vI ,1 rga ret· Sh i p ley Fndowcd Sc h ola r s h ip in Acco u n t i ng

D r . \Valter a n d

Sharing

in S t rt�ng t h a n d Patricia

Skone S c h ul a t·s h ip ( Vo cal M u s i c) J a mes R. Slater Endowed Schol a rsh ip Ja mes Slater B i olo gy - RO " Scho la rs h i p Frances No r t o n S m i t h Endowed Scholarship S m i t h E ndowment Sc h o l a rs h i p Fund M r. a n d M rs. C h a r l e s Smithson Sch o l a r s h i p Naydene A. S n o d g r a s s Me m o r i a l S ch ola rs h i p A n ne E. Snow Foundation The S o i n e F a m i l y Endowed Sc h o l a r s h i p So uthea.5l Idaho In cen t ive Sch o l a rs h i p F u n d Haldor P. S p o n h e i m S c h o l a rs h i p F u n d Ethel Squ ires Scholarships WilLiam a nd Astrid S ta n ce r Endowed S ch o l a r s h i p in En g i nee r i n g Science Steele - Reese S c h o l a rsh i p En d owm ent Ge nevieve Slelberg endowed S c h o l a rs h i p D o r a S r ranglan d Me m u r i al S c h o la rsh i p E"ther M . a nd D o r i s G . S tucke E nd o we d 'chobrship i n Nu rsing E m i l and Engelena St uh l mil ler E n d ow e d Scholarship Tacoma R a i n iers Com m u n i t y F und S ch ola rs h i p Ron and Eileen Tel lefson/Luthe ra n B ro t h e r h o o d Endowed Scho l a rsh i p Harvey and Helen Tengesdal Endowed S c h o l a rsh i fl Dr. Maurice

Bdv i n and Ida Ti ngdstad Memo rial Schol a rs h i p

Evelyn Tor ve nd

Memorial Education S c h o l n r s h i p

Cliff a nd Ronni Twdten F'ndowed S c ho l ar s h i p Tyl er Memorial u rsi n g S c h o l d r' h i p Karl U fer

Memorial S ch ol a r ship

David U llel a n d Memorial S c h o la r sh i p United Parcel Serv i ce

Fo u nd a t' ion S chol a rsh i p

US WEST D ivers i t y S ch o la rs h i p

Tuition and Fees

Ellen Val le Memorial Sc h o l a r s h i p Arthur H. V i n ge ru d Endowed Scholarship Fund D r. Roy and G l o ri a Virak Endowed S c h olar s h i p Wade/Hinderlie Sch o brs h ip F und I n a H. Wake Memorial Scho la r s h i p Wash i ngton Mutual Minorities in Ed uca ti o n Sch ob .rs h i p Was h in gton State Automobile Dealers Associ.ltion S c h ola rs h i p Was h i n g to n S o ftware Association Sc ho l a rs h i p Doc and Lucille Wea t hers E nd o wed S ch o l a rs h i p Western Washington Fair Association Sc ho la r s hi p Wick Fami ly/Lutheran B ro t h er h o o d Endowed Scholarshi p Mabel W i n g Scholarship William P. Jnd Ca ro l yn O. Woods S c h o la rs h i p Randall Yoakum En dowed Sch o l a r s h i p

UNDERGRADUATE RATES

Credit Hr.

VETERANS AFFAIRS & VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION

or spring i,l excess of 1 6 credit hours are charged at a rate of

$236.00 per

PacifiC Lutheran University' academic p rograms of study are apprClVcd by the Washington State Higher Education 'oord inat i ng Board's S t ate Approving Agency ( H ECB/SAA) for e nrollment of persons eligible to receive educational benefits u nder Title 38 a nd Title 10 USc. Veterans, widows, and children of deceased veterans who wish to inquire about their eligibility for benefits should contact the Regional Office of the Veterans Administration, federal Building, 9 1 5 Second Avenue, Seattle, Washington 98 1 74. Persons within the State of Washington may telephone 1 -800-827 - 1 00 0 . Students should gain admission to the u niversity and see the university's Veterans A ffairs Coordinator before making application for benefits. Students are required to register at the university's Veterans Affairs Office before each term to insure continuous receipt of benefits.

1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. .-.. $473.00 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .... $946.00 3 . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . $ 1 ,4 1 9 .00 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1 ,892.00

.....................

NOTE: HOllrs taken either fall

Ral p h a n d Celestcne Yoder Memorial S c h o lars h ip

Jal1uary Term Credit Hr.

1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $473.00 2 .' . . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . .-. . . . . $946.00 3 ... ,., ... . . . . . . . . ......... $ 1 ,4 1 9.00 4 .................. . . . . . . . . $ 1 ,892.00 5 . . $2,365 .00 ...................................... e�.

Shi rley Zurfluh/Lutheran B ro th e r hoo d Endowed S ch o l a rs h ip ( B u s i ness)

($473 per credit holl.r)

Fall/Spring Semesters

credit.

GRADUATE RATES

NO T E, HOllrs taken for January Term in eXCe5S

5 . . . . . . . . . $2 , 1 28.00 6 . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . . . . . . $ 2,364.00 7 ........ , .......... . . . . . . . . . . $2,600.00 .... .-.-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . etc. ...............

...

($473 per aedh hour)

Ja n u ary Term Credit Hr.

1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ........ .. $473.00 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . ... $946.00 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... $ 1 ,4 1 9.00 4 . . . . . . . ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... $1 ,892.00 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,365 .00 ...................................... e�. .

credit hours

rote of$236.00

per credit.

Fall/Spring Semesters (Jedit Hr.

of 4

are charged (// a

. .

1 ................................ $473 .00 2 ................................ $946.00 3 ............................. $ 1 ,4 1 9.00 4 .................... ......... $ 1 ,892.00 5 . .. .. $2,365.00 etc. .

....

.............. .

....

..........................................

NOTE: Off Ca mp u s Progra m students pay a program fee (not PL U

tuitiol1) specific to the individual program sites. Contact the Center for 1I1tematiol1al Programs for complete details.

CREDIT BY E.X.AMINA1' ION

Meal Plans

Students who test out of a class (Credit by Examination) will be charged 25 percent of regular tuition for that las ($ 1 1 8 . 2 5 per credi hour).

•

Plan # 1 : 20 mealS/Vleck .......... $ 1 ,090.00/semester

Plan #2: 15 meals/week ..........

REGISTERING AFfER ADD/DROP

Students who register after the last day of Add/Drop will be assessed an administrative handling fee of 50 for each course added or dropped. Some courses require additional fees; they will be added to the tuition total. The class schedule available from the R gistrar's Office provides information about any fees that may affect an individual schedule. Music and education students should note: The Pri vate Mllsic Le.'SMI Fee is $ 1 50 for one credit or $225 for two or more credits per medium. A one-time Edllcation Pla ce m en t Fee of $40 is charged in the bst semester of t h e B . A.E. program. M I SCEllANEOUS FEES

a student may pay d irectly, for imm unizations, lab work, J n d prescriptions that are required. Unpa id Fines such as parking violations and overdue library books will appear on the monthly statement. Students are encouraged to pay these fines as incurred to avoid late fees and handling charges. A one-time Graduation Fee of $30 is charged to baccalaureate and master's degree candidates. A fee of $20 is charged to replace lost, damaged, or stolen student [D's. This must be paid at the Student Services Center. The fee for offi cia l t ra nsc rip ts is $5 for each transcript. or

SPECIAL INFORMATION

Op tional student health and accident i nsurance is available th rough an independent carrier. A brochure is available from the Student Life Office. Parking permits are free and required for all student vehicles. They can be obtained in the Campus Safety Office. Failure to register may result in a fine. ROOM AND MEALS Students who are under 2 1 and are taking 1 2 or more credit hours must live and eat meals on campus. There are exceptions: 1. I f one lives t home with a parent, legal guardian, or spouse 2. If one turns 2 1 before October 15 ( fall semester) or March 1 5 (spring semester) 3. If one has attained senior status (90 credit hours) before the beginning o f the semester Appeals may be addressed to the Residential Life Office. Room

Double Room .............................. $ 1 , 1 85.00/semester Single/Single Room ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1 ,48s . 00/semester SinglelDouble Room .... .............. $ 1 ,585.00/semestcr •

A l imjted number of single rooms are available. Special housing requests may be addressed to the Residential Life Office at 206/535 - 7 200.

•

Continu ing students (students who live on campus for fall, January term, and spring) are not charged for room during the January term.

•

tudents who attend only the January term will be charged $265.00 for room (see next column for meals).

•

A housiJ1g deposit (to be paid only by continuing students) of $200.00 will be credited to one's student account on the September billing for fall, and the ebruary b illing for spring - unless forfeited by the Residential Life Office.

•

Limited housing is available during winter and spring breaks at a cost of $9.65 per day.

1 ,045 .00/semester

o .z

Plan #3: 10 meals/week ............. $890.00/semester

•

COURSE FEES

Health Services will charge a student's account,

Residential (on-campus) students may select from the first three meal plans listed below:

•

Commuter students may choose from the plans ab VI' or select one below. Commuter students must contact Food Service each semester to begin their meal plan of choice. Plan #4: 5 meals/week ............... $490.00/semester

> z o

If one lives on-campus during the January Term, meals will cost as follows: Plan # 1 : 20 meals/week ............. $264.00 Plan #2: 1 5 meals/week ............. $255.00 Plan #3: 10 meals/week ........... . . $230.00

... m m III

Plans #4 and #5 are only available to comm uter students: Plan #4: 5 meals/week . . . . . . .. . . . . ... $ 1 25.00 ADVANCE PAYMENT

Ne w students need to make a $200 advance payment to confirm

their offer of admission. The payment is refundable until May 1 5 for fall, December 1 5 for the January term, and January 1 5 for spring. Requests for a refund must be made in writing to the Admissions Office. Returning students wanting to reserve a room for the following year must make a $200 advance payment. The payment will be credited to the following year's account upon occupancy. The advance payment is 1 00% refundable by making a written request to the Residential Life Office by July I . A 50% refund will be granted i f the written request is received after July 1, but by August I . No refund will be granted a fter August l . FINANCIAL AID

Scholarships, grants, talent awards, and loans awarded by PLU's Student F inancial Aid Services, and outside aid ( from fraternal organizations, high schools, churches, etc.) sent directly to PLU are credited to the student's account. Awards over $ 1 00 will be equally divided between fall and January term/spring semesters. Awards under $ 1 00 will be applied to one semester only. Outside aid will not be applied to the account untiJ the funds are received by PLU. NOTE: Because financial aid is equally divided betwee/! fall Q/ld January term/spring semesters, the cost is generally higher for the January term/spring semester if one registers for a January term course a n d eats on campus.

Perkins and Nu rsi ng Studelll Loall recipients are required to sign for their l oans in the Student Services Center at the beginning of the academic year.

Educational LOlltl Progra ms (FFELP) ( these are Federal Stafford, Unsubsidized Federal Stafford and Federal Parent P lus) , obtained through banks and other lending institu tions, will be applied after the proper endorsement by the student or parent. Funds not endorsed within 45 days of receipt will be returned to the lending institution as defined by federal regulations. A 4 percent processing fec is subtracted from the loan by the lending institution.

Federal Family

Loans must be endorsed in the Student Services Center before the funds can be deposited in the student's account. Recipients of the following funds must go to the Student Services Center to p ick up their check. The check is made payable t o the student. Those funds are: Washington State Need Grant, Washington Scholars, Nursing Conditional, Paul Douglas Scholarship, Educational Opportunity Grant, and Future Teachers. Students who secure part-time employment as part of t heir financial aid (work study) receive monthly paychecks based on work performed. Paychecks may be picked up at the cashier's State of Alaska

VI W W ....

o z �

Academic Bold

window at the Business Office on payday and Ill a y be applied to

unpaid student acco unt balances. It is the student's responsibility to i n form the Student Services Center of any changes in fi nancial status. Additional funds or ben efits from any source (such as free or partial room and meals) received o r promised, before or a fter a student is awarded aid

The Registrar, Student L i fe Office, or Residential Life O ffice c an pl ace a n account o n "academic h id." Registrat ion for classes is precluded until any pending matter with those o ffices is settled.

Medical Hold A "medical hold" p revents a student from registering because

rom PLU, must be reported. Actual das · registration that

Health Services has not received the Medical Hist or y Form or

produces a lower tuition rate than anticipated may reduce a

becau:;e the ludent does not have t he necessary i mmunizations.

financial aid award. By law, Student Financial Aid Services is

required to make adjus t me n ts to prevent over awards.

I-

PAYMENT OPTIONS/FINANCING

guardian, agree to accept the responsibility and legal obligation

Students must pay at the t i me of registration or be enrolled i n an

to pay all t u i t ion costs, room and meal fees, and other special fees

;:)

ap pro

I-

Option 1

Rights and Responsibilities U p o n registration, the student and his or her parent or legal

ed payment plan at the time of registration. -

incurred or to be incu rred fo r the studen t's education. The u n i vers it y agrees to make avaiJable to the student certai n

Those wh . pay early m ay qualify for a Lutebuck

l:ducational programs a n d the LIse of certain un iversity facilit ies,

Discount. To receive L uteb ucks, payment is due in full by July 25

as JPplicab le and

for fal l semester and December 22 for the Ja nuary term/spring. Otherwise, payment fo r Option 1 is due in full by the first day of each term.

Fall, J-Term, Spri n g

•

described in this catalog. A fa ilure to pay

obl iga t ion to continue to provide the applicable educational benefits and services, includ ing, but not l i m i ted to, statements of

Option 2 - Payment Plans 8 Mon th Pla n: The definition of an 8 month plan is enrollment fo r one of the following term arrangements: •

a�

when due all u n iversity bills shall release the u n iversity o f any

honorable dismis:;al, grade repo rt , transcript of records, diploma:;, or preregistrations. The student shall also b e denied admi ttance to classes and the use of university facilities in the

F a l l , Spring

event o f a default.

A nOI1- refundable . et-up fee of $50.00 is req u i r ed to start this

pl a n . Payments for this plall begin Septelllber 1 5 and must be paid in full by April 1 5.

Fall ol/Iv or J-Term/Spring on/v: Students wishing to finance Fall only or J - Term/Spring only will be req ui red to pay a non refundable se t- u p fee o f $25.00 and will have p yments due for

Credit Balances If a credit balance occurs on a student's account, excess fu nds will be disbursed within a period o f time n o t to exceed fourteen days. (Note: The student o r the student's parent rna)' elect in writing to have th e institution retain ex-cess fu nds or f1:lture expend itures. This option may be changed a t the discretion of the student or

the following months:

the :;tudent':; parent.) I f additional expend itures occur after c redit

•

Fall: September, October, November, December

•

J-Term/Spring: January, February, March, April

balances have been djsbursed, the student o r the rudent's parent is financially responsible for any owing balance.

Payments for this plan are due the 15th of each month.

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES RELATING TO REFUND

HOW TO MAKE PAYMENTS

AND REPAYMENT

Mail payments with tatement rem ittance stub to PLU, Box 2 1 1 67, Seattle, WA 98 1 1 1 -3 167, or deliver payments to t he PLU Busine ·s Office in the Administration Bui ld i ng, Room 1 1 0. Checks should be made payable to Pacific Lutheran University. The student's name and account number (social security number) should be included with all payments. A $ 1 5 fee i s

Refund Pacific Lutheran University calculates and distributes Refund/ Repayment according to Federal Regulations 34 FR parts 668, 682 , 685 and the Fe d e ra l Student Financial Aid Handbook, Chapter 3. The Marko pro rata software is used to calculate the

charged on a l l ret u rned checks.

regulation · cited above.

pro-rata refund/repayment i n accordance with the federal

VlSA and MasterCard are accepted. An automatic monthly

"Refund" refer s to money p a id toward school charges that

payment may b e arranged with t he Student Services Center. An

must be ret u rn d to financial aid ·ourees and/or to the student.

a u tomatic payment form will be mailed o u t at t he student's

Fair and Equitable Refund Policy of the Institution a fai r and equitable refund policy. As required under Section 668 . 22 ( b ) ( I ) of the federal regula

request; t h is w i ll eliminate calling each month to charge pay ments.

Pac ific Lutheran Univers i ty has

No additional fee is cha rged for t h is service when added

to a payment plan.

tions, the S t u dent Services Center will calculate and provide for a

Please DO NOT mail cash. A periodically adjusted discount

refund of at least t h e larger amount p rovided as follows:

rate will be cha rged against Canadian currency.

1) requirements o f State Law (not applicable to PLU)

Interest and Late Fees Payment ODtion 1 - For those not on a payment p l a n , a 1 . 5 % V monthly d fauJ t i nterest is charged on balances 30 days past due. Payment Pla ns - Payments received after the 20th of the m o n th will be asses se d a $25.00 per month late fee.

2) specific refund tandard e tabli hed by the school's nationally recognized accred iting agency (not applicable to PLU)

pro rata refu nd calculation fo r any student attending the school for the first time whose withdrawal dat

i o n or before

the 60% point in time i n the period of enrollment for which the student has been charged.

Missed Payments Failure to make minimum mo nthly payments as agreed will result

When pro rata does not apply, the u n iversity will calculate and

in removal from a payment plan and the account 'will be placed

provide for a refund of a t least the Larger of the amount pro v i d e d under: 1 ) Federal refund calculation; or 2) Univer ity's refund policy

on financial hold. Student aCCoUllts 60 days delinquent may be turned over to an outside collection agency. A 40% charge will be added to such an acco u n t to cover collection cost.

The un i ve rsi t y will apply its fair and equi t ab le refu nd policy to

Financial Hold If a student account is past due, it will be placed on "financial

Title I V rec i p ients and aU other students.

hold:' Basic un i ve rs i t y privilege. will be denied until the account is set tled, including the ability to re g i :; ter, receive copies of a

Title IV Refund If any portion of an acco u n t was paid with TITLE 1

deral

Financial Aid, a refu nd will be prorated to each of the Financial

transcrip t or diploma, or cash checks.

Aid Programs in the following order:

I ) Federal Family Educational Programs (FFELP ) , ( Un s ubsid ized

Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Staffo rd Loan, Federal Plus

which he or she was charged from the scheduled cash payment

Loa n ) , Federal Perkins Loan, Federal PeLl Gra n t , Federal SEOG,

for that enrollment period.

other Title IV fu n d s, other federal , s t a t e , priva te, institutional

aid, and th e n the student. Students wh o a r e in their first term o f attendance at t h e univer足 sity, , ho wit hd raw during the first 60% of the term and who are fec iving Title IV aid will receive the greater of a tuition refund as calculated above QI a prorated refund .

To establish whether the student is a "first time student" the Re gi s trar's Office

use

Other cha rges assessed the student by the institution will not

-I

include fees for group health insurance, late fees, library fines,

first-TIme Student Federal Pro Rata Refund Policy

-I c::

the following criteria and procedures:

A "tirst time student" is any student who has not previously

attended a t least one class a t the school or receives a refund of 1 00% of the cha rges for tuition and fees, less any al lowable administrat ive fee, for previous attendance at the school. A student remain s a "first time tudent" until the s tudent e.ither withdraws, drops out, o r is expelled from the school

after anending at least one class, o r completes the period of enrollment fo r which he or she has been cha.rged.

parking fines, and health charges.

o z

Student Financial Aid Services will compare the pro rata refund amount with the refund amount(s) calculated

LlSin g

the

> z

University Refund Policy, whichever is larger.

Institutional Refund Policy The un iversity's institutional refund policy is the same as the

Federal Refund Policy.

For students subject to the institu tional refu n d policy,

Student Financial Aid Services will also calculate a federal refund

amount according to the regulatory requirements, and will

compare the results o f the calculated federal refund amount to the calculated institutional refund amount. In all cases, the u niversity will refund at least the larger of the results of these two calculations.

Housing Refund The housing refund policy is established by u n iversity residences and is p a r t of the student's housing contract. The refund calculation is based on the actual number o f days a student resides in university residences.

Policy Statement In ordinary circumstances, a student who with draws on or before the first two weeks of instruction in a semester receives a full refund o f " t u i tion and fees." No refu nds are available after the second week fo r dropping individual classes.

Refund Policy

I nsitutionallFederal Refund Policy (No te excep tion: The Federal Pro Rata Refu nd Policy will be used for first time stude/lts.) DATE OF WITHDRAWAL

TUITION REFUND

ROOM REFUND

BOARD REFUND

Before first day of class

1 00%

1 00% less

1 00%

deposit

First day

of class to 2

weeks

100%

1 00%

3 weeks

75%

4 week..s

50%

5 weeks

25%

6 weeks

25%

7 weeks

25%

8 wee

25%

9+ weeks

When the Regi trar's Office establishes that a student is a "first time . tudent," the following calculations will be used to dete rm ine if the student withdrew o n or before the 60% p o i n t in time of the

1 00%

Housing deposits are n o t p a id b y federal financial aid and are not refundable.

Notice o f withdrawal must be given in writing t o the Pacific

p e riod of enrollment for which the student was charged.

Lutheran University Student Services Center and received before

Credit Hour Programs: In the case of an educational program m ea s u re d i n credit hours, the school multiplies the number of weeks i n the pe riod of enrollment for which the student was

will re main on the account until written notice is received. No

the dead line above. Oral requests are not acceptable.

harges

tuition refund is given for partial withdrawal from classes after

charged the 60%. The result is compared to the numb e r of weeks

the tenth day of class. Students must obtain the instructor's

the student completed before wi thdrawing.

signature and present i t at the S t udent Services Center i f they

If the number of weeks the student completed is less than or equal to this result, the student is considered to have withdrawn on or before the 60% p o i n t in ti me. For a l l first

time students who withdraw on

or before the 60%

point in time, Student Fi nancial Aid Services will calculate and provide a refund of not less than the portion o f the tuition, fees, room, board, and other charges assessed the student by the school that i s equal to the p o r tion of the period of enrollment for which the student has been charged that remains o n the date that the studen t withdrew, less any unpaid amount of a student's sched足 uled cash payment. Studen t Financial Aid Services will compute the student's "unpaid scheduled cash payment" amount by sub tracting the amount paid by the student fo r the period o f enrollment fo r

wish to w i t hdraw from classes after the tenth day.

Unofficial Withdrawal In the cases of unofficial withdrawal, the drop o u t date (defined as the last recorded day of class attendance as documented by the institution) will be used to calculate a refund.

Medical Withdrawal Students may also completely withdraw from all classes for a term for medical reasons. The stude n t must provide wr itten evidence from a physician and a personal statement to the vice president and dean for student l i fe. The grade of "WM" will appear on the student's grade report and t.ranscript.

Repayment Calculation tudent Financial Aid Services will determine the portion of the period of enroLlment for which the student was charged that the P

I Z II.! o :J l V!

student actually attended, and determine the reasonable ex p enses associ a ted with n on - i nstit u t i nal c osts for that portion of the enrollment p e r iod . The composition of any cash disbursement to the stude n t will b e d e term i ne d . Reasonable expens a s determined will be subtracted from the cash disbursed for the enrollment pe r i od . If th e cash disbursement was greater than the student's incurred non-instilutional expenses, the student must repay the excess amount.

Repayment A "repayment" is the amount of cash disbursed to the student which must be repaid to t h e Title IV p rograms. A cash disburse ment is paid to the student for no n -i nst i t u t i o n a l costs (educa t i o n a l costs not p a yab l e di r ect l y to the u n i ers i ty ) . A repa y me n t is required if the st udent received more in cash disbursement than was needed to cover non -institu tional

xpenses. Title IV

Repayment Repayme n t of funds received from Title IV Financial Aid Programs may be necessary in instances where funds were received from an acc unt after the charges were satisfied. The federal formula will be used to determine the appropriate payment. Funds that need to be re p a i d will be returned to their source in the following o rde r : a) ederal Perkins Loan, Pell Grant, SEOG, other Title r v , non federal Title I V funds (institutional aid, state a id, and other)

PROCEDURES FOR OBTAINING A REFUND

1 ) S t ud e n t requests withdrawal approval from

the Regi s t rar 's Office, by a withd rawal fo rm. 2 ) Student Financial Aid Services p rocesses percentage refund calculation on each stu de n t us ing the Marko software. Aid is revised acc rding to the federal pro rata calculation or the Ulliversity/Federal Refund Policy. 3) The Business Offic gives a tuition adjustment to the student's account for the percentage of tuition allowed to be refunded for that lime period d u r i n g the t rm (as determined by the Registrar's O ffice and the Un ivers i t y Refund Policy ) . 4) o r an example o f reflmd/ repaymen t calculation see St udent Financial Ai d S erv i ces .

NOTE: Please be aware tllat a refund due to withdrawal from the rmiversity can adversely affect what is owed the Imiversity. A also reduced, sometimes creatitlg a larger owing balallce. Stu dents should dleck with Student Fillancial Aid Services to re search the effect a withdrawal will have 011 tlleir student accoun t.

Student Life The quality o f life cultivated and fostered within the uni ver s i ty is an essential component of the academic commu nity. The environment pro duced is conducive to a l i fe of vigor us and crea tive scholarship. It also recognizes that liberal education is for the total person and that a comple mentary relationsbip exists b et wee n students' intellectual develop me nt and the s at isfa ctio n of their o ther individual needs. In teraction wilh persons of differing li fe styles , app li cat io n of classroom knowledge to pe rson al goals and aspirations, and co-curricular exper ien ce s are all available and total components of education at PLU. In a time when th ere is a need fo r me a n i n gfu l co m m un ity, the campus facilitates ge n ui ne relationships among members of the u nivers i ty from diverse religious, r a cia l , and cultural back grounds. All of the services and facilities pro ided are intended to complement the a ca de m i c program. The P

�

U T

outlined here. CAMPUS MINISTRY

Pacific Lutheran University by its very n a t ure is a place for the i n t e r :l ct i o n between s tu d i es and the Christian faith. Opportuni ties for the mu t u al celebration of that fai t h on campus are rich a nd d ive rs e. C h a pe l wo r sh i p is held Monday, Wednesday, and Friday m or ning s during each semester for a .ll who wish to pa rt i c i pa t e. The Unive r s i t y C o ng r ega t i on meets i n reg u la r worship and c ele b rat e s t he L o r d 's Supper each Sunday. Pastoral services of the u n i ve rs i t y pastors are available to all students who desire them. Several denominations an d re l i gi o u s groups have or gani za t ions on campus, and there are numerous student-initiat d Bible study and fell ows h i p groups. The Campus M i n i stry Council, an elected student and faculty committee, coordinates these activi ties in a spirit of openness and m utual respect. RESPONSmnITlES OF COMMUNITY LIFE

Within any community certain re g u l a t i o n s are llecessary. Pacific Lutheran Un ive rs i t y adopts only those standards believed to be re as o n a b l y necessary and admits students with the ex pect at i o n that they will comply with th l1se s tanda rds . All me mbe rs of the u n ive rs i t y co m m u n i ty are expected to re, pect the ri ght s and i n tegr it y of others. Conduct which is detrimental to students, fa cu l t y, staff, or t h e u niversity, or which v i o l at e s local, state, or federal laws, may be grounds for sa n c t i ons or for dismissal. The u nive rs i ty proh i b i ts the possession or consumption of alcoholic b ever a ge s o n campus and limits the hours when students may have visitors of the opposite sex in their residence hall rooms. The Student Handbook contains the Code of Conduct for all students. NEW STUDENT ORllNTATION ew

st u den t orientation endeavors to assist students and their

fa m ilies with the transition to P LU. T he three - day fall program introduces students to many dimensions o f PLU l i fe . Fall orien t a t i o n i nc l u de s m ee t i n g with a fa c u l t y adviser, wo rk i n g i n small groups with other new stude nts , becoming ac qu a i n te d with

tuition adjustment is applied to the studen t account, but aid is

services provided reflect changing student needs, and the opportunities for student pa r t ic i p a tion incl u de v ir tua l ly all aspects of the university. Individual attention is give n to st udents ' concerns, i ncludi n g a variety of specific services

campus services, and h av i ng some relaxed time w i t h other students before classes begi11. New students a re e nco u ra ge d to a ttend a on e - day academic orientation and course registration event held in June. Special activiti s are also planned which respond to concerns of familie of ne, , tudents. While January and spring orientations are more condensed, they also p rov i d e new students 'with an introduction to academic life and co curricular activities. Orientation programs are coordinated t h r o ugh the Student Involvement and L ea d ers h i p O ffi c e , ( 2 5 3 ) 5 3 5 - 7452. ACCESSmnITY

The u n ivers i t y complies with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act and provides reasonable accommodations to students w i t h

h an di ca p s and/or disabilities. Coordination of ser v i c es is handled by the C o u nse li ng and Testing Se r v ice s. The Student Need Advocacy Panel pr ov id es an avenue for student con c er ns. RESIDENTIAL LIFE

Re idential living is an integral part of the educational process at PLU. The university requires that all single, full-time ( I 2 or more semester hours) students room and board on camp us unless the student is living at home w it h parent(s), legal guardi, n ( s ) , spouse and/or child, i s 21 years of age or older on or b e fore October 1 5 for the academic year and March 1 5 for spring sem ester, or h a s senior status (90 emester hours ) . All exceptions to this policy must be re que ste d from the Residential Li fe Office regar d i n g room and D i n i n g Services reg a r d i n g meals.

As a res id e n t ia l campus, Paci fic Lu thera n Un ive rs ity offers

student a valuable x p er i nee i n com m u n ity l i vi n g . The u.n iver

sity re cog n i z es the i mp o rtance of non - c l as sr o om activities in provi di ng an e duca t io n . The a i m o f residential l iving i s to h elp students g row p rsonally, socially, cul tu ral ly, and s pi ri t ual ly.

are o rganized into each individual counts as a p erso n. New kn owle dge shared with frien d s in t h e residence halls takes on a very p rso nal mea ni ng . Men and women of ma ny ba ckg r o u nds Cam pu s residence halls are small. Th ey

communities in which

and cul tures live on campus; therefore, stu den t s in residence unique oppo rt u n i t y to broaden their cultural horizons. The univ rsity cares about the q ua l i ty of l i fe on camp us . The attra c t i ve and comfortable res iden ce halls enrich the q ua lit y o f life and enh ance t he lear ni ng process . The u n iversi ty offers students h i g h -qualit y h o usi. n g opportunities in cl ud i n g student le-.ldership experience, fo rmal and i n formal programs, and peer associations. The student gove rn i n g bodies are s t rong and ac tivoJy participat e in camp us life. A selec tio n of m ode m , a t t ractive halls, each with its own trad i t ions and unique a d va n tage s , offers st ud ents the oppor tu nity to establ ish a comfortable living pat tern. All h all s include in� rmal lounges, s t u dy rooms, re reat i on area , and common kitch en a n d laLul dry fa ci l it i es. Most of t h e halls a re co-educatio nal. Although th ey are h o us e d in sepa rat e wings, m e n and women in co- e d ha l ls sh a re lounge and recreation facil ities and common resi den ce govern ment , and pa rt i i pa te j o i n t l y in all hall activit ies. One all women's hall is avai l ab le for those women who desire this type of livi.ng experience. An all s i ngle-room hall has been estab l i shed for those 21 years o f age or olde r, o r who have attained se n i or o r gr adua te status. This i n depen dent living env iron ment is d es i g n ed to m ee t the needs of the older st udent. Furth er in for m at io n r eg ar d i n g residence halls can be ob t ai ned from the Residential L i fe Offi ce . have a

STUDENT ACTIVITIES Student act ivities are rega rd ed

education. Some

are

Month activities held every March , The

loc a te d at 754

S. 1 20th.

III

Women's Center is

-t c:

ADULT STUDENT PROGRAMS

The st u dent-r u n Adult Student O rg an i za t io n seeks to id e n t i fy

the p e dal needs of s tude n ts over the age of 25 and c reate the suppo rt networks that will hel p adult students s ucce ed . S tudent Invo lvem en t and Le a d ersh ip pr ov id es administrative support

and servi

Z -t

es t o assist adult students with orientation and guid

ance. The Commuter Lounge, on t h e lower level of the Un ive r

..,

sity Ce n t er, serve as a camp us hea d quar t ers for m.any adult

students. MULTI-ETHNIC RESOURCES M ulti -Ethn ic Re s o u rces serves studen t s ,

faculty, and staff o f

co l or. F r students, s pec ia l , cti v it ies , p eer me n to ri n g a n d

dv is

i n g, le ad ersh i p opportu nity, a nd

other support services are a v a ilab le . For fa c ul ty and staff. Mult i-Eth n i c Resource i a l ocation fo r t ac h i n g and l ea rn i ng material on the subject o f racial a n d e thn i c d i ve rs ity. Clerical assista nce a n d o th e r services a re also available to support s p ec i a l proj e ct s and re searc h focus ing on national race- related iss ues . Multi- · thnic Resources

hou sed i n S tude nt Involvement and Leadership, l o ca ted on th e lower level of the U ni ve r si t y Ce nt er.

CENTER FOR �RNKnONAL PROGRMKS n ter for International Programs / International Student

The

Services provides a ssistan ce to i n ter national students

in a dj ust

ing to the university and in me eti ng both e du cat ion (career) and person al n eed s . Serv i ces incl ude a i rpo rt p ic k- u p, orie ntat i o n,

and on-campus Liaison with other u n ivers i t y ofrrces.

regi s t rat ion ,

Assistance with immig ration a n d g overn m e n t regul a t i o n s as well as i m m ig rat io n p roc e dures r egardin g temporary travel, work

applications, a nd ext

nsions of stay is available.

CO�ER STUDENT SERV1CES

Many studen t s commute to the PLU campus. In add i tion to th e un:i vers.iry services and programs available to a l l students, the

as essential factors

in h ighe r

related to cou rses of i ns t r uc t i o n such as

drama, mu ie, a n d physi cal education; others are connected more closely to re creat i on a l and so cial l i fe. Involvement in student a tivities p rovi d es p r a c tica l ex p e r i e nc e and at the same

time develop s an understanding of s e lf i n r la t ion to others. Co c u rricu l ar p rogra m s include student government (Associ ted S tuden ts and Re s idence H all f s oci a t i o n ) , spo r ts a c t iv i t ies (va rs i ty, intran1llral, and club s p or t s ) , stu d e nt med ia ( newspa p er, yea rb ok, artiltic magazine, rad i o, and tel evis i o n) , student club s and o rg a n iza ti ons , and c o m m un i t y service programs offered through the Volunteer Ce n t er. With over 1 00 s t ud ent activities in whic h to become in vol ved , there i s sure t o be at lea s t one which wi!! enrich a person's cofl e ge expe r ien ce .

Student Involvement and Lea de rs hip office supports commuter students with a lo unge area and message/emergency locat o r service. P rogr a m s d es i g ned to a dd ress the spec ia l need of co m lll ute rs are sp o n sored t h rough s t u d e nt activities and co m m uter groups Wee th e Adult

tudent O rgan iz at i o n . Students desi r i ng

more i n formation sho u l d contact 5 3 5 - 7 1 95. ENVIRONS

The univer ity's geog ra phi cal se tt i ng a ffords students a wide va ri et y of both rec rea tio nal and cultural e n ter ta i nme n t options . Recreationally, the

participation in

grandeur of th e Pacific Nor thwest encourages

h iking, camp i n g, cl imb i n g, skiing, boati n g , and

s wim m i n g.

The most c onsp icu o us natural monument in th e area is Mt. Rain ier. In addition to Rainier, t h e distinctive realms of the

VOLUNTEER CENTER PLU's Vo lW1tee r Center, r u n by s t u dent s and h oused in th e

Center for Public Se rv i ce , seeks to give tude nts o pportunit ies to put to work t h eir dreams for a better world. Th e Vol unteer Center has l istin gs for over 1 00 organ izatio n s who n c d vol u n teers . Students c a n s top b y and browse th rough t h e p la ce m e nt lists, or make an appointment w i th one of the Volu n tee r CenteT coordin ator� who help match students wi t h org a niza t i on s. Class project s, residence hall group ac t i vi t ies, o n e day or several, the o!u nteer Center can hel p you help! Drop by or phone ( x8 3 1 8 ) and discover how ea sy it is to make a big difference in life!

WOMEN'S CENTER

The Women's Cente r provides services, referrals, and support to

all st u den ts , fa c ul ty, and staff or the u n iversity. The cli mate of t h e center is such that aU perso ns are valued a nd empow er ed to purs u e their i .ndivid ual and collective go al s . The Center offers peer-support groups, educational resources, and programs which celebrate the talents an d creat i ve exp res sions of women. The

W men's Center also is t h e main sponsor of \.vomen's History P

.... .... .....

I Z w o :J I .."

Cascade and Olympic mountain ranges and forests of Douglas Fir complete one of the most naturally tranquil environments in the Dited States . Students can also enjoy the aesthetic offerings of nearby Seattle and Tacoma. These dty centers host a variety of perform ing and recording arts and provide dozens of galleries and museums as well as unique shopping and dining experiences. STUDENT SERVICES Health Services is sta ffed with one nurse practitioner and one

physician assistant. A physician is available for consultation and referral. Servic s available include ou tpatient primary care, immunizations, allergy shots, preventive health care, pap smears, testicular and breast exams, birth control, pregnancy testing and counseling. Also offered are: sexually transmitted disease infor mation, testing and treatment; consultations for travel guidelines and immunizations, eating disorders, substance abuse, and tobacco usage; and health education on a wide variety of health concerns. Sidmess and Accident Insurance is available to all students on a

voluntary basis. The Health Service strongly urges all students to have medical insurance. The Group Accident and Sickness Plan offers coverage 24 hours a day, 12 months a year, anywhere in the world. This plan is available throughout the year. A brochure outlining the program is available from the Student Life Office and from Health Services. The Immunization Policy states that all students are required to

provide a university health history form with accurate immuni zation records of measles, mumps, rubella, and tetanus-diphthe ria to Student Health services. Students born before January 1 , 1 957, must provide documentation for tetanus-diphtheria (Td) booster within the last ten years. This information m ust be on file before a student is permitted to register. All intemational students, faculty, and schola rs will be req u ired to have a tuberculosis skin test (p urijied protein derivative-ppd). This test will be do ne at the Health Services after arrival at the u n iversity. The cost is

$10. 00.

Students with questions and concerns about the immuniza tion policy should contact Health Services at (206) 5 3 5 -7337. Counseling and Testing Services assists students in coping with developmental issues. Trained and experienced psychologists and counselors o ffer individual assessments, and a consulting psy chiatrist is available for evaluations a nd possible medications. A variety of personalitylinterest invent ries and psychological tests are available to assist students with career planning, educational adjustment, and personal problems. Coordination of services for students With disabilities is also available. Dining Services, owned and operated by Pacific Lutheran University, is available to all students, faculty, staff, and their gl.lest . Students living on campus are required to be on a meal plan. Meal card options are also available in the pizza restaurant and coffee shops. "Grab and Go" items are available during peak lWlch hours. 0 deductions are made for students eating fewer meals than previously contracted for unless granted by the associate director of Dining Services. Residential students are o ffered 3 meal options: Any 20, 15, or 10 meals per week. Students living off-campus are encouraged to select one of the meal plans offered. Students may sign up for a plan at the Residential Life O ffice. Students with special dietary requirements, specifically ap proved in writing by a physician, can in most cases be accommo dated by contacttng the Dining Services associate director. This service is provided at no extra cost. Dining Scrvic operates two coffee shops. One is located on lower campus in Columbia Center, and the other is located in the University Center. Only the coffee shop i n Columbia Center is open during the vacation periods. Visitors may eat i n any of the facilities. 20

Scbeduling Services for meeting rooms are maintained in the

University Center. All university activities must be scheduled through this o ffice. Scheduling activities is a joint responsibility of the requesting grol.lp, scheduling coordinator, and the Univer sity Center Office. PLU Bookstore is owned and operated by Pacific Lutheran

University for the benefit of students, faculty, and staff. The bookstore sells textbooks required for classes. Supplies, gifts, cards, and convenience store items are also available. Computer software at discounted prices is available or can be special or dered. Apple computers a t educational prices can be purchased through the bookstore. Special book orders are welcome. PLU Northwest is a unique gift s h o p located at 407 Garfield Street in historic Parkland. Featuring Northwest pottery, cloth i ng, and foods, the store also offers books and gifts depicting Northwest themes and authors. Career Development ( hOl.lsed with Academic Advising for students' convenience) strives to provide a program o f career development and life planning. Students are assisted in integrat ing their personal values a n d aptitudes with career choices through individual counseling, workshops, residence hall presen tations, and a computerized career guidance progra m . The office staff assist students and first-year alumni in developing job search techniques by providing instructional videos, company literature, an extensive career library of opportunities in specifi c majors, industry directories, a n d employment forecasts. Addi tionally, the office coordinates a schedule of recruiters from i ndust ry, business, government, and graduate schools. The center coordinates and promotes all part-time and ful.l time employment opportunities for students, including l istings of local jobs, nation-wide internships, and summer employment opportunities. Specially selected forums throughout the year also bring students and employers together, in order to help students find work that is both financially and personally rewarding. GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES

Policies and procedures at the university are i n tended to main tain an orderly educational environment conducive to student learning and development. I n order to flllfill institutional re sponsibility and at the same time follow procedures that are fair, consistent, and protective of each person's rights, appropriate grievance procedures have been established. If a student has reason to believe that an academic or administrative action is unjust, capricious, or discriminatory, these procedures are available for the student to seek redress. The university has a team of grievance o fficers to facilitate the grievance process. The grievance officers are Cristina del Rosario ( 5 35-7 1 59), Susan Mann ( 535-7 187), Patricia Roundy ( 535-878 6 ) , and Richard Seeger ( 5 3 5 -8786 ) . Any of the grievance officers may be contacted to receive assistance. Copies of grievance procedures are available for review a t the office of each grievance officer.

(253) 5 3 1 -40 1 l .

registering, tele-registration also offers sluden ts the ability to add or drop a class, withdraw fro m a class, check their schedules, and

Advising The u nivers i t y expects that all students, a t one time or another, will need assi lance in planning academic programs consistent

•

adjustment to the academic load at PLU and to provide

•

FacuJty Advisers - All students enroLled in degree programs

sent by the Admissions Office. Students are also encouraged to study carefully the requirements of all academic programs in

academic progress. I n their work with individual students, advisers have the assistance of personnel i n a number of student service offices: the Academic Advising Office, the Academic Assistance Center, the Career Development Office, Counseling and Te ting Services, the Multi-Et h n ic Resource Center, the

Adding or Dropping A Course: A student may add or drop a

;XI

course at any time during the first two weeks of class d u ring a

full-length semester. See

III

period, courses may be dropped and tuition will be refunded in

residence hall di rectors a n d resident assistants.

general advi er, usually by matching student and adviser in ter tudents who wish to explore the general curriculum before

deciding on an interest area are assigned to exploratory advisers. During the first semester, an advising file for each student is sent to the advi er, and an official record of academic progress is issued to the student.

fu ll. I n most cases, adding and dropping can b e accomplished using tele-regist ration.

WITHDRAWAL FROM A COURSE If a student does not wish to continue

a course after the addl

drop period, the student must withdraw from the course. Students who desire to withdraw are encouraged to do so official ly. Tui tion is not refunded.

formal declaration o f a major, s tudents are

assigned major advisers to replace their general advi ers. Major ad v isers guide students' progress toward their chosen degree goals. Students may change adviser� as appropriate or necessary, using a simple adviser change form. Students and advisers are expe ted to meet regularly, though the actual number of mee t i ng will vary accord ing to individual needs. M i n imally, three meetings are required during the freshman year and one each year the reafter, though all students are encou raged to meet with their

advisers as often as seems necessary or usefu l .

Official Withdrawal: '10 officially withdraw, the student needs to obtain a w i t hdrawal form from the Student Services Cen ter, fill in the form, have the i n str uctor sign the form, and submit the completed form to the Student Services Center. Withdrawal forms must be submitted before the final examination week.

See

the January term and summer catalogs for the last dates to withdraw d u r ing those sessions. A "w" grade will appear on the student's grade report and transcript.

Unofficial Withdnwal: A student who stops attend ing a course but does not withdraw will receive an unofficial withdrawal. The grade o f " UW" will appear on the studen t's grade report and transcript. If it can be determi.ned t h a t a student never attended

Registration

a course, the registration will be cancelled w i thout notation on

The tudent ervices Center provides many services for students alld alumni. The center serves as a focal point fo r all matters c [Kernin g enrolling in courses, confirming schedules, reviewing tran fer credits, and iss u i n g transcripts.

the transcript.

WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY Students are entitled to withdraw honorably from the u n iversity i f their record is satisfactory a nd all financial o b l i gations are satisfied. Partial tuition refunds are available. Refer

Students who plan to return are encouraged to pre-register.

to the "Tuition and Fees" section ofthis catalogfor more informatioll.

Returning students will receive registration time appointments

Medical Withdrawal! Students may also completely withdraw

EARLY REGISTRATION FOR RETURNING STUDENTS

to pre-register fo r fal l and spring semesters and the January term. Registration

dates are determined by the number of hours,

induding transfer hours, completed by the student. Students

may register fo r each new semester or session on or after the designa ted date.

EARLY REGISTRATION PROGRAM FOR ENTERING STUDENTS Early registration for entering students occurs during June or J an u ary, depend ing on wh ether students begin in the fall or spring semester. Early registration is conducted by the Admis sions

ffice. Registration materials are sent to all accepted

entering students well in advance o f their arrival on campus fo r their first semester.

from a term for medical reasons. The student must provide written evidence from a physician to the vice president and d ea n for student life. The grade o f " WM " w i l l appear on t h e student's grade report and transcript.

STUDENT COURSE LOADS The normal course load for undergraduate students during fall and spring semesters is 13 to

adviser as they plan their schedules.

hours per semester, induding

hours. The m i n i m u m full- time load fo r graduate students is eight hours. A normal cou rse load during the January term is four hours w i th a maximum of five hours. ' I n order for a student to take a full course load, the student must be formally admi tted to the u n iversity. See the Admission section of this catalog for application procedures. •

A limited number o f students may register by mail, and their

Students who wish to register fo r

18 or more hours in a

semester are required to have at least a

cour e selections are verified by a counselor.

REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

ph.ysical education. The mjnimum full-time course load is twelve

ost students have the opportunity to work personally with an •

which they may eventually declare a major.

the January term and summer ca talogs fo r the add/drop periods for th os e sessions. During the add/drop

Campus M i n istry, the i n ternational student adviser, and

Major Advisers: Upon

Students should be thoroughly acquainted with all registratioIl materials, including the current catalog and special information

have facu lty advisers whose overall responsibility is to guide

ests.

available to assist with planning and to

make suggestions.

Academic Advising Office.

the time of entry, each student is assigned

by the Student Accounts Office.

Students are responsible for selecting their courses. Counselors and faculty advisers are

occasional counsel throughout their academic careers, the university has established a network of facu lty advisers and an

General Advisers: At

Students are not officially enrolled u n t i l their registration has been cleared

with their needs and goals. Both to help students make their initia l

hear fi nal grades. The phone number for tele-registration is

> n > o

accessible from any tone-genera ting telephone. In addition to

Academic Procedures

3.00 grade point

average

or consent of the provost. •

Students engaged in considerable outside work may be restricted to a reduced academic load.

tudents may register either in person at the Student Services Center or use the computerized tele-registration system P

[

The PasslFail Option: The p as s/fa i l option permits students to

CREDIT RESTRICIIONS

explore subject areas outside their known ab i l i t i.es b )' e x p e r i e n c

An undergraduate tudent may repeat any course. The cumula t ive grade point average is comp uted llsing the highest o f the

i n g courses without competing d i re c t ly with students who are lTades of A+ through C- are reg a r d ed as "pass"; grad e s of 0+ t h ro u gh E are regard e d as "faiL" Pass/fail grades do n o t affec t t h e g r a d e p oin t aver age . T he pass/fail option is l i mi te d to 8 c red i t hours ( r ega rd l ess of repeats, pass or fail). Only one c urse may be taken p ass/ fail i n fu l fi ll m en t of ge neral u n iversity or core req u i remen t s or of the College of Arts and

grades earned. Credit toward gr a d u a t ion is allowed only once. w U o a: a. u

specializing in t h os e areas of tudy.

redit is not Uowed for a mathemalics o r a foreign language as a pre r e q uis i te if taken after a higher-level cour · e . Fo r example, a student wh o has c om ple t e d S p a ni sh 2 0 1 canno t later receive ((edjt fo r Spanish 102.

cou rse listed

•

THE GRADING SYSTEM Students are gr ad ed acco rd i n g to th e fol l owin g d es ign a t ion s :

Grad..

Points

A-

B+ 13

< u

B-

C+ C C-

D+ D

D-

Sciences requirement.

Credit Awarded

•

Yes

4.00 4.00 3 .67 3.33 3. 00 2 .67 2.33 2.00 1 .67 1 . 33 1 .00 0.67 0.00

+ A

per Hour

allowed for one course in the major or minor field i f it was

es Yes

Yes Ye s Yes

Yes

•

Yes Ye s

Yes

The grad es listed below are not used in calculating g ra de point am d u n d

thes designations.

Grade

Desaiptlon

Credit Awa.rded

Pass

Yes

F 1

Fail

Incomplete

0 0

I n Pro g ress

Audit

Withdrawal

Med i c al Withd rawa l

approval. If a student takes an exclusive p as s/ fa i l course, the student's individual pass/fail option is not affected. CLASS ATTENDANCE

The u nivers i ty assumes that all regis t ere d stu d en t s h ave free ly a c cep te d perso n al res p on s i bil i ty for re gula r class attendance. Course grades reElec t t he q u a li t y of students' a c a d em i c per fo r mance as a w ho l e , which normally includ�s re gu l a r p a r t i i pa t i o n in t h e total class ex p e r ien ce and is evaluated acco rd i ngly. Absences may lead to a re d u c t i o n of a student's final g rade . I n

0 No

(F) gra des are awarded to students who select p a ss/fail option or who are enrolled in exclusive pass/ fa il courses. These g ra d es do not affect a student's gTade point

Pass ( P ) a n d Fail

the event o f unavoidable absence, students are expected to

inform t h e instructor. Assignment of make-up work, if a ny, is a t the discretion of the in tructor.

ave rage.

ACADEMIC HONESTY

Incomplete (I) grades indicate that students did not c o m plete

Both the value and the success of any a ca d em i c a c t i v ity, as well as o f the entire academic enterprise, have d e p e n de d for cent uries on t h e fu n d a m e n t al pr i nc i p l e of absolute h on es ty. T h e u n ive rs i t y expects all its fac ul ty and s t u de n t s to honor t h is p rinc i p l e s c r u p u l ously. Since academic d ish o nes t y is a s e ri o us breach of the u n iver sally rec o gn i ze d code of ac a de m i c ethics, it is ever y faculty m e mb e r 's o b liga ti o n to impose ap p ro p r iate sanctions for any

their work because of ci r cu ms tances b e yond their controL. To receive credit, an incomplete must be converted to a p a s s i n g

grade w i t h.i n the first six weeks of t h e D llowing seme s t e r. I n c o m p le te g rade s that are not converted by removal are

c h a nge d to th e grade in d i c at ed by the ins tructor w h e n t h e

i n co mp l e t e was submitted. An i n c o m p l e t e is n o t a p r m an e n t a st u d en t to attend class again without re- regist er i n g .

gra d e . An i n c o m p lete d oe s n o t e n t it le Medical Withdrawal

(WM)

demonstrable instance of such misconduct on the part of a

is en tered when a course is not

completed due to medical cause.

med i c al withdrawal docs not

a ffect a student's grade point average. runs more than one semester to completi o n . In

The fol l ow i n g terms a re u ed to describe academic s tan d i n g at

PLU. Academic s t a n d i n g is dete rm i ned by t he Committee for the Admission and Retention of Students.

P rog res s carries

no credit u n t il replaced by a permanent grade.

The R e gi s t ra r 's Offi c e rese rves se veral sp eci a l g ra d e de si gn a t ion s fo r ex ce p t i on al circumstances. These special Re g i s t rar 's Office not at i o ns are described below:

rade Submirted

Unofficial Withdrawal

Satisfactory Academic Progress: Satisfactory academic progress shall be defined as c o m ple tion of at least 75% of cred i t hours aU m p te d in an academic year. Failure to complete i ncludes

withdrawals, incompletes, and grades of E or F. The Committee for the Admission and Retention of Students rese

sa t is fa c t ory academic progress. The Committee sha l l reg u la rly i d en t i fy su ch s t ud e n t s , rev i ew thei r re cord s , con s i d e r ex t en u a t ing circumstances, and decide whether or no t the students shall be placed on academic prob at ion .

Unoffidal Withdrawal ( UW) is a grade entered by the

Reg istrar's O ffi c e fur a studen t who d o e s not offic i a ll y withdraw

from a course.

T H

es the ri gh t to

review for aca d em ic status those students who fail to maintain

deadline.

req u i r es a cumulative grade p oi n t average of 2 .00 or hig h e r aJ1d

Office when n o grade has been submitted by the e tablished

All students enro ll e d a t t h e u n i vers i t y a rc

xpected to stay in goo d a c ade m i c st a n di ng . G ood stand in g

No Grade (NG) is a tem porary grade entered by the Registrar's

Good Standing:

sa tis fac t ory academic progress.

Credit AWilrded

Description

student. ACADEMIC STANDING POLICY

In-Pl'ogress (IP) signifies progress in a co u rse which n o rma l ly

Grade

taken be fo re the major or minor was de c lared. Stud e n ts must file their intention to exercise the p a ss /fai l op t i o n with the St uden t Services enter no later than the mid p oi n t of the course. I n a fu ll - l eng t h sem ester, th is is last d ay of the e igh th week. The p a ss / fa i l option is l imi te d to undergradua t stud ent s only.

Exclusive Pass / Fail Cou:rses: Some courses on ly award pas s/ f<li l g ra d es . The goals of t he se courses are t y p ically concemed with a pp re ci a t i o n , value commitment, or creative achjevement. S tudent will be i n formed i f a course is exclusively p ass/£ iI b e fo re they register for the course. Exclusj\" pass/fail courses do not meet major or uoivers.ity requirements without faculty

Yes

averages. No grade points ar

The pass/fail option may not be applied to a course taken for fulfillment of a major or minor program. An exception to this is

Yes

Midterm Advisory Letters: In the seventh week of each full and spri ng semester, warning letters are sent to students doing work below C level ( 2 .00) in one or more classes. No transcript

notation is made, and academic standing is not affected. Academh: Wa:rniDg; Students whose most recent semester grade point average was less than 2.00, whose cumulative grade point average is 2.00 or higher, and whose academic progress is sa tisfactory, are placed on academic warning and se n t warning letters . No transcrip t notation is made, and academic standing is not affected. Probation: Students are pl aced on probation if their cumulative grade point average falls below 2 .0, or if they have been on wa rn i ng in the previous semester and have failed to return to good academic standing, or ( at the discretion of t.he Committee for the Adm ission and Retention of Students) if they have failed to maintain sa tisfactory academic progress. Probationary students must meet w ith the director of advising before the 1 0th day of a probationary semester to d raw up a plan for improving their academic work. FailtJT(� to do s o may resul t i n academic d ismissal i f the cumulative gr a de point average is not raised to 2.00 with in the probationary semester. Academjc p ro b at i on is noted on the transcript; the n tat ion is removed only for first semester fTeshman students who rerum to good standing by the end of their second semester.

A probation plan may specify requirements agreed all by th e sl Udent afld direct or of advising: a ss ig n m e nt to a probationary adviser, sp ecified contact with the adv ise r, lim itation ofcredit load, limitati o n on work or activi ties, registration ill a study skills class, etc. Cop ies of the agreement arc sell t to the student a nd probationary adviser. A t the end of th semester, the adviser retllms one copy to the d irec to r of advis i ng i n dica t ing w he th e r or n o t the st uden t has met the terms of tire probationary agreement. This copy is filed in the Office of the Reg istra r alld IIlay be llsed to make decisions regarding con ti n u e d probation and awdemic di.sm issa I.

Students are removed from probat.ion only after saLisfactor), completion of a semester of full-time nrollment or a summer enrollment of a t least eight credit hours. A term with successful completion of less than eight credit hours does not remove a student from probation. Part- t ime students must accumulate at least eight consecutive hours o f satisfactorily completed cou rse work to be removed from probation. Off Probation:

Continued Probation: Students whose cumulative grade point

averages are still below 2 .00 after a probationary semester, but whose last semester grade points are above 2.00 and who are otherw ise in good standing, may b e granted ani! additional semester of p robation a t the discretion of the ommittee for the Admission and Retention of Students. Such students must participate i n the probationary semester program. Academic Dillmissal: Students not i n good standing at the end of a pro ationary semester are dismissed from the university. They may apply for reinstatement by petitioning the Committee for the Admission and Retention of , tudent ( i n care of the irector of advising) . I f the petition is approved, the reinstated

student i s on probation and must participate in the probationary semester program. If the pet i tion is denied, the student may petition again a fter one semester unless otherwise informed. readmitted stl.ldent who fails to atta i n a 2.00 cumulative gr ade point average in the semester a fter reinstatement, but whose semester grade point average i s above 2.00, may be granted one additional semester of p robation at the discretion of the Com mittee for the Admission and Retention of Students. I f a semester grade poin t average of 2.00 is not earned i n the probationary semester, or i f a student fails to achieve a 2.00 cumulative grade point average after a second probationary semester, the student is d i s miss e d a second time and may not apply for reinstatement until one full semester has passed, and then only if new evidence is presented indica t i n g the student's probable success.

Second Academic Dismissal: A

Probationary Advisers work closely with probationary stuuents,

monitoring their progress and helping them to change academic behavior. The probationary adviser may be the student's assigned adviser or another full-time facult), or professional staff member. ELlGlBRITY FOR STUDENT ACfMTIES

Any regularly enrolled, full-time student ( t welve hours) is eligi ble for participation in unjversity activities. Limitations on a student's activities based upon academic performance may be set by individual schools, departments, or organizations. A studen t on academic probation is not eligible for certification in inter collegiate competitions and may be advised to curtail parti cipation i n other extra-curricular activities.

CLASSIF1CATIONS OF STUDENTS Freshmen: students who have met entrance requirements. Sophomores: students who have satisfactorily completed 30 hours. Juniors: students who have satisfactorily completed 60 hours. Seniors: students who have satisfactorily com pleted 90 hours. Graduate Stu dents: students who have met entrance requirements and have been accepted into the Division of Graduate Studies. Non-Degree Undergraduates: undergraduate students who are a ttending part- time for a maximu m of 8 semester hours but are not officially admitted to a degree program. Non-Degree Graduate Stu de n ts: graduate students who are attending part-time but are not officiall), admitted to a degree program.

� n � c m

n -a ;:a o n m c c ;:a m \II

HONORS

PLU offers i ts university HonQrs Program to studen ts seeking a special academic challenge in classes with equally capable peers. Incoming freshmen may apply for a course of study that includes a minimum of 26 semester hours of honors-level courses. The program centers on the theme "Taking Responsibility: Matters of the Mind, Matters of the Heart," and integrates academic and exp riential learning pportunities, with the objective of preparing participants for L ives of service and servant leadersh ip. See the Honors Program section of this catalog for further details. Honors Program:

Honon at Entranu: These honors are conferred at Opening

Convocation o n the most high.ly qualified entering fresh men. Certificate8 arc mailed in early May to high schools for presenta tion to recipients. The granting of HOllors a t Entrance recognizes outstanding h igh school achievem nt and anticipates superior performance at the lLIliversity level. These awards have no monetary value and do not constitute acceptance into the Honors Program. GuduatiOD Honors: Degrees with honors of Cllrll lallde. mag n a wm laude, and summa cum laude are granted. A student must earn an average of 3 . 50 for cum laude, 3 . 7 5 for maglw cum lmde, and 3.90 for s u mma cum laude. All transfer grades are combined with PLU grades to determine eligibility. Physical education activities a. re not included i n the determining of honors.

Dean's Ust: A Dean's List is created at the end of each semesteL To be eligible, a s tudent must have attained a semester grade point average of 3 .50, with a minimum of 12 graded hours.

Election to the Arete Society is a special recogni tion of a student's commitment to the liberal arts together with a record of h igh achievement in releva n t course work. This academic honors society was organized in 1 969 by Phi Beta Kappa members of the facult),. The society's fundamen tal p u rpose is t o encou rage and recognize excellent scholarship i n the liberal arts. Elections for membership in the sodety aIe conducted by the faculty fellows of the society each spring. Both juniors and seniors are eligible for electjon, although the qualifications for election as a j unior a re more stringe nt. Stude. nts must have: attained a high grade point average ( for seniors, normally above 3 .70; for jun iors, normally above 3.90 ) ; Honor Sodeties:

•

completed 1 1 0 credit ho urs i n liberal studies; de monstrated the equivalent of two years of college work in foreign language; completed one year of college mathematics ( i ncluding statistics o r computer science) or fou r years of college p reparatory math emat ics i n high �chool and one college mathematics course; and com p leted a minimum of three semesters in residence at the university. The university has chapters of a number of national honor societies on campus, including the following: Alpha Psi Omega ( D rama) Beta Gamma Sigma ( B usiness) Mu Phi Epsilon ( Music) Pi Kappa Delta ( Forensics) Omicron Delta Epsilon (Economics) Sigma Theta Tau (Nursing) • •

•

u o III: � u

•

• •

c < u <

•

Undergraduate FeUows: A

limited number of Undergraduate Fellows are appo inted annually. These appointments are given to outstanding senior students with a view to encouraging recipi ents to consider college teaching as a career. An undergraduate fellow is given a variety of opportunities to sample the pro fes sional life and work of a faculty member in his or her major discipline. A tuition credit accompanies the appointment. CREDIT BY EXAMINATION (CHALLENGE)

Students are permitted, within limits, to obtain credit by exami nation i n lieu of regular enrollment and class a t tendance. No more than 30 semester hours may be counted toward gradua tion, whether from the College Level Exam ination Program or any other examination. Excep tions to this rule for certain groups of students or programs may be made, subject to recommenda tion by the Educational Policies Committee and approval by the faculty. Cred.it by examination is open to formally admitted, regular status students only and does not count toward the residency requirement for graduation. To receive credit by exam ination, students must complete a Credit By E:t(amination Registration Form available in the Student ervices Cen ter, obtain the signature of the respective department chair or dean, and arrange for the examination with the appropriate instructor. The completed form must be returned to the Student Services Center before the e."{amination is taken. Gndes for credit by examination will be subm itted by the instructor along l.vith a li other grades at the end of the term. CLEP g e ner a l examinations are given elective credit only. The various schools, divisions, and departm en t s determine the speci fic LEP subject examinations which rnay fulfill requirements for maj ors. programs, or general university requirements i n their respective academic areas. These exam inations are subject to recommendations by the Educational Policies Committee and approval by the facul ty. The minimum passing level for CLEP exam inations taken at Pacific Lutheran University is the fiftieth percentile. CLEP credits granted by other u niversities, colleges, a nd commu nity colleges, which are earned before entrance, are honored by Pacific Lutheran University. The application of those credits toward majors, programs, and general university requirements is consistent with school, divisional, and depart ment policies and standards. The university does not grant credit fo r college level GED tests.

Visiting Classes: Members of the academic comm unity are

encouraged to visit classes which interest them. No fee is charge for the privilege. Because regularly enrolled students must be given first consideration, persons desiring to visit classes are requiTed to ask permission of the instructor. Visitors are guests of the classes and must conduct themselves accordingly. GRADUATION

Students expecting to fulfill degree requireme n ts WITHIN THE ACADEMIC YEAR ( i ncluding August) are required to file an application for graduation with the Office of the Registrar according to the following: DEGREE COMPLETION

BACHELOR'S DEADUNE

MASTER'S DEADUNE

December 1 9 , 1 997 Jan uary 30, 1 998 May 24, 1 998 August 2 2 , 1 998

September 1 9, 1 997 September 1 9, 1 997 December 5 , 1 99 7 May 1 , 1 998

October 1 0 , 1 997 October 1 0, 1 997 Februa.ry 1 3 , 1 998 June 1 9, 1 998

There are four degree-completion dates ( t hird summer session, end of fal l semester, January, and spring semester). Degrees are formally conferred at August, December, and Ivlay commence ments. Students with January degree dates are expected to take part i n the December commencement. The actual date of graduation w i l l be recorded on the permanent records.

Students who plan to transfer back to Pacific Lutheran University for a degree (math, physics, engineering p rograms) must apply for graduation before or during the first semester of their j unior year so that deficiencies may be met before they leave campus. COllEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES REQUIREMENTS

To encourage liberal learning of all kinds, over and beyond enrollment in courses leading toward formal degrees, the u niversity offers a variety of opportunities for informal study:

In addition to meeting the entrance requiremen t in foreign language ( two years of h igh school language, one year of college language, or demonstrated equivalent p roficiency) , candidates i n the College of Arts a n d Sciences ( all B.A., B . S . , B.A. Rec., B.A.P.E., and B.s.P.E. degrees) must meet option I, 1 1 , or UI below:

Guest of University Status: Teachers and officials of 0 her

NON-CREDIT INFORMAL STUDY

institutions, visiting scholars and artists, and other professional persons who wish to use u niversity facilities for independent 5tudy may apply to the p rovost for cards designating them as G uests of the University. Such persons, in their use of facilities, will defer to the needs of students and faculty members.

Auditing Courses; To a udit a course is to enroll, with the permission of the instructor, o n a non-cred it basis. An audi tor is encouraged to participate fully i n class activitie b u t is not held accountable for examinations or other written work and does not receive a grade. If the instructor approves, the course may be entered upon the transcript as "Audit." Witl1 the approval of the instructor or the department, the student may gain credit for an audited course by passing an exami.nation set by the instructor or the department. Audit fees are the same as credit fees.

Completion of one foreign language through the second year of coLlege level. This requirement may also be satisfied by completion of four years of h igh school study i n one foreign language or by satisfactory scores on a profic iency exam ina t ion administered by the PLU Department of Languages and Literatures.

n. OlD p l e ti o n through the fin t year of co l l ege level of a foreign language o t h e r than that used to sat i s fy t he for eig n language en t rance re q u i re m en t . This option may ;]l 0 be met by satisfactory soo res on a proficiency examination adm.inis tered by the PLU D e p a rt m e nt of Languages and Literatures. HI. Pour sem s t cr hour' in h i story, literature, or l a n guage ( a t

committed living, combining well-developed critical c ap a citie s with compassion a nd ision fo r service, in a multicultural, i deo lo g i c a ll y p l ur a l world. III a d d iti o n to ori ntation and advisin g program , the freshman year is c o m p os e d of th ree courses. One of the two seminars must be taken in the student's first sem est e r. Fresh man year core re q u i re m en t s must be completed during the student's freshman yea r. I A . Inquiry Seminar: Writing (4 hours) These seminars focus on w ri t ing, thi nking, speaking, and re a d i ng . They illvolve writing as a way of thinking, of learn ing, and of discovering and ordering ideas. Taught by faculty in any department or school, these seminars are organized around t pics that engage students and faculty in dialogue and provide the opportunity to examine issues from a variety of perspectives.

the 2 0 1 level, or at any level in a l a ng u a ge other t h a n th a t u e d t alisfy t h e fo re ig n la n gu a ge e nt ra nc e req ui re m e nt ) in a d dit io n to courses applied to the g e ne r a l u n ive rs i t y re q u i re ments, and fou r semester hours in l og ic mathematics (courses numbered 1 00 or ab ove) , compu ter science, or statistics in addi t i o n to courses appl i e d to t h e ge n e ral univcr 'ity requ i rements.

High school languages used to satisfy any of the above options mu s t have been completed with grades of C or higher. ourses used to satisfy either category of Opt io n I I I of the College of Arts and Sciences requirement may not be used to satisfy general univer ity requirements. Any college-level forei g n language course nu mbered 20 1 or above used to satisfy Option [ and any co mpletio n of co l le ge-level language through 102 used to satisfy Option IT may also be used to satisfy the Perspectives on Di vers i ty requirement in Cross- ultura l Perspectives. Candidates for the B.A. in - nglish, for the B.A. in d uc at io n with concentration in English, for the B.A. in Global Studies, and for ele lion to the Arete So c i e t y must meet Option I above.

�TING THROUGHOUT THE C�CULUM Pacific Lutheran niversity i s a comm u n i t y of sc h ola rs, a community of readers a nd writers. Reading info rm s the i n tellect and liberates the im ag in a tio n . Wr it i ng pe rv ade s our academic li ves as teachers and students, bo th as a way of communicating what we learn and as a means of shaping thought an d ideas. Our em p ha sis on l ite ra c y beg i n s with courses designed to fulfill the u n ivers it y writing r equ i re me n t , courses in wh ich students l ea rn to usc various kinds of academic and p e rson al writing, to read different kinds of texts more effectively, and to o rg a n i z,e the p o we rs of dear thought and expression. The u n iver si t y's commitment to excel l e n t writing is reflected in the Wri t i ng Center, where trained student consultants from a variety of di s c i p li n s help students of vary i n g abilities by re ading and responding to p a pe rs still i n draft. AU fa c u l t y mem ber� share the re p nsibility for i mpro vi ng the literacy of t h ei r students. Faculty in eve ry department and school ma ke w ri t i ng an es s e n t i al part of th e ir cou rses and show students h ow to ask q uest i o n s appropriate to the kinds of reading done in their fields. S t ud e n t s write both formal papers and reports and informal note and essays in order to master the content and methods f the va r i o u s di s ci plin es . They are en co u r a g e d t o pr p a re important papers i n m ult i p le drafts. Because rrors are a distraction and a s ym p to m of carelessness in all d i s c i pl i n es, students in all courses a re ex p ec te d to observe the conv n t i ons of formal English in their fin is h e d work. But literacy is more than co rre c t nes s. At Pacific Lutheran Un i versi ty rt!ading and w r i t in g are part of the process of liberal education.

NOTE: Credits earned by Advanced Placcmerrt-English do IIot satisfy this reqlliremellt, th o l lgh they may be IIsed for elective credit. Si udents

with officially IratlScripted colleKe writing COllrses, inc/lldillg those in

Tile Examined Life: Il1to Uncertainty and Beyond

The freshman year co re provides a s upp o rt ive ly challenging con tex l in which to b e g in the quest for, and adventure of, a larger vision for li fe . Un i ve rs i t y education is about more t h an skills; at PLU it i s a b o u t libe r a ting students for critical and

n � ;:a o n m o c ;:a m '"

Washingto ll Sla te's RIIllIlillg Start program, are IIollethele.'s eligible to thcir p re v io ll s credits to satisfy tire writing scmillar requiremen ,..

[ B. Inqll iry Seminar: Critical Conversation ( 2 hours)

These seminars involve learning how to participate in the exch a n ge of ideas through the e xp e r i e n ce of articulating q u e s tion s, l i s ten ing for m e a n i ng and nuance in what others write and sa y, s ee i n g ideas and p os i t i o n s in context, argu ing , m ov i ng to consensus, and living with conflict. Like the I A writing seminars, these seminars are taught by t�1Cul,y from various departments and schools. All are numbered 1 1 71 [ 9 in their respective departments. '''!hen ta ug ht in January, these seminars are 4 hours. I e. Freshman lamlar), Te r m (4 ho u rs ) A course that fu lfi ll s one o f the other g en er a l u ni ve rsi ty requirements ( l i nes 1 -4 and 6 ) , d es ig ned both for freshman students and to take advantage of the format of the J a n u ary t er m .

2. One o f Two Alternative C ores: Core I or C ore I I Core I: The Distributive Core (32 hours) a. Arts/Literature (8 hours, 4 from eacb l i ne ) l . Art, M us i c, or Theatre 2. Li t er atu re ( �nglish o r Languages) b. P h il o so ph y (4 hours) c. R e li gio us Studies (8 hours, 4 from each of 2 lines) l. Biblical S t u d ies 2. Christian T h o u g h t, His to r y, and Experience 3. I n teg ra t ive and Co m pa r at i ve Religious Studies NOTE: Transfer studellts entering as juniors or seniors are req u i red to

take 4 semester hours of religio n (from lilies I or 2) lit/less presenting 8 transfer hours ofreligion from otlrer accredited colleges or universities.

d. Social Sciences (8 hours, 4 from each line) l. Anthropology, History, and Political Science .- lJ. 2, Economics, Psychology, Sociology, and Social Work _ tJ.. e. Natural Sciences, Computer Science, Mathematics (4 hours1Core II: The Ill tegrated Studies Program (28 hours) INTG [ 1 1, 1 1 2 The Idea of Progress (8 hours) b. Four 200-level ISP courses ( [ 6 hours). N or m a lly taken in the econd and third years. May in clud e approved program of study abroad. Students select four courses subject to a p prova l of the [SP Committee. c. INT 35 1 : The Co nc l u d in g Seminar (4 hours)

The un iversity is committed, in principle as well as historically, to providing a trong liberal arts base for all its baccalaureate degree programs. Accordingly, in addition to fulfilling certain minimum requirements, all undergraduate students must satisfactorily complete all general university requirements.

I . The Freshman Experience

» o m

en roll ill the writing seminar /o r redit, or they may choose to use

General University Requirements

SPECll(C REQ�NTS - ALL BACCALAUREATE DEGREES

» n

3. Mathematical Reasoning (4 h 0 u rs) A course in mathematics or app l ications of mathematics, with em phas i s on n umerical and l o gi cal re as o n i ng and on using appropriate methods to form u l a te a nd s ol ve probl e m s . This requirement may b e satisfied by any 4 boors from mathemat ics (except Math 91 or Math 99) or by C o m p u t e r Science 1 1 5 or by Statistics 23 1 . This req u i rem ent may also be satisfied by tbe completion (with at least a B ave r a ge ) of the equivalent of P

a: ::J o IoU

U o a:. 0..

IoU

4 years of college preparatory mathematics ( through math ematical a nal ysis o r calculus o r equivalent). 4. Science and the Scientific Method (4 h o urs ) A s c i e nce course that (eaches the methods of s cience , illus trates i ts a pp l icati o ns and limitations, and includes a labora tory component. At least one of the course s taken to meet line 4 or 2 (Core I, e) must be a co urse in which the subject is natu ral sciences, i.e., phys i ca l or biological science. 5. Writing Requirement (4 hours) All students must co m ple te an approved, 4-credit-hour writing course. Freshmen satisfy this requirement through the Inquiry S e m i na r : Writing. o. Perspectives On Diversity (6-8 hours)

A course in each of the fo l l ow i n g two lines. The only 2-hour courses that can sa t is fy either of the foll ow i n g lines completely are the freshman Critical Conversation seminars ( l B). a . Alternative Perspectives (2-4 hOltrs): A co u r se which creates an awareness and u nderstanding of diversi ty in the United Slales, directly addressing issues su ch as ethnicity, gender, disab ility, racism, or poverty.

o c( u c(

8. Senior Seminar/Project ( 2 -4 hours as d esign at ed by the academic unit of the student's major) A substantial p roject , p ap er, p ra ct i cu m , or i n t ern s h i p that culminates and advances the program of an academic major. The end product must be p res e n ted to an open audimce and c ri t ically evaluated by faculty in t he student" field. With ap p rov a l of the student's major department, i nter d isci p l i nary capstone courses such as th . I n te g r ated Studies Con cl udin g Seminar, the Global Studies Seminar, or the Honors Pro g r a m Challenge Seminar may fulfill this requirement.

lIIrderstnndings Regardi1rfAll Requiremellts. (1)

courses that COUllt for tllese requiremen ts.

units, selected courses outside those IIIlits lIIay co",,/ for tire reql,ire

me"t wlren apprC1ved both by till! units and by tlrl! comlll ittee overseei"g tire generai llniversity requirements.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND LIMITATIONS - ALL BACCALAUREATE DEGREES: (All credit hours referred to in listings of requirements a re semester hours.) l. Total Hou rs and Clim ulative GPA: A minimum of 1 2 8 semester hours m ust b e completed with a grade point average of 2 .0 ( 2.50 in the chools of Busincs and Education ) . 2. Upper Division CO ll rses: A minimum of 40 semester hours must be completed from courses numbered 300 or above. Courses from two-year i n s t i tu t i o n s are not considered upper division r e ga rd less of subject matter para l l e ls . At least 20 of the m i ni mum 40 s e m es t er hours o f upper division work must be taken at PLU.

The final 32 semester hours of a b e co m p l e te d in residence at PLU. No transfer cre di t m a y be ap p l i ed during a student's final 3 2 ho urs i n a degree program. ( Special p rograms such a s 3- 1 ) 3 - 2 and semester a n d January term exchange study are excluded from t h i s l i m i ta t ion. ) 4. Academic Major: A major must be co mp lete d as detailed by each school or department. At least 8 semester hours must be t a ke n in residence. De p a rt me nt s, divisions, or chools may set higher residency requ i rem en t s . S. Grades for Major Courses: All courses counted toward a maj o r or minor must be completed with g ra des of C- or h i gh e r and with a cumulative grade point average of 2 . 0 or h igh e r in those courses. Departments, divisions, or schools may set h i gh e r g rad e re qu i re m e n ts . 6. 44 HOLir L i m i t: Not more than 44 hours earned in one department may be a p pl i ed to the B.A. or B.S. degr e es . 7. MrJsic Ensembles: N on -m us i c majors may cou n t toward graduation requirements n ot more than 8 semester hours in music ensembles. 8. Correspondence/Extension Courses: A maximum of 24 hours in accredited cor respond en ce or extension studies may be credited toward d egr ee re q uire m ents , contingent on approval by the registrar. 9. Community College Courses: A m axi m u m of 64 hours will be accepted by transfer from an accredited community college. All co m m u n ity college courses are transferred as lower division credit. 10. Physical Education Courses: No more than eight I -hour physical education activity courses may be counted toward graduation. I I . Foreign Language Requirement: All candidates for B.A., B.S. , B.A.P.E., B.A.Rec., or B.S.P.E. degrees m ust complete one of three options i nv o lvi n g a foreign l a n g u age or specified a l ternative . See under College of Arts and Sciences. stu d en t 's program must

NOTE: 2-4 hOllrs of Perspectives Oil Diversily collrses may be IIsed to

fllifill ano t/,er general university rec/uirel7lent. The remaining 4 hours must be a cOllrse tlrat does not s;mllltar,eollsly fulfill any

other

genera/ lll1iversity requiremen t. These 4 hours may, however, satisfy a requirement

ill the major.

JUllior and senior transfer st udents shall either take one Perspectives 0 1' Diversity course (4 credit hours) at PLU that does

" Ot simullaneo llsly fulfill allother general university requirement, or they shall show lIrat tlrey I,ave satisfied both the alternative

perspectives alld cross-cultural perspectives lines of the requirement.

7. Physical Education

(4 hours)

Four d i fferen t PE activity co u rs es , including PE 1 00. O n e hour of credit may be earned t h ro u gh approved sports p a rt i cip a tion. All activities are graded on the basis of A, Pass, or Fail.

(2) For Ilrose lilies of rhe

genera/ llniversity requiremellts w/rich refer to awdemic disciplilles or

3. Final Year ill Residellce:

b. Cross-Cultural Perspectives (2-4 hours): A course that en hances cross-cultural understandings through examination of other cultures. This requirement may be satisfied in one of thr ee ways: (i) a course focu si n g on the culture of non-Euro-American societies; ( ii) a 20 1 or higher-level course in a language used to sati sfy the admission req uire m en t , or 8 credits in a language n o t previously studied ( These language courses may also be used ill satisfying the Arts and Sciences Requirement, Optio ns I or II); or (iii) participa tion in an approved se m es t e r- lo n g study abroad program.

Consult partiCIIlar

departmen tal sections of tire calalog for detailed specification of

0 m

G\ ;ll m m

:xz

0 n 0 c ;ll V'I m

0 "T'I "T'I m

;ll Z G\ V'I

Degree & Course Offerings Degrees Offered

Academic Structure College of A rts and Sciences D ivisioll ofHumalJities

Division ofSociaf Scicllce;

Bachelor's Degrees

Master's Degrees

Bachelor of Arts

Master of Arts in Education Master o f Arts i n Education

English

Anthropology

Bachelor o f Science

Languages and L i teratures

Economics

Bachelor o f Arts i n Education

Philosophy

History

Bachelor o f Arts in Physical

Religion

Marriage a n d Family Therapy

with I nitial Certification Master o f Arts i n Social

Education

Scie nces

Political Science

Bachelor o f A r ts i n Recreation

Biology

Psychology

Bachelor o f Business

Chemistry

Sociology and Social Work

Division of Na tural Sciences

Computer Science

Administration

Master o f Science i n Nursing

Bachelor o f Fine Arts

Engineering

Bachelor o f Music

Geosciences

Bachelor o f Music Education

Mathematics

Bachelor o f Musical Arts

Physics

Bachelor o f Science i n Nursing

School of the Arts

Master of Business

Bachelor o f Science i n Physical Education

Art Communication and Theatre Music

School of Business School of Education School of Nursing School of Physical Education

III ar::

o z

Anthropology

Bachelor of Arts (B.A.)

Art

Anthropology

Computer Science

Physics

Art

Economics

Political Science

Biology Business

Biology

English

Psychology

Chemistry

French

Religion

Chinese Studies

Geosciences

Scandinavian Area

lassies

German

ommunication

History

Social Work

Gritical Gommlll/ica/ion Studies Print/Broadcast Journalism Public Relatiolls Theatre

Honors

S o c i olo gy

Mathematics

Spanish

11\ ar::

Minors

Majors

Chemistry Chinese Studies Communicat.ion

Studies

Chemistry

Mathematics

Computer Engineering

Phys i c s

Computer Science

Psych o l og y

Education

Geosciences

( 3 -2 )

German

Political Science Psychology

German

Physi cs

Global Studies

Political Science

History

Public Affairs

G reek

Ps yc ho l ogy

Information Science

Religion

Instructional Technology

S oci o lo gy

Instrt4ctio/lCIl

Latin

Spanish

TechllOlogy Reading Special Educatiol/

Legal Studies

S p ec ia l Education

Mathematics

( Non-Teaching)

S t a t is t i cs

Norwegian

T h ea t re

COURSE NUMBERINGS

J ou rna l ism

Science

100-299 Lower Division Courses: Open to freshmen and

Latin

Social Studies Sociology Spanish

sophomores unless otherwise restricted.

Mathematics Music

English

No r wegian

English/Language Arts

Physical Education

300-499 Upper Division Courses:

Generally open

to juniors and

seniors unless otherwise specified. * Also open to graduate

Special Education

students, and may be considered part of a graduate program

Speech

provided they are not s p ecific requirements in preparation for

Bachelor of Arts in Physical Education (B.A.P.E.)

graduate st u dy.

Physical Education

500-599 Graduate Courses: N orma l ly open to graduate students

Bachelor of Arts in Recreation (B.A.Rec.)

only. I f, during the last semester of the senior year, a candidate

Recreation

for a baccalaureate degree finds it p ossible to complete all degree requirements with a registration of fewer than 16 semester hours

Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) Concentrations ill: Marketing Reso urce Management Financial Res o u rces Management Profc ional Accounting E n t repreneurship and New

Venture

Human Resource Management

International Business

of undergraduate credit, registration for graduate credit is permissibl e . However. the total registration for undergraduate re quirem ents and elective graduate credit shall not exceed 1 6

Management

s e mester hours during the semester. A memorandum stating that

O pe rat i ons and I n formation

all baccalaureate requirement s are being met during the current

Tech n o logy

semester must be signed by the appropriate dep a rt men t chair or

Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.)

school dean and presented to the dean of gr ad u a te studies at the

Art

time of such registration. This registration does not apply toward

Communication ( B roadcasting, Thea t re)

a higher degree unless it is latcr approved by the student's adviser and/or advisory committee.

Bachelor of Music (B.M.) Piano

Instrumental

Organ

Composition

NOTE: Lower division studl!1lts may enroll in upper division courses if

prerequisites have been met.

Voice

COURSE OFFERINGS

Bachelor of Mosie Education (B.M.E.)

Most listed courses are offered every year. A system of alternating

K- 1 2 Choral

upper division courses is practiced in some departments, thereby

K - 1 2 Instrumental ( Band)

a ssur in g a broader curriculum. The universi ty reserves the right

K- 1 2 Instrumental ( O rchestra)

to mo dify specific course requirements, to discontinue classes in

Bachelor of Musical Arts (B.M.A.)

which the regi stration is regarded as insufficient, and to

Music

wi thdraw courses.

Bachelor of Science in Nursing (B.S.N.)

EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS

Nursing

Most courses have the value o f 4 semester hours. Parenthetical numbers immediately after the course desc r i ptions indicate the

Bachelor of Science in Physical Education (B.S.PoE.) Concentrations in: Exercise Science

semester hour credit given. Other symbols are explained as fo.ll ows:

Health and Fitness Management

Pre-therapy

Complementary Majors lobal S t u d ies

I, II I II

Women's Studies

J S aly a/s

G 28

Managemellt Recreation Spo rts Adm inistration

Wo men's Studies

History

Eco n omics

Health Hmlth and Fitlless

Physics

Biology

Earth Sciences

Aq/IC/tics Co ach i ng Da ll ce Exercise Scie llce

Gross Disciplinary Studies Early Childhood Special Educmioll Ellglish as a Second Language

Philosophy

Art

Drama

Language French

Geosciences

French

C hemis t ry

EngLish as a Second Environmental Studies

Bachelor of Arts in Education ( B.A-E.) Majors in: Anthropology

Publishing and Pril/til/g Arts Writil/g

Economics

N o rweg i an Philosophy

Engineering Science

Physical Education

L i tera t /ae

Computer Science

Music

Bachelor of Science ( B.S.) Applied Physics B i olo gy

English

Course offered first semester Course offered second semester Course offered first and second semester in sequence Course offered either semester Course offered ill the January term Course offered in the summer Course offered in alternate years Course offered ill alternate summers Cou rse may be used ill graduate programs

The Americas

Anthropology

This interdisci l i n ary minor focuses on the comparative

Anthropology as a discipline tries to bring all o f the world's people i n t o human focus. Though a n thro pol ogy does look at "stones and b o n es , it al so examines the poli足 tics, medicines, families, arts, and re li g i ons of peoples and cultures in v a r io u s places and times. This makes the study of a n thropology a complex task, for it involves aspects of many di sc ipl i n e s, from geolo gy and b i olo gy to art and psychology. Anthropology is composed of four fields. Cultural or social anthropology studies l i v i n g human cultures in

histories, cultures, and

c o n tem po ra r y

issues shared by the two continents i n the Western Hemisphere. In i nte g rating selected i nformation about the United States, it reflects the reality that th is country is an in tegral part of the culturally diverse and i ncreas i n gl y intercon nected c ntemporary world.

FACUlTY: Kelleher, Program Adviser; Ahna, Brown, Brusco, Carp. Dwyer-Shick, rosvenor, Killen, Klein, Marcus, Predmore, Rowe, Temple -Thurston, T. Williams. MINOR: The minor consists of 20 hours, including one required and four elective cou rses completed with a grade of C or higher. Students also must take the Composition and Conversation course, or its equivalent, in a language spoken in the Americas other than th rr native language. Participation in a relevant off campus program is highly recommended. tudents may not apply m re than one 4 credit course in the minor to fulfill any other requirement, such as general university core. major, or minor requirements. REQUIRED COURSE: Political Science 282 - Introduction to the Americas ELECflVE COURSES: Students must choose at least one course with North American content as the primary emphasis. and one course with Central or South American content as the primary emphasis. Anthropology 336 - Peoples of Latin America Anthropology 330 - Cultures and Peoples of Native North America Anthropology 334 - The Anthropology of Contemporary America Business 490 - International Business: Modern Latin America Communication 337 - News Media of the Western Hemisphere Engl ish 232 - Women's Literature: Women Writers of the Americas French 34 1 - French Literature and Film of the Americas History 335 - Comparative History of Slavery in the Americas Political Science 373 - Civil Liberties and Civil Rights Religion 227 - Christian Theology: Liberation Theology, QI Religion 334 - Theological Studies: Liberation Theology Religion 361 - Church History Studies: Canada, Latin Americas, and the United States Spanish 3 2 2 - Latin Anlerica.n Civilization and Culture Spanish 3 4 1 - Latino Experiences in the United States panish 4 3 1 - Latin American Literature. 1 492-1888 Spanish 432 - Twentieth Century Latin American Literature Spanish 433 - Special Topics in Latin American Literature and Culture

> Z -I ::I: ::a o o

order to create a cross-cultural understanding o f human behavio r. Archaeology has the same goa l . but uses data from the physical remains o f th e past cultures to reach it. Linguistic anthropology studies human lan gu ag e . Physical anthropology studies the emergence and subsequent bio足 logical adaptations of humanity as a species.

o Gl -<

FACULTY: Brusco, Chair; Cinnamon, Guldin, Huelsbeck, Klein, assisted by Stoner. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 36 semester hours. Required: 102, 1 03, 480. 490. Choose: 1 0 1 or 1 04; four hours from 3 30-345 (peoples courses); four hours from 350-465 (topics courses) ; eight additional hours in anthropology, at least four of which must be above 3 2 1 . MINOR: 20 semester hours. Required: 102. Choose: 101 or 103 or 104; four hours from courses listed 330-345; four hours from 350-490; and four additional hours in anthropology. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: In recognition of outstanding work. the designation with Departmental Honors may be granted by vote of the anthropology faculty based on the student's per足 formance in the following areas: 1. Anthropology course work: 3.5 minimum g.p.a. 2. Demonstration of active interest in anthropological projects and activities outside of class work. 3. Completion of a senior thesis. A paper describing indepen足 dent research must be conducted under the supervision o f departmental faculty. A proposal must be approved b y the faculty by the third week of class of the fal l semester fo r May and summer graduates, and the third week of class of the spring semester for December graduates.

Course Offerings 1 0 1 Introduction to Human Biological Diversity Introduction to biological anthropology with a special focus o n human evolution, the fossil evidence for human development, the role of culture in human evolution, and a comparison with the development and social life of the non-human primates. ( 4 ) 102 Introduction to Human Cultural Diversity Introduction to social-cultural anthropology, concentrating on the exploration of the infinite variety of human endeavor in all aspects of culture and all types of societies; religion, politics, law, kinship and art. Fulfills cross-cultural line in the Perspectives on Diversity requirement. (4) 1 0 3 Introduction to Archaeology and World Prehistory Introduction to the ideas and practice of archaeology used to examine the sweep of human prehistory from the earliest stone tools to the develo pment of agriculture and metallurgy and to enrich our understanding of extinct societies. (4)

> I.!J o o 110

o g:; :r: I Z <

338 Jewish Culture

104 Introduction to Language in Sodety I ntroduction to anthropological linguistics and symbolism, i ncluding the origin of language; sound systems, structure and meaning; language acquisition; the social context of speaking; language change; nonverbal co mmunication; and sex differences in language use. (4)

An exploration of American Jewish culture through its roots in the l i feways of Eastern European Ashkenazic Jews and its transformation i n the United States. Emphasis on Jewish h istory, religion, literature, music, and humor as reflections of basic Jewish c u ltural themes. Fulfills alternative l ine in the Perspectives on Diversity requirement. (4)

192 PractidDg Aotbropology: Makah Cnlture Past and Preseot

343 East Asian Cultures

Study of Makah Culture through archaeology and history and by i nteracting with the Makah. Active and service learni.ng in Neah Bay, visiting the Makah Nation. Consent of instructor required. Fulfills freshman Jan uary Term requirement and the alternative line in the Perspectives on D i versity requirement. (4)

210 Global Pel'spectives: The World in Change A survey of global issues: modernization and development; economic change and international trade; diminishing resources; war and revolution; peace and justice; and cultural diversity. FulfiJIs cross-cultural line in the Perspectives on Diversity re quirement. ( Cross-referenced with H I ST 2 1 0 and POLS 2 1 0) (4) Peoples o f the World Exploration of the world's cultures through a nthropological films, novels, and eyewitness accounts. Case studi�s chosen from Africa, Native America, Asia, the Pacific, and Euro-America provide an insider's view of ways of life different from our own. (2)

220

Past Cultures o f Washington State Native Americans have lived in Washington State for at least the last 1 2,000 years. Cultures of the people in coastal and i n terior Washington beginning with the first northwesterners. An exami nation o f the ways that cultures change through time until the emergence of the distinctive cultures observed by the earliest European visitors to the area. ( 2 )

225

230 Peoples o f the Northwest Coast A survey of th ways of l i fe of the native peoples of coastal Wash ington, British Columb ia, and Southeastern Alaska from Euro pean contact to contemporary times, including traditional meth ods of fishing, arts, potlatches, status systems, and wealth and their impact on the modern l i fe of the region. Fulfills one-half of the alternative line in the Perspectives on Diversity requiremen t . (2) 330 Cultures and Peoples o f Native North America A comparative study of Native North American cultures from their arrival on the continent through today. Examination of U.S. and Canadian laws, policies, and conflicts, issues of sovereign ty, and religious rights. Fulfills alternative line in the Perspectives on Diversity requirement. (4) 332 Prehistory of North. America An a rchaeological reconstruction of economic, social, political, a n d religious life in Nor t h America from the time the fi rst settlers entered the continent during the Ice Ages to the Mound B u i l ders of later tilTH'S and u l timately to the first contact with European settlers. (4) 334 The

Anthropology of Contemporary America nd problems designed to give i nsights from a cros s -cultural perspective; ex ploration o f American solutions to commOll human problem s; a determination of what is ullique , bout the "America.n Way." Fulfills al temative line in the Perspect ives on D iversity require An i nvestigat ion of American . ocial patterns

ment.

(4)

336 Peoples of Latin America

M illions of Americans have

never

been north of the equator.

\lVho a re these "other" A mericans? This surve)' CO L!rse fam ili a r iz.es the student with a brOild range of Latin A me r i c a n peoples and prob l em s . Top ics range from v isions or the �u pernatural to proble m 5 of econom ic deve lopmen t . F u l fi l ls cross-cu ltu ral line i n the Perspectives on Diversity req u i remen t . (4)

A survey of the cultures and peoples of Eastern Asia, concentrat ing on China but w i th comparative reference to Japan, Korea, and Vietnam. Cultural similarities as well as differences between these nations are stressed. Topics i nclude religion, art, politics, history, kinship, and economics. Fulfills cross-cultural line in the Perspectives on Diversity requirement. (4)

Contemporary China An immersion into the culture and society of the People's Republic of China; contemporary politics, kinship, folk religion, human relations; problems and prospects of development and rapid social change. Fulfills cross-cultural line in the Perspectives on Diversity requirement. (4) 345

350 Women and Men in World CultW'es

An overview of the variation of sex roles and behaviors through out the world; theories of matriarchy, patriarchy, mother goddesses, innate inequalities; marriage patterns, i mpact of European patterns; egalitarianism to feminism. Fulftlls cross cultural line in the Perspectives on D iversity requirement. (4)

Geography and World Cultures: Prospects Explorations of how societies in North America and a round the world have adapted to their varied human and physical environ ments. Cases drawn from widely d i fference environments. Global patterns of variation in life styles and social opportunities. Knowledge of locations and map reading will be emphasized. Prerequisite: 1 02 or consent of instructor. (4) 354

People, Places and

Groups Examines the nature of ethnic groups in America and abroad; the varying bases of ethnicity (culture, religion, tribe, " race," etc . ) ; problems of group identity and boundary maintenance; ethnic symbols; ethnic politics; ethnic neighborhoods; and ethnic humor. Fulfills alternative line i n the Perspectives on Diversity requirement. (4)

360 Ethnic

36 1 Managing Cultural Diversity Practical guidelines on how to approach people of other cultures with sensitivity and empathy and with an eye toward mutually rewarding interaction. Lea rn how to avoid negative attitudes toward cultural diversi ty and develop a positive c uriosity about the global diversity represented in workplaces, schools, and neighborhoods. (2) 365 Prehistoric Environment and Technology: Lab Methods in An:haeology Laboratory interpretation of archaeological materials. Tech niques used in i n terpreting past human ecology, technology, and economy. Allalytical procedures for bone, stone, ceramic, and metal artifa ct s; analysis of debris from rood processing activities. Analysis of materials from archaeological sites. (4) 370 The Archaeology of Ancient Empires The origins of agricu ltu re, wri ting, citjes, and the s t a t e in mdny pa rts of the \ odd, com paring and contrasting the great civiLizations of an t iq u ity, including Mesopota mia, Egypt, i ndia, Asia, Mesoamerica, a nd South America. F u l fills cross-cul tural l ine i n the Perspectives on iversity requ irement. ( 4) 375 Law, PolitiQ;, and Revolution A study of pol i tics and law through the pol itical structures "nd processes o f tradit ion al and contemporary societies; concepts of leadersh ip, factionalism and feuds, power, authority, rLvolulion, a n d other reactions to colonization; law and conflict resolution;

conflicts of national and local- level legal systems. Fulfills cross足 cultural line in the Perspectives on Diversity requirement. (4) 380 Sickness, Madness, and He&th

cross-cultural examination of s stems of curing practices and cultural iews of physical and mental health; prevention and healing; nature and skills of curers; definitions o f disease; variation in diseases; impact of modern medical and p ychologi足 cal practitioners. FulfIlls cross-cultural l i ne in the Perspectives on Diversity requirement. (4) A

385 Marriage. Family. and Kinship Explores the nature of domestic groups cross-culturally, including the ways i n which religion, myth, magic and folklore serve to articulate and control domestic l i fe; how changing systems of production affec t marriage and domestic forms; and how class and gender systems intertwine with kinship, domestic forms, and the meaning of " family." (4)

Art In this time of rapidly changing concepts and an almost daily emergence o f new media, emphasis m ust be placed on a variety of ex-perience and creative flexibility for the artist and the designer. Students with professional con cerns must be p repa red t o meet t h e modern world w ith both techn ical skills and the capacity for innovation. The department 's program therefore stresses individualized deve l opm e nt in the use of mind and hand. Students may choose among a g neralized program leading to a B a ch el o r of Arts degree; a more specialized program for the Bachelor of Fine Arts, in which each

388 Applied Anthropology Exploration of the uses of the anthropological approach to improve human conditions. Focus on anthropologists' involve足 ment and roles in applied projects. Review of theoretical, ethical, and practical issues. field component. (4) 392 Gods, Magic, and Morals

Anthropology of rel igion; humanity's concepts of and relation足 ships to the supernatural; examination of personal and group functions that religions fulfill; exploration of religions both "primitive" and historical; origins of religion. (Cross-referenced with REU 392) Fulfills cross-cultural line in the Perspectives on Diversity requi remen t. (4)

465 Archaeology: The Field Experience A field class i nvolving the excavation of a historic or prehistoric archaeological site, with emphasis on basic excavation skills and record keeping, field mapping, drafting, and photography. The laboratory covers artifact processing and preliminary analysis. P rerequisite: Consent of instructor. ( 1-8 ) 480 Anthropological Inquiry

Historic and thematic study of the theoretical foundations of sociocultural anthropology; research methods; how theory and methods are used to establish anthropological knowledge. Required of majors in their j unior or senior year. (4) 490 Seminar in Anthropology

Examine anthropological methods and apply anthropological theory to an investigation of a selected topic in contemporary anthropology. Required of majors i n their junior or senior year. Prerequisite for other students: departmental approval. (4) 491 Independent Study: Undergraduate Readings

Reading in specific areas or issues of anthropology under supervision of a facul ty member. Prerequisite: departmental con eot. ( 1 -4) 492 Independent Study: Undergraduate Fieldwork:

Study of specific areas or issue in anthropology through field methods of analysis and research supported by appropriate reading under supervision of a faculty member. Prerequisite: departmental consent. ( 1-4)

candidate develops some area of competence; or a degree program in art education for teaching on several levels. Some students go directly from the u niversity into their field of interest. Others find it desirable and appropriate to attend a graduate school. Many alumni have been accepted into prestigious graduate programs, both in this country and abroad. The various fields o f art are competitive and demanding in terms of commitment and effort. Nonetheless, there is always a place for those who are extremely skillful or highly imaginative or, ideally, both. The department's program stresses both, attempting to help each student reach that ideal. Instructional resources, when coupled with declicated and energetic students, have resulted in an unusually high percentage of graduates being able to satisfy their vocational objectives. FACULTY: Hallam, Chair; Cox, Geller, Gold, Keyes, Tomsic.

The department has sought to minimize prerequisites, enabling students to elect courses relating to their interests as early as possible, but majors are urged to follow course sequences closely. It is recommended that students i nterested in majoring in art declare their major early to insure proper advising. Transfer students' status shall be determined at their time o f entrance. The department reserves the right to retain, exhibit, and reproduce student work sub m itted for credit in any of its courses or programs, including the senior exhibition. A use or materials fee is required in certain courses. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Minimum of 34 semester hours,

including 1 60, 250, 230 or 350, 365, 370, 499, and the art history sequence ( i 80, 1 8 1 , 380); J I 6 or cour es in teaching methods may not be applied to the major. A maximum f 40 hours may be applied toward the d egTee. Candidates are registered in the College of Arts and Science nd must satisfy general university requirements, including a core curriculum ( Core l or Core I I ) , and the option requirement. P

BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS MAJOR: Minimum of 60 semester

hours, including 160; 2 26; eit her 230 o r 250; the art history sequence ( 1 80, 1 8 1 , 380) ; 8 additional hours i11 2-d imensional med ia, 8 additional hours i n 3-dimensional media, and 4 hours i n art history or theory ( 3 90, or as a p p rove d by the department faculry); re.ql.lirements and electives in area of emphasis; and 499 (senior exh ibition ) . 1 1 6 or courses in teaching methods may not be included. Candidates are registered i n the School of the Arts and m ust satisfy general univ rs ity requirements, i ncluding a co re curriculum ( Core I or Core I I ) . B.F.A. in 2·Dimensional MedJa Areas of emphasis: a minimum of t h ree courses required in

one area. Drawing/Painting:

160 D rawing 260 I ntermediate Drawing 360 Life D rawing ( R)

365 Painting I 465 Painting II (R)

Printmaking:

370 Printmaking I 470 Printmaking IT ( R) Film Arts:

2 2 6 Black and vVhi te Phot()grilphy 326 Color Phot graph 426 Electronic I maging Independent Stlldy (may be applied to a llY area):

490 Special Projects ( R) 492 Studio Project. ( R) ( R ) - may be repeated for credit Areas o f emphasis: a minimu m of tJuee courses required in o n e area.

Ceramics:

230 Ceramics r

330 Ce ra m i cs I I

430 Ce ra mics I I I (R) SCII Zpture; 250 Scu l pt ure I 350 Sculpture I I ( R)

1 16 Design in the Contemporary World An e a minaliolJ of conteruporary design wirh a focus on trends i.n (Idverl i sing, fashion, a utomo t ive, product and i nterior design . I ncl udes a section 011 color theory and per ept io n and t he basic elements of de ign . Require no artistic/design backgwu nd. (4)

Jndependent Study (mil)' be app lied to a l1)' area): 490 Special Projects ( R) 492 Studio Projecls ( R ) ( Rl -may be repeated for cred i t

1 60 Drawing A

B.F.A. in Design 396 Design: Graph ic.� I

1 80 History of Western Art I A survey t racing the development of Western a rt · nd a rch itec ture from r reh i t ry to the end of the Middle ges. (4)

49 1 Design: Worksh op

181 History of Western Art II

survey of Western art and architecture from the Renaissance to the 2 0th cen t ury. (4)

BACHEWR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION:

196 DeSign I: Fundamentals

of Educanoll.

An int rod uction to design th.rough the study of bas ic techniques, color theory, and co mp ositio n . (4)

MINOR IN STUDIO ART: 20 seme ter hours, in uding 380 , 4 hou rs in 2-dimensional med ia, 4 hours in 3 -dimensional media, and Ii hours of studio art electives dIawll from upper division c o u rses. Courses in teacll i ng methods (34 1 , 440) rna)' not be appl ied to Ihe mi no r.

226 Black and White Photography A studio class in pho tography as an art form . Primary concen tra tion in bas ic camera and darkr )om techniques. r udcn ts prod uce ;] portfolio of pr i n ts with a n emphasis n cre live exp ress io n and experim ·nt, Lion. (4 )

MINOR IN ART mSTORY: 24 semester hours, i nclud i ng 1 80 and 1 8 1 , 1 2 hours in art hist o ry/theory eJe tive.�, and 4 hours in studio lect i es. Non -co ncent ratio n courses ( 1 1 6 ) , pract ical design courses ( 1 96, 296. 396, 398. 49 1 , 496), and courses i n teach i.ng methods ( 34 l , 440) m a y not be app l ied t o t he mi nor.

230 Ceramics I

PUBUSHING AND PRINTING ARTS MINOR: The P u b l L hing and P r i n t i n g Arts min r is cr ss- referenced with the Department of English. See u1e desc rip t i on of that minor under English.

course dealing wllh the basic techn iques and media o f

dIaw ing:. (4)

Required basic seqrle/lce: 1 96 Desi.gn I: Fu nda mental 2 9 6 De�ign 1 1 : Concepts Elective cOllrses: 398 Drawing: i l l ust rnt jo n ( R ) 496 Design: Graphics II ( R)- may be repeated for credit

STUDIO 160 Drawing 1 96 Design l: Fundamentals 226 Black and White Photography 230 Ceramics I 250 Sculpture I 260 Intermediate Drawing 296 Design II: Concepts 326 Color Photography 330 Ceramics II 341 Elementary Art Education 350 Sculpture n 360 Life Drawing 365 Painting I 370 Printmaking 1 396 Design: Graphics I 398 Drawing: mustratioD 426 Electronic Imaging 430 Ceramics III 465 Painting II 470 Printmaking I I 490 Special Projects/Independent Study 491 Design: Workshop 492 StudJ.o Projects/Independent Study 496 Design: Graphics I I 4 99 Senior Exhibition HISTORY AND THEORY 1 16 Design in the Contemporary World 180 History of Western Art I 181 H istory of Western Art II 380 Modem Art 390 StudJes .in Art History 440 Seminar in Art Education 497 Research in Art History-Theory

B.F.A. in 3-Dimensional Media

See School

Course Offe rings

Ceramic materials Jnd techn iqaes i ncludi ng han d- bu il t and wheel-thrown method ' , clay and glaze form hon. I ncludes a s urvey of ceramic art. (4)

250, 350 Sculpture 1, 11 Concentration on a particular medium of sc u l pt u re including me tals . wood, or syn t h et i cs; speci a l sections e m p h as i zi ng work frum the human form as well as o p p r t u n i t y for mold m ak in g a n d c as t i n g. 250 must be taken before 350; 3 5 0 may be taken twice. (4,4)

the e t h ic a l issues o f tills new technology. Emphasis on creat ive xp lora t io n and problem solving within t h e Macintosh envi ron ment. Prerequis ites: 226 and 326 o r consent o f instructor. May be taken twice. (4)

260 Intermediate Drawing D ra win g taken beyond the basic of 1 60 . Expansion of med i a fo rms, a n d s o l u t ions to c o m po ' it ion a l p ro bl e ms . Possibijjty o f p u rs u i ng s peci a l individual int res t s, with permission. P rer e qui site: 160 or consent of instructor. (4)

440 Seminar i n Art Education A · tudy of i n st r uc t i o n in the secondary school i n c l ud i ng a p p ro pr i a t e med ia and curriculum development. a /y (2)

296 Design 0: Concepts

process of cre ative problem solving in a rga n iz e d manner. I ncludes p roj ect s i n a variety of d es i gn areas. Prerequisite: 1 96 or consent of instructor. (4) An i nve ligation of th

methodical and

326 Color Photography Exploration of th e issues o.f bo t h painters and pho tographers. Students learn to make color prints and proces olor n g at i es. I nc l u de s a historical mrvey of color ph ot o g ra p hy as we l l as perspec ti ves of co n t em p o rar y arti ts. (4) 330, 430 Ceramics n , m Techniques in ce ra m ic construction and exp er imen ts in glaze formation. 330 must be t a ke n before 430; 430 may be taken tw i ce . Prerequisite: 230. (4,4) 331 The Art of the Book I ee E ng lish 3 1 3. (4) 3 4 1 Elementary Art Education A study of reative growth and development; art as studio projects; history and t h e rap y in the classroom. ( 2 ) 350 Sculpture n ( 'ee 250) 360 Life Drawing An expl orati on of h u ma n form in d raw i ng media . Ill ' be repeakd for cred it. P rere q u isite : 1 60 or consent ()f instructor. (2) 365, 465 Painting I, n Med i a an d l e ch n i qu es of painting in o il or acrylics. 365 m us t be taken befo re 465; 465 may be take n twice. Pr req uis i te : 1 6 . ( 4 ,4 ) 370, 470 Printmaking 1, 11 Methods and media of fine art p r i ntmaki ng; both hand and photo proceSlies involving l ithograpnics, i n t a gl io and screen prinling. 370 musl b taken b efo re 470: 470 may be taken twice. Prerequisite: 1 60 or consent of in tructor. (4,4) 380 Modern Art The development f a r t from 1900 to the p resen t . with a bnef look at European and A m erica n antecedents as they apply to contemporary di rec ti o ns. (4) 390 Studies i n A r t History A sel ected area of inq u i r y. such as a hi tory of A m er i can a rt , As i an art, th e work of Picass , or similar to p i . May be repeated for cred i t . (4)

430 Ceramics 01

( See 330)

465 Painting n (See

365)

470 Printmaking n ( Se e 370) 490 Special Projects/lndependent Study E xpl o ra t i o n of the p ossi b i Ji l i es of se l ec t ed s tudio areas, i n cl ud i ng experimental te ch n iq ues . E m p h a s is on de e l o p m e n t of indi vidual st yle s, me d i a a p pro ache s. a n d p rob l e m solutions. May be r e p e a t ed for credit. P re re C) u i si t 5: junior statu , m i ni mum of two courses at 200 level or above in a ffected medium with m i n im u m 2.5 GPA, co ns e n t of in t r u ct or ,U1d department ch a i r . (2 or 4 ) 491 Design: Workshop A tut o r i a l COLlI e which may deal with any of several aspects of the design field with particular e m p h asi s on prac tical e xp e ri ence and bu ilding a port fo l i o . May be takm twice. (2)

492 Studio Projects/Independent Study A t u to ri a l program for st udents of exc ep t io n a l m le nt . In - dep t h individual inVl'stigation of a particular m ed i um or set of techni cal p r o b l em s . Only one proje I per sem este r may be u n de r take n . Ma be r e p ea ted for credit. Prerequ isites; d ecl a re d major i n art, se nio r sta tus co nse nt of instructor, written proposa l , program a pp rova l by department fac u lt y. S tuden meeting the l bove requirements but with less than a 3 . 0 GPA i n the major may be re qui r ed t present a dd i t io nal evidence of eli g i b ili t y. ( 1 -4 ) 496 Design; Graphics J l (See 39 ) 497 Research in Art History-Theory A tutorinJ ourse for maj( r stude n t.< Ivith rese a rch ill(O a particular aspect of art llistory or theory. tvtay be repe a t ed for credit. Prerequisi tes: sc n i r ta tus, consent of i nstr uc t o r, anti p rogr;U11 a pp ro val by d epa rt m en t faculty. ( 1 -4) 499 Senior ExhIbition Students work dosely with t heir a dv ise rs in a l l p hase o f the preparation 0 t h e exhibition. Must be taken in the student's fi n a l sem ester. P rereq ui s i t es: declared maj or in art ( B.F.A. or B .A. ) , enior s ta tus, reaso nable ·.rpecta l i on of co m p l e tion of aU d ep ar t m e n t and u niver s i t y requiremen ts for graduation. Meets the senior sem i nar/ pro jt: requjremen L ( 2 )

396, 496 Design.: Graphics J, U Design and execu t i on f prin ted materials; e m phasis on technical proced u re s and p ro b lem s in mass communicatio n. 496 explores advan ed techn iques with m ulti p le color, ty pog raphy. and o l h er om plex pr o bl ems . 396 mus t be taken befo re 496. Prerequisite: 1 60 and 296 or consent of inslructor. ( 4,4) 398 Drawing: IOu tration Advanced projects in drawing/illustration. Exp os ure to new con cept and tec h niques ada ptab l e to fi ne art and commercial a p p l i cations. Prerequisites: 1 60 and 1 96. May be rep ea ted once. ( 4 ) 426 EJe�trooi� Imaging An introduc tion to com p uter-assi ted p b o to gr apby in w h i c h stu dent learn applications, d evel o p aeslhetic sl ra tegi , and engage

Biology

School of the Arts The

o ....

o o :I: U

S choo l of the Arts i s a commu nity of artists an d schol

To learn b i o logy is m o re than to learn facts : it is to learn

ars - students, faculty, and staff - dedicated to the fu l

of th e human spirit th rough creative expressio n and careful sch o larsh ip. The Sch ool of the Arts o ffers pro fes ional education to artists and communi cators w ithi n

fillment

which might be employed to ob tain answers, and how to

the framework of a liberal arts educa tio n. The School en

to learn science in the only way that it can be e ffec tivel y

to ask and answer ques tions , how to develop strategie

recognize and evaluate t h e answers which emerge. The depa rtm en t is t herefore dedicated to encouraging st uden ts

coura ges all of its members to pursue their artistic and

made a part of their thinking: to independently question i t,

scholarly work in an enviro n ment that chal lenges compla

probe it, try it out, experiment with it, experience it. The d i ve rsity of cou rses i n the curriculum provides

cency, nurtures per onal growth, and mai ntains a strong

<II

c u l ture of collegial integri ty.

<II

and scholarship that acknowledges the past, defines the

course sequence in t h e p rinciples of b iol o gy. P l a n n in g with

�

present, and an ti c i p ates

a faculty advi ser, the student chooses upper division

a::

m usic, and theatre are mediums o f u nderstanding and

change which reward those who participate in them,

objectives. Faculty members are also committed to helping

whether as art ist, sch olar, lear ner, or audience . Perfor ma nces by students, facul ty, and guests of the S ch ool en

students investigate career opportu nities and pursue

broa d coverage of con tempo rary biology and allows flexible plan ning. Each biolog y m ajor com pletes

Members of the School of the Arts strive to create art

the future. Art, co mmun ication,

a t h ree

biology courses to meet individual needs and career

hance the cultural prosperity shared by Pacific Lutheran

careers which most clearly match their i n terests and abilities. Students are invited to use depart men tal facilities

University and its surrounding environs. The School pro

fo r independent study and are encouraged to participate

motes venues fo r collaboration between artists and scho l

in ongoing faculty research.

ars, among artistic and intellectual media, a n d between the u n iversity and the community.

FACUIJ'Y: Spicer, Dean; faculty members of the Departments of Art, ommunication and Theatre, and Music. DEGREES OFFERED by the School of the Arts include the B. F. A. ( Bachelor of Fine Arts) in art and communication and theatre; the B.M. ( Bachelor of Music), the B.M.A. ( Bachelor of Musical Ar ts) ; the B.M.E. (Bachelor of Music Ed ucation). Stu dents may also earn the B.A. (Bachelor of Arts), but this degree is awarded through the College of Arts and Sciences. Candidates for all degrees must meet general university requirements and the specific requirements of the Departments of Art, Communi cation and Theatre, or Music. For details about the B.A.E. ( Bachelor of Arts in Education) in art, communication and theatre, or music, see the School of Edllca tion.

For course offerings, degree requirements, and programs in the School of the Arts, see Art, Commllnicatioll and Thent re, and Music.

Course Offering 341 Integrating Arls in the Classroom Methods and procedures for integra ting the arts (music, visual, drama, dance) in the classroom and across the curriculum. Of fered for students preparing for elementary classroom teaching. Meets tate certification requirements in both music and art . fI (2 )

FACUlTY: Alexander, Chair; Carlson, Crayton, Dolan, Ellard-Ivey, Gee, Hansen, Lerum, Main, D.). Martin, Matthias, McGinnis. BACHEWR OF ARTS or BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: The major in biology is designed to be flexible in meeting the needs and special interests of students. Several options for major programs are available. I n each plan the s tudent must take the principles of biology sequence ( 1 6 1 , 162, 323 ) . Completion of this sequence (or an equivalent general biology sequence at another institution) is required before upper division biology courses can be taken. It i s expected that these courses will have been completed with a grade of C- or higher. Courses not designed for biology majors ( I l l , 1 1 2, 20 1 , 205, 206) ordinarily cannot be used to satisfy major requirements unless those courses are taken before completion of Biology 1 6 1 ; under no circumstances can more than 8 hours from courses designed for non-majors be counted toward completion of major require ments. Independent study (49 1 , 492, 495) and cooperative education may be used for no more than six of the upper division biology hours required fo r the B.S. degree, and for no more than four of the upper division biology hours required for the B.A. degree. At least 1 2 hours in biology must be earned in residence at PLU. Each student must consult with a biology adviser to discuss selection of electives appropriate for educa tional and career goals. Basic requirements under each plan for the major are listed below. PLan I-Bachelor of Arts: 34 semester hours in biology, includ ing 1 6 1 , 1 62, 323, and 497, plus 20 additional hOllrs. Required supporting courSes: hemistry 10 5 or Chemistry 1 20 and Math 140. Recommended supporting courses: Physics 1 25 (with laboratory 1 35 ) and Physics 1 26 ( wi th laboratory 1 36 ) . Plan "-Bachelor o f Arts-Comprehensive: 3 8 scmest r hours in biology, including 1 6 1 , 1 62 , 323, a nd 497, pIllS 24 additional hours. Required supporting courses: C hemi'try 1 20 and Malh 1 40. Recom mended supporting cours s: hemistry 2 3 2 (with laboratory 234) ; Physics [ 2 5 (with laboratory 1 3 5 ) and Physics 1 26 (with laboratory 1 36). Plan III-BacheJor of Arts-Chemistry Emphasis: 30 semester hours in biology, including [ 6 1 , 1 62, 323, and 497, plus 1 6 additional hours. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 20, Chemistry 232 (with laboratory 234), hemistry 3 3 2 ( w ith laboratory 334), and either Chemistry 338 or hemistry 403;

Math 140. Recommended supporting cour es; Physics 1 25 ( with laboratory 1 3 5 ) and Physics 1 26 ( with laboratory 1 3 6 ) .

PI.an IV-Bachelor of Science: 4 2 semester hours in biology, including 1 6 1 , 1 62, 323, and 497, plus 28 additional hours. Required s upporting courses: Chemistry 1 20 and Chemistry 232 ( with laboratory 234); Math 1 5 1 ; Physics 1 25 (with laboratory 1 3 5 ) and Physics 1 26 (with laboratory 1 36 ) , or Physics 1 53 ( with laboratory 163) and Physics 1 54 (with laboratory 1 6 4 ) . Plan V-Bachelor o f Sciellce-Researc:h Emphasis: 4 2 semester hours in biology, including 1 6 1 , 1 62 , 323, 495, and 497, plus 26 additional hou rs. Req uired supporting courses: Chemistry 1 20, Chemistry 232 (with laboratory 234), and Chemistry 332 (with laboratory 334); r.,'l a t h l S I ; Physics 125 ( with laboratory 1 35 ) and Physics 1 26 (with laboratory 1 36 ) , or Physics 1 53 (with laboratory 1 63 ) and Physics 1 54 (with laboratory 1 64 ) . BACHELOR OF ARTS I N EDUCATION: Students interested i n

this degree develop their biology program through t h e Biology Department in conjunction with the School of Education. Such students should have a biology adviser. See the School of ducat ion section of the catalog for recommended biology courses and other pertinent information. MINOR: At least 20 semester hours selected from any biology courses. A grade of C or h i gh e r must be earned in each course. Prerequ.isites must be met u n less written permission is gran ted in advance by the instructor. Applicability o f nill1-PLU biology credits wiJl be determined by the department chair. At least eight cred.i t hours in biology must be earned in residence at PLU. Consult the department chair for assignment of a minor adviser.

Course Offe rings I I I Biology and the Modem World

An introduction to biology d.esigned primarily for non-biology majors. Fundamental concepts chosen from all areas of modern biology. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion. I 1 1 (4) I I I Hllmllllist ic Botany An int roduction to the basic principles of biology with a n em phasis on p l ants and their impact on people. Topics included are: basic plant structure and function; poisonous plants; medicinal plant. ; food plants; propagation of house plants; home care of plants; plant identification. Includes laboratory. S (4) 1 16 Introductory Ecology A st udy of the interrelationships between organisms and their environment examining concepts i n ecology that lead to understanding the nature and structure of ecosystems and how huma n s impact ecosy:;tems. Satisfie� the Core [ natural science/ mathematics/computer science requirement. 1 (4)

161 Principles of Biology I : Cell Biology Cel lular and molecular levels of biological organization; cell u ltrastructure and physiology, Mendelian and molecular genetics, energy transduction. Includes laboratory. Co- rcgi s tf1l t io n in Chemistry ( 1 04 or 1 20 ) recommended. 1 (4) 162 Principles of Biology II: Organismal Biology An introductio n to animal and plan t tissues, anatomy, and p hysiology, ith special emphasis on flowering plants and vertebrates a s model systems, plus a n in troduction to animal and plan t development. Incl ud e s laboratory. Prerequisite: 1 6 1 . I I (4)

201 Introductory Microbiology The structure, met<lbolism, gro wth , and genet i cs of microorga n ism�, especially bacteria a n d viruses, wit.h emphasis o n their roles in h u man d isease. Laboratory focuses on cu lt iva t ion, identifica tion , and con trol of growth of bacte'ria. Prcreq u is i le: C H EM 1 0 5 .

1 (4)

205, 206

Buman Anatomy BIld Physiology First semester: matter, cells and tissues; nervous, endocrine, skeletal, and muscular systems. Laboratory includes cat dissec tion and experiments in m uscle physiology and reflexes. Second semester: circulatory, respiratory, digestive, excretory, and reproductive systems; metabolism, temperature regulation, and stress. Laboratory includes cat dissection, physiology experi ments, and study of developing organisms. 205 (I) prerequisite to 206 ( I I ) . (4,4) 323 Principles of Biology 1lI: Ecology. Evolution and Divel'sity Evolution, ecology, behavior, and a systematic survey of life on earth. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: 1 62 or consent of department chair. I (4)

o o G'l -<

324

Natu:ral History of Vertebrates Classification, natural h istory, and economic importance of vertebrates with the exception of birds. Field trips and labora tory. Prerequisite: 323. I (4) 326 Animal Behavior

Description, classification, cause, fu nction, and development of the behavior of a.nimals emphasizing an ethological approach and focusing on comparisons among species. Includes physi ological, ecological, and evolutionary aspects o f behavior. Prerequisite: 323 or consent of instructor. I l (4) 327

Ornithology The study of birds inclusive of their anatomy, physiology, behavior, ecology and distribution. Special emphasis on those attributes o f birds that are unique among the vertebrates. Labo ratory emphasis on field identification, taxonomy, and anatomy/ topology. Prerequisite: 3 2 3 or consent of instructor. 1 1 (4)

328

Microbiology The structure, physiology, genetics, and metabolism of microor ganisms with emphasis on their diversity and ecology. The laboratory emphasizes design, implementation, and evaluation of both descriptive and quantitative experiments as well as isolation of organisms from natural sources. Prerequisite: 3 2 3 ; o n e semester organic chemistry recommendeci. I I ( 4 ) 331

Genetics Basic concepts considering the molecular basis of gene expres sio n, recombination, genetic variability, as well as cytogenetics, and population genetics. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: 323. I I (4) 3 40 P l an t Diversity and

Distriblltion A systematic introduction to plant diversity. Interaction between plants, theories of vegetational distribu tion. E m phasis on higher plant taxonomy. I ncludes laboratory and field trips. Prerequisite: 323. I I (4) 345 Mycology: Basidiomycotina (Mushrooms) A systematic approach to Basidiomycotina diversity and identification with emphasis on the taxonomy of fleshy giUed m ushroom and cursory consideration of other major groups of Eumycota. L, bora tory wiU use macroscopic, microscopic, and histological techniques and basic techniques fo r cloning and tissue culture. Includes field t rips. Prerequi:; i te: 323, or con ent of instructor. I ( 2 ) 348 Advanced Cell Biology Deals with how cells are fu nctionally organized, enzyme kinetics and regulatory mechanisms, b iochemistry of macromolecu les, energy metab,)lism , m embrane structure and fu nction, ul t ra stru c t u re, can cer cells as model ;,)'Stems . Laboratory includes techniques enco u n tered in cellular research: animal/plant cell culture, ceJ i fraction at ion, LIse of radiotracers, biochemical assays, membrane p heno mena, spectrophotometry, respirometry. Prerequisi le: 32 3 and one se mester of organic chem istry or consent of in�tructor. I I (4)

P A C I

L U T H E

R A N

V E R

!> I T Y

Introduction to the natural history of the Pacific Northwest:

425 Biological Oceanography The 0 ean as environment for plant and animal l i fe; an introduc

geology, climatology, oceanography, ecol gy, common life forms,

tion to the structure, dynamics, and history o f marine ecosys

351 Natural History of the Pacific Northwest

> � o o

and human impact. Includes local one-day field trips and three

tems. Lab, tleld trips, and

day trips to the Olympic Peninsula and the Columbia Gorge

Prerequisite:

and Bas ins.

(4)

323. II (4)

term

project in addition to lecture.

426 Ecological Methods An examination of methodol ogy used for discerning structure

359 Plant Anatomy and Physiology Higher plant structure and fu nction from germination to

and function of natural ecosystems: description of the physical

senes cence. including basic ana tomy, seed germination, water

environment, estimation of population size, quanti fying com

reiJ.tions, respiration, mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, growth

munity structure. and measurement of productivity. I ncludes an introduction to gel1eral statistical techniques. Writing of

regu lators, and reproduction. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites:

323

and on

semester of organic chemistry. I

scientific papers and

(4)

focus on accessing the scientifiC literature.

Lecture, laboratory, and field work. Prerequisite:

3 6 1 Comparative Anatomy

of instructor. II

Evolutionary history of the vertebrate body, introduction to

(4)

323 or consent

embryology, and extensive consideration of the structural and

44 1 Mammalian Physiology

functional anatomy of vertebrates. I n cludes laboratory dissec

An investigation of the principles of physiological regulation.

tions following a systems approach. Mammals a re featured plus

Part I: fu ndamental cellular, neural, and hormonal mechanisms

some observation of and comparison with human cadavers.

of homeostatic control; Part II: interactions in the cardiovascu lar, pulmonary, renal, and neuromuscular organ systems.

323. II (4)

Prerequisite:

Laboratory allows direct observation of physiological regulation in living animals. Prerequisites:

323 and CHEM 1 20. Anatomy (4)

and biochemistry recommended. I

448 Immunology Consideration of the biology and chemistry of immune response, including theoretical concepts, experimental strategies and immunochemical applications. Prerequisites: Any two of the following courses in Biology:

328 , 33 1 , 348, 403, 407, 4 1 1 , 44 l .

1 (4 ) 475 Evolution Evolution as a process: sources of variation; forces overcoming genetic inertia in populations; speciation. Evolution o f genetic systems and of life in relation to ecological theory and earth history. Lecture and discussion. Term paper and mini-seminar required. Prerequisite:

323. I (4)

49 1, 492 lndependent Study Investigations or research in areas of special in terest not covered by regular courses. Open to qualified j unior and senior majors. Prerequisite: written proposal for the proj ect approved by a faculty sponsor and the department chair. I II

( 1-4)

495 Directed Study Original experimental or theoretical research open to upper division students intending to graduate with a Bachelor of Science-Research Emphasis. Requires a written proposal

403 Developmental Biology

approved by a faculty sponsor and the department chair.

The development of multicellular organisms, emphasizing cellular and molecular aspects of animal development, with an

The goal of this course is to assist students in the writing and

emphasis on contemporary model systems. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite:

presentation o f a paper concerning a topic within biology which

323. I (4)

would integrate the various elements in the major program. A

407 Molecular Biology

proposal for the topic must be presented to the department early

An introduction to molecular biology, emphasizing the central

in the spring term of the j u n ior year. The seminar may be linked

role of DNA: Structure o f DNA and RNA, structure and

to, but not replaced by, laboratory independent study or intern

expression of genes, genome organization and rearrangement, methodology and applications of recombinant DNA technology. Laboratory features basic recombinant DNA techniques. Prerequisite:

323. I I (4)

4 1 1 Histology l\ l i croscopic study of normal cells, tissues, organs, and organ systems of vertebrates. The emphasis is mammalian. This study is both structurally and physiologically oriented. Includes laborato ry. Prerequisite:

323. I (4)

424 Ecology Organisms in relation to their environment, including organismal adaptations, population growth and interactions, and

ecosystem structure and function. Prerequisite:

323. I (4)

(2)

497 Senior Seminar

ship experience. Satisfies the senior seminar requirement.

(2)

BACHELOR OF BUSlNESS ADMINISTRATION:

School of Business The m iss io n

f the School

f Business is to stimulate the

develop me nt and ongoing improvement of the whole per on and c m m unities w serve by providing relevant, '-

innovative, and quality business education in the liberal arts spirit. Thr ugh competency-based degree programs students in the School of Business develop the essential skills to he lp business meet the demand ' of an ever-changing

Required fOllndation courses: MATH 1 28 Linear Models and Calculus, an Introduction or ( 1 5 J and 230) CSCI 220 omputerized Information Systems ECO 1 5 1 - 1 5 2 Macro/Micro Economics STAT 23 1 lntroductory Statistics PHIL 325 Business Ethics ( Prerequisite: P H I L 1 0 1 , 1 25 , or 225/226) COMA 336 Effective Business Presentations ANTH/HIST/POLS 2 1 0 Global Perspect ives Minimum semester hours in foundation

environment. Students master the fundamentals of

teamwork, communication, technology, problem-solving, leadership, multi-cultural management, and change management to help them become successful leaders in business organ izations and in the community. FACULTY: McCann, Dean; Ahna, Bancroft, Barndt, Barnowe, Berniker, Borkowski, Finnie, Gibson, Hegstad, MacDona.ld,

C. Miller, Moreland, Myers, Ramaglia, Sepic, Simpson, Thrasher, Van Wyhe, Yager. ADMISSION: The p rofessional Bachelor of Business Adminis

courses:

J. Be officially admitted to the university, and

or BUSA

407 Law of the Marketp lace: Consumers,

or BUSA

408 International Business Law

BUSA

2. Hav a t least ophomore standing, and 3. Have a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.50, and 4. Have sue essfully completed BUSA 20 1 ; and 5. Declare a major or minor in business. Access to upper division business courses is limited to students grade point average of 2.50 or above who have

met the required prerequisites.

2 4

409 Strategic Management

Upper division business or economics electives

6 (or 4 )

Minimum semester hours in business courses:

CONCENTRAl'lONS: A student may elect to complete one or more concentrations within the Bachelor of Business Adminis tration program. (Courses taken to fulfi l l concentration requir ments will also meet general B . B.A. requirements.) The concen tration, which is noted on the studen t's transcript, must be com

University is a member of the American As embly of Collegiate

pleted with at least a

Schools of Business. The B.B.A., M.B.A., and accounting pro grams are nationally accredited by the Accreditation Council of

3.00 grade point average. C- is the minimal

acceptable grade fo r concentration cou rses. A minimum of eight emester hours of the total required for a concentration must be

the AAeSB. The School is privileged to have a student chapter of

taken in residence at PLU.

Beta G mma Sigma, the national business honorary society rec

Financial Resources Management

ognized by the AACSB. Pacific Lutheran University is accredited r gionally by the Northwest Association of Schools and Colleges. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: The Bachelor of Business Adminis

tration degree program consists of a minimum of 1 28 semester hours completed with an over-all grade point average of 2.50 or

2.50 grade point average separately in business

urses. C- is the minimal acceptable grade f. r business courses. At least one-half of the minimum total degree requirements are taken in fields outside the School of Business. At least

4 2 4 4 4 6 8

AFFILIATI ONS: The School of Business of Pacific Lutheran

above as well as a

z m

Companies, and Products

admitted to the School of B usiness, a student must:

a cumulative

4 4

Their Rights and Responsibilit ies

bus in ss curriculum with a trong base i n liberal arts.

wi th

4 4/4 4 2

Required business courses: BUSA 201 The Business Enterprise in Global Perspective B USA 204 The Foundations of Busi ness Law BUSA 30 1 Managing Careers and Human Resources BUSA 202 Assessing and Managing Financial Performance I BUSA 302 Assessing and Managing Financial Performance I I BUSA 305 Creating and Leading Effect ive Organizations BUSA 306/307 Managing the Value Chain I/II BUSA 405 Law of the Pinancial Marketplace or BUSA 406 Law of the Workplace: Employees, Employers,

tration degree p rogram is composed o f an upper division To b

semester hours are taken in required and elective business subjects. A minimum of 20 semester hours i n business must be taken i n residence at PLU. Business degree and concentration requirements are estab lished at the time of major declaration. Students with a declared major i n business who have not a t tended the u n iversity for a period of three years or more will be held to the business degree requirements in effect at the time of re-entry to the universi ty.

20 sem. hrs.

BUSA

405 Law of the Financial Marketplace 2 BUSA 3 2 1 Intermediate Accounting I 2 One of the following: 4 ECON 331 International Economics (4) E ,ON 35 1 I ntermediate Macro- Economic Analysis (4) ECO 352 I ntermediate Micro-Economic Analysis (4) ECO 361 Money and Banking (4) Twe lve semester hours from the following: 12 BUSA 320 Financial I n formation Systems (4) BUSA 322 I n termediate Accounting II ( 2 ) B USA 4 2 2 Consolidations a n d Equity Issues ( 2 ) BUSA 4 2 3 Accounting for Not - for-Profit a n d Governmental Entities (2) BUSA 424 Auditing ( 4) BUSA 323 Cost Accoun ting and Control Systems (4) B U S A 327 Tax Accounting I (2) BUSA 427 Tax Acco unting I I (2) B U S A 335 Financial Inves tments (4) BUSA 430 Entrepreneurial Finance (4) BUSA 437 Financial Analysis and Strategy (4) BUSA 438 Financial Research a n d Analysis (4)

\/I \/I W

26 sem. hrs. Professional Accounting 2 BUSA 405 Law of the Financial Marketplace 4 RUSA 320 Pinancial l n formation Systems BUSA 3 2 1 Intermediate Accounting I 2 2 BUSA 322 Intermediate Accounting I I 2 BUSA 422 Consolidations and Equity Issues BUSA 423 Accounting for Not-for-Profit and Governmental 2 Entities 4 BUSA 323 Cost Accounting and Control Systems BUSA 327 Tax Accounting I 2 BUSA 427 Tax Accounting I I 2 BUSA 4 2 4 Auditing 4 22 sem. hrs. Human Resoun:e Management BUSA 406 Law of the Workplace: Employees, Employers, 2 Their Rights and Responsibilities RUSA 342 Managing Human Resources 4 4 E ON 32 1 Labor Economics 12 Three of the following (at least two fro m R USA): BUSA 343 Managi ng Reward Systems (4) BUSA 442 Leadership and Organizational Development (4) BUSA 445 Quality I m p rovement Strategies (4) BUSA 449 Current Issues in Human Resource Management (4) BUSA 4 9 2 Internship (4) COMA 435 O rganizational Communication (4) COMA 437 Advanced Interpersonal Communication (4) PSY 461 Psychology o f \Vork (4) PSY 450 Psychological Testing (4) 1 8-34 sem. hrs. International Business 2 BUSA 408 I n ternational Business Law 4 ECON 33 1 International Economics BUSA 352 Managing in the Multinational Environment 4 BU 'A 3 5 5 Global Operations 4 aile of the following: 4 An approved area course from POLS, ANTH, or H I ST (4) Qr B S 460 International Marketing (4) Option 1 of the College of Arts and Sciences foreign language requirement Qr one semester of study abroad 0-16 22 sem. hrs.

Marketing Resource Management BUSA 407 Law of the Marketplace: Consumers,

Companies, and Products 2 B U SA 467 Marketing Research 4 4 BUSA 468 Marketing Management One of the followillg: 4 ECON 33 1 I n ternational Economics (4) ECON 244 Econometrics (4) Two of the following (at least aile fro m B USA): 12 BUSA 363 Consumer Behavior and Promotional Strategy ( 4 ) BU SA 3 6 5 Sales a n d Sales Management (4) BUSA 367 Business to Business Marketing (4) BUSA 460 I n ternational Marketing (4) COMA 2 7 1 Mass Media (4) PSYC 462 Consumer Psychology (4) Entrepreneurship and New Venture Management 22 sem. hrs. BUSA 405 Law of the Financial Marketplace 2 BUSA 358 Entrepreneurship 4 BUSA 430 Entrepreneurial Finance 4 BUSA 492 Internship 4 8 Two of the following (one must be R USA): BUS A 323 Cost Accounting (4) BUSA 438 Financial Research and Analysis (4) BUSA 365 Sales and Sales Management (4) BUSA 3 7 1 Operations and Information Technology (4) BUSA 442 Leadership and Organizationa.l Development (4) BUSA 467 Marketing Research (4) ECON 3 7 1 Industrial Organization and Public Policy (4) ECON 3 6 1 Money and Banking (4)

Operations and Information Technology BUSA 405 Law of the Financial lvlarketplace

22 sem. hrs. 2

BUS;\. 4 06 Law of the Workplace: Employees, Employers, Their Rights and Responsibilities BUSA 3 7 1 Operations and Information Technology BUSA 374 Designing and Managing Operations and I nformation Systems BUSA 479 I mplementing Advanced Systems BUSA 323 Cost Accounting and Control Systems One of the following: BUSA 320 Financial Information Systems (4) BUSA 445 Quality I m p rovement Strategies (4) CSCI .348 Modeling and Simulation (4) CSCI 367 Data Base Iv!anagement (4)* * (prerequisite: CSCI 1 44)

4 4 4 4 4

MINOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: A minimum o f 20 semester hours in business courses, including BUSA 2 0 1 - The Business Enterprise in Global Perspective. All courses must be completed with a grade o f C- or higher. A cumulative grade point average of 2.50 for all courses in the minor is required. At least 12 semester hours must be upper division, and at least 8 semester hours must be completed in residence. ACCOUNTING CERTIFICATE PROGRAM: The accounting certificate program is available for students who hold a baccalau reate degree (any field) and wish to complete the educational requirements to sit for the C.P.A. examination. Contact the School of Business for further information. MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: See Graduate Studies.

Course Offerings 105 Personal Financial Planning and Consumer Law Basic financial and legal decision making. Includes an introduc tion to elementary concepts in finance, economics, law, and consumer psychology. (4) 201 The Business Enterprise in Global Perspective Introduction to the study of how business interacts with its environment. Designed for students who are taking a first look at the role of business in society and who have not had extensive study in economics, business law, or political science. (4) 202 Assessing and Managing Financial Performance I I n tegration of accounting and finance topics from the perspec tive of external investors. Origins and uses of financial informa tion; accounting concepts and principles; logic, content, and format of financial statements; nature of market values; valua tion theories in tbe U.S. and other nations. Prerequisite: sopho more standing. (4) 204 The Foundations of Business Law Sources of American law, the structure o f the U.S. court system, alternatives to litigation, contracts, torts, agency, and organiza tional forms. (2) 30 1 Managing Careers and Human Resources An exploration of individual and organizational practices and responsibilities related to organizational entry, competency development, and performance improvement as careers unfold. No prerequisite, but suggest taking simultaneously with 305. (4) 302 Assessing and Managing Financial Performance II Perspective of managerial decision makers. Principles and pro ced ures pertaining to business investment activity, financial decision-ma.king, financial statement analysis, valuation, finan cial planning, capital asset acquisition, cost of capital, financing strategies. Prerequisities: 202 a.nd CSC! 2 2 0 . (4)

305 Creating and Leading Effective Organizations A s tudy of how to o rga ni ze and manage i n today's context o f changing internal and ex t e rn a l demands a n d expectations, with a strong emp h a s i s on co mpete nc ies and p ract i ce s which enhance t amwork. No p rereq u i s i te, but suggest taking s i m ulta n eo u sly with B SA 30 1 . ( 4 ) 3 06 Managing the Value Chain 1 Identifying what customers value and the p roce sse s that p ro d uce value usin g modern a pp roach e s to marketing and ope r a t io ns. Pre re quisit e s : S o p h o mo re s tand i n g; MATH 1 28 (or MATH l S I & M ATH 230); ECON l S I ! IS2; computer spreadsheet competency. Co- requisite: BUS 303, STAT 23 I . (4) 307 Managing the Value Chain 11 ocus on (i) mea s ur in g and ma naging economic performance using m a n a ge men t accounting tools and concepts, and ( i i ) the ro le of integrated information systems in supporting business operations. Pr r e q ui si te: BUSA 306. (4) 320 Financial Inform.ation Systems

Study of the How of infomlation through an enterprise, the so u rces and nat ure of do u m en ts , and the control necessary to insure the acc u racy and reliability of information. Prerequisites: CSCI 220, B S 303 (or B SA 202). (4) 32 J Intermediate Accounting I Concentrated s t u dy of the c o n ce pt ua l framework of ac coun t i n g , valuation theorie , asset and income mea su re me n t, and finan ial s t ateme nt dis losur s i n the .S. nd abroad. Prerequisites: CS 1 220; BUSA 303 ( or BUSA 202 ) . ( 2 ) 322 Intermediate Accounting U Additional study of valuation t h e or y. Advanced issues in asset and income measurement and financial statement disclosure. I ncl u des eval uation of .S. positions relative to those o f other nations and i n ternational agencies. Prerequi"ites: CS I 220; BUSA 03 (or 202), 32 1 . ( 2 ) 323 Cost Accounting and Control Systems A c r i tica l 'amination of systems for cost accou nting and mana ger i al on trol. Emphasis on development of skill t o c r i t i q ue cos t and control systems and to understand the dynamic relationship between systems, o p e rati o ns , strategy, and performance evalua tion. Prerequisites: M ATH 1 28 (or M ATH 15 I and 230 ) ; CSCI 220; ST T 2 3 1 ; £ ON 1 5 1 / 1 S2; BUSA 303, 306, 307. (4) 327 Tax Ac�ounting I Study o f income tax concepts, regulations and tax planning p r i nciple s . Emphasis on individual i n com e taxation. (2)

358 EntrepTeneurship I ntensive study of issues and challenges associated with start-up, grow t h, and maturation of a new enterprise. Emphasizes reduc tion o f r i s k t hro u g h planning for and assessing p ossi ble future conditions. (4)

363 Consumer Behavior and Promotional Strategy S t u dy of how buyers gain awareness, es t a bl i s h p u rc hasi ng crite ria, screen i n formation, and make decisions. Promotion topics include defining target audience, message design, me di a sel ec t i o n , bu dget i ng, evaluating the promotion mix, and a field p roject. ( 4 )

365 Sales and Sales Management P rofessional seiling-prospecting, active listening, benefit pre sentation, objection handling, closing and territory management. Also covered a re territory design, hiring, motivating, and evalu a t i ng sales personneL (4) 367 Marketing of Business Services M a n aging the service experience for business customers. Creat ing and reta ining business relationships in a customer-focused o rga ni z at ion through marketing strategies. I n - field a ssign m e nt s g ive insights into specific business services. (4) 371 Operations and Information Technology: Concepts and Applications The study o( o p e rat i o n a l bu iness decisions and the information systems and mode ls requ i red to support such decisions. Prereq u is ite s : I ATB 128 (or MATIi l S I and 230); CSC! 220 or 1 44; ECON I S I I I S2; STAT 2 3 1 ; BUSA 303, 306, 307. (4) 374 De igning and Managing Operations and Information Systems dvanced service delivery systems, manufa t u ring systems, and information sy tems as impacted by high capital i n te n s i ty, time bdsed competition, and the competitive effects of the global economy. Pre re q u i site s : MATH 1 28 (o r M ATH l S I and 230); C CI 220 or 1 44; E ON 1 5 1 1 1 S2; STAT 23 1 ; BUSA 303, 306, 307, 371 (or concurrent). ( 4 ) 40 5

Law o f the Financial Marketplace

Designed for stlldents whose interests are in finance, accounting, p e rson a l financial management, or similar fields which demand an understanding of the laws a ffe ct i ng financial tran sactio n s . ( 2 )

406 Law o f the Workplace: Employees, Employers, Their Rights and Responsibilities E xplora t ion of legal issues which arise in the workplace. Analysis of th e impact of employment-related stat utes and cases on busi ness. ( 2 )

335 Financial Investments In-depth e xpl o ra t i o n of fundamental p ri n c i ples gove r n i n g the va lua ti o n o f particular securities, and k no wle dgea b l e construc tion, management, and evaluation of portfolios. Prerequisites: CON l S 1 1 1 5 2, CSCI 220, I3USA 303 ( or BUSA 302). (4)

407 Law o f tbe Marketplace: ConsumeTs, Companies, and Products Legal issues fo u nd i n marketing practices and the reg ul a to r y fra me wo r k s u r r o undin g them. ( 2)

342 Managing Human Resources Detailed coverage of personnel/human resource procedures in the u.s. and other countries. Prerequisite: BUSA 305. (4)

408 International Business Law An overview of the law involved in conducting a world business. Prerequisite: BUSA 204. ( 2 )

343 Managing Reward Systems Detailed examination of reward system development and prac tices. Prerequisites: CSCl 220, ECON 1 5 1 / 1 52, BUSA 305. ( 4 )

409 Strategic Management Study of managing organizations from the perspective of strate gic decision makers. Formulation, implementation, and assess ment of strategies and policies aimed at integrating all o rganiza tional functions in support of major objectives. Satisfies th e Senjor Seminar/ Project requirement. Prerequisites: M ATH 1 28 (or M ATH 1 5 1 and 2 3 0 ) ; CSCI 220; ECON l S I I 1 52; STAT 23 1 ; BUSA 303, 305, 306, 307; senior standing. (4)

352 Global Management Integrated st lldy of decisions and challenges faced by managers in large and s m all c o mpan i es as they do business globally. Com p tencies involved in communicating and negotiating across cultures. P re req u is i te : CON 3 3 1 . (4) 355 Managing Global Operations Study of practical i sues in operating globally using case studies. P re re q uisi t es : E ON 3 3 1 ; BUSA 3S2. (4)

z m VI 11\

422 Consolidations and Equity Issues Concentrated study of equity measurement including th e ac counting aspects of pa rtnersh i p s , corp o r a t io ns , and consolida tions. Also incl u des acco u n ti ng fo r m u l t i n ati o nal co rp o r a t i o n s . Prerequisites: MATH 1 28 ( or MATH 1 5 1 and 230); CSC! 220; BUSA 303 (or BUSA 202), 320, 3 2 1 , 322. ( 2 ) P

L u T H E

Accounting for Not-for-Profit and Governmental Entities counting, including its con ce pt u al basis. i ts insti tutional standard setting framework and current principles and p ra ct i c e s . Prerequisites: ' 1 220; BlISA 303 ( o r 2 0 2 ) . ( 2 )

423

Study of fund ,

424 VI VI 1&.1 Z

Auditing

o mp rehensive study of

au d i ti n g concepts and p roce du re s . Pre re qu i s ite : esCI 220; BUSA 303 ( o r BlISA 202), 3 20, 32 1 , 3 2 2 . (4)

Tax Accounting n oncent ratcd st ud y of income tax concepts, regulations, and tax planning principles. Em p h a sis on business taxation. Prerequi sites: CSCl 220; BUSA 303 (or BUSA 202), 327. ( 2 )

Directed Study

l n d ividualized studies in consultation with an i.nstructor. Prerequ isit es: ju nior standing and instructor a pp rova l. ( 1 -4)

InterDBh.ip A ppl i ca t ion of busi ness knowledge in field setting. Credit 492

granted determined by hours spent i n working environment and 503

Understanding and Managing Financial Resources

Integrated study of fina ncia l d ecis ion - m aki ng variables (both book and marke t ) , the re l a t io n shi p s

among them, a n d releva n t d ec isi o n t h eo rie s/ mod el s . Pr i ma r y perspect ive i s that o f the

Entrepreneurial Finance Finan ial s t r at egie s u n ique to the creation and/or expansion o f sm a l l , losely-held busi nesses. Pre requ i s it es: cscr 2 20; BUSA

430

ma n ager, rather

than the accountant or the ex t e rn a l investor. (4)

Legal and EthicaJ Environment of Business Ba ckgro u nd for understan d i.ng an d act ing upon the legal and e t h ic al issues decision makers in the bus i n ess world face today. (4)

504

303 (or BUSA 302). ( 4 )

F inancial Analysis and Strategy lntermedi, te treatment of m anageri al finance top ic s . Prerequi sites: E O N 1 5 1 / 1 5 2 , esCT 220, BUSA 303 (or BliSA 302 ) . (4) 437

Managing Effective Organizations four sets of factors to achieve organizational effectiveness: the organization's i n ternal environ

505

Financial Research and Aoalysis

'xamines how leaders manage

Seminar course directed at current issues and developments.

Prereq u i s ite s : ECON 1 5 1 / 1 52 ; C CI 220; B USA 303 (or BUSA 302). and at least one upper division BliSA p refix elective from the list of Pinancial Resources M anagement concentration courses. (4)

ment, the organization's environmental context, cultural differ ences, and change.

(4)

506 Managing the Value Creatio.D Process I Focuses on customer value and

the operating and marketing Prerequisites: ECON 500,

processes that produce that value.

Leadership and Organizational Development lli,l 'er ie n t ia l course designed to explor the p rinc ip l es of organ i zational developmen t. Preparation of st udents to be l ea d ers t n effective. systematic planned change programs. P rereq uis ite: BUSA 305. (4)

442

ECON 50 1 , E U S A 503. (4)

Managing the Value Creation Process 0 F ( us es on the s t ra t egi c and s u pp orti ng roles of management 507

accounting in measurement of e co n o m i c performance and of in fo rm ati on systems in monitoring and d e live ri n g value to customers. P rere q uis i tes : ECO 500, ECON 50 1 , B US A 503, BUS A 506. (4)

Quality Improvemeot Strategies Examination of qua l ity i m p rovem e n t strategies use d by A me ri ca n businesses to meet c u s tom e r requirements and i m prove corporate p e r form a n ce . Prereq u i s i te : BUSA 305. (4)

445

509 Business Strategy in 8 Global Context

449 Current Issues in Human Resource Management

An i n tegrated study of busines

Seminar course focused on current issues and developments i n

mentation under conditions o f continuing economic, techno

managing human r sources. Advanced business students, i n

logical, and competitive change

consultation w i t h the instructor, will select appropriate topics for

Explores industry, competitive, and

research and discussion.

P rerequ isi te: BliSA 305. (4)

460 International Marketing In troduction to marke t i n g p roblems and op p or tu n i t ies in an inte rna tio na l context. I nvest ig a t i on of economic, cultural, and b u si ness forces that require c h an ges in marketing plans for i n ter national comp ani es . Pre re qu i s i te : j u n i o r s t a nd i n g . (4)

Marketing Research of techniques and uses of marketing research in the business decision-making process. Research design, survey methods. sampling pl a n s , d a t a an alys i s , and field projects.

467

investigation

Prerequisites:

trategy formulation and imple

in the global marketplace. company analysis and other important considerations in d evelopi ng and sustaining a com petit i ve advan tage. P re re qu isi tes : BUSA 503, 504, 505, 506, 507. (4)

Strategic Management of Technology for formulating and implementing com petit i ve strategy in a global context. Ad d res se s how to in tegrate te chn ol ogy with the firm's strategy, and the key internal and ext mal forces that determine the evolution of strategy. Prereq uisites: 503, 504, 505, 506, 507. ( 4 ) 5 10

Co ncep t s and methods

535 Financial Investments

TAT 2 3 1 , CSCI 220. (4)

Emphasis on concepts, principles, and issues relating to indi vidual securities. Prerequisites: ECON 500; B USA 503.

(4)

468 Marketing Management An integrated pplication of marketing mix concepts in a com

537 Decision Models and Strategies for Financial Managers

petitive business simulation. Applying marketing strategies,

In-depth exami. nation of risk-return rela t i o nsh ips in the con structionlrevision o f real asset portfolios

Implementing Advanced Systems of advanced manufacturing , information and service delivery sys t ems . Prerequisites: MATH 1 28 ( o r MATH

54 1 Managing Innovation and Techn.ology Change Focus on the planning and impl e ment ati o n o[ major new t ec h nol og i es , processes, or systems which pose s ign i fic an t uncer tainty and the n ecessi ty fo r fund am en t a l change in the organi zation's design, cul tu re, and in d u s try structure. Prerequisite: B USA 505. (4)

plan, and constr u c t i ng

and associated financ ing strategies. Focus is long-term. Pre requ isi te : ECON 500; BUSA 503. (4)

an annual repo r t. P rerequ i si te s : BUSA 306 and one upp er division marketing cl ass . (4)

developing a busine

479

Im p le men ta t i o n

1 5 1 and 230); CSCT 220 or 1 44; ECON 1 5 1 / 1 52; STAT 23 1 ; BliSA 303, 306, 307; BUSA 3 7 1 . (4)

Study Abroad PlU - sp o n so red academic or experiential s tu dy in other coun tries. Prerequisite: j unior standing. ( 1 - 3 2 ) 489

Seminar on sp ecifi cal ly selected topics in business. 491

depth o f p roject associated with the course o f study.

427

438

490 Special Seminar

S42 �anag�l of Change

Detailed examinat ion of techniques fo r diagnosing opportunities implementing, intervening, ant! eval uating ch a nges . Emp h asis on tb.e pro b le m assessment skills of internal chi.mge agen ts. Prerequ i s i te : BUSA 505. ( 2)

Chemistry

543 Designing Reward Systems Exploration of rewa rd system philosophies and sr ra tegi e s . Pre req uis i te: BUS 505. (2)

c han ge. Use of this knowledge i n flucn es OUI lives i n many

requiring change. Plann ing,

Continuous Improvement Strategies incl ud i ng organ iza tiona l an a .l ys i s , process developme nt, an d selec t io n of improvement t o o l s . Prerequis ite: BU SA 505 . ( 2 )

545

Focl.ls on ma nag in g for qualify,

men t . Prerequis ite: BUSA

505. (2)

h u man resource man a ge

553 Transnational �anagement Ex:all1i n lion of ways in which traditional approaches to gl obalizat ion-multinat ional adap ta tion , worldwide tech nology t ransfe r, a n d gl b a l standardization-may be s yn thes i ze d i n to tra ns n a t io n a l strategy and practice. Prereq uisite: BUSA 505. ( 2 ) 558

New Venture Management

Exam ine_ the e n t repreneurial skills and cond i t i o n needed for

effective new busin

start-ups whether independen t or

larger orga n i zations. Prerequisit : BUSA 503. ( 4 )

matter, as

wi th in

560 Global Marketing Management Designing and ma n a g i ng m a r ke t l ng act iv i ties across n a t io na l bound, ries. Prerequisite: BUSA 506. ( 4 )

Developing New Products and Services Study of the pro ess req u i red fo r developing a new p ro d uc t or ervice. Prerequisite: B SA 506. ( 4 )

566

well

how i t s com position a n d energy content

profound ways. Whether in terested in the chemi aJ profes sion itself, inclu ding biochemistry, p Iymer ch em ist ry, i n conj un c tio n with other fie l d , such as bus iness, the ocial science , a nd the h u m a n i ties, students will have suitable

PLU. Diversity plan ning is a key concept i n the chemistry de

programs ava i lable to m et their i nterests at

partment. Programs are available which are broadly a p p l i cable t o t h e heaJ t h, biological, phys i

I, environmental

behavi oral, and fu ndamental chem ical sci nces. . he chemistry departm ot' course , cw-ricuillm, fac

ult y, and facilities ar approved by lbe American Chemical Society. The department uses numerous scientific inst ruments in the laboratories. Research and teachin g equipment i n lude:

300 MHz FOUIier transform nuclear magnetic

reso nance, FO LLrier transform infrared, ultra - v iole t, v isible, e m ission, and electron spin resonanc spectrometers; X-ray crystal lographic camera ;

gas and l i quid chromato

graphs; gas c h ro m ato g raph / m a ss spectrometer; elect ro phoresis; p recision refractometer; dipolometer; short path distillation appa ratus; scintillation counter; zone re fi ner; fl u o rometer; C- H - N a n alyz r;

ICP-OES; and two SG[

workstations. Faculty resea rch projects involve l1nd rgrad uate participation.

Advanced Service and Manufacturing Delivery Systems Managerial and op rational c h a l l e n ge s of ad , need service a n d m a n u fact u r i n g s),stems. Prerequisite: BUSA 506, 507. ( 2 )

Students decid ing to m aj o r in c h em ist r y sho uld o ffi cial ly declare their intent as soon as possible and not later than after having co mpleted C he m i s t ry 232 a n d after consultation with a fa culty adviser in the che m i s t r y dep artmen t . Transfer �tudents d es i r i n g to m ajor in c he m i s try should consult a departmental adviser no l a ter than t h e beginning of their jun i o r ye a r. The c h em i st r y d e p a r tment co n s i d r s comput rs to be i m p o r ta n t tools and strongly recommends that a student p l a n n i n g to m aj or i n che m is t r y take at least one two-credit hour course in comp ute r science.

574

577 Project Management Study of the u n ique co n di tio n s hallenges, requirements, and tech niques associated with designing and ma naging major nOll repetitive u ndertaki ngs. Prerequisite: BUSA 505. ( 2 ) ,

�agemeot of luformation Technologies & Systems Focus o n i n fo r m at ion technology, i n te r ne t , i n formation systems design , and app l ica t i o n s to bus i n e ss problems. Prerequisites: BUSA 503, 505. ( 4 )

578

590 Seminar elected

dvanced top i cs . ( 2-4 )

59 1 Independent Study [ ndivid ua lized re ad i n g

and studies. M inimum supervision a fter

i n itial plan.ning of stud nt', work. ( 1 - 4 ) 592

Internship

A ppL i c a t i o n of business knowledge in a field setting. Re q u i re s prior approval by M . B.A. program d i re cto r and consent of

i n st r u ct or. ( 1 - 4)

Assessing Marketing Opportunities Lea r n i n g to id e n t i fy and a nalyze marketing opportunities. Applying market res ea rc h tech n iqu es to achieve corporate objectives. P rereq u isite : BUS 506. ( 4 )

567

radiation chemistry, and other sp cialit ies, or in chemistry

i n career

549 Contemporary Homan Resource Management Seminar add ressi ng - mr . nt issues in

Chemistry seek to understand the fundamen tal n a ture o f

FACUU'Y: S\ ank, Chair; Fr)'hle, Huestis, Nesset, Tj e l ta , Tonn, Waldow.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: C he m is try 1 20 o r 1 25 , 2 3 2 , 234, 3 32 , 334, 33 8, 34 1 , 3 4 2 , 343 , 460. Requ i red s u pp o rt i ng cour es: Math 1 5 [ , [ 52 ; P h ys ics 1 53 , 1 54 , [ 6 3, 1 64 . BACHELOR O F SCIENCE MAJOR (three altern a t i ves) : L General - leads to A m e ri c a n Che mical Society cer t i fication; he m i s t r y [20 or 1 25 , 232, 234, 332, 334, 3 3 8 , 4 1 . 342 , 3 4 3 , 344, 405 or 450 o r 4 56 , 4 [ 0 , 435, 4 6 0 ; M a t h is [, 1 52 ; P hysics [ 53, t 54 . 1 63, 1 64 . For A mer i c a n hem ical S o c i e t y certifica

tion, 450

and e i t her 405,

2 . Biochelllistry emplwsi-;

440, or 456 are required.

C hem i s try 1 20 or

125, 2 3 2 , 234 , 3 3 2 ,

334, 3 3 8 , 34 1 , 343, 40 3 , 405 , 4 1 0, 4 3 5 , 460; Biology 1 6 1 , 162,

3 2 3 ; fo ur hours el cted fro m Biol og y 3 26. 328, 3 3 1 , 346, 3 59,

385, 407, 44 1 or he mistry 342; Math

l S I , 1 52 ; Physics 1 53 ,

1 54 , 1 6 3 , 1 64.

3. Chemical-physics emphasis: Chemistty 1 20 or 1 25 , 2 3 2 , 3 3 2 , 334, 34 1 , 342, 343, 344, 460; Math I 1, 1 5 2, 253;

234,

Physics 1 53 , 1 54, 1 63, 1 6 4 , 3 3 1 , 3 3 2 , 3 3 6 , 3 5 6 .

>II:

..... \1'1

::E w J:

ClllTi cWum for the

FALL

SPRING

Fresiz rncUl (1) C h e m is t ry 1 20 or 125 Math 1 5 1

22 s e m e s te r hours, including 1 20 o r 1 25, 232, 234, 332, 334 or 336, 338, a n d 4 h o u rs o f a d d i t i o n a l 300 or 400 level chemis try course(s) co m p l e te d with g r ade s of C or h ighe r.

C h em i stry 232, 234

Prerequisite and corequisite requiremen ts are strictly ellforced.

M ath 1 5 2 P hy s i cs 1 5 3, 1 63 ( 2 ) Wri t i n g Seminar o r

Course Offe rings

Generalized Chemistry

Critie<ll Conversation or Writi ng Sem i n a r Core co urse P 1 0 0 or activity

B.S. Degree

Critical Conversa tion P E 1 00 o r activity

Sophom ore

C h e m is t r y 332, 334 Physics 1 54, 1 64 ( 2 ) B io l ogy 1 6 1 (2)

Chemistry 338 B i o l o gy 1 2 ( 2 )

Core courses

Core courses ftmior

Chemistry 34 1 , 343 Core courses

Sellior C hem i s t r y 460 Electives

Ch e m is t r y 342, 344 C he m i s tr y 4 1 0

Che m i s t ry 460 Ch e m is t ry 435 E lec tive s

l . Refer to the D i vis i o n

of Natural Sciences section of t h is catalog for other beginn ing curriculum opt i o ns . 2. The de p a r t m e n t s t resses the i m p o r ta n ce of taking phys i c s during either the freshman or the sophomore year. Thi s pe rm its a better u n d e r sta n d i n g of chem i stry and e n a b les <l s t u de n t to c o m p l e te degr e e re qui re m e n ts with no sc h ed u l ing d i fficulties i n t he junior and senior years. Students interested in the Bac helor of Science with b i o c he m i s t r y e m ph a s i s should plan to take b i o l o gy i n t h e al ternate year. 3. Studen ts d e s i r i n g to fulfill he C o lle ge of Arts and Sc ie n ce s foreign l anguage requirement under O p t i o n 1, o r who desire to attain o r maintain a language prOficiency, s ho u l d take a l a ngu a ge course a s part of thei r optional selections. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: I n recognition o f o uts t and i n g

wor k the designation wi t h Deparl'm ntal Honors m ay be g rant e d to B a c he l o r of S c i e n c e gr a d u ates by vote of the faculty of the che m i s t ry department, based o n t h e student's p e r fo r ma n ce in these areas:

1. Course work: he grade p o int average i n c hemi s t. r y courses must be a t least 3 . S 0 . 2 . Written work: From t h e time a student declares a major i n ch e m i s t r y, cop ies of o u tst a n din g work (e.g., la bo ra to r y, sem .i.nar, a n d research rep o r t s ) w i l l be kept for later summary evaluatio n .

3. Oral commu nication: Students must evidence 'lbility to c o m m UIl i cate effectively as ind.icated by the sum of t h e i r p�Lrticipat i()n in class di cussion, s e m i nars , help session l eadersuip, an d teaching a ssista n tshi p work. 4. Il1dep�lIde l / t chem istry- rela ted activities: Positive con s i d e r ations include thr exten t and qu al i t y of extracurricular work d o n e in b ac.k g roun d reading, i nd e p e n d en t study, and resea rch ; assisting in l a bo ra to r y p repa r a t i o n . teaching, or ad i s i n g; a n y other chemistr -related e m pl oy m en t, 0 11 campus or e l sewh e r e ; a.nd part ic ipa lion in ca mp u s and professional chem istry re l at e d organiza t ions.

The departmental honors desig n a ti o n will app e a r on a g r a d u a t i n g c.hem ist ry major's transcript. BACHEWR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: St udents i.n terested in

tllis degree d.evelop their chemistTY progran1 th r o u gh the dep artmen t in conjunction with the School of Ed ucation. See School of Educat ioll section.

CHEMICAL ENGINEE RING: Students interested in pur s u i n g stud ies in chemical engineering shou l d see the course out l i n e i n the Engin eering sec t i o n of this c a t al o g. The departme n t ch a i r should be c o n su lted for ass i g n m en t of a p r o gram a d vi s e r.

P A C 1 F t C

l U T H E R A N

N i V E R 5 t T Y

MINOR:

104 Environmental Chemistry Basic p ri nc i p les of chemical s tTuct u re and reactions, with a p p l i c a t i o l1S to human acti v i t i e s and the natural environment. No p re requ isi te ; s tud e n t s w ithout h igh sc h oo l c he m ist ry are en c o u ra ged to take 104 before ta ki n g 1 0 5 or 1 20. Also s uitable for environmental s t u di es , ge n eral sci e nc e tea c he rs , B.A. i n earth sciences, and ge n er a l un iv e r si t y cor e r e q u ire m e n ts o r Co l l eg e o f Arts and ciences O p ti o n III. S tu d e n t s must meet t h e u n i ve r s i ty e n t ra n c e r equi rement s in mathematics b e fo r e e nr o l l i n g in t he

course. 1 (4) l OS Chemistry o f Life Basic o rganic and b io c he m istry app l i ed to chemical processes i n t h e h u m a n o rga ni s m ; suitable for liberal arts students, nursing students, and p ro sp ec tive teachers. S tudents who have not co m p l e t e d h i g h s ch oo l c h e m is t ry re c � n t l y should take 1 04 b e fo re

t, king 1 05. II (4) 1 20 General Chemistry An i n t ro d u c t i o n to e n e r gy and mat ter, ato mic and m o l ecu l a r th e o r y, pe r i o d i c p roper t ie s , n o mencla t u re, states of matter, chemical c a l cu l a ti o ns , solut ion properties, acids and bases, equi l i brium, and k i net i cs . Includes lab o ra t o ry. One year of high s ch oo l chemi st ry is re qu ire d . Students with no high school chemistry or a weak m a the m a t i c a l ba c kg ro u n d should take Ch em i s t ry 1 04 before t h is course. C o r e q u i s i te : M ATH 1 40 or math p l a c e m en t in a co ur s e higher than 1 40 . 1 (4) 125 Advanced General

Chemistry

An advanced presentation of thermodynamics, at om i c struct ure, valence bond and molecular orbital theories, c omp l ex equilib rium, kinetics, macromolecules, and co o r d i o ati o n c h e mistry. Includes l a bo ra t o r y. D esig n ed for those who desire to p ursu e stud il'S beyond the bachelor's d e g re e . An outstanding record in a one ye a r high s c h o o l chemistry course or advanced high school chemistry is re q u ired . C o requ is i te : MATH 1 5 1 . I ( 4 ) 2 10 Nutrition, Drugs, and the IndividoaJ. An introduction to basic metabolic interactions, general end o cr i n o l o g y, mind and body interactions, and roles o f d ru gs in mod ifying biological a n d behavioral functions. Prerequisites: o n e year of h i g h school c hemi s t r y o r equ iva l en t su ggested. Meets ge n e r a l u nive rsity core requiremen ts . I (4) 232, 332 Organic Chemistry An in terpretation of p r o p e r t i e s and reac tio ns of a lipha t i c a n d a ro mat i c c o m p o unds on the basis of c u r ren t chemical th e ory. Pre re qu i s it e: 1 20 or 1 2 5, 232 for 332. Corequisites : 234, 334. I I , I (4, 4)

234-, 334 Organic Chemi.stry Laboratory Reactions and co nven t i o n al and m o der n techniques of syn t h es i s , se p a ra t. i o n , a n d a n a l ysis of orga n ic c o m p o u nd s . 1icroscale techniques. Must a ccompa n y 232, 3 3 2 . Pre re q u i s i t e : 234 for 334. II, [ (1 , 1 )

336 Organic Special Projects Laboratory I ndivid ual projects e m pha s i zi n g c ur ren t pro fes si o nal - lev el methods of s y n t h e s is amI p r o p er t y detemli nation of o rgan i c co m p o u nd s . This course is an a .lt e rn a tive to 334 and typically re qui res somewhat more time commitment. S t udents who wish to p repare fo r careers in c hem is t ry o r related areas should apply fo r departmental approval of their a d m i ssi o n to th i s course. n 338 Analytical Chemistry Chemical methods of quantitative analy s i s , including vo lu m e t r i c , grav i met r i c , and selected instrumental m e t h o ds . I n c l u d e s l a bo r a to r y. Prerequisites: 1 20 or 1 25 and MATH 1 40. II (4)

341 Physical Chemistry A study of t he relationship between the en e rgy content of systems, work, a n d the phy s ic a l and chemical properties of matter. Classical and statistical t hermodynamics, t hermochemis try, solution properties, phase equilibria, and chemical kinetics. Prerequisite: CHEM 1 20 o r 1 25, M ATH 152, PHY$ 1 54. I (4) 342 Physical Chemistry A study of the physical properties of atoms, molecules and ions,

and their correlaL ion with structure. Classical and modern quantum mec h a n i cs, bonding theory, ato mic and m o lecular structure, spectroscopy. Prerequisites: CHEM 1 20 or 1 25, M ATH 1 52, PHYS 1 54. II (4) 343, 344 Physical Chemistry Laboratory Experiments in thermodynamics, solution behavior, and molecular structure designed to acquaint s t udents with instru mentation, da t a handl ing, correlat.ions with theory, and data reliability. Comp u ter us a ge is encouraged. Corequisite o r prerequ isite: 34 1 , 342, 343 or consent of instructor reqllired for 344. I n ( 1 , 1 ) 403 Biocheutistry An o ver v i ew, incl uding biochemical structure, mechanisms of reactions, me tabo l is m, a nd the biochemistry of the cell. Majors are encouraged to take both 403 and 405 for a more complete understand ing of biochemis try. Prerequisites : 332, 334. I (4) 405 Biochemistry A ludy of chemical reactions and structures in l iving cells. Enzyme kinetics and mechanisms of catalysis, and metabolism. Concepts i n t roduced in Physical Chemistry and B iochemistry will be appl ied in this course. L a b or a tory designed to stimulate creativity and problem-solving abilities through the use o f modern biochemical techniques. Prerequisites: 332, 334, 3 4 1 and/or 342 or permission, 403. I I ( 3 ) 4 1 0 I ntroduction to Research A cou rse des i gn e d to in troduce the studen t to laboratory research techniques, use of the chemical literature, including computeri zed l i terature sea rching, research proposal and report writ ing. Students develop an in dependent chemical research p roblem chosen in consultation with a member of the chemistry faculty. St udents a t tend seminars as part of t he course require ment. II ( 2 ) 435 lrutnunental Analysis Theory a nd practi ce of i nstrumental methods along with basic electronics. Special emphasis placed on electronics, spectropho tometric, radiochemical, and mass spectrometric methods. Prerequisites: 338, 34 1 and/or 342, 343. II ( 4 ) 440 Advanced Organic Cheutistry Students will develop a repertoire of synthetic methodology and a general understanding of a variety of organic reaction mecha nisms. Syn thetic organic strategie-s and design, the analysis of classic and recent total synt he es from t he literature, and a d v anc e d appl ications o f instrumentation in organic chemist ry. Prerequisi te: 3 3 2 . a/y I I ( 2) 450 Inorganic Chemistry Tech n iques of structur, ! determ ination (IR, UV, V I S, 'MR, X ray, £PR), bonding principles, non-metal compounds, coordina lion che mistry, organometallics, donor/acceptor concepts, reaction pathways and biochemical applications are covered. l .aboratory: SyntheSis and characerization of non-metal, oordination and orga n o metallic compounds. Prerequisites: 332, 34 1 ; orequisite 342. a/y I! ( 3 )

emphasis on applications. The one-credit laboratory ex a mining polymer synthesis t hrough experiments is op tional. Prerequ.isite: 34 1 ; Corequisi te, 342. a/y 1I ( 3 ) 460 Seminar Senior capstone course. Presentation by students of knowledge gained by person a J l ib ra ry or l aborat o ry research, supplemented with seminars by practicing scientists. Participation of all senior chemis ry majors is required and all other chemi try-oriented students are encouraged to participate. Seminar program w i l l be held during the entire year but credit will be awarded i n the spring seme ter. I I I (2) 49 1 Independent Study

n ::t z "' ..., "'

Library and/or laboratory study of topics not incl uded in regularly offered courses. Proposed project must be a p p rove d by department chair and supervisory responsibility accepted by an instructor. May be taken more than once. I I I ( 1 ,2, or 4)

...,

497 Research Experimental or theoretical investigation open to upper division s tudents with consent o f department chair. May be taken more than once. General ly consists o f an expanded study of the research project developed i n 490. I II ( 1 ,2 or 4)

597, 598 Graduate

-I C 1:1

...,

Research

Open to master's degree candidates o nly. Prere q uis i te: consent of department chair. I II ( 2-4)

Chinese Studies The Chinese Studies program is an interdisciplinary program which is designed to provide students interested in China a b road fo undat io n in C h i nese language, culture, and histo ry, and a n opportunity to focus on the religious p h i losop h i cal world view and the economic structure of Chi na. The p rogram requires that major a n d minor s t u dents complete coursework i n at least th ree d i fferent disciplin es: Chinese langu age, histo ry, and anthropology, with optional work in the arts, religion, b u si ness, and, fo r appli cable st u dents, i ntegrated studies. Students who p articipate i n the u n iversity's Chi.na e.xchange programs (currently a t Sichuan Union University a nd Zhongs h a n University) may request that credits earned through these programs be counted toward t h e major or minor. With the approval of the progra m director, selected January- term, s u m mer, a n d experi mental cou rses may b e included i n the maj o r or minor.

FACULTY: A committee of faculty admini�ters this progra m:

Juldin, Chair; Barnowe , Benson, Ingram, Klisch, McGinn.is, Vinje, Warner, Youtz.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 36 semester hours ( 24 required, 12 elective) ; students must take at ka st one Chinese h istory course. Required Courses: (24 s emes ter hours) Anthropology 3 43 - East Asian Cultures Chinese 1 0 1 - E lemen t a ry h inese C h i nese 1 0 2 - El e m e n t a ry Chine se Chinese 20 1 - Intermediate Chinese Chinese 202 - I ntermediate Chinese Chinese S tudies 490 - The Senior Project (4)

456 Polymers and Biopolymers A o u rse pre enting t h e fundamentals of polymer synthesis, solution t h e r mody namic pr pert ies, molecular cha racte rization, molecular weight distribution, and solution kinetics. Free rad ical, conJensation, ionic, and biopolymer sys t ems, with

A project, thesis, o r i n ternship w h i c h demonstrates compe tence i n multiple dimensions of h in s e S tud ies. Must be app roved in advance by ch, i r of the h inese Studies Program; t a l ly card required. Upon application of the student, seminars in other departments or p rograms m ay substitute fo r this

course. P

Electives: (12 semester hours)

'" u '" '"

<I: ...J U

Religion 2 1 2 - Religion and Literature of the New Testament Religion 2 2 1 - Ancient Church History Religion 330 - Old Testament Studies Religion 3 3 1 - New Testament Studies Independent Study Courses Selected January-term Courses

Anthropology 345 - Contemporary Chinese Culture Business 352 - Managing Global Busi l1ess* Chinese 3 5 1 - Composition and Conversat.ion Ch inese 3 7 1 - hinese Literature in Translation History 338 - Modem China History 339 - Revolutionary China History 496 - Semi nar: The Third World (A/Y on China)** Music 1 05 J - T h e Arts of China Religion 233 - Religions of China""" I n tegrated Studies 3 5 1 - integrated Studies Seminar*

Students are expected to become familiar with the reading list for that part of the program (art, literature, history, phiIosophy, or religion ) in which their interest lies. The program is designed to be flexible. In consultation with the Classics Committee, a student may elect a course or courses not on the classics course list. All core classics courses are taught out of the Department of Languages and Literatures.

MINOR: 20 semester hours ( 8 required, 12 elective) Rel1u ired Courses: (8 semester hours in Chinese language) Chinese 1 0 1 - Elementary Chinese Chinese 1 0 2 - Elementary Chinese

(or one equivalent year o f university level Chinese, upon approval o f the program chair)

College of Arts and Sciences

Electives: (12 semester hours from a t least two additional

departmellts)

Division of Humanities

Anthropology 345 - Contempora.ry Chinese Culture Chinese 3 7 1 - Chinese Literature in Translation History 338 - Modern China History 339 - Revolutionary China Music 1 0 5 J - The Arts of China Religion 233 - Religions of China>+-»

English Languages and Literatures

Philosophy Reli gion

Business 352 and Integrated Studies 351 may count for p rogram credits only when the student's course project is focused o n China a n d i s approved by the program chair. History 496 may be counted toward program requ iremen ts only when it focuses specifically on China and is approved by the program chair. n"

Religion 132 may be substituted with the permission of the program cha ir.

Division of Natu ral Sciences Biology

Chemistry Computer Science Engi neering Geosciences

Mathematics Physics Divi.sion of Social Sciences Anthropology Economics

History

Classics

Marriage and Family Therapy

The Classics Program is a cooperative effort a mong the

Po l itica l Science Ps yc h ology

Departments o f Languages and Literatures, Histo ry,

Phil oso phy, Religion, and Art. Its goal is to unite the "heart of the Liberal arts" with the mind, through history and phjlosophy, a nd the sou l , through rel.igion, and to embel

Ush this tri nity of themes with the visual experience o f art. This interdepartmental maj or requires the completion of 40 semest.er hours, including at least o ne year of one of th e classical languages and two of the other ( G reek and Latin) . The remaining courses are selected from the list below in consultation with the program coordina tor. CLASSICS COMMITTEE: Snee, Coordinator; Jansen, McKenna, Oakman, Pilgrim.

DEGREES OFFERED: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science

MAJOR REQUIREMENT: A major is a sequence of courses in one area, usually in one department. A major should be selected

by the end of the sophomore year. The choice must be approved by the department chair (or in case of special academic pro grams, the program coordinator). Major requirements are specified in this catalog. The quality of work must be 2.00 or better. D grades may be counted toward graduation but not toward a major. RECOGNIZED MAJORS:

Anthropology Applied Physics Art Biology Chemistry Chinese Studies Classics Communication Computer Engineering Computer Science Earth Sciences Economics Engineering Science (3-2) English French German

Latin 1 0 1 -202 - Elementary Latin 20 1 -202 - I ntermediate Greek 1 0 1 - 1 0 2 - Elementary Greek 20 1 -202 - Intermediate Art 1 1 0 - I ntroduction to Art Art 1 80 - History of Western Art I ATt 386 - I magery and Symbolism Classics 2 3 1 - Masterpieces of European Literature Classics 250 - Classical Mythology Classics 3 2 1 - Greek Civilization Classics 322 - Roman Civilization Natural Sciences 204 - History of Science Philosophy 3 3 1 - Ancient Philosophy Religion 2 1 1 - Religion and Literature of the Old Testament

Sociology and Social Work

History I ndividualized Study Mathematics Music Norwegian Philosophy Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Work Sociology Spanish Theatre

Not mor than 44 semester hours earned in one department may be appli d toward the bachelor's degree in the College.

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES REQUIREMENTS: In add i t i o n to mee i ng the entrance requirement in foreign

language ( two year of high school language, one year of colleg e l anguage, or demonstrated equi alent proficiency), candidates in the College ( f ArL� and Sciences (all B.A., B.S., B.A.Rec., B.A.P.E. and B.S.P.E. deg rees) must meet optioll I , II, or I I I below: I. Completion of one foreign language through the s e cond year of college level. Th is requirement may also be sat i s fie d by co m plet i o n of four years of high 'chool s t udy in one fo reign language or by satisfactory s cores on a pro fi c i ency ex.amina tion d m i n istered by the PLU D e p artmen t of Languages and

" o � � C Z

Literatures.

Completion through the first year of college level of a foreign l angu a ge oth r than that used to sat is fy the fore i gn l:mguage entrance requirement. This option may also be met by satisfactory 'cores on a p rofic i e n cy examination adminis tered by the PLU epartment of Languages and Literatures. I I I . Four semester hours in h isto r y, literature, or language (at the 20 1 level, or at any level in a language other than that used to satisfy the foreigll language entrance requi.rement) in addition to courses applied to the general univ rsity require ments, and Four semest r hours in logic, mathematics (courses num bered 1 00 or above) , computer science, or statistics in addition to courses applied to the general university requ irements.

II.

High school iangl.lllges used to s atis fy any of the above option s must have been completed with g r a des of C or highe r. Courses used to satisfy either l i ne of Optio n I I I of the College of Arts and Sciences requirement may not be used to satisfy general un iversi t y requirements. Any co l lege - level foreign language course numbered 20 1 or bove used to s atisfy Opt i on I and any compl e t ion of collegel-level language through 1 0 2 used to s ati sfy Option II may also be used to sat is fy the Perspectives on Diversity requirement in Cross- ultural Perspectives. Candidates for the B.A. i n E ng l ish , for the B.A. in E du c at i on with concentrati n in English, for the B.A. in labal Studies, [or the B . B.A. in International Business, and for election to th e Arete Society must meet O p t io n I above.

o z

Communication and Theatre The faculty of the Department of Commun ication and Theatre is committed to a philosophical perspect ive on

IT!

communication as the process by which shared under standings are created am ng a udiences through the use of

� -1

symbols. Implicit within this understanding is agreement

;:III

on the assu mptio n that people i n teract with one another

for the purpose o f achieving o u tcomes, and that this interaction is accomplished through a variety of media. Teaching in our department, therefore, has two goals. The first is to prepare students with specific skills as co mmuni cators and the second is to locate the teaching of those skills in the broader context of a liberal arts tradition. While we strive to produce students who have mastered c

rtain abilities within their particular field of study, we

also endeavor to ensure they have an appreciation for ali

of the communica tion spectrum. We fOCllS our curriculwn and education on fo ur ability groups that all students should master. Pirst is the ability to aspects

think and reflect critically. Students should be able to observe, analyze, per eive relationships, reason, and

make

int rences about their lives and world. Second, students should be able to express themselves effectively using verbal and non -verbal techniques. Third , students should be able to interact with one another and their environ ment. Final ly, students should develop an ability to value themselves, th i r environment, and others as d iverse and important facets o f our social lives. With the learning of t11 se abilities comes a responsibi lity to commu nity and social service. FACULTY: I nch, Chair; B a rt a n e n , Becvar, Harney, Lisosky, Parker, Rowe, Sp i cer. CORE REQUIR.EMENT: Only the foLlowing courses from Communication and Theatre may be used to meet the general university core re q u i re m en t in the arts: 1 5 1 , 160, 1 62 , 1 63, 24 1 , 358 , 359, 36 3 , 364, 458 . No course beginning with the prefix COMA cou nts toward the u n iversity core req u i re m ents. COMMUNICATION CORE SEQUENCE: Print/broadcast

journalism, ritical communication stu d ies , and public relati.ons m ajors must take an i n itial core of co u rs e s as follows: 1 23, 27 1 , 284, 285. NOTE: 1 2 3 and 2 7 1 must be taken i n the se q uence listed. They cannot be taken concurrently. DECLARATION OF MAJOR: Students who want to declare a

ommunication major with an e mp h a si s in p r int/broadcast

} o ur n a l i s m , c r i t ical communication s t ud ies, or public relations:

I. Will, at the time o f declaration, have. a cumulative grade point

average of at least 2.5. 2. \Ai ill have success fully completed the Communication Core

II: I < ...

:r I-

z a I < u

5. The Publishing and Priming A rts M i n or is c ross-referenced with the Department of English. See the description of that minor under English .

( 1 23 , 27 1 , 284, 2 8 5 ) with a grade p o i n t average of 2.5 or higher.

...

BACHEWR Of ARTS MAJORS: Maximum of 44 semester hours in any of the areas of concentration:

Course Offe rings: Communication

1 23 , 2 7 1 , 284, 285, 328, 330, 333, 433 plus 1 2- 1 6 additional hours from 300 and 400 level commu nication course.s selected after consultation with adviser. Required supporting areas: 3-4 hours i n economics, 4 hours in statistics or research methods, and 12 hours i n social sciences o r a minor approved by an advise.r. 2. Print /Broadcast JOllrnalism - req ll ire d courses: 1 23, 27 1 , 284, 285, 384 or 378, 480, plu 24 additional hours from 300 and 400 level communication courses selected after consultation with adviser. Required supporting areas: 3-4 hours in e co no mi c s , 4 hours in statistics or research methods, and 12 hours in social sciences or a minor approved by a n adv iser. Critical Co m m u n ication S t udies - req uired co urses:

123 Communication and ThealTe: A Way of Seeing, A Way of Sharing

Introduces the study of communication and theatre. Surveys the contexts and applications of study in these disc.iplines. Intro duces the use of rhetorical theory as a means of understanding commllnica tion behavior. (4) 225, 425 Communication prqcticum

3. Public Relations - req uired courses: 1 2 3 , 2 7 1 , 284, 285, 385, 435, 378 or 384 or an approved writing course, plus 1 6-20 additional hours from 300 and 400 level communication courses selected after consultation with adviser. Required supporting areas: 3-4 hours i n economics, 4 hours in statistics or research methods, and 12 hours in social sciences o r a minor approved by an adviser. 4. Th eat re - Acting/Directing Emphasis - req uired co u rses : 1 5 1 , 1 60, 225, 250, 352, 357, 363, 364, 425, plus 6 hours from com munication and theatre courses in consultation with adviser. 5. Theatre - De.sign/Tech n ical Emphasis - req u ired co u rses: 1 5 1 , 1 60, 225, 250 o r 454, 352, 356, 363, 364, 425, 452 o r 453, plus 6 hours [rom commun ication and theatre courses in consulta tion with adviser. All candidates for the B.A. degree must satisfactorily complete a formal internship of I to 8 semester hours under the supervision of a faculty member. In addition to requirements listed above, candidates for the B.A. degree must meet the option requirements i n the College of Arts and Sciences. At least 54 semester hours i n any of the two areas of concentration: I . Broadcasting - required cou rses: 1 23 , 27 1 , 284, 285, 373, 374, 378, and 3 8 1 , plus 26 hours selected i n consultation with adviser. 2. The a tre - A c ting/D i rec t ing Emphasis - req ui red co u rses: 1 5 1 , 1 60, 24 1 , 250, 352, 357, 363, 364, 454, plus 1 8 hours selected in consultation with adviser. 3. Thea t re - Design/T e ch n i cal Emphasis - req uired co u rses: 1 5 1 , 225, 250 o r 454, 352, 356, 363, 3 64, 425, 452 or 453, plus 1 8 hours selected i n consultation with adviser.

BACHEWR OF FINE ARTS MAJOR:

All candidates for the B.F.A. degree must satisfactorily complete a formal in ternship of I to 8 semester hours under the supervi sion of a faculty member.

M INORS:

The study of methods of gathering, interpreting, and evaluating data i n the study of human com munication. Both quantitatrve and qualitative research methods. ( 2 ) 27 1 Media Literacy

I ntroduces the critical study of mass communication. S urveys how the technical, economic and behavioral elements of media i n fluence its structure and content. S urveys significant trends and issues in both domestic and i nternational media contexts. (4) 2 8 4 Communication a s Process: Speaking Seminar

I ntroduces the basic techniques of public speaking. Students complete several speeches and learn the basic skills of speechmaking, including topic selections, research, orga nization, audience analysis, and delivery. ( 2 ) 285 Communication

as Process: Writing Seminar Introduces the process of communication wirting. Surveys copy formats and style rules for writing i n communication-related careers. Students complete a number of diverse writing assign ments to appreciate the mechanics of writing and the role of audiences. ( 2 ) 3 2 1 The Book i n Society

See English 3 1 1 . (4) 322 Publishing Procedures

See English 3 1 2. (4) 324 Nonverbal Communication

FocLls on the nonverbal aspects of communication within the framework of interpersonal i n teraction. Prerequisite: Communi cation core or consent of instructor. (2)

328 Argwnentation

S t ud i es: 20 semester hours, including

Studies how people use reasoning giving in social decision making. Analysis of genres, forms, and techniques of arguers. Focus is on methods of creating, understanding, and criticizing arguments. (4)

1 23, 284, 285, 330, 3 3 3 or 433, 328 or 436. 2. Public Relations: 20 semester hours, including 123, 2 7 1 , 284, 285, 385, plus 4 hours from 300-400 level communication courses selected i n consultation with adviser. 3. Thea tre: 20 semester hours, including 1 5 1 , 1 60, 2 4 1 , 250, plus 4 hours from communication and theatre course selected in consultation with adviser. 46

234 InlToduction to Research in Communication

Studies how people interact in groups. I ntroduces theoretical constructs regarding the role of groups in organizationa'l and social settings. Provides experience in analyzing and improving group performance and interaction. (4)

See School of Eduen tion . rit ical Com m u n ication

One semester hour credit may be earned each semester, b u t only 4 semester hours may be used to meet university requ i rements. Students put classroom theory to practical application by individually completing a project relating to an aspect of communication. An instructor in the area of interest must approve the project and agree to provide guidance.

326 Group Communication

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION:

4. The Dan ce Minor is cross-referenced with the School of Physical ducation. See the description of that minor under Physical Edu ca t ion .

330 Public Speaking

Focuses on improving skill in p ublic speaking. In troduces theories and techniques fo r effectively participating in various speaking contexts. Provides experience through writing and delivering a range of different kInds of p ublic speeches. (4) Y

333 Foundations of Communication Theory

433 Rhetorical Theory

lntroudces the theories and research to )ls used to study

interpersonal and mass communication. Studies the role of theories i n providing practical understanding of the comlllwi cation proces . mplu\sizes the role of empirical research in broadeni ng understanding o f commun ication. (4)

I ntroduces the theories and research tools lL�ed to study communication [rom a rnetoric::d perspective. Analyzes the role of rhetoric as a crucial means of human problem-solving. Emphasizes the role of critical research in understanding the rhetorical significance of messages. (4)

334 Gender and Communication Attem pts to a na lyze and understand the relationship between gender and commltnication behavior. omparison and contrast of male and female communication styles, similarities and differences i n language usage int rpersonal dialogues, group discussions and list ning in personal and profes ional arenas. (4)

435 Organizational CODlmunication Studies the role of communication in formal organizations. Provides insight into how organizations use and misuse com mu nication techniques in accomplishing their ends. E mphasizes the interrelation hip of theory and case studies in understanding the complex nature o f contemporary organizations. (4)

335 Intercnltural Communication Workshop

436 Persuasion

Designed to acquaint student with the influence of cultural backgrounds, perceptual system , social organization, language, and nonverbal messages in intercultural communication. (2)

The study of persuasion as a means of personal and social influence. Examines the theoretical foundations and explores the ethical and social implications o f contemporary persuasion. (4)

336 Communicating in Business and the Professions

437 Advanced Interpersonal ComDlUnication

Fo uses on the nature o f communication processes in organiza tional setting . Students deal with interpersonal communication, interviewing techniques, informative and persuasive speaking, working in groups, and basic business writing skills. (4)

Studies the role of communication as the basis for how people interact with each other. Introduces the various theories helping to explain the success and failure people experience in interac tion. Emphasizes the importance o f learning to diagnose and provide solutions to com mon communication d ifficulties. (4)

373 Audio Production

438 Advanced Public Relations

374 Video Production

439 Intercultural ConlDlUnication

Analysis and application of program design, writing and production tools and techniques. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: Communication core or consent of instructor. (4)

Studies the nature of communication among people of diverse cultures. The course examines contemporary theory and research and examines a variety of cultural variables i ncluding: cultural backgrounds, perception, social organization, language, and nonverbal aspects of messages. Prerequisite: Commun ication core or consent of instructor. (4)

Techniques of broadcast journalism. Applications o f news gathering, writing , and reporting in a broadcast context. Radio, television, and news production assignments using broadcast equipment in the field and studio. Prerequisite: Communication core or consent of i nstructor. (4) 380 Newspaper Editing, Layout, and Design

Selection and editing of news copy and headline writing. Selection, sizing, and cropping o f photos. Functions of layout. P r i n cipl es of newspaper design and their practical applications. Prerequisite: Communication core or consent of instructor. (4) 38 1 Media Law and Principles

The theory and application of law in news gathering, publishing,

and broadca�ting. Will conduct legal research. ( 4 ) 384 Modern News Reporting

Report i ng of politics and police, courts and other governmental fu nctions, i n vesti ga t ive reporting and writing. Blend of field trips and writing xercL·es. Prerequisite: Commu nication core or consent of instructor. (4) 385 Introduction t o Public Relatious

Introduces the theori methods, and practice of public Emphasizes technical and analytical skills. Prerequisite: Communication core or consent of i n 't ructor. (4) •

relations.

388 Editorial Writing Resea rch and writing of editoriab and commentaries for newspaper and broadcast. Function of the editorial and editorial pages in Lhe news media. Prerequisite: Communica t ion core or consent of instructor. (2) 390 Ethics i n Communication

Studi es the basic principles of moral phi losophy and explores ethical issue involving thos engag .d in communication professions such as journalism. publ i relations, broadcasting , and advertising. tudents use case stlldies to learn to recognize ethical dilemmas and develop strategies for dealing with them. (4)

3: 3: c z

o z

Elements of audio production, analysis of program design, scripting, and produc tion tools and techniques. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: Communication core or consent of i nstructor. (4)

378 Broadcast JournaUsDl

,..., o

Examination of public relations issues such as campaign planning, crisis management, theoretical foundations, a nd e thics. Prerequisite: 385 o r consent of instructor. (4)

440 Coo8ict and Communication Studies the role of commun ication in the development and management of human conflict. Use of the theories of promi nent conflict and peace scholars and significant case studies to develop a method for better understanding the nature and resolution of confli t. Prerequisite: Communication core or consent of instructor.( 4) 450 Workshop in Effective Public Speaking

Audience analysis, topic selection, organization of ideas for various audiences, types of speeches, use of visual a ids, and delivery. Designed fo r both novices and those who have had some experience as speakers. (2) 475 Advanced Media Production

Producing, scripting, directing, performing and evaluating so phisticated audio and video program ming. Prerequisite: 374. (4) 480 In-Depth and Investigative Reporting

Group reporting in depth on a single issue for both newspaper and television. Prerequisites: 380, 378 o r 384. (4) 485 Interdisciplinary Perspectives in Communication Provides senior-level communication and theatre students with the opportunity to synthesize their study through d iscovering means of cross-applying theories and practices in various contexts. Allows students to experience study in a sem inar atmosphere. Allows students to complete a research paper or project in their area of i n terest. (4) 491 , 492. 493 Special Studies in Communication I nvestigations or research in area of special interest not covered by regular courses; o pen to qualified j unior or senior students. A student should not begin registration for independent study until the specific area for i nvestigation has been approved by a departmental sponsor. ( 1-4)

500 Effe:ctive Communications

363 History of the: Theatre: Aeschylus Through Turgeniev Theatre as it evol ed from i t s primitive origin through rep res e n tative sod ties; Ancient G reece , Rome, Re n a i ssa n ce , 10dern

A 10 k at communication pro es es in orga n i zati ons w i t h

devel o p m en t f speci Ei c mm u l 1 i ca r i o n ski l ls; includes p ub l i c p aking tech niques, i nfo r ma t ive and persuasive o m m u n ica tion, interv iewing s t ra tegi es , a n d the role of l i s te ll ing . (2)

.... u z .... u '"

Europea n , and Ame r i ca n.

364 History of the Theatre: Ibsen Through to the Pre enl (See description for 363 . ) (4)

596-598 Research in Communication For grad uate s t ude n t s only. ( 1-4)

452 Scenic Design D evel o p m e n t of a r r is t i c and techn ical bilitics in the field of scen ic des ign incorporating many periods and styles as \ 11 as p repara t io n o f models, r e n d e r i n g, and d ra ft i n g . (4)

Course Offe rings: Theatre 1 5 1 Stage Technology

453 Costume: Design D e vel op m e nt of a r t i s t i c and te c h ni ca l abilities in the field of cost ume d es i gn i n corpo ra t in g h i s tory, patterns, and render i n gs . (4)

Ba 'c t heo r y and p rocedure o f aJl backstage e l e m e n t s in the t h eat re , costumes, s enery, prop , l i g h t s , makeup, a n d manage ment. ( 4)

Introduction to Theatre to heatre and its n u merous offshoots (e.g., film, televi si o n, rock concerts) t h rou gh a u d i en c e p a r t i ci p ati o n and pe r' o n al contact. (4) 160

454 Play Direction The rol e of t h e dire tor, historically a n d critically; an intensive study that is both p rac t i ca l and theoretical in i ts a p p ro a c h to the art of the p l a y d irector. Each s t u d ent i s requ i red to d i r\o'c t scenes from plays rep re s e n t a t ive of all p e r i o d s of theatre h i s to ry. A final p roj e c t , c ons is t ing of a co n te mp o ra ry scene, will cu lm ina te t h e cou rs e . P re req u i s i t e s : 1 5 1 , 250, and j u n io r status. (4)

Exposu re

� o u

1 62 Hlstory of American F ilm ncentrates on the d eve l op m en t and growth of the motion pict ure in t h e United Sta tes from 1 895 to the present. ( 4 ) 163 History o f the Foreign Film oncentrates on the d e v el o pm en t and growth of international

fil rn. ( 4 ) 225, 425 Theatre Practicurn One semester h ou r credit may be ea rn e d each semester, but o n ly

e m e s t e r hours

may be used to mee t u niver, ity requirements.

Students put cl a s sro om t h eo ry to pract ical application by individually co m p l e t i n g a project rela t i n g to an aspect of theatre. An inst ructor in the a r a o f int rest must a p p ro ve the p roj e c t

and agree to p ro v i de gu i d a n ce.

241 Oral lnterpretatioD of LiteTature: The art

458 Creative Dramatics D e s i g n e d to a cq uai n t the s tu d e n t with materials, techniques, and t h e o rie s of c re a t ive dramatics. Intended for el e m e n t a ry a n d j u ni o r h igh school teachers or p ro sp ec t ive teachers, theatre m aj o r , rel igio us lea d e rs, yo u t h and camp counselors, day care workers, social a n d psyc ho l o gi ca l wo rke rs , a n d co mll1 u n .i t y theatre leaders in terested in wo rk i n g with c h i l d ren. S ( 4 ) 49 1, 492, 493 Special Studies in Theatre I nvesti gat i o n s or re s ea rc h in area of s p e ci al in terest n o t covered by reg u la r courses; open to qualified j u ni o r or senior students. Requires p re-reg istration a pp rove d by a departmental s p onsor.

0-4)

of communicating the essence of a p iece of l i te ra t u re to

an a ud i e n ce; in t e rpr eti n g it experiential ly, logically, a n d e m o tional ly. I n d ividual an group p e r fo r m a n ce . (4)

596-598 Research in Theatre For g ra d uate s t u d en t s o n l y. ( 1- 4)

250 Fuudamentals of Acting An exa m i na t i o n of the work of actors and a c t re sses, their natural and learned skills; exe rcis es in memory, i ma gi n a tio n , and observation; improvisations a n d scenes from modern p l ays . (4)

Computer Science

351 Stage Makeup Specialized work in plaLlIlillg and a p p l ic a t i on of tech n iq u e s from straight makeup through aging, three d im en s i o na l , and special e ffect s . (4) 352 Stage Management

a t h ea t r ic a l production: pl a n ni n g, sched uli ng, reh ea rsa l proc ss, documental-ion, a n d i n te r p e r s o na l

Al l of t he facets of managing

relationships. (4)

356 Stage Lighting S tage lighl ing fro m t h e development of e lect r i cit y and ligh t i ng instruments to the co m p l e te des i g n of lighting a show. (4) 357 Intermediate Acting, The Actor At Work Practical experi nce in the a rt of the actor through performan ce

of s ce n es from plays of the mo de rn theatre, e m p h as i s on the

importance of play a na l ysis by the ac t o r, and exam i n ation current acting theory. P rereq u i s i te : 2 5 0 . (4)

Comp u t e r science deals w i t h the theory, design, and appli cation of c o mp u t i n g systems and the study o f t h e storing

at Pacific Lutheran U n iversity provi des a broad base co re of fu nd a mental material that s tresses a na lysis and d es i g n experi and mani p ulation of i n for ma t ion . The p ro g r a m

ences with s ubs ta n tia l l abo ra t r y work, incl u i ng software dev topment. In addition, students are exp ose d to a variety of p rog ra m m i n g languages and systems. Students can choose from a munber of upper level course which insure a depth of k nowl e dge and an understanding of cur re n t developments in the field. The Bachelor of Sc i e n ce degr e in computer sc i e n ce has been accredited by th omputer Science Accreditation Commission of the

omput ing Sciences Accred itation

Board, I n c .

FACULTY: Ha us

358 AdvaJJcW Acting

hair; Blah., Br i nk, E d i so n , Ros e n fe ld ,

actor; character a n alysis ,lfld embodi ment, lIs i ng scenes from plays; includes s t y l es or ac t i n g as

Spi l l man.

359 Acting for the Non-Actor Specifically d e si gn e d for those who have nourished a c u ri os i t y to explorc the art of acting but ha e b e n inlimidakd by a la k of knowledge or prior experience. Not open t o th atTe majors or

Co mpu ter Science 1 1 5: Solve il lVith the Co mp1lter! Esp eci lly [or st uJent:S with little or no b ac kgro un d in COI11p uter science who wish an introduction to the lise of the com puter t r prob l e m sol ing. Not recommended for s t u de n ts

Study of the work of

Jefined b y h.istorical period . Prerequ isite:

BEGINNING CLASSES: T h e re a re several be g i n n i n g level classes in c o m p u te r science designed for s tudents w i t h various needs:

35 7. (4)

minors. (4)

(4)

with st ro n g m a t he m a t i cs b a c kgro un d s . This

cou r se also satisfie. the Mathematical Re a s o n i ng re qu i re me n t .

Computer Scicllce 220: Comprllcrized Illformation Systems Espe cial ly appropriat for busLne�. m aj ors and oth e r studen ts wish i ng an introd uclion to the computer and appl ications of soflware packages . Compl/ter Sciellce 1 44: Illtroductioll to Co mp i / te r Science For students maj oring in computer sc ien ce, e n gi n ee ri n g,

most science m aj o rs , and the MI conce ntration in business as we l l as o th rs w ish in g a st ro ng experience in compu ter pro gra m m i n g .

m athematics,

Compu ler Sciellce 270: Data Strllcl�/res

This is t he .econd c ou rse in the major. With d ep a r t me n t a l val, sr u d e n t s with a strong p ro g ra m mi ng background may receive a d va n ced pl acem e n t i nto t hi s c o u rse. appr

COMPUTER EQUIPMENT: Al l students have unlimited access to the university C o m pu t e r Center's user· room facilities. The Dep a r t me n t of o m p u ter cicnce also maintains two lab ora to

f it� own. The u p pe r I vel lab contains NeXT, Macintosh, S N, and Windows workstations. The o the r lab is used as a teac h i n g laborat o ry and op n lab; it ha. fifte�n Windows NT wo rk s ta t i o n and computer p roje c t i o n equi p m en t . All m a c h i n es rIe

are

on the Ethernet, are accessible t hro u g h the campus ne two rk,

and have full ace

s to th e In te rn e t .

COMPUTER SCIENCE MAJOR: Students m aj o r i ng in co m puter science may cho o s e to ea rn either a Bachelor of Arts deg re e or a B achelo r of Science deg r ee. The Bache l o r of Arts program i s the minimum preparation s uit a ble fo r

further professional study and is often combined with ex tensi ve s t udy or a s e con d major in an a llie d field. The Bachelor of Science is a st r o n g , scien tific degree which con t a i ns additional o u rses in co m p u ter science, m a t h e m a t i c s , a n d science nd serves b o t h st ud e n t s g o in g d i rec tly i n t o e m p l o ym e n t on gradu a t i o n a n d t h o se go i n g i n to grad uate programs.

Both degrees a re based on the sa m e core courses: Co m p u t er

excep t 2 2 2 ; a ny P hys i

except 205; E ngi n eer in g 234, 333,

3 34, 345, 434.

MINOR IN COM PUTER SCIENCE: 20 semester h our s includ ing C o m pu t e r S ience 1 44, 270, and e i g h t additional hours of upper divi " io n omputer Sc i e nce cou rses ( i ncluding Enginee r ing 346 b u t excluding Compu ter Scicnce 322 and 44 9) . Requi r e d s upp o r t i ng: Mat h 1 5 1 , 1 2 8 , or qu ival nt. MINOR IN INFORMATION SCIENCE: 20 semester hours including C o m p u t er Science 1 44 a n d 367, at least fou r ho u rs from Co m p u te r Sc ience courses num b ere d above 250 (ex. luding 322 a nd 449 ) , a nd Business 202. Required su p p o r ti n g: Math 1 5 1 , 1 28 , o r equiyalent. SECONDARY TEACHING MINOR: Sec d sc ri p t io n

School of Educa tioll.

STATE ENDORSEMENT REQUI REMENTS: See d esc r ip t io n

under School of Edu a l ia/I.

Course Offe rings A grade

o f C o r h i ghe r i s s t rong ly recommended in all

p re req u i si t e cours e.s .

l i S Solve It With the Computer how com pu t e r use can be combined with ma th em a ti c a l re a s o n i n g to solve p rob l e ms . S p read s h e et package a nd other computer tools to solve p ro bl e m s fro m e l e m e n ta ry stat istics, fi n a n ci a l transactions, and other areas where mathematics and data are used in every day l i fe. P re req u i s i te : fulfillment of the ent rance req u i re m e nt i n mathemat ics. ( 4 )

. eHches

1 44 Introductio.D to Computer Science

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: At l e a t 26 semester h o u r s of

Supervised study of t op i cs selected to m eet the individu 1'5 n eed s or i nterests, p r i m a r i ly fo r s t u den t s awarded advanced placement i n c o mp u te r science. Admission only b y d ep a r tm e nt invitation. ( 1 - 2)

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: 40 semes t e r hours i.n com puter science p l u s 3 0 ho urs of s u p p o rt i n g courses in mathemat ics a n d science. Tht: 40 se mest er hours of com puter science must

i ncl u de 1 4 4 , 270, 343, 375, 80, 486, Engineering 46, and 1 4 a dd i L io n a l credits o f a p pr ove d elective c urses, one of w h i ch must be from 367, 420. 436, 444 . E l ec t i v e courses submitted for ap pro va l are to be sel cted from the co m p u t e r science courses numbered abo e 329 ( exce p t 449 and 50 1 - 509) , E n g i n e e r i n g 446, 480, 48 1 , or hours from Math 356 nol c unted towa rd the 30 h o urs 0 requ ired s u p po rt i .n g COlHses. The 30 hou rs of supp r t ing courses in ma themat ics and s c i ence must i nclude : 1 . Ma th 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 245, 230 ( o r 33 1 ) , 345 ( or 34 1 ) .

A m i n im u m of 1 2 hours of approved sci nce c o u r�es wh ich i ncl udes a year's sequence of a la b ora t o r science ( Physics 1 5 3- 1 54 with 1 63- 1 64, Chemistry 1 2 0/ 1 25 a .nd either 2 3 2 or 3 3 8 , Biology 1 6 1 - 11';2, E ar th Sc iences 1 3 1 - 1 32, 1 3 1 -325 , 1 3 1 -3 3 5 ) and two additional appro ed science cou rses. 3. The remaining h o u rs , if any, rna be ho en from any m a th course n umbered abovc 329 ( e xcep t 446) or any app r oved

science course.

ELEMENTARY TEACHlNG MAJOR: See de sc rip t ion under

School of Education.

An introduction to computer s c i e n ce in clud ing problem solving, a l g o r i t h m d e si gn , struc t u red pro gramming, n u m e r ic a l and non n u m e ri c a l applications, d n d u s e of da t a frIes. Et h i c a l and �ocial impacb of c o mp u ti n g . Pre re q u i s i te: 4 yea rs of h igh school ma t h ematics or M at h 1 40 or eq uivale nt . I II ( 4 )

co m p uter science i n clu d i ng 1 44, 270, 380 o r Engineering 346, 486. The re m ai n i n g hours are from computer 'cience c ourses numbered above 329 ( excl ud i n g 44 ) . Engineeri ng 446, 480 and 48 1 co un t as computer science courses. p to 4 hours may be substituted from Math 3 4 1 , 345, and 346. Re q u i red su p po r t ing : Math 1 5 1 or 1 28 and M a t h 2 4 5 .

under

Science 1 44, 270, 380, 486, Engineering 346, Mathematics 1 5 1 ,

1 -2, 245, 230 ( o r 3 3 1 ) . S t ud e nts should b e gi n Computer Science 1 44-270 and M a t h em a t i cs 1 5 1 - 1 52 as e a rl y in their p rogra m as p ossi bl e . The Computer S c i en ce 486 o u rse satisfies the gen eral un iver sity req u i rement fo r a s e n i o r seminar/project.

n o

199 Directed Reading

220 Computerized Information Systems Introduction lO c o m p u ters i n cl ud i n g ma nagenlent information systems dev l o p me nt , tele o m m u n ications, op e ra ti n g syst<'ms, spreadshe<'ts, g ra ph ics , and da t a base management. in l ud es a co mp ute r la bora tory component. Prere q uisite:

1 40 or equivalent.

MATl l 1 2 8 or

I II ( 4 )

240 FORTRAN Programming An accelerated introduction to the FORT N p rog ram m i ng l a n g ua ge , i n c l u d i ng input/output, computation, bra n ch i ng , looping, d a t a types, and subprograms. Numeric and non n llmeri problems will be solved. Some p rev io u s experience with p rog r a m m i ng is recom mended. Prerequisite: MATH 1 28 or 1 40 or equivalent. a/y ( 2 )

242 COBOL Programming P resen t t;on amI a pp l icat i o n of the COBOL programming l a.n guage to business problems. Prerequisite: 144, 1 1 0, 220, or con sen t of i nstructor. a / l' II ( 2 ) 243 C Programming A w or k shop in t h e C prog ra m m i n g language fo r experienced pro g Ta m m er of ot her h i " h - l vel languages. Prerequi�ite: 270 o r equivalenl knowledge of a high level p ro b rra m mi n g l a nguage. 243 and 343 cannot b o t h be taken fo r credit. I I ( I )

C OU L es are: any Biology excep t 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 ; a ny Chemist ry except 1 04, 1 0 5, 2 1 0; a n y Earth Sciences

4. Approved .ciences

u Z w u VI

:E o u

270 Data Structures Study of object-oriented program m i ng t ech n i q ues Jnd fund a mental d a ta structure abstractions and implementations i n cl ud ing li st , stack, qu ue, and trees wi t h a ppl ic a ti on s to sorting, searchi ng, and data storage. Prere q u i s ite : a gr ad e of C - or h i g her in 1 44. I I I ( 4 )

412 Computer Graphics A study 0 th e te chniques and theory used to generate com pu te r graphics . Both two-and three-dimensional representa tions will be covered. Course work i ncludes se veral pro g ra m m i ng assign ment s plus a project. Pre req u is ites : 270 and M ATH 230 or 33 1 . aly \ 998-99 (4)

322 Microcomputers in the Classroom I n t roduction to the use of microcomputers in ed u c a tion a l settings. Pre o r co-req uisite: EDUC 262 or 302. Does not count toward degrees in computer s c i e nce. ( 2 )

420 Software Engineering An engineering approach to the de ve lopment of large software packages. Topics include sofl\'Iare requirements definition, structured prugramming, softwa re de ign, s pec ifi cations, and software te st in g . Consideration of societal and ethical issues su rro u nding software e n g in ee ring. M ajor small-group p rojec t . Prerequisite : 270, MATH 245. aly 1 99 8-99 II (4)

330 Introduction t o Artificial Intelligence An introduction to conce pts of a rti fi c ia l intell i g e nce , including expert systems, natural l a n gu age p ro cess i n g , image u nd ers tan d i ng, and problem solving techniq u es. Consideration of the e th i cal and social dilemmas posed by A I . The AI program m i ng lan guage LISP will be ta u ght and used i n seve ral projects. Prerequi si te : 270, Math 245. all' 1 998-99 I (4) 343 Programming Language Concepts A study and comparison of fe a t u res found i ll d i fferent computer languages. Impera tive objec t -ori e nt e d, functional, and declara tive languages will be studied. Programs written in several of the languages. Prereq u is i te : 270. I I (4) 348 Modeling and SimuJation An in t rod u c ti on to the fundamental concepts of mat h ema t i cal mo del ing and computer simulation. The co urse will cover build in g and validating abstract models and simulating them using simulation l a nguages . Pre requ i si te : 1 44. Recommended: 270 and e i th er MAn! 341 or 345. all' (4) 367 Data Base Management An in t roductio n to the fundamental concepts necessary for d e si gn, use, and impl emen t a tion of database systems. The entity relationship and relational models are studied in detail. Indi vidual, organization, and societal concerns related to accuracy and p r ivacy of data. Major s mall-gro u p proj ec t . P rereq u isite: 270. II ( 4 ) 375 Design and Analysis of Algorithms Basic data structures reviewed and a ppl ied to the analysis of problems associated with searc h i n g, so r t i n g , strings, and m i n i mal p a ths. S tudy of the co m p lexi t y and stor ag e requirements o f t h e algorithms. Prerequisite: 270, MATH 245. 1 ( 4 ) 380 Assembly Language and Computer Organization omputer ass embly language applied to various problems. Topics include data and instruction formats, addressing, linking, macro definition, and computer architecture. Prerequisite: 270. St ron g ly recommended: ENGR 346. (4) 385 Computer Architecture An in t rodu c t ion to the structure and operation of large com puter systems. Topics include d ata re p rese n tation, memory structure, I/O processing, multi-p rocess i ng systems such as parallel, p i peline , and sta k machines. Exa mpl e s of the architec ture of several large sys te ms are analyzed. Prerequisite: 380, M ATH 245. ( 2 )

444 Operating Systems

An i n troduction to comp uter op e ra ti ng systems in c luding pro c ess s c h e dulin g , memory management, and file systems. Major s mall - group project . Prerequisite: 380, M.A: H 245. 1 (4) 449 Computer Science in the Secondary School

Methods and materials in secondary school computer science teaching. LOGO, P ILOT, etc., may be con s idere d . Does not count toward a major i n computer science . Prerequisi t e: 1 44. all' I I ( 2 ) 455 Compilers An in tro d uc t i o n to the orga n i za t ion, specification, and analysis of p rog ra m m i ng languages, incl ud i n g scanning, parsing, object code, run-time machine structures and optimization. Prerequi site: 380, MATH 245. all' \ 998-99 ( 2) 475 Theory of Computing St u dy of the basic foundations of all com p uting . Turning machines, formal languages, recursive theory, complexity, NP-completeness, and the h al t i n g p robl em . Prerequisites: 270, MATH 245. all' (4) 486 Senior Semin.ar Written and oral presentation of a topic of i n t e rest by the s t u de n t u nder the supervision of a fac u lty member. D iscussion of the skills needed for good technical communication. S t udy of the social i m p lic a tion s of co mp u ting. Completion of this course satisfies the general unive rs i ty re q u ireme n t for a senior seminarl p roject. Prerequisites: Senior computer science major or consent of department chair. 11 (2)

491 , 492 Independent Study P re requisite : consent of dep a r t m e nt chair. ( 1-4)

39 1 Problem Solving and Programming Seminar D e sign ed to improve a d van ced p roblem solving and program ming skills, including advanced data stru lures. A goal of the course is p ar ti c ip a t i o n in the regional ACM p rogrammi ng co m pe tit io n . PasslFaii only. Students may take this course more tha n once. Prerequisite: 270 or consent of instructor. I ( I )

438 Expert Systems The d evelopm e n t of A I systems which operate at the level of a human expert. Students will explo re the structure of expert sys tems and use an expert sys t e m d e velopmen t tool . Prereq u i s i te : 330 or consent of instructor. aly I I (4)

490 Seminar in Compllter Science Selected topic of current interest in the dis c ipl ine. F reque nt to pic s are: Com put r Security, Parallel Comp uting , G ra p h ical Use I n terface Progra m min g , Parallel P r o c e ssing To p ol o gies , Genetic Algorithms, and Neural Networks. ( l-4)

386 Computer Networks introduction to computer networks a.nd computer commu nication. Topics include system topo lo g y, me s sage an d p acket switching, bus structures and data-link trans mission. Prerequi site: 1 44. Recommended: 270, MATH 3 4 \ or 345, ENGR 346. aly 1 997-98 (4)

436 Pattern Recognition The use of the computer to re co g n i ze p atterns in data. Top ics include artificial i n telligence, cluster analysis algori t h ms, learning algo r ithms, and pattern p rocessing. Iss ues a ss oc i a te d wi t h mak ing decisions from d a ta anal yz e d by machines and the societal and privacy implications and ethical con cern s i nvolved in those kinds of decis i ons. Major small-group project. Pre req u i sites: 270, M ATH 245. aly II (4)

495 Computer Science Research Involvement in an on go i n g research project in compu ter science under the supervision of a fa cu lty member. Prerequisite: c onsen t of instructor. ( 1- 4)

503 Workshops in Educational Technology

Wo rkshops designe I to expand teachers' knowledge about the appL i ca t i o n of n ew computer and related technology in educa t io na l setti ngs Does not count toward degrees in computer science. ( 1 -4)

Cooperative Education Internships is a u nique program that offers " hand ' -on" job experience (called expe r i e n tial educati o n ) .

Cooperat i ve education

T h ro ugh i nt rnships students c a n weave opportunities for work and lea rn i ng at the same t im e . The program features systematic cooperation between the university a n d a n extensive number of employers i n t h e Puget S o u n d commun ity. Al though the program's career-related advantages are obvious, its m a i n benefits are educational. Students gain an

appreciation of the relationship between theory a n d

application, and m a y l e a r n , b o th early a n d first-hand] about new developments i n a partic u l ar field . Cooperative education provides timely and extended o pportun ities for

The learning agreement, developed by each student with the assistance of a faculty sponsor, lists learning objectiVl':: with measurable indicators of karning, and also incorporate:; supplementary resources such as reading materials and partici pation in work-related training sessions. The learning agreement is signed by the s tudent, the faculty sponsor, the program director, and the work supervisor, each of w h o m receives a copy. Contact between the faculty sponsor and the student must be s u fficient to allow the sponsor to serve as a resource and provide academi c supervision. 'l)'pically, this can be accomplished during one or two site visits. Students in a "parallel" cooperJtivc educa tion program may arrange to meet with the sponsor on campus. Those involved in "alternating" programs some d istance from camp us may maintain contact through periodic phone confer ences, when site visits arc impractical. Employers are responsible to: ( 1 ) provide opportunities for students to achieve their learning objectives within the limits of their work settings; ( 2 ) help s t udents develop skills related to the contextual aspects of the work world (such as relationships with co-workers ) ; and (3) facilitate students' in tegration i n to their work setting so that their employment proves valuable and productive. Students are required to register for at least one credit hour after accepting a Co-op position. Throughout an undergraduate academic career a student may receive a maximum of 16 semes ter hours of credit in cooperative education.

n o o "II m

m m C' c n l> -l o z

d ev e l o p i n g co m m u n ication skills orally a n d in w r iting.

A cooperative education program can enable students to become aware o f opportuni ties t o contribute creatively t o t h e cha nging di mensions of work in present-day society.

Course Offerings 376 Work Experience I

FACUlTY: Martinson, Chair, Cooperative Education Council;

A supervised ed ucational experience in a work setting. Requires the completion of a Cooperative Education Learning Agreement in consultation with a faculty sponsor. ( 1-8)

TWO MODELS: The Cooperative Education Program accom

476 Work Experience II

Phelps, ,eneral Manager

modates both part-t ime and full-time work modes. Part-time work which allows students the opportunity to take on-campus courses concurrently is labeled the "Parallel Model" A full- t ime work e.,-..:: p erience fits under the "Alternating ModeL" In most cases, students will follow one or the other, but some depart ments or schools may develop sequences that combine both parallel and alte.rnating work modes. Full-time summer work, for example, would be classified as an alternating cooperative education experience, and many summer jobs provide for learning that relates to students' aca demic objectives. THE PROCESS FOR STUDENTS: In order to be eligible for

ad mission into the Cooperative Education Program a student must have completed 3 0 semester hours and be in good standing. Students who wish to participate apply to either the Co-op O ffice i n Ramstad HaU or to a Co-op faculty coordinator or sponsor serving this function in specified departments, d ivisions, or schools. Both written application and personal in terview are reqllircd in order to determine eligibility, terms for placement, areas of interest, academic requirements, and kinds of positions available. Student . are responsible for their learning activities during their cooperative education position. Each student must seek out and arrange for academic supervision from a faculty coordinator or sponsor. Faculty are responsible for insuring that the work experience provides appropriate learning opportunities for helping to establish the learning agreemen t, and for deter m in ing a grade. Learning is facilitated through:( 1 ) use of a "Learning greement"; (2) completing an academic project; (3) periodic contact with the faenlty sponsor; (4) attendance at one work shop during the work experience; and ( 5 ) an on-site supervisor who accep ts the responsibl L it)' to function in a resource role.

A supervised educational �xpericnce in a work setting providing for advanced level of responsibility. Requires the completion of a Cooperative Education Learning Agreement in consul tation with a facul ty sponsor. ( 1-8) 477 International Work Experience

A supervised educational experience in another country. Requires completion of the International Cooperative Education Agreement, completion of a clearance checklist, and an approved plan of reporting in consultation with a faculty sponsor. ( 1- 1 2 ) 576 Work Experience III

A supervised educational experience at the graduate level. Requires completion of a Cooperat ive Education Agreement in consultation with a faculty sponsor and the student's graduate program adviser. ( 1-4)

individuals. Economic tools and concepts such as markets, supply and demand, and efficiency applied to contemporary issues. (4)

Economics " Want is a growing gia n t whom the coat of Have

was

never

32 1 Labor Economics

large enough to cover." - RALPH WALDO EMERSON VI V

:!: o z o v w

Analysis of labor markets and labor ma rket issues; wage deter m ination; i nvest ment in huma n ca pi ta l, u n ionism and collective ba rgain ing; law and public policy; discrimination; labor mobility; earnings i n equali ty, u nemploymen t, and wages and i n flation. Prerequisites: 1 3 0 or 1 5 2 , or co nsent of inst ructor. (4)

Economics is the study of how pe op le establish social arrangements for producing and distri.buting goods and services to sustain and enhance h uman l i fe. Its main o bj ec t ive is to determi.ne a wise use of l i mited conomic resources so that people r e ce i v e the maximLLm benefit at the lowest cost. The economics disci pline embraces a body of tech niqoes and conceptual tools t hat ar e useful for under standing and analyzing our complex economic system . FAC U LTY: Nugent,

330 Enviromnental and Natural Resource Economics

The first half of the course examines the theory of externalities, conge, tion and the common-property basis fo r environmental degradation, and the valuation of enfiron mental a menities. The second part of the course develops analytical rnodels for the use of renewable and exha ustible resources over time. Prerequisi te: 1 30 or 1 52, or consent of i nstructor. ( 4 )

Chair; Brue, R. Jensen, N. Peterson, Reiman,

Vinje, Wen tworth.

3 3 1 International Economics

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: (A) Minimu m of

40 semester

hours, i ncluding 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 486, 1 2 hours of electives in econom ics, 4 hours selected from Stat istics 2 3 1 or Mathematics 34 1 , and 4 hours selected from Economics 2 44, 343 (if not used as economics electives) , Business 202 or 303, Mathematics 348, or up to 4 hours in compu ter science. ( B ) A grade point average of 2 . 5 0 in all classes included in the 40 semester hours toward the major. With departmen tal approval, Economics 1 30 may be substi t u ted fo r Economics 1 52 fo r purposes of major and minor requirem ents. Economics 486 meets the senior semi nar/project requirement. For students planning graduate work in economics or business, addi tional math preparation w i ll b e necessary. For specific courses, consult you r major adviser. HONORS MAJOR.: Outstanding stude n ts may choose to pursue

graduating in economics w i th honors. I n addition to meeting a l l other major requirements, i n order to be granted departmental honors a student must: (A) have a n overall u niversi t y grade point average of 3.5 or better; (B) take four hours beyond the standard major i n 495, Ho nors Thesis ( Students apply for admission to this course in the second semester of their j u nior year. The depa rtment grants admission to 495, Honors Thesis, based o n the student's prior work i n economics and the quality of the general research proposal . ) ; (C) present the results of the work com p leted i n 495, Honors Thesis. at a meeting of Omicron Delta Epsilon ( the economics honorary ) .

24 semester hours, including 1 5 1 , 1 52. 3 5 1 or 352, a n d 1 2 additional hours o f elect ives, 4 of w hich m a y b e in statistics.

M INOR;

Strategies

Analysis of the theoretical framework fo r development w i th applications to al ternative economic development strategies used in the newly emerging develop ing cou ntries. Emphasis on comparison between coun t ries, assessments of t h e relative importance of cultural values, historical experience, a.nd govern mental policies i n the development process. Prerequisites: 1 30 or 1 5 1 , or consent of instructor. ( 4 ) 343 Operations Research

Quantitative methods for decisio n problems. Emphasis on li near progra mming and o ther deterministic models. Prerequisi te: STAT 2 3 1 or equivalent. ( 2 ) 344 Econometrics

Introduction to the methods and tools of econometrics as the b asis fu r applied research in economics. Specification, estimation and testing i n the classical linear regression model. Prerequisite: STAT 231 or equivalent. ( 4 )

345 Mathematical Topics i n Economics An i n troduction to basic applications of mathematical tools used i n economic analysis. Prerequ i s i tes: 1 3 0 or 1 5 1 or 1 52 , or consent of instructor. ( 4 ) National income determi natio n including policy i m p lications within the institution.al framework of the U.S. econo my. Prerequisites: 1 3 0 or 1 5 1 , and MATH 1 2 8 or 1 40 or 1 5 1 . (4)

membership i n Omicro n Delta Epsilon, the I n ternational Economics Han rary Society, to qual ified majors. For specific criteria, see any depa rtmental fac u l t y member.

Education.

341 Economic Development: Comparative Third World

35 1 Intermediate Macro Economic Analysis

ECONOMICS HONORARY SOCIETY: The department offers

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: See

Regional and i n ternatio nal specializ,ation, co mparative costs, i n terna tional payments and exchange rates; national policies that promote or restrict trade, Prerequ isites: 1 30 or 1 52 , or conse n t of instructor. (4)

352 Intermediate Micro Economic Analysis

Theory of consumer behavior; product and factor prices under conditions of monop oly, competi tion, and i n termediate markets; welfare economics. Prerequisites: 1 30 or 1 52, or consen t of instructor and MATH 1 28, 140, or 1 5 1 . (4)

School of

Course Offerings

36 1 Money and Banking

1 30 Global and Environmental Economic Principles

Analysis of p u b l ic policy and p rivate behavior; appropriate p ricing, resource val uat ion , taxes and subsid ies, trade policies, sustainable developm ent, a nd income growth a n d distribution. Studen ts cannot take both 1 3 0 and 1 52 for credit. ( 4 )

The nature and role of money; monetary theory; tools and i m p lementation of monetary policy; r gulation of i n termediar ies; banki ng activity i n fi nancial markets; i n tern a ti o n al conse quences )f and constraints o n monetary policy. Prerequ i s i tes; 1 5 1 or consent of ins tructor.(4)

1 5 1 Principles o f Macroeconomics

362 Public Finance

Introd uces the economy as a w hole and m aj o r issues such as inflation, unemployment, economic growth, and i n ternational t rade. (4) 1 5 2 Principles o f M icroeconomics

fn trod uces [he study of economic d e c isio n

Public ta.. x ation and expenditu re at all governmental levels; t h e

incidence of taxes, the p u b l i c d e h t and the p rov ision of public goods such as national defense, ed ucation, pure air, and water. Prerequ isi tes: 1 30 o r 1 5 2 , or consent of i nstructor. (4)

m aki ng by firms and

37 1 Industrial Organization and Public Polley

An analysis of the structure, conduct, and p er form ance of 52

American industry and public policies that foster and alter

i.ndustrial structure and behavior. Prerequisites: 1 3 0 or 1 52, or consent of instructor. ( 4 ) 3 8 1 Comparative Economic

Systems

An analysis and comparison of contemporary economic systems. Prerequisites: 1 5 1 Qr 1 52, or consen t of instructor. Fulfills cross cultural line in the Perspectives on Diversity requirement. ( 4 ) 3 99 Internship

A research and writing project in connection with a student's app roved o ff-Gampus activity. Prerequisites: sophomore standing plus one course i n economics, and consent of the department. ( 1-4) 486 Evolution of Economic Thought conomic thought from ancient to modern times; emphasis on the p e r i od from Adam Smith to J.M. Keynes; the classical economists, the socialists, the marginalists, the neoclassical economists, and the Keynes i a ns. Prerequisite: 3 5 1 or 3 5 2 ( may be taken concurrently) . Meets the senior seminar/project

requirement. ( 4 )

School of Education The School o f Education offers programs of study leading to certification for elemen tary, secondary, and special education teachers, admi nistrators, reading specialists, and school librarians. The curriculu m is designed to prov ide graduates with a blending of the l iberal arts and a variety of guided field experiences beginning early i n the eduG..l tional sequence. The faculty is com m i tted to the develop ment of educational personnel sensitive to the varied individual needs of learners.

o c: n » -l o z

FACULTY: Brickell, Dean; Reisberg, Associate Dean; Baughman, Churney, Gerlach, Hillis, Lamoreaux, LeBlanc, Leitz, Lewis, McGraw, Minetti, Mulder, G. Nelson, F. OLson, Owens, Rickabaugh, Wentworth, G. Williams, Yerian, Yetter. The School of Education is accredited by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE), the Northwest Association of Schools and Colleges, and the Washington State Board of Education for the preparation of elementary and secondary teachers, principals, program administrators, and special education teachers, with the �'!aster of Arts in Education the highest degree approved. The accreditation gives PLU graduates reciprocity with many other states. Programs for the preparation of school administrators and school librarians are available. The School offers coursework toward the conversion, renewal, or reinstatement of teaching certificates. or preparation of school nurses, see School of Nursing section o f this catalog. The School of Education o ffers graduate degrees in Class room Teaching, Ed ucational Administration, Literacy Education, Special Education, a nd the master's degree with Initial Teaching Certification. Inform ation regarding these programs is available from the director of graduate programs in the School of Education ( 5 3 5-727 2 ) . EUGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR PROFESSIONAL

S tudents eeking to register for Education 302 or for Educational Psychology 2 6 1 1Educa tion 262 m ust apply to the School of Education, in order to receive a registration number. Official transcripts of all college/university work, writing samples, and official documentation o f college adm.ission test scores must be su bmitted to the School of Education by the first Friday in October or March before b eing adm i t ted to the School of Education and allowed to enroll in education courses the following term. STUDIES (Undergraduate or Certification Only) :

490 Seminar Seminar i n economic problems and policies with emphasis on encouraging t.he student to integrate pr blem-solving method ology with tools of economic analysis. Topic(s) seJected by class participants and instructor. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. ( 1 -4 )

491 , 492, 4.93

Independent Study

Prerequisite: consent of the department and com pletion of either 35 1 or 352. ( 1 -4)

495 Honors Thesis Independent

research supervised by one or more faculty

membe rs . Research proposal and topic developed b y the student

in the junior year. Application to enroll is made in the second semester of the ju n i o r year. Prerequisite: economics major and

consent of the department. ( 4 ) 5 00 Applied Statistical Analysis An intensive introduction to statistical methods. Emphasis on

the application of inferential statistics to concrete situations. ( 4 ) 50 1 Analytical Methods for Decision-Making The concepts of probability, sampling, statistical decision theory,

linear programm ing, and other deterministic models appLied to ma nagerial problems. Prerequisite: 500. ( 4 ) 520 Economic Policy Analysis An intensive i n troduction to the concepts of macroeconomics and microeconomics w i th an emphasis on policy formation within a global framework. ( 4 )

Requirements include: 1 . Evidence o f verbal and quantitative ability as illustrated by o ne of the following test scores:' a. Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) Verbal 425 or above; Total 9 3 1 or above** b. Washington Pre-College Tes t ( WPCT) or (TETEP) Verbal 48 or above; Total 103 or above** c. American College Tes t Assessment (ACT) Verbal 2 0 or above; Composite 23 or above** ,.. All elementary applicants between the ages of 2 1 and 25 and all secondary applican ts over the age of 21, who have n o t taken SAT, ACl; WPCT or TETEP must submit a TETEP score. ** Test score requirements are set by the State of Wash i ngto 11 a n d are subject t o change.

2. 3. 4. 5.

Sophomore standing ( 3 0 or more semester hours) Cumulative grade point average ( G PA ) o f 2 . 5 0 Psychology 1 0 1 : grade of C or higher English 1 0 1 : grade of C or higher

Application forms and procedures for admission to profes sional studies in education are available from the School of P

Education. Stud nts who do not meet all the requirements may

3. An individu a l must complete the renewal application form and send it to the School of Education, with the $ 1 5 renewal fee (check made p ayable to Pacific Lutheran University). 4. An individual mllst have a copy of his or her I n itial Certificate on file in the School of Education.

exercise the appeal p rocess for admission to Education 302 or

Ed ucational Psychology 26 ! /Education 262. Admission appeal proces forms are available from an adviser in the School of z o I oe:{ U :::l C

· ducation. A l l students admitted to Ed ucation 302 or Educational Psychology 26 l ! Ed ucation 262 are admitted provisionally to a program of professional studies, subject to cond itions and p roced u re.s identified in the Elementary/Secondary I nitial Level Certificat ion Handbooks, available in the School of Education. �ontinuation in the progTam of professional studies is subject [0 continuous assessment of student development and performance.

Converting to the Continuing Certificate: t the time of publication of this catalog, state requirements include: 1. 30 semester h ours o f upper division or graduate level post baccalaureate study. 2. I SO days of full-time teaching, of which 30 days must be with the same emp loyer. 3. Two endorsements. 4. Coursework in issues of abuse.

BAB andJor CERTIFICATION REQUI REMENTS: Students become candidates for certification when they have successfully completed the following: 1. All course work with a cumulative grade point average of 2.50 or above. 2. Professional Education Sequence for elementary or secondary teaching. 3. An approved teaching major( s) or concentration(s) (see requirements as listed under Academic Preparation ) . 4 . A l l courses in educa t ion a n d in major and minor fields with grades of C or higher ( for secondary education, B-or higher required in education courses) . 5 . Achievement o f proficiency i n writing and math skills. 6. Anthropology 21 O/History 2 10 or Anthropology 1 02 for secondary teaching and Anthropology 1 0 2 for elementary teach.ing. 7. Coursework or courses on the issues of abuse, as approved by the School of Education ( S PED 4 S 0 ) . S . A s t u d e n t teach ing experience. Students must complete all necessary procedures by the last Friday in October for fal l student teaching or the last Friday i n November for spring student teaching. 9 . A valid first aid card . TEACHER CERTIFICATION Initial Teaching Certificate: S tudents who successful l y complete a program of p rofessional studies in the School of Ed u cation,

and who meet a l l related academic requirements for a degTee or a certificate, will be recommended by the School of Education for a Washington initial teaching certificate. Additional ta.te re quirements for the certificate include a Washington State Patrol check, an B I fingerprint check, and a passing score on state entry- to-practice tests. l n formation regarding all state require ments and p rocedures fo r certification is available in the School of Education. State requirements art! subject to immediate change. Students should stay

advisers for updates

ill in

close co n t act with their School of Eductl tion progra m or application requirements.

valid fo r four years, and may be renewed for an additional three years by meeting the following requirements: 1. I n order to be eligible to renew or have an initial certificate reissued, an individual must have completed all coursework requirements for continuing certification or have completed 1 0 semester ( 1 5 quarter) hours of study since the issuance of the MOST RECENT initial certificate in the role fo r which renewal or [eissuance is being sought (WAC I S0-79-065) (1 l ea ) . The i ndividual must also meet the recency requirement described below. In some cases the same credits may apply to both the renewal/re.issuance requirement and the recency requirement. 2. In order to be e l igible to obtain, renew, or have an initial certificat'" reissued , the individ ual must have completed 1 0 semester ( 1 5 quarter) h o urs within t h seven years preceding application for the initial certificate. The recency requirement does not apply to ind ividuals who are seeking the continuing cert i fica te. ( WAC I S0 - 79-065) ( 3 ) P

ELEM ENTARY PREPARATION General requirements: In addition to the general university and core requirements in all curricula, certain specific requirements in general education must b e met. 1. Anth.ropology 1 02, Exploring Anthropology; Culture and Society ( recommended) or Anth.ropology 21 O/History 2 1 0, Global Perspectives, or the equivalent must be taken. 2. M ath.ematics 223 or equivalent must be taken. 3. Biology I I I or life science. 4. Natural Sciences 206 or physical science. Professional Education: Elementary Program

S PED 200 ED ' 302 E D UC 3 0 3 EDUC 357 EDUC 358 EDUC 400 EDUC 4 0 1 UC 406 EDUC 408 ED C 4 1 0 EDUC 4 1 2 EDUC 430 E

EDUC 435

Initial Teadung Certificate Renewal: Under s tate regulations in effect at the publication of this catalog, the Initial Certit-lca te is

Although the master's degree is no longer required, any School of Education MAE degree can be used to meet the academic re quirements for the co ntinuing certificate. Other means by which the School of Education can help persons meet continuing certi fication requirements wil l be considered as they become known.

SPED 499

Individuals with Special Needs ( 2 ) Human Learning: Growth a n d Development ( 3 ) field Observation ( ! ) iv1edia and Technology in K-8 Classrooms ( 2 ) Practicum 1 ( 1 ) Top ics in Elementary Edncation: Classroom Issues and Instructional Strategies (3) Practicllm I I ( J ) Mathematics in K-8 Education ( 3 ) Literacy i n K - S Education ( 3 ) Science/Health i n t h e - iementary School ( 3 ) Social Studies in t h e Elementary School ( 3 ) Student Teaching in K-S Ed ucation ( 9 ) (or EDUC 4 3 4 for d ua l student teaching) Topics in Elementary Education: Classroom Prac tice in the Context of Educational Foundations ( 3 ) ( EDUe 430 a n d 4 3 5 meet t h e senior seminar/ project requirement) Teaching for individual D i fferences-Elementary ( 2 ) (req u i red ollly fo r n o n special edliCil tioll lllajors and minors)

ART 34 1

Elementary Art Education (2)

and

M USI 341

Music in the Elemen tary School (2)

or SOTA 3 4 1 PH ED 3 2 2

I ntegrating Arts in the Classroom ( 2 ) Physical Education in Elementary Schools ( 2 )

ELEMENTARY SEQUENCE (Regular and certification only):

Courses must b e taken in this sequence: 'fe.rm I:

EDUC 302 ED C 303 SPED 200

Hu man Learning: Growth and Development ( 3 ) Field Observation ( 1 ) Special Needs Learners ( 2 )

The j(lilowing courses mllst be taken after Term I:

P I-fE D 322

A RT 34 1 M 51 341 SPED 4S0

PE in Elementary School ( 1 -2) Elementary Art Education ( 2 ) Music for Classroom Tea che rs ( 1-2) hild Abuse. ( 1 ) ( req uiremellt by State of Washillgtoll)

Terlll II:

E DUC 357 £OUC 358

EDUC 406 EDUC 408 Terlll IT]: DUC 400 E D e 40 1 EDU 4 1 0

£OUC 4 1 2 SPED 499 T. Tm IV: E D Ue 430 E D UC 4 3 5

Me d i a /Te ch n o log y i n the Classroom ( 2 ) Pra c ti um I ( I ) Elementary Math Methods ( 3 ) Literacy i n K - 8 Education ( 3 ) Topi s: l �su e s / S t r ate g i es ( 3 ) Practicllm I I ( I ) El e m e n t a ry Science Methods ( 3 ) Elementary Social Stud ies Met h o ds ( 3 ) Teaching for In d ividual Differences - Elem. ( 2 ) (req1l ired o Illy for lion-sp ecial education

majors and lIlinors)

(9) (EDUC 4 3 4 for d ual st u den t leaching) Topics in Elemen t a ry Educat ion : F ou nd a t ions ( 3 ) Student Teach i ng

ElEMENTARY EDUCATION MINOR� St u de n ts p reparing for elementary classroom t e a c h i n g hould choose one of the following fo ur o pt i o ns: 1 . CrOSS-Disciplinary Studies ( 12 hours required)

Select 12 hours from:

Ch ild ren 's Li terature

Speec h Geography

Com p u ter s in Ed u c ati o n bild Development Sp cia I Education

2 . Special Education ( 1 8 hours requil'ed) ( see listing under Spec i al Education K- 1 2) 3 . Reading Endorsement ( 1 6 hoW's required) E DUC 408 Li teracy i n K- Education ( 3 ) E DUe 490/5 1 0 Th e A cqu i s it i on a n d Development o f Language and Literacy ( 2 ) EOUC 4 1 1 15 1 1 tra tegies for Language/Literacy Development ( 2 ) E DUC 4 1 3/5 1 3 Language/Literacy Development: Assessment and I n s t r u ctio n (4) EDUC 438/538 'trategies for Whole Literacy I ns t ru ct ion K- 1 2 (2)

6. Early Childhood Special Education (18 hours required) Development i n Ear l y Childhood Special S P ED 490 Education ( 2 ) SPED 492 Strategies for Teach i ng Ea rly Learners ( 2 ) SPED 399 Practicum in S p e c i a l Education ( I ) SPED 3 4 [ / 5 4 1 Assessment i n EC Spe c ia l Education ( 2 ) Issues i n I C Special Education ( 2 ) SPED 338/538 SPED 395 Language Development (2) or SPED 490/ 5 1 0 Langauge Development ( 2 ) SPED 496/596 Ed ucating t h e P hysic a l l y Challenged (2) Communication and Collaboration ( 3 ) SPED 404 SECONDARY PREPARATION

S p ec i a l Topics I n Children's Literature (2) Multic ultural Children's Liter a t u re ( 2 ) Children's L i tera t ure i n tbe K-8 urriculum (2) E D U e 429/529 Adolscent Lite.ratur i n t b e Secondary CurriculW11 ( 2 ) E DUC

427/527 E DUe 428/528

ENGL 333 or 33'1 or equ ivalent 4-hour chilJrul 's literat ure course for EDUC 4281528 and the childrw's literature electives. »May su bstitute

4. Teaching English as a Second Language ( 16 hoW's required) ANTH 1 02 xpl or i ng Anthropology: Culture and

Society (4)

LANG/EDUC

LANG 446

LANGIE D

445 Methods for Teachi ng Foreign Languages

and Engl i sh as a Second Language Theories of Lw guage Ac q u is i t i on ( 4) e 475 Pr a c t i c u m in Teaching - n g l i s h as a Second

L angua ge ( 1 ) LANG/EDUC 470 Cu rricul um, Male.rials nd Instruction for Tea b i ng English as a Se co n d L a ng uage (4)

5. Instructional Tedmology ( 1 6 hours required) CSCI 2 2 0 Computerized I nfo rma tio n Systems ( 4 ) lnstruct ional Technology i n K- 1 2 Schools EDUC 449 (2) EDUC 437/537 Library Media and Tech n olo g y ( 2 ) O l l e of: CSCI 1 1 7 Cr i ti c al Conversations ( 4 ) ; OMA 27 1 Media Literacy (4); or EDU C 457 The Arts, Media and Technology (2) O n e of: EDUC 357 Media and Technology i n K-8 Cl a ss roo ms O( CSCl 322/EDUC 493 Microcomputers in the Cl a s s ro o m (2) Electives (4-6 h o urs)

o z

GeneTal requirements: In addition to the general university requ irements in all curricula, certai n specific requirements for ge ne r al education must be met. 1. Anthropology/History 2 1 0 , Global Perspectives ( recom mended) or Anthropology 1 02, Culture a n d Society, must be taken. 2. C o m p u te r Science 322, M icrocomputers in the Classroom, m ust be taken ( P hysical Education and Music Education d e gree majors exc e pted) . 3. Minimum grade requirements i nclude a c u mulative grade point average of 2.50 for the following: a. Entrance to professional sequence. b. Enrollment in any c o ur s e in professional education. c. Graduation and/or certification. 4. rades of C or h igher in the fol l owi n g : a. All courses il1 majors and m i n ors . b. E n gl ish 1 0 1 , Psychology 1 0 1 , Anthropology/History 2 1 0 or An thropology 1 02 . c. Computer Science 322.

Professional Education: Secondary Program (minimum of 30 semester hoors): Human Relations D eve l op me. n t ( 3 ) ( P re requis i t e : EPSY 2 6 1

EDUC 262

Ch ildren 's Literalllre Courses E DUC 426/526

EDUC 263

EPSY 36 1 S PED 3 6 2

EDUC 4 FDUC 4 6 1

EDUC 462

EDUe 468

EDUe 469

Admission to the 5 qu en ce) Foundations of Educa t ion ( 3 ) ( Prerequisites: Adm i s 'ion to the s e qu ence and concurren t e n ro l l ment in EPSY 26 1 ) School O b s e rv atio n ( 1 ) ( P r e re q u i s it es: Admission to the sequence and concurrent enrolment in E D e 262) Psychology for Teaching (3) ( Prerequisite: EPSY 26 1 ) Teaching for Individual Differences - Secondary (4) ( P re requ i s i t s : E D U . 262/263, EPSY 26 1 ) ( No t required for special e d u c a t i o n majors Qr m in rs) Subject Area Methods ( 3 ) (PrereqLL isites: EOUC 262/263, EPSY 26 1 , 3 6 1 , SPED 3 6 2) General Te a c h i n g Methods - Secondary ( 3 ) ( P rerequisites: EPSY 26 1 , EDU 262, concurre.nt enrollment in EDUC 462) Teacher Assisting - S eco n d a ry ( 1 ) ( P re requisi tes: E PSY 26 1 , EDUC 262, concurrent enroll ment i n ' DUC 46 1 ) Student Te a c h i n g - S e co n d a ry ( 9 ) ( P rerequisites: PSY 26 1 , 3 6 1 , EDUC 262, 263, 46 1 , 462, S PED 362, sen i o r sta nd ing, c u m ul ative GPA of 2 . 5 0 or h i gh e r ; a v al i d first aid card must be on file b e fo re studen t tea ch i n g p l a c e ment can be fi n a l ized ) ( EDU 4-68 me e t s the senior seminar/project requirement) Semi n a r - S e c o n d a ry

Recommended Sequences:

S P E D 404

Undergraduate Stude/lfl

SPE D 407 S P - D 480

EPSY 26 [ , EDUC 262, 263 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 b lUrs EPSY 36 I , SPED 362 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 hours EDU 46 [ , 462 , 44/ . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . .. . ... . . . ..... . .... . . . ..... . 7 bours

z o I4: u ::I Q w

ED U

468 , 469 . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

[ 2 hour.

Gradl/ate t lltient5 (with B.A .!B. S. degrees) EPSY 2 6 [ , RD UC 262, 263 . . . . . . . . ... . . . .... . .. . . . .. . .. . ........ . . . . ..... 7 h o urs EPSY 36 1 , EDtlC 46 [ , 46 2, SPED 362 ................ ...... .. ... 1 1 h urs

44X, 468. 4 9 . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .... . . . . .. [ s h.ours

EDU

...

ACA DEMIC PR EPARATION: A maj o r from t hose l isted mus t be completed. Completion of a teach i n g m aj o r/ m inor i n a seco nd academic area is s t ron gl y re co m m e nded . (Students do not major in educatio n ) . Tea ch i ng majors a re offen� in the followin g a reas : anthropology, a rt, b iology, chemistry, d rama, earth sciences, economics, E n g li s h , French, German, history, journalism, la.nguage arts, mathematics, music, Norwegian, physical educalion, p h y sics , political science, psycho logy, science, social stud ies, sociology, Sp a n i s h , and speech. M i n o rs only are available in Chinese, computer science, heallh, and Latin. The maj ors a n d minor in the elem ntary a )ld secondar y ed u c ati o n programs have been revised because of changes in t he Washington Ad ministra t ive Code. Except in the ar eas of E n g l ish / language a rts, science, s o cia l studies, physind e duca tioll, aHd foreign languages, the elementary maj o r fulfiils areas of st u d y req u i re d b y the State fo r en d o rs e m en t . See an e d ll c a t i () n adviser for cu r rent i n formation. PREPARATION FOR SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING:

[) de elop skills in one or more

SPED 408

S PE D 492

{O l I l"les:

Medically Fragile ( 2 ) Transitions from School to C o mm u n i t y ( 2 ) Methods of Teaching You n g h i ld ren ( 2 )

Plus S t ud en t Teaching: St udent Teaching - Elementary (5) SPED 438 SPED 439 S t u d e n t Teaching - Secondary (5) Student Tea c ll in g Seminar ( [ ) S PED 440

440 meet the s en i o r seminar/project

( SPED 4 3 8 , 439, and

requ irement) Minor ( 18 hours minimum) SPE D 200 I n d iv i d u a ls with Special Needs (2) o r eq u i valent

S P E D 292

{ SP

D 390

S P ED 3 9 1

Ass es s m e n t in Spec ial E d u c a t i o n ( 2 ) leac h i n g Life and Vo cat i o na l Skills ( 2 ) Pr a c tic llm i n Life Skills ( 1 )

{ SPED 393 S P D 394 SPED 396 SP D 40 [

SPED 402 S P D 407 SP D 480

Teaching Stu d e nt s with B eha v i o r Pro blems ( 2 ) Prac t ic u m i n Behavior Problems ( L ) I nstructional Man a ge m e nt ( 2 ) Acade.rnic l nst ructional S t rategi es for Learners w i th S p ec i al Needs ( 3 ) PracLicul11 in Instructionul S trat egi e s ( [ ) Curriculum, f nst ruction, and Tech nology (4) C hi ld buse ( l )

Please n o te: Special Educatio1l 200 is a prerequisite to ALL specia l 2 6 I !Education 262 is a prereqll isite fo r ALL 300 o r 400·level

Sp ec i al Education co urses. Students not m a jori ng in education may

be eXCl/ sed fro m th is requ i rement.

co achi n g a reas in

response t o Title IX legi lation, 2 ) develop co m petencies in

speci a l education i n response to federal s p e cial education l egi sl a tio n , and 3) develop p ro fi c iency in one or more lan g uages , particu larly Spanish and A s ian languages. In a .ll cases, students must d i 'cuss t h ei r progTam with an adviser from the S chool of d u ca t i o n . PREPARATION FOR K-12 TEACHING: S tu den ts preparing for K- [ 2 te ach i ng i n art, music, foreign Ianguage, .or phys i c a l education must hav ' student te a chin g x.perience and coursc work ill methodol o g y o n b o t h the e l e m e n t a ry and seco n d a r y levels. Detailed in fo rm a tion re g a rd i ng K- [ 2 certification is available in the School of Ed u ca tion o ffi ce . A S c h o ol o f Educa· tion adviser is required i n addition to an adviser i n art, music., or p hys i c al e d u c a tion .

Non-Tellching Minor ( 1 8 hours minimum) (12 ho u rs) :

Req u ired Co u rses

SPED 1 95 SPED 20 [ SPED 404 SPED 480 SPED 399 SPED 408

I n d ividu a ls with Disabilities

COIlcen tra t io llS (ch oose 6 h o u rs from th e followi ng):

SPED 3 90 rED 3 9 [ SPED 393 SPED 394 SPED 490 SPED 292 SPED 296

Teaching Life and Vocational Skills ( 2 ) Practicum in Life SI ills ( I ) Teachi ng S tud.enls w ith Behavior D i s orders ( 2 ) P r a ct i cu m for B e havior P ro b lem s ( [ ) Early Learning Experiences for S p ecia l Needs Children ( 2 ) Assessm nt in S pecial Education (2) Educating the Phys icall y Ch allenged and Medicall y Frag i l e ( 2 ) I n tro d u c ti o n to Language Deve lo p m e n t and Disorders ( 2 ) Supervi�ing Para - P ro fe ssion a ls a n d Volunteers( [ ) The Gifted Child (2) C o m p u te r App l icat i o n in S p e cia l Education ( 2 ) I n depen de n t Study ( 1 -2)

SPED 475

Major (32 b.ours minimum)

EARLY CHI LDHOOD - SPECIAL

Required Co u rs es

SPED 390 SPED 39 [ SPED 393 SPED 394 SPED 396 SPED 40 [

402 I

hMm;):

Individuals with S p e c i al Needs (2) o r eq u iva le n t Assess m ent i n Special Ed ucat ion ( 2 ) Teaching Life and Vocational Skills ( 2 ) Practicum in Life Skills ( 1 ) Teaching S t udents with B eha v i or Probl ems ( 2 ) Prac r icu m in B e h a v i or Problems ( [ ) I n stru ct i on a l Man agement ( 2 ) Academic I nstructional Strateg-ies for Learners with Special Needs ( 3 ) Practicum i n Instructional Strategies ( [ )

SPED 200 SPED 292

SPE D

(mil1im rll11 of 21

(4)

Observation in Spe c ia l E d ucati o n Prog r a m s ( [ ) Communicat ion and Collaboration ( 3 ) I ss u e s i n Child Abuse and 1 egtect ( [ ) Practicu m i n Sp e c i a l Education ( [ ) Transitions [rom School to Community ( 2 )

(K-1 2): The 32 semester ho u r te a c h i ng major a nd [ 8 semester hour m i no r must be taken in c o njun c ti on with an academic t e ach i ng major. Studen ts compl e ting this major a l ong w i t h th e re qu i red p rofessi o n al education sequence for el�mentary or secondary teachers will be re commen d e d for an endorsement in special e d ucat i on . Students n o t majoring i n e d u c a ti on may b e excused from the re q u ire m e nts o f taking Edu c at i on 302 or Educational Psychology 26 l !Education 262.

SPECIAL IIDUCA110N

Olle of th e following

SPED 296

educat ion colnsewo rk. Edu ca t i o n 302 or Educa tiOllal Psycho logy

Studcnt� p reparing for senior high tea ch ing must co m pl e te app roximately 32-69 semester ho u rs i n trle academic area i n which they plan to teach. A m in or in a se c o n d teaching area is reco m m en d ed . Students may alSo find it a dv a nt age o u s to their career goals to

Commu nication and Collabora tion (3) Cu rriculum, In, truct ion, a n d Te h nology ( 4 ) C h i ld Abuse ( 1 )

SPED 395

SPED 48 5

SPED 494 SPE D 4 9 7

See

EDUCATION

Graduate Studies.

LmRARY LEARNING RESOURCE SPECIALIST: Preparation of School librllrians ( 16 semester hours)

Students interested in prepar ing for the res p o ns i bil i t y of administering a sd1001 libra ry may meet s u gge sted standards through the fo l l o w i n g p rogram: Prereq uisite:

EDUC 253 or

EPSY

2 6 1 1ED C 262, or teacher ce rtifi c a tion .

Requ ired: ED

506

Foundations of School Librar y Media Center M.anag e m e n t ( 2 )

EDUC

507

£DUC 508

EDUe 509 EDUC 5 � 7

Pr in ciples of I nfo r ma t i o n Organization, Retrieval, and Service (2) Pr inc-i ples of Bibliograph ic An a l ys i s , nd Control ( 2 ) Foundations o f ol lec ti on Development (2) 1edia and Tech n ol o gy for Sc h o o l

ib rary Media

p ec ia l i s ts ( 2 ) EDUe

538

St r ateg i.es fo r Whole Lite ra cy Instruction (K- 1 2) ( 2 )

EDU

55 5

CluTiculum Devel o p m ent ( 2 )

£lectil'es - o n e of tire Jol/o wi llg: EDUe 528 Chil d re n ' s L iterature in K - 8 Cu rri cu l wll ( 2 ) EDU 529 Adolescent L i ter lUre in t h e Sec o n dary Curriculum

(2 ) E DUe 456

Storytelling

(2)

PRINCIPAL'S AND PROGRAM ADMIN1STRATOR'S CERTI FICATE: P re p a r a t i o n p ro g r am s l ead i n g to ce r t i fi c a t i on at the i n it ial and continLling levels fo r ' c h o ol and dist rict-wide pr gram admin istrators are avai l a b l e th ro ug h the School o f Educat ion . S peci fic requirements for the ce rt i fi c at es are identified in handbooks a va i l a bl e upon reques t . Master' degrees in educational adm i n istration are des cr i b ed in the Graduate Studies sect io n of this cata log .

25 se mes ter hours required. B io l o gy 1 6 1 (I ; 1 6 2 (I, Ill, I V ) ; 323 ( I I , IV, V I ); 8 hours of e l e c t i ves fro m B i o l og y 2 0 1 o r a b ove. Required suppo rting: Che mist r y l OS or I l 5 . Elementary tellcizillg lIIajor: 2 5 semester h o u rs re q u i re d. Same as s eco n da r y tea ch i n g mi n or.

Secondary teil ching TIIinor:

CHEMISTRY

( 1 ) rganie chemisrry, i nc l u din g l abo ra to ry ex p e r ien c e, ( I I ) I no rga n ic chemistr " including laboratory ex pe r ien ce, ( 1 I l ) A n a l yt i c c hemi s t ry, i n c l u d i ng l a b oratory experience, (TV) Physical c h em i s t r y, ( V ) Labora tory management and saf ty. Secondary tea ching major: 50 semester hours req u i red . he m is t ry 1 20 ( 1 1 ) ; or 1 25 ( II ) ; 232 ( I ); 234 ( I ); 3 3 2 ( I) ; 334 ( I ) ; 338 ( U l ) : 341 (IV); 342 ( I V ); 343 ( I V ) ; 344 ( I V ) ; 403 ( I ) . Re q u ire d suppor t i n g : Math 1 5 1 , 1 52 ; P hys i c s 1 53, 1 54, 1 63 , 1 64. Secondary ('eaching millOI': 22 se m este r hours r e q u i red. Chemistry 1 20 ( II ) ; or 1 25 ( I n ; 232 ( I ) ; 234 ( I ) ; 332 ( I ) ; 334 ( I ) ; 3 3 8 ( I I I ) ; 4 h o u rs o f e l e c t i ve s fro m C h em i s t r y 34 1 o r State elldorsemfllt requi rements:

o c: " l> -t o z

ab ove. Elemell tilry tCilching major: 2 4 sem es te r ho urs required.

CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHOOL NURSES: Educational Staff Asso cia te cert i fication fo r school n urses i s i nd ivi d u a ll y desig ne d through t b e School of Nursing. For i n formation rega rcti ng s c h o o l l1 urse c e r t ificati on , contact the School o f Nursing ( 53 5 -8872 ) .

1 04 (I and 1 1 ) ; lOS ( I ) ; 1 20 ( I I ) ; or 1 25 ( I I ) ; 2 1 0; o n e or m o re of the fo ll owing: Chemistry 232 or above; Biology; eo sc i e n ce s ; or Natural .bemistry

8 h o u rs of el ec ti ves from S c ie n c e .

CHINESE State endorsement requirements: ( I ) Writing/composition in the

Teaching Major/Minor Requirements

ANTHROPOLOGY State

elldorsemellt req llirements: ( I )

Cul t u r al Anthropology, ( I I )

Phy ical Anthropology, ( I I I ) A r c h a eo lo gy.

32 semester h o urs required. Anth 1 0 1 ( I I); 1 02 ( I ) ; 354 ( I I ) ; 480 ( I ) ; 4 hours from Anth 220, 225 ( 1 ) , 230. 330, 336, 345, 343; 4 h o u rs from Anth 2 1 0, 350, 360, 375, 80, 392, 490 ( 1 ) ; 8 ho urs from: Anth 1 03, 332, 365, 370, 465, ( 3 3 [+ 370) ( I I , lU ) . ecolldary tea hing minor: 20 semester ho u r s r q u i red . Anth 1 0 1 ( I I ) ; 1 02 ( I ) ; 8 hours from Anth 2 1 0, 220, 225, 230, 33 0, 336, 343, 345, 354, 490 ( I ; 4 h o u rs from Anth 103, 332, 365, 3 7 0 , 465, (331 + 370) ( I I , [ I I ) . Elemen tary teaching major: 2 4 se m es ter hours required. Anth 1 0 1 ( I I ) ; 102 ( I ) ; 354 ( I I ) ; 8 ho urs from Allth 2 1 0, 220, 330, 336, 345, 354, (3431225 + 490) ( I ) ; 4 ho u r s from Anth 103, 332, 365, 370, 4 5 (33 1 + 370) ( I I , I I I ) .

Secondary t ea ching major:

ART tute endorsement requ i rements: ( I ) Art h i sto r y, ( I I ) Aesthetics o r philosophy of art, ( I I I ) D r aw i n g , ( I V ) Painting, ( V ) Sculpture, ( Vl ) I nstructional meth o ds in art. K-J2 teaching major: 34 semester ho urs requ ired. Art 1 60 ( I I I ) ; 1 96 ( I I ) ; 226 ( V ) ; 230 ( V); 250 (J ) ; 365 ( I I ) ; 34 1 ( V I ) ; 4 h lll r fro m : rt 296, 326, 370; 4 hours from Art

1 80, 1 8 1 , 380 ( I ) .

Art millor: 2 6 s em es ter hours req u i re d . Art 1 60 ( IlI); 196 ( I I ) ; 250 (V); 365 ( 1 V ) ; 3 4 1 ( I I ) ; 4 hours from Arl 230, 326, 370 ( V ) ; 4 h o u rs froIll Art 1 80 , 1 8 1 , 380 ( I ) . Elemelltary Art major: Same

as art minor.

BI O LOG Y State eruior;emellt req uiremellts: ( I ) Genetics. ( I I ) Ecology or ev o l u t ion theory, ( Il l ) B o t an y, i n c l u d i ng laboratory exp e r i nee, (l I ) Zool gy, i llcl ud i ng laboratory e>.:per i e n c e , ( V ) Lab o ra to r y ma nagement and sa fe t y, (VI) Science technology and society or bioe th ics. Secondary teach i ng major: 40 semester hours required. Biology 1 6 1 (0; 1 6 2 ( I , 1 I l , IV); 323 ( II, T V, V I ) ; 340 or 359 ( U l ) ; 20 1 or 328 (I) ; 424 or 475 ( 1 1); 324 or 326 o r 36 1 ( IV ) ; 33 1 o r 407 ( I , VI); 4 h o u rs o f elect ives from B i ol og y 2 0 5 o r above. Required s u p p o r t i ng: Ch e m i s t r y 1 0 5 or 1 1 5 .

designated foreign l a n g u age, ( I I ) Conversation in the

designated fo re i g n la n g u age , ( I I I ) Re a d i ng in the designated foreign la n g u a ge, ( IV ) Hi s to ry and culture of the designated fo r e ig n la n guage . SecOl1dary teaching minor: 24 semester h o u rs r e q u i re d . Chi nese 1 0 1 , 1 02 , 20 1 , 202, 30 1 , 37 1 . Also re q u i re d : LANG/ EDUC 445. Elem e n t a ry teachillg major:

24 semester ho u rs requ i re d . Same as

secondary t e a ch i ng m i n o r.

DRAMA State endor;emel1t req uirements: ( I ) Acting skills,

( I I ) Theatre

pro d uct i o n , ( I l l ) Theatre h is to r y or h i s tor y of drama, ( I V ) C reat i ve drama, ( V ) Theatre ctirecting. S eco r lda ry teaching major:

3 2 semester hours reqllired.

Theatre 1 5 1 ( ll ) ; 1 60; 24 1 (l & I V ) ; 250 (I & I V ) ; 3 5 2 ( I I & V) ;

357 ( I & rV); 363 o r 6 4 ( IV ) ; 4 5 4 ( I ll ) . 2 0 s e me s te r h o u rs re q u i r ed. Theatre 1 5 1 ( T l ) ; 250 ( I & I V ) ; 4 hours fro m Theatre 160, 363, 364 ( I l l ) ; 8 h o I rs fro m Theatre 351 ( I I ) , 352 (II & V), 454 ( I I I ) , 458 (II & I V ) . Elemel1tary tea ch ing major: 24 semester h o urs re q u i red. Secondary leaching minor:

Theatre l S I ( T I ) ; 1 60 ( I I I ) ; 250 (I & I V ) ; 8 hours from Theatre 35 1 ( I I ) , 352 ( I I & V ) , 454 ( 1 1 1 ) , 458 ( l ! & I V ) ; 4 ho u rs of electives.

ECONOMICS State endorsemellt req uirements; ( I ) Macroeconomics, Microecono mics,

(II) ( I l l ) H i st or y and/or development of

e co no m i c thou ght. 3 2 seme ter h o u r s required. Economics 1 30 ( I I ) or 1 5 1 - 1 52 ( I ) ; 3 5 1 ( I ) ; 352 ( I I ) ; 486 ( IT l l ; 8 h o u rs from Economics 3 4 3 , Sta tistic s 23 1 , Math 34 1 , B u s i ness 202, or all electi e in com p u te r science; 8 hour of elec t i ves in economics, 4 hours of wh ich may be statistic.� a n d/ or i n c l udin g Economics 399, 490, 492, 493 fo r variable credit. Secondary teaching millor: 20 semester hours required. Economics 1 30 ( I I ) ; 35 1 ( I) ; 3 5 2 ( I I ) ; 486 ( I I I ) ; 4 hours of electives in economics which may include statisrics. Elementary teaching major: 24 sem· st r h o urs required. Same a s secondary te a ch i n g minor with 4 add it i o n a l hours o f electives

Secondary teach1 l1g major:

in economic or ·tatistics. P

sciences electives at the 300 level or h igher. Select from 323, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 334, 335, 350.

ENGLISH State endorsement requiremen ts: ( I ) Wri ting/composition,

z o

( I I ) American literature, ( I I I ) World literature representing a variety of diverse cultures, i ncluding British literature, ( I V) Lingu istics or structure of language. Foreign Language requiremcnt: Secondary English majors must complete a t leas t two years of a foreign language at the universlty level. S e co n da ry teaching major: 36-44 semester hours required beyond Engl is h 1 0 1 . English 24 1 ( 1 1 ) ; 2 5 i ( I I I ) ; 3 0 [ ; 328 ( I ) ; 403 ( I V ) ; 4 hours from English 2 1 6, 2 3 3 , 3 4 3 ( I I I ) ; Education 429; ( 1 2 ho urs from periods and surveys); 4 hours from Senior Seminar. Secondary tea ch i ng minor: [8 semester hours required beyond English [ 0 1 . Engl ish 24 [ ( I I ) , 2 5 1 (n I ) , 328 ( 1 ) , 403 ( I V ) ; 4 hours from English 2 [ 6, 233, 343 or Educa tion 429 ( I I I ) . Elementil1J teaching major: 2 4 semester hours required beyond English 1 0 1 . English 24 [ , 2 5 1 , 328, 403; 4 hours from English 333, 334 or Education 428 or 429; 4 hours from Commu n ica足 tion 1 23, 3 30, 450, TheJtre 2 4 [ , or 45 8 . ENGLISH/ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS

State endorsement requirements: ( 0 Writing/com position, ( I I ) American l iterature, ( Il l ) World l iterature, ( I V) Linguis足 tICS or structure of language, ( V ) D rama, ( V I ) Speech, ( VI I ) Journalism.

Secondary

teaching major: 44 semester hours required. English 24 [ ( I I ) ; 2S [ ( I I I ) ; 327 or 328 ( I ) ; 403 ( IV ) ; 4 hours from English 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8, 23 1 , 334 ( II I ) ; 8 hours in Speech and Communicarions [ 23, 328, 330, 436, 450; Theatre 24 1. ( V I I ) ; 8 hours drama from Theatre 1 5 [ , 250, 352, 458 ( V I ) ; 8 hours in j ou rnalism from Communication 283, 380, 3 8 [ , 388, ( VI I l ) . Elementary teach i ng major: 2 4 semester hours required. English 24 1 ( I I ) ; 2 5 [ ( I I I ) ; 327 or 328 ( I ) ; 4 h ours fro m English 4 0 3 or l anguages 2 0 0 ( I V ) ; 4 hours fro m English 3 3 3 , 335 ( UI ) ; 4 hours from Communication 1 2 3 (V), 3 3 0 ( V I ) , 4 5 0 ( V I ) , Theatre 24 [ ( V I ) , 4 5 8 ( V ) . FREN C H

State endorsement requirements: ( I ) Writi n g/composition in the designated foreign language, (II) Conversation in the designated foreign language, ( I I I ) Reading i n the designated foreign language, ( I V ) H istory and culture of the designated foreign bnguage. Secondary lea ch ing major: 34 semester hours required beyond French [ 0 [ - [ 02 . French 20 [ ( I I , I I I , I V ) ; 202 ( U , m, IV); 3 2 [ ( I V ) ; 3 0 [ ( I & I I ) ; 3 0 2 ( I & I I ) ; 42 [ ( I I I ) ; 4 2 2 ( I I I ) ; 43 1 o r 432 ( I I I ) ; 495. Also required: LANG/EDUC 445. S e con da ry t eaching minor: 20 semester hours beyond 1 0 [ - [ 02 . French 2 0 1 ( I I , I I I , IV); 202 ( I I , I I I , IV); 3 2 [ ( I V ) ; 3 0 [ ( I & I I ) ; 302 ( I & 1 1 ) . Elementary teaching major: 24 semester hours beyond [ 0 [ - 1 02 . S a m e as secondary minor p l u s 4 hours from upper division electives. GEOSCmNCES

State endorsement requiremen ts: ( I ) Physical geology, ( I I ) Historical geology, ( IU ) Environmental geology, (IV) Oceanography, ( V ) Astronomy, (VI) Meteorology tellch ing major: 45-46 semester hours required. Eart h Sciences [ 3 1 ( I ) ; 1 32 ( I I ) ; [ 03 or 104 ( l I. I ) ; [ 0 2 ( I V ) ; Nat ural Sciences 206 ( V ) ; [ 0 5 ( VI ) ; 1 2- 1 3 hours from Earth Sciences 323, 324, 325, 326, 3 27, 328, 330, 334, 34 [ , 350. Chemistry 104 or [20. Physics [ 25, [ 3 5. 4 hours from Math [ 40 or h igher or one course from Compu ter Science [ 1 5 , 1 44 or 220. Secondary teaching minor: 2 0 semester hours requ i red. Earth Sciences [ 3 1 ( I ) ; [ 32 ( I I ) ; 1 03 ( I I I ) ; [ 0 2 ( I ) ; [ 04 ( I l l ) ; Nat ural Sciences 206 ( ) ; [ 0 5 ( V I ) . Elementary teaching major: 2 4 semester hours requi red. Same as secondary teaching minor with 4 additional hours of earth S e con da ry

GERMAN

State endorsement requirements: ( I ) Writing/composition i n the designated foreign language, (ll) Conversation in the designated foreign language, ( 1 I l ) Reading i n the designated

foreign language, (IV) H istory and culture o f the designated foreign language. Secondary teaclmg major: 34 semester hours required beyond 1 0 1 - 1 02 . German 20 [ (I & I I ) ; 202 (I & I I ) ; 3 2 1 ( I V ) ; 322 ( IV ) ; 30 [ ( I & I I ) ; 302 ( I & I I ) ; 42 1 ( I I I ) ; 4 2 2 ( I I I ) ; 495. Also required: LAN G/ E D UC 445. Secolldary teaching minor: 20 semester hours required beyond German 1 0 [ - 1 02. German 2 0 [ ( 1 , I I ) ; 202 (I & I I ) ; 3 2 [ or 3 2 2 ( IV ) ; 30 [ ( I & I I ) ; 3 0 2 ( I & I I ) . Elementary teaching major: 24 semester hours required beyond German 1 0 1 - [ 02. Same as secondary minor plus 4 hours from upper division German elective. H EALTH State endorselllcnt

requ irements: ( I ) Substance use and abuse, ( I I ) WcIlness a n d illness, ( I I I ) Nutrition, ( I V ) Human physiology, ( 5 ) afcty education. Secondary feachillg minor: [6 semester hours required. Health 260 ( I I I ) ; 2 70 ( I I ) ; 292 ( V ) ; 295 ( I I ) ; 3 2 [ ( I V ) ; 3 2 3 ( 1 1 ) ; 325 ( I I & I I I ) ; 327 ( I ) ; 2 hours of electives app roved b y health coordinator. Elementary teaching major: 2 4 sem ster hours required. Same as secondary teaching minor, and 8 hours of electives i n health education. HISTORY State cndorsement

requirements: ( 1 ) vVashington State or Pacific Northwest h istory and government, ( I I ) United States history" ( ur ) World, Western, or Pacific Rim history or civilizations. Secondary teaching major: 32 semester hours required. 8 hours form History 2 5 1 , 252, 253 ( I I ) ; [07 or 1 08 ( I I I ) ; 460 or 46 1 ( I ) ; Senior Seminar; 4 hours of electives from non足 Western history ( 205, 336, 338, 340, 380) ( IT I ) ; a nd 8 hours of upper division electives in h istory. Secondary teaching minor: 2 0 semester hours required. 4 hours from History 25 [ , 2 5 2 , 253 ( I I ) ; 1 07 or [08 ( I I I ) ; 460 or 461 ( I ) ; 4 hours of electives from non-Western history (205, 3 36, 338, 340, 380) ( I I I ) ; and 4 hours of upper division electives in h istory. Elementary teaching major: 24 semester hours required. Same as secondary teaching minor. Anthropology 354. INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY (Compoter Science) State endorsement requiremen ts: ( I ) Technology and society, i.e., ethical use, (II) Computer networks and telecommunication systems, e.g., Internet, ( I I I ) Inst ructional hardware usage and classroom applications, (IV) Instructional software, including word processing, data base management systems, spreadsheets and use of multimedia tools, e.g., sound, video, hypertcxt, and graphics, (V) Development of student learning activities which integrate technology tools and telecom mun ications. Elementary and Secondary teaching minor: 16 semester hours. Comp uter Science 220; Education 449; 437/537; one of Compu ter Science 1 1 7, Communication 2 7 [ , or Education 457; one of Education 357 or Computer Science 322/Education 493; 4-6 hours of electives. JOURNALISM

State endorsement requirements: ( I ) News and feature writing, ( I I ) Copy editing, ( I I I ) News production, ( IV ) Copy makeup and design, ( V ) Legal rights and liabilities of the p ress. Sew/lda ry teaching major: 32 semester h o urs required. ommlmication 1 23 ; 27 [ ; 283; 333; 380 (lJ, I I I , [ V ) ; 3 8 1 ( V ) ; 384 ( I ) ; 3 8 8 ( I ) ; 4 h ours of electives.

20 scme LCT h o u rs req u i red . Communication 1 23; 2 7 1 ; 283; 380 (II, L I I , I V ) ; 3 8 1 ( V ) . Elementary tea ch i ng /"/lajor: 24 se m e� ter hours required. Same as secondary teach ing minor plus 384 ( I ) ; 388 ( I ) . Secolldnry leaching minor:

LATIN

State endorsemellt requ i remen ts: ( I ) Writing/co mposition in the

designated foreign language, ( U ) Conversation in the des i gn ated fo reig n language, ( I l l ) Reading i n the designated

D re ig n language, ( IV ) I istory and culture of the designated foreign language. Secol/ da ry teach i ng minor: 24 semester hours required. Latin 1 0 1 ( I l l ) ; 1 0 2 ( I l J ) ; 20 1 ( I , l J ) ; 202 ( I , I I ) . Classics 250 or 322 ( I V ) ; 4 h o u rs from upper division Latin electives.

24 semester h o u rs required. Latin 1 0 1 ( I I I ) ; 102 ( I I I ) ; 2 0 1 ( I , I I ) ; 202 ( I , l l ) ; Classics 2 50 ( IV ) ; 322 ( I V ) .

Ele m e ntary teaching m ajor:

MATHEMATICS

State endorsement requirements: ( I ) Euclidean geometry, ( I I ) Non- Eucl i d ea n g e om e t r y, (I l l) D iffe r e n t ial calculus, ( I V )

I n t eg ral ca lculus, ( V )

Discrete mathematics ( a com b i n a ti o n o f

a t l e a t two of t h e following: probabili ty, s t a t i s t i cs , combina

tories, busi ness app l i c at ions , l ogi c , set theory, fu n c tions ) . Secondary teachillg major: 4 1 'e m es t e r hours required. Math 1 5 1 ( I l l & I V ) ; 1 5 2 ( I l l & I V ) ; 203; 245 ( V ) ; 3 2 1 (I & I I ) ; 33 I ( V ) ; 4 hours from M a t h 34 1 or 433; 4 ho u r s of elec L-

tives from upp r division Mathematics o r Computer Science

(excluding Math 446 and Computer Science 3 2 2 ) . Requi red supp rting: 'omputer Science 1 44; Ph ys i cs 1 53; 1 6 3 . Secol/clary leaching m i nor: 22-24 scmestcr hours required. ath l S I ( U I & I V ) ; 1 5 2 ( I I I & I V ) ; 3 2 1 (I & I l) ; Computer Sciene 144; 2-4 hours fro m Math 230 or 33 1 ( V ) ; 4 hou rs Math 245, 34 1 , 433. Elemen tnry teaching major: 24 semester hours req u i re d . Same as seconda�ry teaching minor. M USIC

State endorsemellt requirell1ents: (I) Score reading, (II) M u s i c theo ry, ( IU ) Music history and/or culture, ( I V ) Conducting, ( V ) I nstructional music, ( V I ) I nstructional methods in gen e r a l mu ·ic. K- J2 Tenchillg Mnjor (music sp ecin l ist) : See the req ui rem ent s for the degree l3achelor of M usic Education ( BM . E . ) as lis ted u nder Music in this c at a log: B.M . " .

K- 1 2 Choral

B.M.E. - K- I 2

I n s t r u m e n tal ( Band Emphasis)

K- 1 2 Ins trumental ( O rchestra Emphasis) Elelllelltary teaching major: 24 s em e ste r hours rcq u i red. Scc B.M . E .

music minor ( ge ne r a l ) requirements list d under M u s i c i n this calal g, p lus M u s i e 34 I .

NORWEGIAN

State elldorsement requirements: ( I ) Writi ng/composition in t h e designated fo reign languag , ( I I ) Conversation in the designated fo re ig n language, ( n I ) Rea d i ng i n the de signat e d

foreign language, ( IV ) History and culture of the designated for ig n la n g uag . Secolldary tea ch ing rn ajor: 34 semester h o u rs re q u ired . orwegian 1 0 1 ( I , I I , I I I ) ; 1 02 ( l , I I , I I I ) ; 20 1 ( I I ) ; 202 ( I I ) ; . 0 1 ( l & I I ) ; 302 ( l & 0 ) ; 4 h o u rs from upper division elect ives i n Scandinav ian culture and 4 h o u rs from upper division leetive in Scandinavian literature ( I V ) ; 495. Also required: LA G/EDU 445. Secolldary lea ch illg minor: 24 "e m es t e r hours required. o r w g ia n 1 0 1 ( 1 , 1 1 , 01); 1 02 ( I , II, I l l ) ; 20 t ( I I ) ; 202 ( I I ) ; 30 1 ( I o r 1 1 ) ; 4 hours from upper division electives i n Sca n d i n av i a n culture ( I V ) . Elemelltary teaching major: 24 semester ho urs required. S am e as seco nd ary te a ch i ng mi no r.

PHYSICAl.. EDUCATION

State endorsement requirements: ( I ) Care and p revention of

st udent injury, i n luding first aid, ( I I ) Kinesiology, ( I I I ) Exercise physiology, ( I V ) School physical education, sports, o r a t h letic law, ( V ) Sociology and/o r psychology o f sports, ( V I ) I nst ructional methods i n physical education for the handi c ap p ed, ( V l l ) I nstructional methods in physical education. K- 1 2 teaching m ajo r: 53 semester h o u rs required. Biology 205; 206; Health Education 211 1 ( I ) ; Physical Educa tion 277 ( V) ; 279 ( V I I ) ; 293 ( VI I ) ; 294 ( VI I ) ; 296 ( V I I ) ; 297 ( V I I ) ; 2 9 8 ( V I I ) ; 3 2 2 ( Vl l ) ; 326 ( V I ) ; 344 ( I V ) ; 3 8 9 ( V ) ; 4 7 8 ( V ) ; 4 8 0 ( I II ) ; 4 8 6 ( I I) ; 490 ( V I I ) . K - J 2 teach ing minor: 1 7 semester hours requi red. Health Education 28 I ( I ) ; Physical Education 279 ( V l l ) ; 322 ( V I ! ) ; 326 ( V I ) ; 334 ( I I & I I I ) ; 344 ( I V ) ; 389 ( V ) ; 2 h o u rs from Physical Education 293, 294, 296, 297, 298 ( V I I ) . Elemell ln ry academic major: 25 semester h o u rs required. Similar to K- I 2 minor except 8 hours fro m Phys i cal Educa t i o n 293, 294, 296, 297, 298.

o z

PHYSICS

State elldorsement requiremell ts: ( I ) Mechanics, i n cl udi n g laboratory ex p e r i e n c e , ( I I ) E l e c t r icity and magnetism,

including la b o ra to ry ex peri e n ce , ( I I I ) Light and sound, i nclu d i ng laboratory experience, ( I V) Thermodynamics, mo d e r n physics, o r astTo nomy. Seco l/dary teach i llg major: 42 semester hours required. P hys i cs 1 5 3 ( I , I I , I l l ) ; 1 54 ( I , I T , i l l ) ; 163 ( I ) ; 1 64 ( I I , I l l ) ; 223 ( I V ) ; 331 ( I I ) ; 333 ( IV ) ; 336 ( I ); 354; Math 1 5 1 ; 1 52; 253.

25-26 semester h o u rs req ui red . 1 0 h o u rs from Physics 1 25 ( I ) ; 1 26 ( I I , I l l ) ; 1 35 ( I ) ; 1 36 or 1 53 ( I I , l l I ) ; 1 54 ( 1 , I I , I l l ) ; 1 63, 1 64 ( 1 1 ) ; C h e m i s t r y 34 1 ; Physics 354; Natural ciences 206 ( I V ) . Required s u p p o r t i n g : 1 5 1 , [52. Elemclltary teach il lg major: 25-26 s em es te r hours required. Same

Secondary teach ing minor:

as secondary t

hing minor.

POLITICAl.. SCIENCE

State endorscment requiremellts: ( I ) American government, ( I I )

I nternational relations o r studies, (UI) Comparative govc rn ment or political systems, ( IV ) Political theory. Secondary teaching major: 32 semester hours req u i red . Political Science 1 0 1 , 1 5 1 ( 1 ) ; 4 ho u rs from Political Science

2 3 1 , 3 3 1 , 338; 4 hours fro m Political Science 2 1 0, 38 [ , 384, 385, 386, 387 ( I I I ) ; 4 h ou rs from Political Science 3 25, 326 ( I V); 8 hours from Political Science 345, 354, 357, 36 1 , 363, 364, 368, 3 7 1 , 372, 373; 4 hours of electives i n pol i ti ca l s c i en ce . Secolldary teaching minor: 24 semester h o u rs required. Political Science 1 0 1 , l S I ( I ) ; 4 hours from 345, 354, 357, 36 1 , 363, 364, 368, 3 7 1 , 372, 373; 4 hours from Political Sc i e nc e 23 1 , 3 3 1 , 338 ( I I ) ; 4 ho u r from Political Science 2 1 0, 311 1 , 384, 385, 386, 387 ( I l l ) ; 4 hours fro m Political Science 325, 326 ( 1 V ) . Elemellta ry teach ing major: 24 semester h o u rs re q ui red . S am e a s se co n d a r y teaching mi n o r. PSYCHOLOGY

tate endorsement requiremellts: ( I ) H u man behavior, ( U ) Lea rning t heo r ie s , ( J I I ) Developmental psych o lo g y, ( I V )

I n terpersonal psycho logy. Secollda ry teaching major: 32 se m e s te r hours re q u i red . Psychol ogy 1 0 1 ( 1 ) , 242, Statistics 2 3 1 ; 4 hours from PSydl01ogy 342, 343, 348, 349 ( I I ) ; 4 hours fro m 3 5 2 , 442, 444, 446 (l 1 1 ) ; 4 hou rs from 22 1 . 325, 354, 454, 456, 46 1 , 462, 4 7 1 ( I V ) ;

8 h o urs o f el ectivcs in psycho log)" 24 semester hours required. Psychol ogy 1 0 1 ( 1 ) , 242, Statistics 2 3 1 ; 4 hours fTom 342, 348 ( I l ) ; 4 h ou r from 352 o r 444 ( Il l ) ; 4 h o u rs from 325, 462, 471 (IV). Elemen ta ry teach ing major: 24 semester hours required. Psychology 1 0 1 ( I ) , Statistics 23 1 , Psychology 352, 444 ( J I l ) ,

Secondary teachillg minor:

5 I

and 8 hours of electives d e t er m in e d in consultation with elt>m ntary education ad vi s e r (suggestions include PSJ' hol ogy 342 , 348, 350, 440, 450, 453, and spe c i al t y courses offered t h rough the depart men t ) .

SCIENCE :2 o l e:( U :::I o &.U

State endorsement requiremelTts: ( I) Chemistry, ( II) Physics, (HI) Bio logy, (IV) Earth Science. Secondary teaching major: 63-69 semester hours required. Biology 1 6 1 (nI ), 162 (l I l) , 323 ( I I I ) , Chemistry 1 04 ( I ) , 1 05 0 ) , Earth Sciences 1 33 or 222 ( I V ) , PhysiC!> 1 2 5 ( II ) , 1 2 6 ( I I ) , 135 (m, 136 or 1 53 ( II ) , 1 54 (1I), 1 63 ( T I l , 164 ( I I ) ; 8 hours trom eosciences 1 3 1 ( IV ) , 1 32 ( IV ) ; 4 hours fr m 300 or higher. A minor is required in o n e of the following: b i o l ogy, chemistry, geosciences, or physics. El.:metrtary teaching m ajo r: 2.4 semester ho m s required, i ncluding 8 hours in l ife science, 8 h our s in physical science, a n d 8 hours of electives.

SOCIAL STUDms

State en dorsement req uirements: ( I ) Economics, ( I I ) Anthropol ogy, sociology, or psychology, ( I I I ) e ogra phy, ( IV ) Poli t i ca l science, ( V ) H is t ory - A . ) Was h i ng t o n State , B.) Uni ted S tates, C. ) World, Western or Pacific Rim, (VI) American governmen t. Secolldary teachirrg major: 44 sem e s t e r hours require d . A n t h ropology 354 (III), Economics 1 30 ( I ) , History 1 07 or 1 0 8 (V-C ) , 2 5 1 or 252 or 2.53 ( V- B ) , 460 ( V- A ) , Political Science 151 ( VI), Sociology 1 0 1 ( tI); 4 hour ' in non -Western h istory ( V-C); 4 hours of upper d ivision po l i t i c a l science (IV) ; 8 hours of up p e r division electives chosen from two of the fo ll owi ng disciplines: a n thropology, economics, psyc h o l ogy, or s o ci o lo g y. Elem e n ta ry teaching major: 24 se m e st e r hours required. A n thropology 354 ( II I ) , History 251 or 2 5 2 or 253 ( V- B ) , 460 (V-A); 4 hours from History 1 0 7 or 1 08 or non -Western ( V- C ) ; 8 hours of electives from anthropology, economics, political cience, psI' hology, or sociology ( I , II, IV) .

SOCIOLOGY State e n do rsement requ irements: 0) Gro up behavior, ( I I ) Soc i a l institutions, ( I I I ) Social p rocess, ( IV) Theory and h i st ory of sociology.

Secorlclary teaching major: 32 semester hours required. Sociology 1 0 1 ( 1 ) , 260 ( I ) , 396 ( IV) , 397 ( IV ) ; 8 h o u rs from 240, 326, 334, 3 3 6 , 386, 440, 473 ( I l l ) ; 8 hours from 3 24, 3 30, 3 5 1 , 380, 39 1 , 434( I I ) . Seco n dary teaching minor: 2 0 hours r e quired. Sociology 1 0 1 ( 1 ) , 396 (IV), 397 ( IV ) ; 4 hours from Sociology 330, 35 1 , 380, 3 9 1 ; 4 hours from Sociology 240, 3 36, 386, 440. Elementary tea ching majo r: 24 semester hours requi re d . Same as secondary teaching minor with 4 ad di tion a l hours of electives i n sociology. SPANISH State endo rsement

requiremerlts: ( I ) Writing/composition in the

d esign ate d foreign language, ( II) Conversation in t he

designated foreign language, (III) Read ing in the des i g n a te d foreign language, ( IV) H i s to ry and c ult u re of the designated foreign language. Secondary tea chi ng majo r: 34 semester hours required beyond Spanish 1 0 1 - 1 02 . Sp a n i s h 202 (m & IV) .) 2 1 ( IV ) , 322 ( IV ) , 30 I ( I & LI), 3 0 2 (I & II); 1 2 hours from 42 1 , 422, 43 1 , 432; 495. Also re qui red: LANGIED C 445. Seco ndary teaching millor: 20 semester hours r equire d beyond 1 0 1 - 1 02 . S pa n ish 20 I (UI & IV) , 202 (ur & IV), 3 2 1 or 322 (IV), 3 0 1 ( I & fI), 302 ( I & I I ) . ElementilT'Y teachil1g major: 24 semeste,r hours requ i red beyond Spanish 1 0 1 - 1 02 . Spanish 20 1 ( I l l & IV), 202 ( 1 l I & IV) , 3 2 1 •

( IV ) , 3 2 2 ( I V ) , 3 0 1 ( I & I I ) , 302 ( I & I I ) .

P A C I F I C

L U T H E R A N

U N I V E R S I T Y

SPECIAL EDUCATION S ta.. te e n dorse me n t req u i re men ts: ( I ) Exceptionali ty, (n) Alterna tive d e l ive ry system a n d s t rategies fo r special education, (nI) Student assessment and eval uation, (IV) P rocedu ral a n d Sllbstantive legal issues in special ed ucation, ( V ) lns t ructional methods ill special educati o n . K- 12 teaching m ajo r: 32 semester hours required. , pecial Education 200 (I, Il, IV) , 292 (m), 390 ( V ) , 3 9 1 ( V ) , 393 ( IV, V ) , 3 9 4 ( V ) , 396 ( V ) , 40 1 (V) , 4 0 2 (V) , 404 ( I l l , 407 ( 1 1 1 , IV, V ) , 480 ( IV ) , one of the following: 296, 408, 492, 438 or 439, 440. K-12 teach i ng mirlOr: 18 se m es t er hours required. Spec ia l Education 200 (I, II, I V ) , 292 ( II I ) , 390/ 3 9 1 or 393/394 ( V ) , 396 ( V ) , 4 0 1 (V), 402 ( V ) , 407 ( I I I, IV, V ) , 480 ( IV) . SPEECH State endorse men t req u ire me n ts: ( I ) Public spe aki n g , ( I I ) Debate ( II I ) Group process ( IV) I n t e rp er so n a l communication. S e co n dary teaching major: 34 sem es te r hours required. omm un ication 1 23 ( IV ) , 283 ( 1) , 326 ( m ) , 328 ( I I ) , 330 ( I ) , 3 3 3 ( IV ) , 4 3 5 ( I I I ) , 4 3 6 ( l l ) . Secondary teaching minor: 1 8 s emes te r hours req u i red . Comm u nicat ion 123 ( I V ) , 326 ( I l l ) , 328 ( I l ) , 330 ( I ) , 333 ( IV ) . Elemerztary tea ch irlg m ajo r: 24 s e mester hours required . Same as secondary teaching minor with 6 a d d i tion a l hours of electives.

Course Offeri ngs 262 Foundations of Education Introduction to teaching; historical, p hilosophical, social, poli tical, ethical a nd legal foundations. Federal and sta e legislation for special po p Ulation s. P rerequ isites: ENG 1 0 1 , PSYC 1 0 1 , test s co r es , sophomore standing, c u m ulative GPA of 2 . 50. ( 3 )

2 63 School Observation G raded observation in s choo ls. Concurrent with 262. ( l ) 302 Human Learning: Growth and Development

Overview of theories of human devel opm e n t emp hasizing the individual cogn i t ive , linguist ic, socio-cultural, emotional, a n d physical devel opment of children a n d adolescents in and o u t of school. I n i t ial course i n E.lementary Education certi fication p rogram; permission requi red. ( oncurrent with 303.) ( 3 )

303 Field Observation Observation of the d evel o pment al nature of growth in learners i n various settings including K-8 schools. Emphasis on the development of the skills of observa tion and informal as s e ss ment. ( Concurren t with 302.) ( I ) 322 Microcomputers in the Classroom I nt roduction to the use of microcomputers in educational set t ings. Pre o r co - re q u is i t e: E DUC 262 or 302. Does not cou n t t owa rd degrees i n co mpu ter science. ( 2 ) 3 4 1 Philosophy of Vocation.aJ Education Object ives of high school b u s iness education p rograms, the business curriculum, layout and facilities plann i l1g, the evalua t ion of business teachers and competence for bu i ne ss occupa tiOllS. ( 2 ) 342 Methods o f Teaching Typing

Application of research findings and psychological principles t o the teaching of typing. Prere q u i si te: advanced typing. ( 2 )

343 Methods of Teaching Bookkeeping Application of research findings and psychological p rinciples to the teaching of bookkeeping. Prerequ isite: BUSA 2 8 1 . ( I )

344 Methods of Teadling General Business Subjects Application of res earch findings and psychologica.l principles to the teaching of ge n e r al busi ness, consumer econo mics, e cono m ic s, business l aw, b usiness mathematics, and business

communication subjects. P re requ i s i t es : ECON 1 5 1 - 1 52 and BUSA

28 1. ( 1 )

345 Methods of Teaching Secretarial Subjects

Application of rese arc h findings and p yc h o l o g ica l principles to the teaching of shorthand, office pract" ic e, simulation, word pro cess i ng, and related subjects. P re requi s i tes : advanced typing and a d v an ced shorthand. (2) 357 Media a nd Technology in K-8 Classrooms

Consideration of the role of media in tod ay's society and its potential in the l ear n in g p rocess as a way of facilitating learner empowerment. Prere qu i s i te : EDUC 302. (Concurrent with 358, 40 , 408. ) (2) 358 Practicum I

Extended experience and participation in an assigned public school classroom. P re re qu isi te : EDUC 302. (Concurrent with 357, 406, 408.) ( 1) 400 Topics in mementary Education: Classroom Issues and

Instructional Strategies

Consideration of current th e o r y into p racti ce a.s pertinent to effective teaching and l ea r n ing , including cl ass roo m manage m en t, o rgan iza t ion of classroom environments, and mee ting the nee ds of diverse l e a r n ers . P rerequ isi t e: 357. (Concurrent with 40 1 , 4 1 0, 4 1 2.) (3) 401 Prllcticum n

xtended experien ce and participation in an a ssign ed publi oo l classroom focusing on application o f content m etho ds courses. I n c l u d e collection of video lessons. Prereq ui s it e: 357. (C n urrent with 400, 4 1 0, 4 1 2. ) ( I )

430 Student Teaching in

K-8 Education

lea ch i ng in classrooms of local public sch ool s under the direct supervision of School of Education fa cu l ty and classroom teacilers. Pre requisite: EDliC 400, art, music, and physical ed uc.at i o n methods. 2.50 GPA. oncurrent enrollment in 435. ( Meets senior seminar/project requirement.) (9)

434 Student Teaching - Elementary (Dual)

D esi g n ed for persons who do dual student teaching. Ten weeks of t ea ch i ng in classrooms of local public schools under the direct s u per v i sion of School of Education faculty and lassroom teachers. Pr e req u i s i te : 400, a r t, music, and physical education m e t hod s. 2 . 50 GPA. Concurrent enrollment i n 435. ( Meets senior seminar/project requirement.) (9)

436 Altunate Level Student Teaching - Elementary

A course de s i g n ed to give some kn ow l ed ge , u n d e rs t an di ng, and study of children, subj ect matter fields, and materials in the student's alte rn ate tea c h in g level p l us student teaching on that level. S tude nt s who h ave co m pl et ed se co n da r y p re fe rred level s tudent tca h i ng should enroll in t h i s course. (6)

406 Mathematics in K-8 Education

st rategies and instructional methods for supporting the diversity of learners' language/literacy growth . Prerequisite: 302. (Concur rent with 357, 358, 406.) (3) 4 1 0 Science/Health in K - 8 Education

t rategies for teaching science by u sing inquiry methods and problem- olving techniques will be e mployed to explore interactive curricula from an environmental point of view. Issues of nu t ri t i on and health. P re re q u isi te: 357. ( Co nc u rre nt with 400,

438 Strategies for Whole Literac;y Instruction (K- 1 2 )

(Cross-referenced with 538.) ( 2 ) 44X Subject Area Methods

Instructional strategies, long and short range planning, curricu lum and other considerations specific to the disciplines. Prerequisites: 262, 2,63, EPSY 2 6 1 , 36 i , S P D 362 440 Art in the Secondary School

(3)

444 English in the Secondary School (3) 445 Methods of Teaching Foreign Languages and English as a

Second Language ( Re q u i re d for foreign la ng u ag e endorsement and ESL m ino r.) (3)

40 1 , 4 1 2.) (3) 4 1 1 Strategies for Language/Literac;y Development

446 Mathematics in the Secondary School

(3)

(Cros - refere nce d with 5 1 I . ) ( 2)

447 Science In the Secondary School

4 1 2 Social Studies in K-8 Education

448 Social Studies in the Secondary School

focus on drawing con nections ben.vceJl the contcnt of social studies curricula and the Live d exper ie nces of hu ma n lives. Prerequisite: 357. ( Concurrent wi.th 400, 40 1 , 4 1 0 . ) (3) 4 1 3 Language/Literacy Development: Assessment

and Instruction

(Cross- referenced with 5 1 3.) (4) 426 Special Topics In Children's Literature

(Cross- referenced

i th 526.) (2)

427 Multicultural Children's Literature (Cross-referenced with 527.) (2) 428 Children's Literature in the K-8 Curriculum

(Cross-referenced w i th 528.) (2)

429 Adolescent Literature in the Secondary Curriculum (Cross-referenced with 529.) (2)

School-based experiences will be explored in tbe context of the historical, socio-cultural, political, legal, financial, ethical, and philosophical foundations of education. Prereq u is ites : 302, 303, 357, 358, 406, 408. ( Co ncur ren t with 430.) ( 3 )

study of child ren, su bj e c t matter field , and materials in th e s tu den t's a l tern a t e t ea c h i n g level p l u s student teach i ng on that level. Students who h ave co m pleted elem e n tar y p referre d level student t eac h i ng should enroll in this course. Independ nt study card re qu ired. ( Mee ts senior se m inar/ project requirement.) (6)

408 Uterac;y in K-8 Education Participation in the d eve lo p m e n t of app ropr i a te curricular

» -I

the Context of Educational Foundations

437 Alternate Level Studeut Teaching - Secondary A course designed to g i ve so m e know l e d ge , understanding, and

rent with 357, 358, 408.) ( 3 )

C n

435 Topics In Elementary Education Classroom: Practice in

sch

Exp lo ra t i on of mathematical p r in cip l es and practices consistent with NCTM c ur ri c ul u m standards. Prerequisite: 302. ( Concur

(3) (3)

449 Computer Science in the Secondary School (2) 456 Storytelling

A c o m b i nation of d i scove r y

and practicum in the art of story-

t Uing. I nves t ig ates the values and b ac k gro u n d of storytelling, the various types of and fo r m s of stories, techn i qu es of choosing and of t e l l in g stories. S o me off-campus practice. Demonstrations and jo i nt sto rytell in g by and with i n s tr u ct o r. ( 2 ) 457 The Arts, Media, and Technology

Students use a variety of techniques. equipment, and materials to explore ways of seeing and expressing how they see and experi ence their environment. (2) 4 6 1 General Teaching Methods - Secondary

Skills and understandings rdated to decision-making, instruc tional techniques, evaluation and testing, classroom manage ment, and disc i p l in e. Prere qu i s it es: 262, 263; con cu rrent with 462. ( 3 )

z o

462 Teacher AssJsting - Secondary

506 Foundations of Schoo) Library Media Center

,u ided i nstruc t ional assi tance and tu torin g in schools; concurrent with 4 6 1 . ( I )

Management

Fu nc tions of the school 1 i b rary med ia center with particular emphasis o n the roles and respo n s ibilities of t h e school library media specialist within instructional and administrative arenas.

466 Student Teaching - Secondary (DnaJ) Designed for persons who do dual st udent teaching. Ten weeks of teach i n g in the p ublic schools u nder t he d i rection and super vision of c l assro om and u nive rs it y teachers. Prerequ isite: 2.50 GPA. Taken con c u rrently w ith SP E D 439. (8)

(2)

507

Exploration of a broad range of data and info rmJtion in primary and secondary sources, i ncluding document, bibliography, fo 1 l text, statist ical, visual, and recorded formats. ( 2 )

46 7 .Evaluation

Principles o f Information Organization, Retrieval,

and Service

Evaluation of sd1001 experiences; p ro b lems in connectio n with deve lopment, o rganization, and admini;;tration o f tests (stan dardized and teacher-made). Required of fifth -year students. Prerequisites: student teaching o r te a chi n g experience; 262, 253, EPSY 36 1 . May be taken concurrently w i t h student teaching. G (2)

508 Principles of Bibliographic Analysis and Control

The organization and st ructure of a broad range of information formats wiLh an emphasis on tl1e analysis of standard b iblio graphic components prescribed by n a tional b ibliographic databases. ( 2 )

468 Student Teaching - Secondary

Te a c hing in p ublic schools u nder the d irection of classroom and un iversity teachers. Prerequisites: fo rmal application; senior standing; cumul ative GPA of 2.50 or h igher. (Meets senior sem in a r/p roject re qu i re men t. ) (9)

509 Foundations o f CoUection Development The philosophical bases and parameters of collection develop

469 Seminar - Secondary

and Ute racy

ment in the school library m dia center. ( 2 ) 5 1 0 The Acquisition and Development of Language

A se m i n ar for secondary student teachers. Concur re n t with 468. (3)

I nvestigation o f how you ng children acq u ire t heir first la n g u age and what they know as a result of this lea rning. ( 2 )

470 Currh;wOlD, Materials and Instruction for Teaching

5 1 1 Strategies for LanguagelLiteracy Development

English u.s a Second Language

The developmental nature of literacy learning w it h emphasis o n t h e vi tal role of language and t h e interrelatedness and interde pendence of listening, speaking, reading, and wr i ting as language processes. Prerequisite: 5 1 0 . ( 2 )

Application of ) ,1ll g u age teaching methodology to various instr uctional itudt ions. (4) 473 Parent-Teacher Relationships

Issues and skiUs important in conferencing and parent- teacher relationships. ( 2)

5 1 3 Language/Literacy Development: Assessment and Instruction

Understanding of a wide variety of strategies and tools for asse�s ing and facilitating students' develop ment in reading, writing, listen ing, and s peaking. Prerequisite: 5 1 0; highly recommended to be taken at the end of the track sequence. (4)

475 Practkum in Teaching English as a Second Language Extended experienc e and participation in an a s signed E L setting. PrercLJuisite: LANG/EDUC 445 ( Concurrent with LANG /EDUC 4 7 0 ) . ( 1 )

5 1 5 Professional Seminar; Continuing level, Teachers

485 The Gifted Child

The preparation and sh a r i n g of se.lected top i c s related to the minimum generic standards needs of the individual participants. Required for the continuing level certification of teachers. (2)

A st udy of the gifted chi.ld, characteristics and problems, and school procedures designed to further devel opment. ( 2 ) J

490 Acquisition and Deve)opment of Language

5 1 6 Teacher Supervision.

(Cross-referenced with 5 10 . ) ( 2 )

Identification and development of supervisor y skills for teachers who work with other adults in the classroom. ( 1 )

49 6 Laboratory Workshop

Practical course using elementary - a ge children in a classroom situation working out specitlc problems; provision will be made for so m e active participation of the university students. Prereq uisite$: conference with the instructor or the dean of the School of Education.

526 Special Topics in Cblldren's Literature

S tudents explore the various themes of social issues found in children's l i terature through discussion groups and the construc tion of text sets and thematic u n its used in elementary and middle school classrooms. ( 2 )

497 Special Project

527 Mnlticultural Children's Literature

Individual study and research on education problems or additional laboratory experience in public school classrooms. Prerequisite: consent of the dean. ( 1 -4)

Exploration of multi-cultu ral issues in the context of children's literature. ( 2) 528 Cblldren's Literature in K-8 Curriculnm

50 1 Workshops

Graduate workshops in special fields for varying len gths of time. ( 1 -4)

Investigation of genres of contemporary child ren's literature and development of a personal repertoire fo r classroom use. (2) 529 Adolescent Literature in the Secondary CurriculOlD

503 On-Campus Workshops in Education

Genres in adolescent literat u re and exploration of strategies for integration of young adult materials across the m id d l e and secondary school curriculum . ( 2 )

On-campus graduate workshops in education for varying lengths of time; enrollment subject to adviser's approval. 505 IS/lues in Literacy Education

l n itial course required for all students in the master's p rogram in literacy education. Overview of h i s torical and cu r r e n t theory, practice, definitions, and research in language and Hteracy acquisition and development i n and out of schools. Required of any track option selected. (2)

530 Children's Writing

Current theory and practice in the teaching and learning of writing in elementary classrooms. (2) 537 Media and Technology for School Library Media Specialists

The management of media and technology services in the school library media center. Special emphasis on emerging technologies

used in K- 1 2 instructional programs ( D - ROM, interactive video, dist<ll1ce learning, computer tech nologies) . ( 2 ) 538 Strategies for Whole Literacy Instruction (K- l2)

The use of lan guage as <1 tool for learning across the curriculum, and the roles of language in all kinds of teaching and learning in

K- 1 2 classrooms. Strategies for reading/writing in content areas, the matic teaching, topic study, and integrating curriculum. ( 2 ) 544 Research and Program Evaluation

Knowledge of evaluation techniques, including portfolios, and ()f research design; ability to interpret educational research; to identify, locate, and acquire typical resenrch and related litera ture; to use the results o f research or evaluation to propose program c hanges and write grants. ( 2 ) 545 Methods and Techn.iques of Research

Seminar in research methods and techniques in education with emphasis on designing a resea rch p roject in the st udent's area of interest. Required for M.A. Prerequisites: Admission to the graduate program; 544; minimum of 24 semester hours of coursework leadi ng to the M .A.; consultation with student's adviser. ( 2 ) 550 Educational Administrative Theory Introduction to the role and function of the principalship with emphasis on team building and interpersonal professional relatio nships and ethical decision-making. Prerequisite: Admission to the graduate program o r permission of graduate adviser. ( 3 ) 55l Educational

Law Study of contemporary federal, state, and local statutes, regula t ions, and case law and their application to p ublic and private schools (K- 1 2 ) . Prerequisites: Admission to the graduate progra m; 544. ( 2 ) 552 School Finance

Local, state, and federal contributors to school finance, its philosophy and development; the development and administra tion of a school budget. Prerequisites: Admission to the graduate program; 544. ( 2 ) 553 School/Community Relations

Knowledge and skill development for comm unication patterns in the school setting and with associated agencies, i ncluding medical, legal, and social services, as well as with students, parents, and staff. Prerequisite: Admission to the graduate program. (2) 554 Seminar in Educational Administration

The preparation a n d sharing of selected presentations related to

needs of individual participants. Required for continuing certi fication of pri ncipals and program administrators. Registrat ion m ust take place in the fall semester and participation will be continuous for the academic year. (2) 555 Curriculum Development

Types of cu rriculum organizations, programs and techniques o f cu rriculum development. Prerequisites: Admissions t o t h e grad uate program, 544. ( 2 ) 556 Sewndary and Middle School Curriculum

A variety of facets of seconda ry and middle school programs: finance, curriculum, discipline, evaluation, classroom milnage ment, the basic educa t ion bill, legislative changes, and special educalion. Critical issues i n the education scene today. ( 3 ) 558 Instructional Supervision

D i fferen t iated models of supervision, including techniques i n clinical supervision, teacher evaluation, disciplinary action a n d dismissal. Prerequ isites: Admission t o t h e graduate program, 544, 550, 553 . ( 2 ) 559 Personnel Management

Knowledge and skill developmen t in working with personnel issues, incl ud ing legal principles in hiring, firing, in-service and

staff development, suppo rt services, and contract negotiation. Prerequisites: Admission to the graduate program, 544, 550, 553. (2) 560 Practicum

Guided instructional assistance and tutoring in schools. Designed for MAICert Program. ( 2 )

562 Schools and Society

Individual and cooperative study of the socio -cultural and cultural, political, legal, h istorical, and philosophical foun dations of current practices of schooling in A.m erica. Prerequisite: Admission to the MA/eert Program or consent of instructor. ( 3 )

c: n > -f

563 Integrating Seminar

Students work cooperatively and individually to integrate educa tion coursework, field experience, and ind.ividual perspective throughout the MA/Cert program. Ma y be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Admission to the MNCert program. ( 1 - 4 )

564 The Arts, Mind, and Body

An exploration of methods to facilitate creativity and meaning making in the classroom t h rough visual, musical, non-verbal! physical movemen t, and d ramatic arts. ( 2 ) 565 The Art and Practice of Teachiog

Through application projects, micro-teaching experiences, and rcading representing d i fferent perspectives, participants will practice and assess a variety of options f r designing, imple menting, and assessing lessons and units that integrate math ematics, science, social science, language a r ts, and physical education in K-S classrooms. ( 6 ) 568 Internship i n Teaching

Internship in classroom settings. Fourteen weeks of teaching under the d i rect supervision of cooperating teachers and u niversity supervisors. Designed for students in the MA/ ert program. (6) 585 Comparative Education

Comparison and investigation of materials and cultural systems of education througho ut the world. Emphasis on applying knowledge for greater understanding o f the diverse populations in the K- 1 2 educational system. (3 ) 586 Sociology of Education

Viewing the educational system as a complex and changing social institution. Emphasis on value orientations from diverse h uman populations and their impact on K - 1 2 education and educational issues. ( 3 ) 587 History of Education

A study of g reat men and women whose lives and writings have

shaped and continue to shape the character of American education. ( 3 ) 589 Philosophy of Education

Philosophical and theoretical foundations of American educa

tion as well as the social philosophy of growing diverse popula tions in the K- 1 2 schools. ( 3 )

590 Graduate Seminar

A workshop for a l l Master of Arts candidates in the School o f Education. Candidates should register for this seminar for assistu.nce in fu. lfil l ing requirements. No credit is given, nor is tuition assessed. 595 Intemsbip in Educational Administration

Students will register for 2 semester hours in each of two semesters. Internship in educational administration jointly planned and supervised by the School of Education and public and/or private school administ rators i n full compliance with state requirements. Prerequ.isites: Admission to the graduate program or to the cred e ntia ling program; completion of educational administration concentration; consultation with adviser. ( 2 , 2 )

596 Graduste Se� tu den l s reg i ste r for I s e me ste r hour in ea dl of two semesters. Professional seminars are s h ed u l ecl and p rese n ted by candidate , t h e i r u n ive rs i ty professors, and p ro fessi o n a l co lleagues in t h e sc h o ol i n parmer£h ip. Pre req u is i te s : Com pl e t i o n o f c o u r sew o rk in educational administration co n ce n t ra ti o n . ( 2 ) �

z o t « u ::l Q w

555 Practicum In ad d i t i o n to t h ose s k i l l s learned in B e g i n n in g Practicum, l ea r n and practice various co u ns e l i n g approaches, skills a n d tech niques with individuals [Tom d iverse p o p ul a t i o ns in community o r v a r i o us school set t in gs. P re re q u i s ites; EPSY 550 a n d 56 1 . (3) 560 Co mmunication in Schools

The s t u d y of the theories and concepts of those he l p i n g kills

597 Independent Study Proj ects of 'ar y i n g l e n g t h related to rducational is�ues o r concerns of the iJldividual p a r t i ci p a n t and a p pro ved by an appropriate faculty memb�r and the dea n . ( 1-4)

needed to facilitate p r obl e m - s ol v i n g a n d pe rso na l and academic

growth with ap pl i c a t i o ns to the classroom and to interactions w i t h p ro fes s io n a l co l league s . Prerequisite: Admission to MAleert program. (3)

598 Studies in Education

561 Basic Relationships in Counseling A , t u dy of the theory, p ro ce s, te ch n i ques, and characteristics of the co un s el i ng rel a t i o n s h i p . (4)

research paper or project on an educational issue selected jointly by the s t u de nt nd the g ra du ate a d v iser. P re req u i s i tes : AdmiS ' ion to the g r ad ua t e program; 544, 545; m i n i m u m of 26

hours of c o urs ewo rk l e ad i ng to th M.A.; consultation with the student's adv i s e r. ( 2 )

563 Practicum i n Group Process a n d Leadership A h u man i n teract ion l a bo ra t o ry w h ic h e x p lores in t er pers o na l o p e r a t io n s in groups and fa c i l i tates t h e development o f self i n s i gh t ; e m p has is on l e a d ers h i p a nd d e ve l op m e n t of skill in d i a g n os i n g individual, group, and o r gan i zat i o nal behavior patterns and influences. Students will co-facilitate a l a b ora t ory group. Prerequisite: EPSY 5 1 2. ( 2 )

599 Thesis The t hes i s problem will be chose n fro m t h e ca n didate's maj or field o f co n c e nt ra t i o n and must be a p p ro ve d by the candidate's g r a d u at e comnl iltee. Candidates arc expected to de fe n d the i r thesis in a final o r a l examination conducted b y their committee. ( 3-4)

565 Advanced Human Development A c o m p ara t ive study of human d e ve l o p m e n t at various levels

through observational a s se ssme n ts u si ng non-st-andard ized i n strum e n t s : e.g., sociometric scales, autob iogra phies, interviews, i n te r a ct i o n a n a l ys i s , a n d o t h er a p p r o p ri a t e measurements. A pr a c t i c u m (a m i n im um of one hour each week) is r eq u i re d in a school or a p p r o pria t e agency. P re r e q u i si t e : Fifth year or g r a d u a t e status. (4)

Educational Psychology

261 Human Relations Development , tudy tllld l a b or ato r y ex p e r i en ces in the develo pment of human re la t i o ns skills, especially t h o se skills needed to faci l i t at e problem-solving and p e rson al , social, and mo ral d eve l o p m e nt, i n cl u d i n g b o t h he al i n g an d g rowt h . P r e re q u i s i t es : ENGL t o I , PSYC 1 0 I , te.st sc ore s , s op hom o re stan d i n g , c u m u l a tive GPA of 2.50. ( 3 )

566 Advanced Cognition, Development, and Learning The s t u dy of pr i n ci p l es and current thought and res ea rch i n cogn ition, d evel o p m e nt, a n d l e a rn i n g . P rerequ i s i t e : Admission t o t h e MA/Cert program or consent of instructor. ( 3 )

36 1 Psychology for Teaching P r i n c i p l es a n d res ea rc h in human devel op m en t and learning,

569 Career Guidance A s t u dy of c a ree rs, theories of choice, and g u i da nce t ech n i q ue s . ( 4)

es p eci a l ly related to t each i ng and to the psychological growth, relationships, and adjustment of in d i v i d u als . Prerequisites:

EDUC 262, 263; EPSY 26 1 .

(3)

368 Educational Psychology P r i n c i p l e s and re sea rc h in h u m a n l e a fl� i n g a n d t h e i r i m pl icat io n s fo r c u rriculum and i n s t ruction. Prerequ i s i tes: EDUC 2 5 1 , 253.

( 4)

570 Fieldwork in Counseling and Guidance A c u l m i n at i n g p r a c t ic u m of field ex-perience in s c ho ol s o r agencies us i n g t heory, skills, and t e c h n i q u es p rev i o u s ly learned. S t udents i n c o rpor ate consultation exp e r i e n c e fO l l o w i n g the Ad lerian model. ( 4 )

501 Workshops G ra d u a t e wo rk s ho p s in sp e ci a l fields for v a r y in g lengths of time.

575 Mental Health

5 U Group Process and the Individual

re l a t i onsh i ps . focus on self-understanding. Laboratory experi ences as arranged. (4)

( 1 -4)

A human i n teraction l ab ora tory to fa ci l i ta te the exploration o f

Basic mental health principles as related to i n terpersonal

578 BebavioraJ Problems

t h e self concept th rough th e mechanisms of i n t erpe r s o nal

interac tions and feedback. Em p h a s i s pl a c ed on the acq u i s i t i o n of s k i ll i n self-c)..l' loration, ro l e identification, a n d cl i mate-making.

Adleri a n co n cept s p ro v i d e the

b as is for observation,

motivation,

m o d i fi c a t io n , and life style asses s m e n t . Skills for assisting people i n deve l o p i n g re s po ns i b i l i ty for thei r own b eh a v i o r. Laboratory

(2)

ex p eri e n c e a s a r r a n ged .

535 Foundations o f Guidance Th e fo cu s is on d e ve l o p i n g an u n d e rsLa n d i n g of t h e services and p ro c es ses available t o a ss is t individuals in making p l a n s a n d d ec i s i on s a c co rd i n g to their own life pattern. G (4)

(4)

583 Current Issues in ceptionality Th e ch a r a ct e ri st ic s o f excep t i o n a l students and c ur r ent issues i n vo l vi n g the e d u ca t o r 's role i.n deal i n g with their s pec i a l needs. G ( 2-4)

536 Affective Classroom Techniques E xp l o ra t i o n of various techniques desioned to facilitate under st a nd in g of s el f and other ; m e t ho d s for working with students. P re re q u is i te : st u d e n t tea ch i n g o r g ra du a te s tatu s . Lab o r ato ry ex p e r i e nce a s arra n ge d . G ( 2 )

597 Independenl Study Projects of varying l e ngth related to ed u c a t i o n al issues o r co n c e r n s of t h e i nd iv i d u a l p a r t icip a n t and a p p roved by an a p p ro p ria t e fac u l ty member and the dean. ( 1 -4)

550 Beginning Practicum Learn and p rac t i ce th e b as ic c o u nse l i n g skills in a st r u c tu r e d and closely s u p e rvi s e d environment. ·lients used i n this pr a ctic u m will be rela t i vel y h igh fu n c ti o n i n g and will usu a l l y be seen in a n observation room. ( 3 )

598 Studies in Education A resea r c h paper or proje c t on an edLlca tional i ss ue se l e c te d j o i nt ly by the s t u d e n t and the g rad u a le adviser. It will be revi e w e d by the st ude n t 's g ra d ua t e committee. ( 2 ) 599 Thesis The thesis p rob l e m will be chosen from the candidate's major

field of co n ce nt ration and must be approved by the candidate's

gra dua t e committee. Candida te.s a l"e e;':pected to defend their thesis i n a final oral examination conducted bv , t h ir committee.

( 3-4)

396 Students with Special Need i n the Inclusive Classroom E .. xam i n ation of specific t ech n i q ues that promote positive c1as roum l:I1vironments within i nclu.sionary spe i a l education se tt ings. Prerequisite: S P '

Special Education 195 Individuals with Disabilities An I nt ro du c t ory o u rse focllsi n g upon persons with disabil i t ies. Intend d for students out ide the School of Education. (4) 2 00 Individuals w i th Special Nceds l n trodu tion to the needs and characteristics o f individu<lls with special n eds. F d ral and state legislation, current issues, and s er ice del ivery syste ms will be i nduded. P rereq u i ite fo r all SPED and Elementary Certification coursework. (2)

292. (2)

3 99 Practicum i n Special Education perience with ch ildren and yo uth who have special needs.

I h o u r credit given after s uccessfu l completion of 4S clock ho urs and specific course competcncie . P rerequ isite: consent of

instructor. ( [-2) 40 1 Instruction for Learners with Mild Disabilities Exa m i nation of knowl dge and skills needed fo r academic i n turction and remediation of students with mild disabilit ies.

201 Observation in Special Education Programs Observation in special education program. , schools, and com m u n i t y e t t i n g . ( I )

402 Practicum: Learners with Mild Disabilities Experience with c h i ldren Jnd youth who have mild disabilit ies. Must complete 4S clock hours in an educat io nal setting and take concurrently with SPED 40 [ . ( [ )

292 Assessment in Spedal Education Exarni.nation of knowledge and skills used in formal and

403 Parent/Professional Partnership in Special Education Methods for communicating e ffect ively w i t h parents of special

i n fomlal ass ssment. Incl udes exa mi nation o f scoring p roce dures, issues i n val i d i t y and reliab i l i ty, and the role o f assessment in decision making. ( 2 )

296 Educating the Physically Cballenged and Medically Fragile The cour e focus s on meeting the psychological, social, and educational needs of i nd i v i d uals who are physically challenged and/or medically fr a g i l e . ( 2 )

NOTE: PREREQUIS ITE FOR 300/400 LEVEL SPECIAL ED C :n N : EDUC 302 o r EPSY 2 6 1 1 E D U C 262 or consent o f instructor. tudents n o t majoring i n educati on m a y be excused fro m thi.s requ i rement. 338 Issues 10 Early Childbood Special Education Current is�ues related to young children with special need.s. (Cross-listed w i t h S P ED 5 3 8 . )

340 Advanced Strategies and Techniques for Teaching in P-3 Settings Current practices in educational st rategies and curriculum m difications t o meet the needs of the early learner. Prerequi sites: SPED 399, 490, 492. (Cross-listed with SPED 540.) 34 1 Assessment of Infants and Prescl100lers Formal a nd i n formal ass e ss m e n t techniques used to meet the ne ds of c h ildren and their fa mil ies i n i n tegrated s t l ings.

Prere qu is i tes : SPED 399, 490, 492. (Cross-listed with S P E D 5 4 1 . )

o z

Prerequisite: SPED 292. ( 3 )

needs children. ( 2 )

404 Communication and Collaboration Focus on kn owl e dge and skills neces · a ry fo r e ffective collabora t io n and supervision with parents, professionals, and para educators. ( 3 ) 407 CUl'oculnm, Instruction, and Tech nology Examination of knowledge and skills needed for teaching academic, social, and adapt ive skills to learners with special needs. T ncludes w r i t i ng I E P 's, data based instruction, task analysis, and computer assisted instruction. Prerequ isite: EDUC 400 and SPED 292, 390, 39 [ or 393, 394 and 40 l. (4) 408 Transitions from School t o Community Examination of knowledge and skills related to career vocational transit ion and l i fe adjustment. ( 2 ) 438 Student Teaching i n Elementary School Teaching in special education programs under the d i rection aJld supervision of school and u n iversity personnel; 8 weeks. ( 5 ) 439 Student Teaching i n Secondary School Teaching in special education programs under the d i rection and supervision o f school and u n iversity personnel; 8 weeks. (5) 440 Student Teaching Seminar A seminar whi h meet concuncntly with student teacl1ing and enha nces skills a nd knowledge requi red for teach ing. ( I )

362 Teaching for Individual Differences - Secondary The rules f classroom management, effective instruction, and c u rriculum modification in meeting the needs of d iverse learner . ( 4 )

475 Supervising Para-Professjonals and Volunteers Emphasis on he effective management of para-pro fessionals and

3 90 Instructional Strategies for Learners with Moderate Disabilities

Issues and prohlems of child abuse, neglect, domestic violence,

Examination

pccific interventions to enha nce the acqui ition

of knowled 'e and

skills for those students who need additional

support to med their learning pote n t ial. ( 2 )

391 Practicum: Learners with Moderate Disabilities Taken con urrently with S PE D 390.

(I)

393 Teaching Students with Behavior Disorders Exam ination of knowledge and skills r lated to the instruc t i o n and management o f learners with behavior disorders. ( 2 )

394 Practicum: Students with Behavior Disorder E:I.- perience wilh childr n a n d you t h who have behavior p ro b lems. Must co m p lete

clock hOLlIS in an educational se t t i n g

ak concurrenrl y with PED 393. ( I )

395 Introduction to Language Development and Disorders I ntrod uc t i o n to language disorders, assessment, and i nterven t ion. Focu on theories of language development and normal

volunteers i n the classroom.

([)

480 Issues and Problems of Child Abuse and Neglect substance abuse, and harassment. Includes ident i fication and reporting procedures, and the legal and professional respo nsibili t ies o f t h e mandated reporter.

([)

485 The Gifted Cbild A st udy of the gifted learn er's characterist ics and needs. Focus on inst ructional procedu res designed to further development. ( 2 ) 4 90 Development i n Early Cbildbood Special Education Impl ications f normal and arYl ieal c h i ld development for the learning process, includ i ng hands-on experiences in "C/SPED settings. (2) 492 Strategies for Teaching Early Learners Early chi ldhood methods, materials, curriculum, and techniq ues fo r teach ing childl"en with special needs. Prerequisite: SPE

490

or consent of i nstructor. ( 2 )

language acquisition. ( 2 ) P

z o l e:( u

494 Computer Application in Special Education An introduction i n to the application of computer technology for learners with special needs. Focus OIl curre n t issues and uses of com puter technology including computer assisted instruction, software evaluation, pupil and data Inanagement, and assistive devices. ( 2 ) 497 Independent Study Projects of varying length related to trends and issues in special education and approved by an appropriate faculty member and the dean. ( 1 -2)

:;)

523 Educational Procedures for Students with Mild Disabilllies An introduction to teaching procedu res for studenls with mild disabilities. Includes concepts in characteristics, assessment, and instruc tional practices. ( 3 ) 524 Educational Procedures for Students with Developmental Disabilities An examination of the emotional, social, physical, and mental characteristics of individuals with moderate disabilities. Includes assessment and instruction from medical, psychological, social, and educational viewpoints. (3) 525 Procedures for Students with Behavior Disorders An examination of instruc t ional and managem nt procedures for learners with behavior disorders. Includes study of academic and behavioral characteristics of these students. ( 3 )

o \.U

526 Advanced Practicum in Special Education Experience \IIi th children and youth with special needs. redit given a fter successful completion of 90 clock hours and specific course competencie.s. Prerequisite: SPED 520/5 2 1 or equivalent. (2) 530 Assessment of Students with Special Needs Examines the use of assessm nt i n formation for making educational decisions about students. Prerequisite: SPED 292 or consent of instructor. ( 2 ) 5 3 1 Severe and Profound Disabilities I n trodu tion to the physical, social, and education needs of individuals with severe and profound disabilities. ( 2 )

499 Teaching for Individual Differences - Elementary Designed to give pre-service teachers skills and knowledge i n the areas of assessment, instruction, and management of learners with special needs. Prerequisite: 200. ( 2 ) 50 I Off-Compus Workshops i n Special Education Off-campus graduate workshops in special education for varying lengths of time. ( 1 -4) 503 On-Campus Workshops in Special Education On-campus graduate workshops in special education for varying lengths of time. ( 1 -4) 5 1 3 Language/literacy Development: Assessment and Instruction See Education 5 1 3 .

532 Education and Training o f Individuals with Severe and Profound Disabilities In-dep th study of educational prescription and programming for learners who are severely and profoundly disabled. Emphasis on teaching strategies and curriculum modification as they apply to this population. (2) 533 Inclusion and Students with Moderate Disabilities A focus on meeting the academic and adaptive behavior skills o f students within the regular education classroom. (2) 534 Inclusion and Students with Behavior Disorders A focus on management procedures for studen ts with behavioral disorders in inclusive classrooms. ( 2 ) 535 Inclusion and Students with Mild Disabilities A focus on instructional procedures for students with m ild disabilities i n the inclusive classroom. ( 2 ) 537 Issues in Language Acquisition and Disorders Current issues and approaches in assessing and remcdiating children's language disorders. (2)

520 Teaching Students with Spedal Needs in Elementary Programs Introduction and overview o f service for students with special needs in elementary programs . Includes proced ural and substantive legal issues in special education, program modifica tion, and classroom managemen t. (2)

538 Issues in Early Childhood Special Education Current issues related to young children with special needs. ( 2 ) 539 Administration of Early Childhood/Special Education Programs In-depth study of the administration of early childhood programs. ( 2 )

5 2 1 Teaching Students with Special Needs in Secondary Programs I n t roduction and overview of services for students with spe ial needs in secondary programs. Includes procedural and substan tive legal issues in pecial ducation, program mod ification, and classroom m anagement. ( 2 )

540 Advanced Strategies and Tecbniques for Teaching in P-3 Grade Settings lIrrent practices in educational str tegies and curriculum modifications to meet the needs of the early learner. Prerequisite: SPED 399, 490, 492. ( 2 )

522 The Role o f Health Professionals in Special Education This course introduce h�a1th p rofessionals in the school to learners with special ne ed s . Topic. include roles of parents as well as medical concern ·, early intervention, teami ng, substance abuse, and su icide prevention. ( 3 )

54J Assessment i n Early Chlldhood/Special Edncation Formal and informal assessment techniques use to meet the needs of children and their fa milies in integrated settings. Prerequisites: SPED 399, 490, 492. ( 2 ) 555 Supervising Paraeducators i n School Settings Examines the roles and responsibilites of supervisors of paraeducators and support staff. Emphasis on ethical, profes-

sional, and legal res ponsibilities of the s u p e rv i s or. Dis uss i o n of admi ll ist ra t iv p rac t i ces that improve l ea m wo rk and sta ff L..

devel opm en t.

(2)

568 Internship i n Special Education Intemship in sp e c i al education settings. Fourteen weeks of t ea ch i ng under the d i rec tio n and supervision of c oope ra t i n g teachers and u n i versi ty s u pervisors. D e s ig n ed for s tud nts in th e MN e r t program. (6) 575 CoUaboratioD and Team Building Examines the communication s k ill s necessary for effective collaboration in regu l a r and special educa tion. Topics include p rofessional learns, co-teaching concepts, s la ff d evel o p m e n t, scheduling, co o rdina t i n g , problem s o l v ing , and conflict ma n age ment in educational setting . ( 2 ) 576 Communication Skills for CoUaborative Consultation in

Special Education Emphasis on the in terpersona l skills necessary for the consulting teacher i n special education. The course will explore the va ri ab l e s involved in developing cooperation between profes s i o na l eduL'illors. (2)

Engineering Engineers combine m a terials and knowledge fro m science and mathema tics with exper ie n ce, i magina tion, creativity, and inspiration to benefit our l ives. At the same time,

engin 'ering must be practiced with an a p p ropriate awareness and concern for i ts p o tential adverse effects o n human beings a n d the enviro n ment. The engi neering code o f eth ics states the p urpose o f engineering - "to safeguard life, health, and p roperty and to promote the public

broader areaS o f h u m a n interest and concern, to produce co mpetent and responsible engineers. PLU's programs in engineering provide a strong base in mathematics, physics, and engineering. Such a founda tion will enable PLU graduat s to adapt r adily to fut u re

based on the premise that the

Curreot Issues in ExceptionaUty The ch a r a c teri s t i cs of excep t io na l students and current issues involving the educator's ro l e in dea l i n g with their s p e c i a l needs.

engineers are responsible fo r project conceptual izati on,

588 Legal, Ethical, and Administrative Issues in

commun ica tion with peer , managers, and government

engineering profession requires l i fe-long learning.

I n the development and implementation o f technology, design, study, testing, construction, and maintenance. Such p rojects usually involve economics, personnel manage ment, and ad min istration. Often technical p rojects require

Special ilducation I nvestigation of sp e c i a l e d u c a t i o n a d m i n i s t r ative p ra c t i c es , pupil p lace me n t proc d u res, st udent s t a ffi ng , progra m reimbursement procedures, ,m d fe d e ra l fu nd i ng models. (2)

representatives. PLU is uniquely qualified to educate

5 90 Research i n Special Education Review of c u r re n t research on s e l e c t e d t o p ics in sp e c i a l educa tion. ( 1 )

Bachelor of Science ( B . S . ) degree program in Computer

595 Special Edm:ation: I nternship Projects of varying l e ng t h related to issues in special educ� tion. ( 1 -4)

Science fro m PLU and an engin eeri ng degree from a

596 Technology and Special Education Examines technological ad v3 n cem e n ts as t h ey a ppl y to the education o f l e arn ers wit h sp eci al needs. (2)

disciplines. Applied Physics. T h i s program offers concentrations i n

597 Independent Study

Mechanical Engineering and Electrical Engineering.

P roj ect s of va ry i n g length relate d to trends and issues in special e d uca tio n and approved by an appropriate faculty member and the dean. ( 1-4) 598 Studies in Education A research paper or p roject on an educational issue selected jointly by the student and the grad uate ad i. er. It will be reviewed by the s t ud e n t's graduate committee. (2) 5 99 Thesis

The thesis pro ble m will be chosen from the candidate's major field of co nce ntra t i o n and must be approved by th e candidate's graduate comm ittee . Candidates are expected to defend their t hesis in a final oral examination conducted by their committee. (3-4)

, the knowledge o f science, and t he techniques of

engineering design, along with an appreciation o f the

changes in technolo gy,

( 2-4 )

::II

Lutheran UniveL ity is to combine the skills o f mathemat-

577 The Inclusive Classroom I n t roduction to the pr i n ci p les and p r acti ce s of i nclusive educati o n. ( 2 ) 583

m m

welfare." The goal o f enginee r ing education a t Pacific i

engineers fo r such respo nsib il ities because it combines technical courses with t.he libera.! arts curricu l u m. The Department of Engi neering o ffers a fo u r-year

Engineering. The department a lso o ffe rs a five-year 3-2 or dual-degree program which leads to

B.S. in Engineering

seco n d institution. A t the second institution, the engineer ing specialty may be chosen fro m a variety of engineering Closely associated with these two p rograms is a B.S. i n

Stud nts in terested i n an engineering degree program should contact a member of the engineering f<l culty for assistance and advice.

FACULTY: Sp i llma n , Cha ir; Kakar, S a be t i . Computer Engineering

Computer engineering is a re la t i vel y new engineering spec i a l t y that has grown out of rapidly evo lv i n g micro- a nd m i ni computer technology. The curriculum co n � i s ts of essent ia l and advanced elements from computer science and electrical engineering, developing both hardware and software expertise. Electives p er mit concentration in areas sllch as integrated circuit d es i g n , m icrop rocesso r applications, computer design, applica t i o n software development, and artificial intelligence. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING: Engineering 1 3 1 , 1 32, 245, 246, 345, 346 , 485; Mathematics 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253, and either 245 or 3 3 1 ; Computer Science 1 44, 270, 380; Phys ic s 1 53 , 1 54, 1 63 , 1 64; technical el ec t i ves - 1 3 hours from Engineering 445, 446, 480, 48 1 ; Co mp u t e r Science 348, 367, 375, 385, 444, 455; Mathematics 356; P hys ics 33 1 , 332, 3 54; technical electives must i n c l u de fo u r hours from Physics 354, Mathematics 356. P

A typical engineering science program is as follows:

A typical computer engineering program is as fol l ows: Freshrnan Engineering 1 3 1 , 1 32 Physics 1 53 , 1 63 Mathematics 1 5 1 , 1 5 2 omputer Science 1 44 � z

Freshman

131, 132 1 53 , 1 63 M athematics 1 5 1 , 1 52 Chemistry 1 20, 232, 234 Sophomore Engineering 233 Mathematics 253 Chemistry 3 3 2 , 3 34 Physics 1 54 , 1 64 Physi S 354 Junior Engineering 334 Chemistry 34 1 , 343, 456 In this program, Engineering 333 may be substituted fo r Chemistry 34 1 . It is also recommended that Chemistry 338 be Physics

245, 246, 346 253 Computer Science 270 Physics 1 54, 1 64, 3 54 Engineering 345 Com put r Science 380 Mathematics 3 3 1 Engineering

Sophomore

Mathematics

0:: W loU z

Junior

� z w

Senior

Technical elective Technical electives

(2)

Engineering 485

taken if time permits.

Engineering Science The degree in engineering science is awarded in the neering

Course Offerings

3-2 E.ngi

13 1 Introduction to Engineering

program. The 3-2 or dual-degree program consists of

An introduction to the engi n eering profession and development

three ye a rs of in troductory science and engineeri ng at PLU fol l owed by two yea rs of study at a second school offering a

of basic skills important to the profession, including problem solving, engineering design, graph ics, use of computers,

desired engineering special ty, resulting in one degree from each insti tution. The

computer programming, engineering economics, and ethics in

3-2 program is appropriate for students

engineering. Prerequisi te: Completion o f college-preparatory

interested in a wide variety of engineering disciplines including

mathematics.

mechanical, chemical, civil, aeronautical, and others. PLU has formal

City) and Washington University (St. Louis); tran fers to other engineering schools can easily be arranged.

3-2 program provides the opportunity to

integrate an excellent liberal arts background with study in

e ngine ring i n a variety of disciplines. The student has the

234 Mechanics o f Solids Mechanics of deformable solid bodies, deformation, stress, con stitutive equations for elastic materials, thermoe!asticity, tension, flexure, torsion, stability of equilibrium. Prerequisite: 233. II (4)

further advantage of beginning study i n the atmosphere of a

smaller sellool w h e re emphasis is on teaching and attention is given to individual students.

BACHEWR OF SCIENCE MAJOR IN ENGIN EERING SCIENCE: Th e requirements for this B.S. degree fro m PLU are the succe ful completion of: ( L ) the PLU core curriculum, (2) the engineering a n d science courses listed below, a n d

245 Electrical Circuits I Introduction to the fundamental concepts of DC circuits including Ohm's and K i rchhoff's Laws and the function of inductive and capacitive elements. Prerequisite: PHYS 1 54. I (4)

( 3 ) an

engineering degree at the second school. The general u niversity

( I ) completion of a 1 2 8 semester hours on the P LU transcript, (2) completion of a minimum of 40 semester hours from courses numbered 300 and above, ( 3 ) the requirement that at least 20 of the m inimum 40 semester h o urs of upper division work must be taken at PLU, and (4) the requirement that the final 32 semester hours of a student's program must be completed in residence

requirements that do not apply are: m i n i mum of

at PLU. E ngineering

1 3 1 , 1 3 2 , 3 34; Mathematics 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253; Physics 1 53, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64, 354; Computer dence 1 44 or 240; Chemistry 1 20; technical electives-three courses from Engineering 245, 246, 345, 346 (electrical specialty) and Engineering 2 3 3 , 234, 3 3 3 , 4 3 4 (mechanical specialty). A typical engineering science program is as follows:

131, 132 1 63 iv!athematics 1 5 1 , 1 52 Engineering 233, 234 or Engineering 245, 246 Mathematics 253 P hy si 1 54, 1 64, 354 C o m p ut e r Science 1 44 or 240 Engineering 245 or 233 E ngineering 334 Chemistry 1 20 Engineering

Freshman

Junior

Concepts and equations of classical, macroscop ic thermodj'nam ics: thermodynamic cycles, flow and non-flow s 'stems, proper ties and mathematical relations o f p u re substance , mixtures and solutions, phase transition, and introduction to statistical thermodynamics. Prerequisite: PHYS

1 54 . I (4)

334 Materials Sclence Fundamentals of engineering materials including mechanical,

Prerequisite: PHYS 1 54, CHEM

1 20. !! (4)

34S Analog Electronics An introduction to analog integrated circuit design techniques, including si ngle and multistage amplifiers, frequency response and feedback methods. Laboratory work is part of the course. Prerequisite:

1 3 1 , 1 32 , 233, 234; Mathematics 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253; Physics 1 53 , 1 54, 1 63 , 1 64 , 3 54; C h em i st r y 1 20, 232, 234, 34 1 , 343; Chemjstry 332, 334 and 456 are h ighly reco mmended. P

333 Thermodynamics

metals, ceramics, p o l ym ers , composites, and semiconductors.

For 3 - 2 chemical engineering, required courses are Engineering

246 Electrical Circuits n

Theory of electrical circuits including transient response, AC steady state-single and three pha e, frequency and time domain analysis, computer analysis of steady state and transient response using SPI E. Laboratory wo rk is part of the course. Prerequisite: 245. 11 (4)

chemical, thermal, and electrical properties associ.ated with

Physics 1 5 3 ,

Sophomore

1 (3)

233 Statics Engineering statics using vector algebra; conditions for equ ilib rium, resultant fo rce systems, centroid and center of gravity, methods of virtual work, friction, kinematics of particles. Prerequisites: PHYS 1 53 . I (2)

3-2 agreements with Columbia University (New York

The five-year

Engineering

246. I (4)

346 Digital Electronics Analysis of digital design techniques, including a review of combinational logic, flip flops, registers, counters, and timing circuits. I I I (4)

434 Transport: Momentum, Energy and Mass Concepts and equations of c l a s s i ca l conti n uu m fluid m ech an i cs: momentum, energy, and mass transport, transport coefficients v' cosity, thermal conductivity, mass d i ffus iv i t y - i.nv isdd a nd laminar flows, boundary layel's, expe r i m e n t al and numerical m o d el i n g of transport p rocesses . Prer qui s i te : 3 3 3 o r consent of in s tructo r. II (4) 44S linear Systems and Control M od el i n g , a nalysi > co mpute r imulation, and design of continuous and discrete-time m chanical, electri al, and e l e ct ro mechanical feedback control systems. La p l ace tran forms, frequency respo n se , and state-space te hniq li es are used to deve lop performance parameters, exa m i n e s tab i l ity, and design

controllers. Prerequisite: 2 46 . 1 (4)

446 VLSI Design An i n tro d u c ti on to the des ign of very l arge - s ca l e i n t egrate d systems usmg

computer-aided de ign methods. Prerequisite: 346.

n (2)

480 Microprocessors Study of mj roprocessors and their lise in microcomputer systems. P rereq ui s ites: 346, 380. I (4) 481 Computer-Aided Design of Digital S}'lItems

An introduction to lise of CAD system s for digital des ign . Simulators, co mp u ter h ardware des c ri p t i o n languages, and other computer- aided design tools are developed. Prerequjsite: 346. 11 (2)

485 Senior Design Project lndiv id Llal or s ma ll - tea m pr j t that t a ke s a d es ig n co n c ept from t he propo. I st age t the testing s ta ge . Each s t u de n t o r team will work di rectly with o ne fa cu l ty member for t h e design project and ,vilJ be required to pre p are a technical r p or t and pro vide a presen tation . Completion of this course satisfies the c o re requ irem e n t for a senior semjnar proj ec t . I II (2-4)

context. imp inge upon the L i te r ar y imagination. Students who select the emphasis on Literature can expect to learn how sensi

tive reader engage texts through their own speaking and writing, fo l lowing thei.f insights i n to the rich pl e a s u res of l it e ra ry lan guage and grow ing more sophisticated in constructing e ffect ive literary a rg um e n ts . They will als o be int roduced to the ways in which m aj o r critical traditio ns frame our approaches to litera ture and de fi n e the issues that keep literature meaningful and relevant in our lives. S tu de n ts con s i de r in g English with an emphasis on literature as a major, but who are st i.ll undecided, might begin with 200level course. Even th oug h no 200-level course is req u i red for m aj o rs, students may request that one appropriate 200-level course be subs t i tu ted for one similar Periods and Surveys course at the 300 le vel . Students are encouraged to take S hake sp eare ea rly in the major. Corres po n d ence course and independent studies may not be used to fulfIll gen e ral un i ve rsi ty or core re qu i re me nts .

z "

'" ::t

Foreign Language Requirement: All En g l i sh majors must complete at l e as t two years of a foreign language a t the u n i ver s i ty level, or the equival e n t (see College ofArts and Sciences Fo re ign Larlguage Requirements, Opti on I). Major Requirements: At lea t 36 and up to 44 h o u rs in En g l is h beyond 1 0 1 , at least 20 hours of which must be upper division. The fol l o w in g course distributions are required of majors with an empha s i s on literature:

A. Shakespeare (4 hours) 30 1 , Shakespeare

B. Periods Clnd Surveys (at least 4 hOllrs fTom each of the

following lines): 1. EARLY

3 5 1 , Englis h Medieval Literature 3 5 2 , Chaucer 3 5 3 , E n glish Renaissance Literature 2. M IDDLE

49 1 , 492 Independent Study P roj e c t s of varying l en gth related to a student's major. Students may expand t h e ir Senior De s ig n Proj e ct by ta kin g one to fou r

3 6 1 , English Restoration and 1 8th Century 362, English Romantic and Victorian Literature 3 7 1 , Studies in America n Literature, 1 8 20- 1 920

hours. T h e project must be � pprove d before enrollment by the

3. LATE

faculty adviser and the dep a r t me n t chair. I I I ( 1 -4)

367, Twentieth- Centnry British Literature 3 7 2 , Twentieth-Century American Poetry 3 7 3 , Twentieth-Century American

English -

Engli sh offers excel Jent preparation for any future requir ing i n tegrative th i nking, ski l l in writing, discernment in

an pp rec ia t ion of human experience and aesthetic vaJues, and the processes of critical and creative express ion . Business, government, education, and pub read ing,

lishing are areas where our graduates frequently make

their careers.

offers emphases in literature and writing, concentrations in c h il dre n's literature and publishing. The English Department also supports the study abroad programs, and we offer study tours to such OUf p rograrn

as well as

places as Eur pe, Australia, and the Caribbean. FACUI:rY: D. Seal,

Chair; A l b rech t , M. Benton, P. Benton, B ergm a n , Carlton, Cam pbe ll , yler, Jansen, Jones, Marcus, D. M. Martin, Rahn, Te mp l e - Th urs to n . ENGLISH MAJOR (EMPHASIS ON LITERATURE): The Engli. h major with an e m p h as is on lit rature i n t ro d u ce s stu dents to the great literary tr adi t i o n s of Britain, North America, and the English-speaking wor l d . The maj or in literature p la ce s c o urse s o rg a n i zed by h is t rica! p e r i o d at the h ea r t of the st u de nt 's program, allowing students to re a d the great works that define the period., and to e x p l ore the ways in which c ultural

iction and Drama

4. LITERATURE A D D I F FEREN C 34 1 , Feminist Approaches to Literature 343, Post- olonial Literature 374, American Ethnic L ite ra ture C. Seminllr (at least 4 hours) 428, S e m in a r: Critical Theory 45 1 , Seminar: Author 452, Seminar: Theme, Genre

Senior Semillar Project: The senior seminar proj ect i a ge neral

university requirement in all programs and maj o rs . Students will customarily s at i s fy this requirement in E n gli s h in their �eminar course as a cu l m i n a tio n of their u ndergraduate education, in the senior year. Under certain circumstance.s, students may substitute an a p pro p ri a t e 300-level course. D. Writing (at least 4 hOllrs ofany writing course at the 200 to 400

levels).

E. Electives (8 hours) ENGLISH MAJOR (EMPHASIS ON WRITING): The writing emphasis at PLU has been designed for a broad spe trum of stud nts, from th o se w i s h i n g to focus on fiction and poetry, to those i n terested in more pragmatic types of writing, to those s et on exploring theoretical issues in rhetoric and composition. Foreign Language Requiremenl! All E n gl is h maj ors must complete at least two years of a foreign l a n gu age at the un i ve rsi t y level, or the equivalent (See College ofArts and Sciences Foreign Language Requirements, Option I) . P

T H E R A N

U N I V E R

t least 36 hours in Engl i s h ( e xclu d ing 10 1 ), d i s t r i b u ted as follows: A. Writing (at least 20 h o u rs ill writillg, with a t least 1 2 hours

Linguistics or structure of language: one course (403) \Vriting/Composition: one course (328 is e s p e ci a lly recommended) Prosp e c tive teachers may take Education 529, Adolescent Literature in the Secondary Cuniculum, as an elective in the English major.

Ma;or Requirements:

upper dil'isio'l)

� Z w

1. At least 1 2 hours, from a t lea s t two of the follow ing J ines: a. Imaginat ive Wr i t i n g 227, I maginative Writing I 527, I magi n a t i ve Writing I I 3 2 6 , Writing for Children b. Ex positor y Writing 2 2 1 , Re. earch and Writing 323, Writing i n a Professional Setting 328, Advanced Composition for Teachers c. Creativ Nonfiction 224, Travel Writing 225, Autobiographical Writing 3 24, Free-lance Writing 3 25, Personal Essay 2. Senior Project/Seminar (at least 4 hours in the following) 425, 426, Writing on Special Top ics 427, Imaginative Writing I I I 428, Seminar: ritical Theory 3 . Elective (at least 4 hours from lines I or 2 above) B. Literature (12 h o u rs, with at least 4 hours upper division) Students are encouraged to take literature courses which contribute to their goals as w ri ter s , and which e x pan d their experience with the history and genres o f writing. C. Elective (at least 4 elect ive hOllrs in El1g/ish beyo nd 101)

Education: Students preparing to teach i n elementary schools following t h e Language Arts curriculum, must take 24 hours minimum in English, and are advised to follow the structure of the English major in satisfying state certification requirements. Consult your adviser in the School of Education. Elementary

Course Offe ri ngs All literature courses fulfill the general universi ty core requirement in literature. I. Lower Division Courses The following courses were designed for students who are n o t Engllsh m ajo rs , a n d for students considering an English major, to s a t i s fy the general university requirement in literature. Upper division courses i n literature offered by the Department of English will satisfy the general university requirement in litera ture as IveLl , but the following courses are particularly recom mended. These lower division courses in literature give primary a ttention to the act of read ing in different co nte xts and genres. The course s emphasize for studen ts the ways in which framing the reading experience by different kinds of questions reveals different texts, and enriches the imaginative experience of read ing, le a ding mo,e to i n sigh t o n the part of the reader thaD final answers. A. Topics 2 1 3 , Topics in Literature: Themes and Authors

S tuden ts completing 333 and 8 hours from 326, 334, 335 or other app roved courses (all with grades of B or higher) will be recognized for special competence i n chjldren's l i terature. CHILDREN'S LITERATURE:

20 semester hours ( e xc lu ding 1 0 1 ) , distributed as follows: 4 hours of Shakespeare, 8 h urs from " Periods and Survey s" (see l i terature " Major Requirements" ) , and 8 hours of electives.

MINOR ( EMPHASIS ON LITERATURE) :

B. GeTlrcs

MINOR (EM PHASIS ON WRITING): 20 semester hours ( ex cluding 1 0 1 ), with a t least 12 hours in upper di v i s ion , distributed as follows: 12 hours in writing, 4 hours in literature, 4 hours of elective. MINOR (EMPHASIS ON PUBLISHING AND PRINTING ARTS):

See separate listing under Publishing and Prirlling Arts.

StLldents preparillg to teach English in seco ndary schools sho uld arrange fo r an adviser ill both b lgl ish and Education. Plea s e also see the School of Education section of

PROSPECTIVE TEACHERS:

this catalog.

Education: Students preparing to teach in junior or senior hi g h school may earn either a Bachelor o f Arts in ng l i -h with certification from the School of Education, or a Bachelor of Arts in Education with a teaching maj o r in En glish. The E nglish major with an empha s is i n literat u re and the Engl is h major with a n emp h a s is i n writing ma)' both be pursued by prospective teachers. Se co ndary education stu dents must fulfill all requirements fur the English major: O ption I of the Fo re ign Language Requirem nts (2 y ears o f a fore i g n I nguage at the university level, or the eq u ivale n t ) ; at lcast 36 and no more than 44 credit hou rs in English; and all the specific requirements for the major either in literature or in writing. State certifi atio n fur teacher also mandates the following requirements, w h ich are an overlay to the major. Courses taken to satisfy t h e major can also be courses that satisfy the state certification requirements. Engl i s h l i terature: one course American literature: one course Comparat.ive literature: one course (2 1 4, 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8, 232, 233 , 34 1 , 343 , an appropriate se minar) Secondary

F i e

L U

T H E

U N I V

2 1 4, Poetry 2 1 5, Fiction 2 1 6, Fiction: Cross-Cultural Emphasis 2 1 7, Fiction: Alternative Perspectives Emphasis 2 1 8, Drama C. Traditions 230, Contemporary Literature 23 1 , Masterpieces of European Literature through the Renaissance 232, Women's Literature 233, Post-Colonial Literature 234, Environmental Literature 24 1 , American Tradit io ns in Literature 2 5 1 , British Trad itions in Literature n . Upper Division Courses

Design e d particularly for upper division students, usually but not exclusively with the major in mind. A. British Literature 3 0 1 , Shakespeare 3 5 1 , English Medieval Literature 352, Chaucer 353, English Renaissance Literature 3 6 1 , Restoration and 1 8th Cen tury Literature 362, English Romantic and Victorian Literature 367, 20th Century British Literature B. Americall Literature 371 , Studies i n Am ri an Literature 1 820-1 920 372, 20th Century A me ric a n Poetry 373, 20th Century American Fiction and Drama 374, American Ethnic Literaturc C. Sp eci a l St u dies 3 4 1 , Feminist A p proa c hes to Literature 343, Post-Colonial Litcrature 333, Children's Literature 334, Special Topics in Children's Literature Y

335, I'antasy and Fairy Tales 428, Seminar: Critical Theory 45 1 , Seminar: Author 452, Seminar: Theme, Genre 49 1 , 492, I ndependen t Reading and Research 597, Graduate Research ID. Writing, Language, and Theory 1 0 1 , Inquiry Seminar: Wr i t ing for D iscovery*

22 1 , Research and Writing* 224, Travel Writing* 2 2 5 , Autobiographical Writing* 227, Imaginative Writing I 323, Writing in Professional Settings' 324, Free-Lance Writing ' 325, Personal Essay* 326, Wri t ing for Children 327, 427, i maginative Writing 1 1 , 1II 328, Advanced Composition for Teachers* 403, The English Language 4 2 1 , Tutorial in Writing 425, 426, Writing on Special T pies 428, Se minar: Critical Theory

co u rses that can fulfill the gelleral u n iversity writillg requirement.

* Indica tes

IV. Publishing and Printing Arts 3 1 1 , Book in Society 3 1 2, Publishing Procedures 3 1 3 , Art of the Book I 3 1 4 , Art of the Book II 1 0 1 Inquiry Seminars: Writing See Gellerll l University Requirement, The Freshman Experience.

standards and an understanding o f the writing process. ( Prereq uisite: 1 0 1 or its equivalent, Advanced Placement, or consent of i nstructor.) (4) 230 Contemporary Literature Emphasis on the diversity of new voices in American fiction such as Ton i Morrison, Leslie Silko, Nicholson Baker, Joyce Carol Oates, Cormac McCarthy, and Amy Tan, fro m the emergence of post-modernism to the most important current fiction. (4) 231 Masterpieces of European Literature Representative works of classical, medieval, and early Renais sance literature. ( Cross-referenced with CLAS 2 3 1 . ) ( 4 ) 232 Women's Literature A n i n troduction to fiction, poetry, and other literatures by women writers. Includes an exploration o f women's ways of reading and writing. (4) 233 Post-Colonial Literature Writers fro m Africa, India, Australia, New Zealand, Canada, and the aribbean confron t the legacy o f colonialism from an insider's perspective. Emphasis o n fiction. ( 4 ) 234 Environmental Literature Examines representations of nature in l iterature, and the ways i n which h umans define themselves a n d their relationship with nature through those representations. Focuses on major texts from various cultures and h istorical periods. Includes poetry, fiction, and non-fiction. (4) 241 American Traditions in Literature Selected themes that distinguish American literature from British tradi tions, from colonial or early national roots to current branches: for example, confronting the divine, inventing selfhood, coping with racism. (4)

213 Topics i n Literature: Themes and Authors A variable-content course that focuses on the act of reading and in terpreting texts. (4)

251 British Traditions in literature Selected themes that define British L i terature as one of the great literatures of the world, from Anglo-Saxon origins to post modern rebellions: for example, identity, society, and God; love and desire; industry, science, and culture. ( 4 )

214 Poetry

301 Shakespeare

(4)

A study of poems and conventions of poetry from the classics to

modern projective verse. (4)

Study of representative works of the great poet as a central figure i n the canon of English literature. (4)

215 Fiction

3 1 1 The Book in Society

Exami ne.s the development of short fiction, concentrating on themes and techniques of the genre. Stresses the Euro-American tradition. (4) 216 Fiction: Emphasis on Cross-Cultural Perspectives (4) 217 Fiction: Emphasis on Alternative Perspectives (4)

218 Drama

An introduction to the basic elements of drama ( plot, character, language) and on the traditional genres ( tragedy, comedy). (4) 221 Research and Writing Strategies for writing academic research papers are practiced, including developing appropriate research topics, locating and using a variety of relevant sources, substantiating generaliza tions, and using paraphrase and citation accurately. (2 or 4) 224

Travd Writing

vVriting abo ut travel, while traveling or upon return . Students kee p travel jou rnals, produce short t ravel essays, and read se lected travel writers. ( 4 )

A critical study of the role of books in our h istory, society, and daily lives. (4) 3 1 2 Publishing Procedures

A workshop introduction to the world of book publishing, involving students in decisions about what to publish and how to produce it. (4) 3 1 3 The Art of the Book I The combination studio course and seminar explores the visual properties of language. (4) 314 The Art of the Book II Individual projects to explore further typography and fine bookmaking. ( 4 ) 323 Writing in Professional Settings Students working in professional settings analyze the rhetorical demands of their job-related writing. (4)

225 AutobiographicaJ Writing

324 Free-Lanc.:e Writing A workshop in writing for publication, with primary emphasis o n the feature article. (4)

Reading autobiography and writing parts of one's own, with an emphasis on how writing style and personal identity comple ment each other. (4)

325 PerSilnai Essay Students write essays on topics of their choice, working particu larly on voice and style. (4)

227 Imaginative Writing I A beginning workshop in writing poetry and short fiction.

326 Writing for Children A workshop i n writing fiction and non-fiction for children and teenagers, with an introduction to the varieties of contemporary children's literature. (4)

I ncludes

s t udy of techniques and forms to develop critical

m z

327, 427 Imaginative Writing I I, m An advaoced

works b op

wT i t i n g

373 20th-Century American Fiction and Drama

poetry and short fiction. Some

attention will be given to procedures for subm itting m a n us c r ipt

(4)

for p u blicati o n . SlLldents may enroll in this course a second t i m e as

427.

(4)

328 Advanced Composition for Teachers

Students arc i n t rod u ced to p h ilosop h i cal, social, a n d p r a gm at i c is:;ue' co n fro n t i n g teachers of w r i t i n g . Required fo r ce r t i fic ation by t h e School of Education. (4) 333 Children's Literature ...

An in nod u tion to a rich l i tera ry tradition, with an a lysis in

403 Tbe English Language

Studies in the structure and h i s tor y of English, with em p h a s i s on syntactical analysis and issues of u sa ge . (4) in

an i ndividual w r i t i n g p roj ect . A plan of s tud y

must be appro ved before the student may registe r for the course.

( l -4)

334 Special Topics i n Children's literature ontent var i es each year. Possible to p ics include genres, themes,

425, 426 Writing o n Special Topics

hi torical periods, and traditions. May be repeated fo r cre d it

\"'r i t i n g in a w id e range of ac a de m ic

and crea tive genres d ete r mined by their p a r t icu la r e d u c a t i o n al go a l s, st u d e n t s w i ll s h ape their papers to me et the rhetorical demands of publica tions relevant to their academic o r professional future. (4)

ith differe n t topic. (4)

335 Fairy Tales and Fantasy Fairy t a les are told and i n t rpreted; i n te r p re tive models and theories from cveral psychological t r ad i t io n s are explored. F an ta sy is looked a t both as i mage

428 Seminar: Critical Tbeory

and as sto r y. (4)

Issues in l i te r a r y stndies an d in r h et o r i ca l t h e o r y a re discussed in

341 Feminist Approaches to Literature Introduction to a va r i e ty of feminisms in contemp ra ry t heory as frameworks for read i n g fem inist literature and for a p p ro a c h

rel a t i o nshi p to i n flue n t i a l movements such a s read er-response. cultural s tud i e s , feminism, <l nd deconstruction . Recommended fo r p ro s p e ct ive g r adua te students. (4)

i n g t rad i ti o n al literature from femini s t p o s it i ons. (4)

451 Seminar: Author

343 Voices of Diversity: Post-Colonial Literature and Theory sing the t h eori es of Fanon, Gates, and olhers, this ourse

The co u rs e includes careful attention to the rel a t i o n s of the author to cultural contexts, the frami ng of critical a p pro a ches through literary t h e ory, substantial l i b ra r y research, and a m ajo r w r i t i n g project. (4)

i mperialism p rec i p i ta t ed . (4) 35 1 English Medieval Literature

survey of the fi rs t two periods of Eng l is h literature: Old En English, ranging from the ro ma n c e Sir Gawain and the Greel! Knight t o the beg i n nings of E n gl i s h drama in Everyman. (4)

oncentrated study of the work, l i fe, inl1 uence, and critical rep utation of a major author in the English -speaking world.

fOCllses on the politicization o f art that the s t r u ggl e ag a i n s t

glish, including t he e pi c Beowulf, a n d M iddle

3 5 2 Chaucer

haucer's major works, especially The

Can terbury Ta les and Troilus and Criseyde, a n d of the intellectual,

452 Seminar: Theme, Genre Concentrated study of a major liter ary the m e or ge n r e , as it migh t appear in various p e r io d s , authors, and cul t u res. The cou rse i.ncludes careful attention to p r a c t i c a l c r i t i c ism, the framing of critical app roach e s t hro u gh literary theory, substan t ial l ibra ry research, and a major writing p roject . (4)

social, and political c i rcu mstances o f their p r od u tion in four

49 1 , 492 Independent Reading and Research

teenth-century E n g la nd .

An i ntensive course in read ing . M a y include a thesis. I n tend ed

(4)

for upper d iv i s io n maj ors . (4)

353 Englisb Renaissance Literature Studies the

lden Age o f English li te ra t u re . Selected poets fro m

Wyatt to Marvell, i n cl u d i ng S i d ne y, Spenser, Shakespeare, Don ne , and J o nson; sel ec t e d pl ayw r ig hts from Kyd to Webster; selected p rose from More to Ba c o n and B rowne. (4) 36 1 Restoration and 18th-Century Literature

drama, neo cl assi ca l poetry, got h ic fiction, and of a p eri o d marked by rel igi ous co n t rove rs y a n d

Survey, the lively early novel

ph i l o so p h ic al o p ti m ism . (4)

362 Romantic a n d Victorian Literature

A su rvey of the richly varied wri ters of 1 9th - centu ry E ngla l ld in the context of a ra p i d l y changing so ial rea l i t y-fro m

seen

romantic revolutionarie and dreamers to e a r n est cultural critics and

m yth - m aker . (4)

367 20th-Century Britisb Literature

A s u rve y of En g land's literar)' la n d scape from the rise of modernism th ro u gh mi d - ce nt ury reactiolls to contempora f)' in n ova t io ns . (4) 3 7 1 Studies io American Literature, 1 820- 1920

The m ut ual influence of l i terar y traditions and A mer ic a n culture in i dealism, re a l is m , a n d naturalism. (4) 372 20tb-CentlU'Y American Poetry Major voices in American poetry from

rost and Eliot, Williams

and Pound, through the post-war generation to rec n t

Attenlion to the l it er a t u res and po pul a r traditions of A m erica's et h n ic communities. Includes African and Asia n Americans, Na t ive Americans and h icano / a s . (4)

Guided wor

Wilder, and LeGuin. (4)

A study of G e o ffrey

374 American Ethnic LiteratlU'es

42 1 Tutorial in Writing

depth of su c h authors as H . C. Anderson, Tolkien, Lewis, Po t te r,

Major authors and fo rms, both conventional and experimental

P A C I F i e

L U T H E R A N

poets. (4)

U N I V E R 5 I T Y

597 Graduate Research

(4)

English as a Second Language in Teaching English as a

Second La nguage is available. This program can be used to

meet th mi nor requ irement in Elementary Education and I ads t an additional endorsement for elementary or seconda ry duca t ion students. Students majoring in foreign l a n g uag s in the College o f Arts and Sciences may also flnd t h is minor a useful addition to their programs. TEACHING ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE

( 1 6 h o u rs required) ANT H 1 02 Exploring A nth ropology; Cultu re a n d S o c i e ty ( 4 ) LANG/EDUC 4 4 5 M et h ods for Teac h i n g Fo r e i gn L a n gu ages and Eng l is h as a Se c o n J L a ngu a ge ( 3 ) T he o r ie s of La ng u a ge Acquisiti o n (4) LAN , 446 LA NG/ED C 475 P r a c t i c um i n Te a chi n g English as a econd Language ( I ) LANG/ ' UC 470 Curriculum, Materials and Instruction for Te ac h i n g Engl ish as a Second La n g u a ge (4) A.C.E. language Institute

The A.C.E. Language Institute (operated by t he American

Cultural Exchange) is an affiliate f P LU o ffering i ntensive English classes, which are design d to prepare i n terna tional students for studies i n U.S. colleges and uni ersities, or for professio nal work requiring English proficiency. FACUllY: Cl i ft h o r n e, P rogram DiTector; C o gh l a n , Director of Studies; Biggs, Coates-Wh ite, H i b beln, Lamb, Munoz, Reisman. he hcu l t y at A.C.E.

Language I n st i tut e has e�'tensive training and 'perience i n teac h i ng E ng li -h as J S e c on d Lan g ua ge and all hold the terminal degree of M .A. i n TESL or its e qu i va l en t . Havin g lived, traveled, a n d taught Eng l i s h in many countries throughout the world, b o th the fa ulty and staff have gain d an awa re nes of other pe op l es , their languages, and their c u l t u res. ,

A.C.E. CURRICULUM: The A.C.E. curriculum is an i n tensive

multi l evel program fro m High Beginning to Proficiency. St ud en ts study re q u i r e d courses for 20 ho u rs per week and can ch oose 3n additional 4 ho u r s o f practical sk ill s classes. The A.C.E. curri u [ u m is b as ed 011 c o n te n t a nd experiential [earnlng w h ich allows s tu d ents to improve their lan gu age p ro fi c i e ncy while learning about n ew top ics a nd exp l o r i ng the local co m m u n i t),. Upon arrival, stuJents will take a pl a ce m e nt test to deter mine their starting level. E ac h level req u i res one semester to co m p lete -

CERTIEICATES AND RECOMMENDATIONS: Certificate of General Engli h: S t u d e n t s who successfully co mpl e t e the Ad vanceJ Level ( level S of 6) will be aw a rd e d t he ertiflcate of C o m p let i on for General English. Certificate of Academic Proficiency! Students wh o successfully co m plete the

High Beginning LeveJ Rea di ng a n d Writing Communication Skills Lis tening

PlU M i nor An i nte rdi scipl i n a r y m i nor

Course Offe rings

Profi iency Leve[ (level 6 of 6 ) will be awarded the Proficiency.

, rtificate of Completion for Academic

Director's Recommendation: PLU's E ngli s h l a n guage profi c i e nc), req u i rements for admission can be s atisfi e d w i t h a recommendation fro m the A.C.E. di re ct or . Students who maintain good a t t e n d a n ce and earn a grade o f A or H in all Pr ficiency level classes q ual i fy for this recommenda t i o n .

Vocabulary a nd 'entence

13uild ing

Intermediate Level

CI r-

Reading and Writing Movie Listening a n d Vo cabula ry

Grammar

:x:

Communication Skills

> VI

High I.ntermediate Level Rea din g and W r i t ing

ommunication and C om m u n i ty Interaction Current Issues Liste n i n g a nd D i s cuss i o n o mp u t e r Sk i ll s

}>o VI m

Advanced Level

Reading and Wr it in g

Research a nd Oral Presen tation Academic Li st en i n g G r ammar

o z o

Proficiency Level

Academic Skills

}>o

Grammar and Writing Reacling and Discussion Skills S p eaking Skills

z c >

Credit Courses: Q ual i fie d advanced level students may reqllest p er mi ss i o n to t a ke re g u la r u ni vers i ty classes for c redi t . h i s o p t i o n pr ov i de s students an o p p o r t u n i t y to earn credits toward their d eg re e

while c om p leti ng th e i r ad v an ce d s ec o n d langu a ge .

cou rses

CI 1ft

in Engl i s h

To enha nce fo r illal educational experience, the fol l ow in g are also available to A . C. . Language I n s ti t u te stud n ls: RESOURCE CENTER: St u d e n ts are e nc o u ra ge d to take advantage of the res o u rce center, which is e q uip p e d with audio and video lapes and equipment, te.'(tbooks, reading materials, and computers t help students wo rk o n t hei r l a n g uage kills outside of t h e reg ular classroom ass ign m e n t s. A professional tutor is available 1 0 hours per week to g u i d e students with their s t u dy goals. Co mmuni t y members can also make use of the resource ce n te r D r a m o n t hl y fee . HOST FAMlLlES: A. . E . Lang uage Ins t i t u t e h a s a lo n g estabLi bed communiry-ba ed host fa mi ly program fo r students who wish to l ive with a U.S. t:1 m ily for one or more semesters. The American fam i lies-all screen ed by the I n s t i t u te-provide studen ts w i th w o rn o r room and b o a rd at reas o n a b le rates. I n addi t i o n t o t h e standard bedroom fu rnit ure, the roo ms are p ro v ide d with a desk, chair, and gooJ lighting; fa m ily rules are agreed up o n in advance and a fo r m a l \ r i t t en agreement is drawn up_ The student c o m p le te a questionnaire that i n J i c a tes pre fe r ence such as: chi l d re n in fa mily, urban or suburban s e t t ing l i kes and d is l i ke s etc. The host family i also given an o pp o r t uni t y to express p refe re nce s or exp ec t a t i o ns . This information is then u sed to place ·tudents i n the ho me m ost uitable for both p ar L i es . V eekend and/or hoi ida)' visits wi th an Ame r i can fa m i ly can also be ar ranged . '

COUNSELING: A.C.E. Language I nstitute assists its students with career ch o i ces , c ol le ge pla ceme n t , imm i g r a t i on matters,

medical and d enta l refenals, and p e rsona l co ncer n s . ACTIVITIES: Special cultural a n d social ac t i v i t i es are p la n ned regu l a r l y D r students. In addition, fiel d trips add .ignificantly to u l t ur al en r i c h me nt . Students and staff take trip to M t. Rai ni e r, local museums of n a tu r al history, ar ga l ler ie s, zoos, chi ld r n's day P

ca re centers, retirement homes, the Ports of Tacoma and C

Seattle. and the Seattle Center. Students can also participate in intramural sports activities such as soccer, volleyball, and basketball. 'ix tennis courts, a golf course, a swimming pool, and several gymnasiums give students additional opportunities for recreation. VI

LANGUAGE M ENTORS: Language men to rs are U.S. students

and adults who are in terested in engaging international students in free conversation one-on-one or in small groups.

c( I Z w

::E z o 0:: > Z w

AMERICAN LIFE PROGRAM: The A.CE. Language Institute offers many opportuni ties for students to learn about the surrounding community. Several required classes include interaction with the local i ndividuals and institutions. Help is also provided to students who want to join groups or take part in volunteer services while in Tacoma. The A C E. Language Institute is located on Park Aven ue just north of 1 21st Street. Telephone Number: (253) 535-7325 PAX Nllmber: (253) 535-8794

E-mail: pluace@lcultural.org

4. Systems iUld Implementation (4)

Students select one course from the fonowing which pursues the study of institutions where environmental perspectives a n d policies are applied:'" Economics 1 3 0 - Global and Environmental Economic Principles Economics 330 - Environmental and Natural Resource Economics Political Science 354 State and Local Government S. Environmental Studies 350 - Environmental Methods of -

Investigation ( 4 ) 6. Environmental Studies 490 •

Capsto.ne Project (4)

Students must notify the instructor of their intellt to complete a millor in Envi7'Omnentai Studies so that they call focus their independent work ill each course (writing, art, term paper. . . ) on {In environmental theme or issue. Other courses may be substituted or added to the wrriculllrll pending approval of the committee.

Course Descriptions

Environmental Studies

1 04 Conservation of Natural Resources

Principles and problems of public and private stewardship of our resoll fces with specific reference to the Pacific Northwest. ( Cross referenced with Geosciences 1 04 ) . ( 4 )

The Environmental Studies Program a t PLU provides students the opportunity

to link environmental themes to

any area o f the curriculum they select for major study. The integrative approach o f

this m in o r, essential to the devel

350 Environmental Methods of Investigation

planet, encourages students t o blend m a n y perspectives o n

Study of a watershed using and integrating techniques and principles of environmental sciences, political science, econom ics, and ethics. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: Lines # 1 -4 completed or consent of instructor. ( 4 )

environmental issues into their co u rsework.

49 0 Capstone Project

op m en t of an u n dersta nd i ng of the global i m pact o f h uman civilization

the natural env i ro nment o f o u r

This program examines the relationship between

An interdisciplinary research project of the studen t's design that incorporates materi.als and methods from earLier courses and has a focus ref1ecting the specific interest of the student. A substan tial project and a publ ic presentation of the results are required. Prerequisite: ENVT 350. ( 4 )

humans and the environment through a wide variety o f perspectives within t h e u n iversity curriculum, i n disci p l ines as varied a s art, business, educat ion, n ursing, engi neering, theatre, as well as the natura l sciences, social sciences, and h u m anities.

491 Independent Study Opportunity to focus on specific topics or issues in environmen tal studies under the supervision of a faculty member. ( 1 - 4 )

The p rogram is overseen by an interdisciplinary faculty co mmittee. Stu dents i n terested in the Env i ronmental S t u d ies minor should meet with the chair o f t h e E nviron mental Studies Committee. FACULTY: A committee of faculty admin jsters this program: VVhitman, Chair; Bergman, Foley, Hansen, Hansvick, Kaplan, Nugent, Olufs, Rowe, Stivers, Tonn, Yerian. MINOR REQUIREMENTS: 24

grade of

semester hours, completed with

or higher.

Environmental Studies/Geosciences

104 - Co.nservation

of Natura) Resources (4) 2. Chemistry 104 - Environmental Chemistry (4)

Students majoring in a natural science discipline who have taken a higher level Chemistry course ( 1 1 5 or above) will be allowed to substitute another course in consultation with the Environmental Studies Committee. 3. Values and Meaning ( 4 )

Students select one course from the foLlowing which examines values, perception, and expression as they relate to environ mental issues:* Art 2 2 6 - Black and VVhite Photography Communication 480 - I n - Depth I nvestigative Reporting English 234 - Environmental Literature English 324 - Free-Lance Writing In tegrated Studies 241 - Energy, Resources, and Pollution

Psychology 464 - Environmental Psychology Religion 365 - Christian Moral Issues ( Environmental Ethics only)

I V

Geosciences The geosciences are distinct from other natural s c i !lees. The stu dy of the ear th is i nterdisciplinary and h istorical, bringing knowledge from many other fields to help solve problems. Geoscien tists investigate continents, oceans, and the atmosphere, and emphasize both the p rocesses that have changed and are changing the earth th ro u g h time a nd the results of those processes, such as rocks and sediments.

is dependent upon the earth for fo od, water, sh elte r and energy and m ineral resources. Study in the geosciences requires creativity and the abi lity to integrate. G e ol ogi s ts observe processes and products in he field and in the laboratory, merge diverse d a t a , develop reasoning s k i l ls lhat apply through geologic ti e and create and interpret maps. The field go s beyond

Our fast- ris ing human population

pure research science, a n d i nclude applied topics like the

relationships of nat ural events such as earthquakes and

volcanoes with human societies. T h e Department of Geosciences recognizes that it is no longer sufficient just to have knowledge of t h e facts of the field; successfu l students must have quantitative skills and be able to com m wlicate clearly through writing and speaking. Laboratory experiences are an i n tegral part of all co urses. Many courses involve the use of m icroscopes, i ncl u d i n g the department's sca nning electron microscope. o mpu ters are lIsed i n most courses to help tudents u nde r tand fundamental phenomena, obtain current i n formation, and commlU1icate results. Fi Id trips are included in many courses. Pacific Lutheran University is located at the leading edge of wes t ern North America, i n the f u get Lowland, between the d ramatic scenery of the Olympic Mountains and the a 'cade Ran ge. Pierce County has diverse geology, which is reflected in elevations that range from sea .level to more than 1 4,000 feet . G oscience graduates w h o ele t to work after c o m ple t ing a PLU degree are employed by the U.s. Geological urvey, resource companies, governmental ag ncies, and private-sector firms. Many graduates a re currently em ployed in geotechn i cal and environmental fields. Gradu ales who combine geosciences with education are em· ployed in primary and s e co n d a r y education. Careers in geosciences often require post-graduate degrees. Many B.S. maj ors have been successful at major research g rad uate schools.

FACULTY: Pol e y, 'hair; B en h a m , Lowes, Whitman; a ssi s t e d by Hllestis. he B ache l o r of Science degree is in te n ded as a p re-professional degree, fo r students interested in graduate school o r wo rki n g in

geosciences, The Bachelor of Art d e g ree is the m in imum prep aration appropriate for the field, and is best combined with olh r d gree programs, s uch as m ajor i n social s c ienc es o r the minor in Environmental Studies. Tbe department t r ongl y recom mends that all students complete Math 140 or higher before enrolling i n 300 level and h igher CQu rses i n g eos c i e nces. rudenls should also no te that u p per division courses are offered on a two-year cycle. E a rl y declaration of maj o rs or minors in geosciences w i l l facilitate development of individual programs and avoid s chedu l in g confl i c ts .

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: 44 semester hours; courses include: I from 1 0 1 , 1 02, 1 03 , 1 04 or 1 05 ; 20 1 , 324, 325, 32 , 3 27, 329, 3 3 5 and 425; p l us t\ from 323, 328, 330, 334, 3 4 1 , or 350; I cred i t of 390; 490; at lea't I credit of 495. Necessary s u pp orting courses include: hemistry 1 20 or 1 25 ; Physics 1 25 , 1 26 ( 1 35 and 1 36 labs) (or Physics 1 5 3, 1 54 and labs); Mathematics l S I and e ithe r 1 5 2 o r Comp u t er Science 220. At least one additional chemistry c ourse i reco m me n ded [or preparation for graduate schoo!. B io l o g y 323 and add itional co urses are re com m e nded when p ale o nto lo gy is a major i n tere s t. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 32 semester hours; courses include: 20 I plus at least lWO l ower division fro m 1 0 1 , 1 02, 1 0 3 , 1 0 4 , 1 0 5 ; eight credits from 324, 3 25 , 3 2 6 , 3 2 7 , 3 2 9 ; eight cred its fro m 3 2 3 , 328, 3 30, 334, 3 3 5 , 34 1 , 350, 360; one credit o f 390; 490 and one credit of 495. 425 recommended. Req uired s u p por ti n g courses in lude: Chemistry 1 04 , 1 20 or 1 2 5 . Options reflect a student's intere ts and are d iscussed with an adviser.

m o VI 1"\ m Z 1"\ m VI

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION:

Se . School ofEducation.

MINOR: 20 se mes ter hours of c o u rse s in ge os c i e n c es , co m p le t d with grad e of or h i gh e r. Requ ired : 20 1 a n d at least three upper division c ou rse s . DEPARTMENTAl HONORS: In recogni t i on o f o u ts t a n d i ng work the d es ign a t i o n with Departmental Honors m a y be gran ted to Ba chelor t)f Scien c e g ra dua te s by a vote of the fa c ul ty of the D e p a r tmen t of G e oscienc es , based upon the student's per fo r mance in these areas: I : Co u rse \\lark: The grade p o i n t average i n geoscience courses must be at l eas t 3 .50. 2 . Writ/ell work: From the time a student declares a maj o r i n geosci e n ces , co pics f ou ts t a n d i n g work (e.g., la b o r a to ry ref orts, poster presen tations, wri t ten reports) will be kept fo r later s u m mary evaluation. 3 . Oral co m m u n ication: S t ude nts must evidence ability to comm unicate effectively as in d ic a te d by the ' um of their p a r t ici p a t i o n in cbs$ discussions, se mi na rs, help se ss i o n s , a n d te ach i n g assistantship work. 4. Other activities: P osi t ive considerations for hont) rs include involvement in the department, doing i ndep e n d e nt research, geoscience-related employment, and participation in p ro fes sional organizations.

Course Offe rings 1 0 1 OUT Changing Planet Exploration of earth sy s te ms , in c l uding cycles in and

CO I l n e c

t io ns among the l itho sp h ere , hydrosphere, a t m osphere <l nd b i osp he re. Disucssion o f cha n ges in and h u m a n imp a c ts to t he se systems th a t ha ve taken p l a ce t hr o ugh t i me. Includes labs. 1 (4) 1 02 General Oceanography Oceanography and its relationship to o t her fields; physical,

chemical, b iolog ic al , climatic, and geological aspects of the sea. Includes labs and field trips. 1, I I ( 4 ) 103 Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and Geologic Hazards S tu dy of the geologic environment a n d its relationship to humans, with empha 'is on geo l o gic featur s and pr()ce. es that crea te hazards when encroached upon b y human activity, i nclud i n g earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, l a n dsl i des and avalanches, and solutions to problems created b y these h�zards.

I n c l ude s labs. 1 (4)

104 Conservation of Natural Resources a nd p riv at e s teward s h i p of o u r resources with special re fe r e n c e to the Pacific Northwe� t. Includes labs. I , J (4) P ri n c i p l es and p ro b le m s of p ub l ic

105

335 Geophysics

Meteorology

A fu ll, balanced, nd up-to-date coverage of the basic principles

of meteorology. Examination of the impacts of severe weather on humans and the environment. No prerequisites. Includes labs. J (4) ... u Z w u '" o ...

201 Geologic Principles A survey of geologic processes as they apply to the evolution of the North American continent, including the interaction of h u m ans with their geologic environment. Student participate actively in classes that integrate laboratory and ficid study of rocks, miuerals, fossils, maps and environmental aspec ts of geology and emphasize developing basic skills of geologic inquiry. his course meets state education certification require ments for content in physical and historical geology. I I (4)

34. 1 Ene.rgy and Mineral Resources for the Future A survey of the world's energy and miner. I resources comprising the raw materials of industrialized societies. Includes labs. Prerequisites: 1 3 ) , 20 1 , or consent of instructor. aly I (4)

3SO

Marine Geology

Study of the 70% of the earth beneath the oceans, focusing on the extensive discoveries of the past few decades. Emphasis on marine sediments, sedimentary processes, plate tectonic p rocesses, and the historical geology of the oceans. lncludes labs. Prerequisite: 1 3 1 , 20 1 , 202, or consent of instTuctor. aly 1 1 (4)

323 Mineralogy

Crystallography and mineralogy, both ore and rock-forming minerals. Prerequisites: 1 3 1 , 20 1 or consent of instructor. Includes labs. aly J 1 999 ( 4 ) 324 Igneous Petrology Applied and theoretical study of the genesis, nature, and distribution of igneOlfs rocks, at microscopic to gl o b a l scales. I ncludes labs. Prereq uisites; 1 3 1 , 20 1 . 326, or consent of instructor. aly II ( 2 )

360 Geology of Washington The minerals, rocks, geological structures and geological h istory of Washington, with emphasis on the region from the Columbia Plateau to the Pacific Ocean. Includes labs and field trips. Prerequisite: previous geoscience or consen t of instruct.or. (4)

325 Structural Geology

The fonn and spatial relationships of va rio LIS rock masses and

390 Field Trip

introduction to rock deformation; consideration of basic processes to understand mountain buildi ng and continenta'! formation; Laborato ry emphasizes practical tech niques which enable students to analyz.e regional structural patterns. Prereq uisite: 1 3 1 , 20 1 , or consen t of instructor. aly I 1 998-99 ( 3 )

Field and on-campus study of major geolog:ic sites in western U.S. Tri ps take place during spring break or at end of spring

326 Optical Mineralogy

Combining a survey of regional field geology with a series of local mapping projects, this course introduces field techniques of geolog ic map-making. I ncluded are traversing and data assembly, map construction, section measuremen ts , s tructural analysis, and chronological synthesis. Graphics techniques are also covered. Prerequisites: previous 300-level geology courses and consent of instructor. S ( 5 )

heory and practice of m ineral studies using the petrographic microscope. including immersion oil techn iques, production of th i n sections, and determination of m inerals by means of their o pti c a l properties. I ncludes labs. Prerequisi te: 1 3 1 , 20 1 , or consent of instructor. aly I (2) 327 Stratigraphy and

Sedimentation

Forma tio n al principles of surface-accumulated rocks, and their i n corpo ration i n the stratigraphic record. This subject is basic to field m apping and structural interpretation. aly I (4)

328

Paleontology

semester. Prerequisite: 1 3 1 , 20 1 , or consent of instructor. ( 3 00 level geology courses preferred.) ( 1 )

425

Geologic Field Mapping

490 Capstone Seminar Senior experience in library or laboratory research and career integrating seminar, including presentation of research results. Jl (2)

A systematic study of the fossil record, combining principles of evolutionary development, paleohabitats a.nd p reservation, with practical experiL nce o f spe imen identificat.ion. Includes labs. P re requisite : 1 3 1 , 20 1 , or consent of instructor. aly 1 1 998-99 (4)

4 9 1 Independent Stu.dy

329

495

Metamorphic Petrology

Consideration of the mineralogical and textural changes that rocks undergo during orogenic episodes, including physical chemical parameters of the environment as deduced from experimental stud ies. Includes Labs. Prerequisites: 1 3 1 , 2 0 1 , 326, or consent of instructor. aly rr ( 2 )

334 Hydrogeology

Study of the hydrologic cycle, investigating surface and ground water flow, resource evaluation and development, wells, water

quality and geothermal resources. Emphasis on water problems in the Puget Sound area, with additional examples from diverse geologic environments. Includes labs. Prerequisite: 1 3 1 , 20 1 , or consent of instructor. aly 11 1 998-99 (4)

Seminal'

497 Research Experimental or theoretical investigation, in close cooperation with a faculty member. Open to upper division students. ( 1 -4)

Maps as a basic tool for communicating information. A n introduction to computer-based Geographic I nformation Systems, Global Positioning Systems, digital maps, remotely sensed images a.nd aeria'! photographs. I ncludes labs. Prerequi site: previous science (geoscience preferred ) , math or computer science course or consent of instructor. aly II, 1 997-98 (4)

Investigations or research in areas of special interest not covered by regular courses. Requires regular supervision by a faculty member. ( 1 -4) Selected topics in geosciences based on literature andlor original research . ( I )

330 Maps: Images o f the Earth

Study of the physical nature of the earth, its properties and processes, employing techniques from seismology, heat flow, gravity, magnetism, and electrical conductivity. Emphasis on understanding the earth's formation, structure, and plate tectonics processes as well as geophysical exploration techniques. Includes labs. Prerequisites: 1 3 1 o r 20 1 , one semester of calculus, physics ( high school level or above), or consent of instructor. aly lJ 1 998-99. (4)

requ ire ment by completing a research project or paper in Global Studies 41 l .

Global Studies The Global S t udies Program is a response to glo bal trends that i ncreasi ngly affect our lives. The program fo cuses on the formation and e mergen ce

of the modem world and its ecological i nter

growing economic, cultural, p litical. and

ISSUE CONCENTRATIONS:

1 . Global Environment a. Required: Geosciences 104 - Conservation of b. Electives:

atural Resources

dependence. By com b i n i ng academic learning vith lan

At least two electives must be upper division courses.

gua g kills and pract ical experience, the Global Studies Prog r am provides students with the knowledge, perspec

Independent studies are available upon t he approval of the instructor and the Global tudies director. Anthropology 354 - Geography and World Cultures Biology 424 - Ecology Biology 425 - Biological Oceanography C hem i s t r y 104 - Environmental Chemistry Economics 330 - Environmental and Natural Resource Economics Geosciences 341 - Energy and Mineral Resources for the Future Integrated Studies 241 - Energy, Resources, and Pollution Integrated Studies 242 - Population, Hunger. and Poverty

tives, and skills they need to understand and effectively in t oday 's world.

to function

FACULTY: The Global Studies Com m ittee, made up of faculty member and staff from the Cen t r for International Programs, administers th is program: T. Williams, Chair; Benston, Brown, Klein . McGinnis. oore, Nugent. Yager.

GLOBAL STUDIES COMPLEMENTA.R¥ MAJOR: The Global Studies major is termed a "complementary" major because it is second major in addition to a regular disciplinary major. Stu dents eJecting the Global Studies major are required to declare a tnditionaJ disciplinary major before they de lare a Global Stud major. The lobal Studies major is multidisciplinary. drawing both its c o u rse s and faculty fro m departments o f the Divi ions of Humanities. Natural Sciences, and Social Sciences and from the Schools of the Arts and Busines . Beca use the program is designed to draw on a variety of disci plinary p ersp ecti ves to explain and understand global trends, no more t h a n two courses ( 8 semester hours) can be taken in any one di scip l i n e to fulfill the requirements for the issue concentra tion for the Globa l Studies major. In addition, students m a y n o t apply m o re than two courses ( 8 semester hours) from their primary major or from courses taken to fulfill general university core r quirements to the complementary major.

I»

» � VI -t c: C m VI

2. International Trade a. Reqllired: B usiness 3 52 - Global Management E conomics 3 3 1 - International Economics b. Electives: Business 353 - Comparative Management Business 355 - Global Operations Business 408 - International Business Law Business 460 - International Marketing Business 468 - Marketing Management Political Science 33 1 - International Relations Political Science 347 - Political Economy

3. International Relations a. Reql4ired: Political Science 3 3 1 - International Relations b. Electives: Anthropolog}' 3 75 - Law, Politics, and Revolution History 21 1 - The World Since 1 945 Histo ry 356 - American Diplomatic History In t egra ted Studies 2 2 1 - The E xp e r ience of War Languages 272 - Literature and Social Change in Latin America Political Science 3 3 8 - American Foreign Policy Politica.l Science 347 - Political Economy

MAJOR REQUIREMENTS: Students take a minimum of 32 Global Studies Core

semester h o urs balanced evenly between the

requirements and courses selected for their is ue concentration.

Co re ( 1 6 semester hours) 1 . Anth.ropology/HistorylPolitical Science 2 1 0, Global Perspectives (4) 2. Anthropology 1 02, ExplOring Anthropology: Culture and Society (4) 3. Economics ] 30, Global and Environmental Economic Principles (4) 4. Global Studies 4 1 1 , Research Seminar (4) B. Issue Area Concentrations ( 1 6 s e meste r hours)

A. Global Studies

Third World Development

a. Required: I ntegrated Studies 245 - The Development of Third World Underdevelopment

F ur courses must be taken from one of the five concentra tions o u tl in e d below. Upon approval o f the program director,

Economics 341 - Economic Development: Comparative Third World Strategies

students may choose to take three courses from one concen tration and one from another.

b. Eleetives: Anthropology 336 - Peoples of Latin America Anthropology 343 - East Asian Cultures Anthropolog}' 345 - Contemporary China Anthropology 375 - Law, Politics. and Revolution English 233 - Post-Colon ial Literature H istory 205 - Islamic Middle East to 1 945 H istory 2 1 1 - The World Since 1 945 H istory 335 - Latin American H istory: Central America and the Caribbean History 336 - Southern Africa H istory 338 - Modern China H istory 339 - Revolutionary China Languages 272 - Literature and Social Change i n Latin America

C. Larlguage Studen t · must demonstrate p roficiency in a language relevan t t their coursework and at a level consistent with Option 1 o f

the College o f Arts a n d Sciences foreign language requirement.

Thi may be accomplished through a proficiency examination or through the equivalent o f 1 6 semester hours o f coursework. D. Experiential Component Majors a re strongly encouraged to participate in a st udy abroad program overseas, although local internships related to a n area concentration may also be approved. Pre-approved credit equivalent to 4-8 sem stcr hours may be obtained if students participate in a PLU approved study-abroad semester-long program. E. Senior Research Project The senior project is a general university requirement in all

programs and majors. Students will normally satisfy this

I n tegrated Stud ies

246 - 'a ses in Third World Development

QJ:

I n tegrated St udies 245

The Develop ment of Their Wor l d

Underdevelo p me n t

Economics

3 4 1 - Eco n o m i c Devel p me n t : Comp arative

T h i rd Wo rld Strategies

a I III

5. Cultural Diversity" J . Required:

A n thropology 360 - Ethnic G ro ups b. Electives: At leasl two electives must be u pper

division courses.

I ndependent Studies are ava i l able upon the a p p roval o f

the instructor and the Global Studies director. A n t h ro p ology 330 - Cult ures and Peoples of Nat ive N o r t h America

A n t h ropology 332 - Preh isto ry of North America Anthropology 334 - The A nthropology of Contemporary America

An th rop ol o gy 336 - Peoples of Lat i n America A nth.ropology 338 - Jewish Culture Anthropology 34 3 - East Asi a n Cultures An t h ropology

345 - o n temporary China 350 - Women and Men i n World u l t ures A n th ropology 3 70 - The First Civ ilizations Anthropology 375 - Law, Polit ics, a nd Revolu ti o n A n t h ro p o logy 3 8 0 - Sicknebs, M a d ness, a nd Health A n t h ropology 385 - M a rr i age, Family, and Kinshi p Anth ropology 392 - Gods, l\i\ agic, a n d . llo r<11s

A n t h ropology

History Through the study of history at Pacific Luthera n Univer

si t y students gain a n u n derstan di n g aJ1d a p p rec i a t ion of lhe h istorical perspective. O pportu n ities for deve! p i n g

Chinese 37 1 - Ch i nese Literat ure in Tra nslation Ec o n om ics 38 1 -

a n aly t i ca l a n d interpretat ive ski l l s a r e provided through

.o m parative Econom i c systems

research and wri t i ng p rojects, in ternships, class presenta

English

233 - Pos t - Colonial Litera t u re French 4-32 - wentieth Century French Literature History 380 - Asian American I-listory �lnd C u l t ur e Languages 27 1 - Literature and Society i n Modern E u rope Langu ages 272 - Literature and Social Change in Latin

AmcTica Music 432 - M u s ic o f the \",Iorlel's

tions. a n d s t u dy tours. The p ractice of the his torical method leads students o ff campus to their hometowns, to Europe o r China or the American West, a n d to commun ity i n s t i tutions, both private and public. The depar t ment emphasizes i n dividual advising in relation

ho ldi ngs include significant collections in American,

Political Science 3 8 1

- Comparative Legal System s 1 3 1 - The Rel igions of Sou th Asia Religi o n 1 3 2 - The Rel igions of East Asia Religion 1 3 3 - The Religions o f the West Religion 364 - Theological S t u d ies Religion 390 - Studies in History of Religions Spanish 322 - Latin A m erican Civiliz.ation and Culture

Religion

European, and non -Western history. The Nisqually Plains Room o f the library specia lizes i n Pa cific Nor hwest commu nity studies. Career outlets fo r majo rs and min ors are either direct or suppor tive in business

FACULTY: Carp, Cha ir; Benson, Brown ing, H ames, Kraig,

MINOR REQUIREMENTS: 20 semester hours, i ncluding two 2 1 0 a n d G I .ST 4 1 1 ) ; a n d t hree

M a r t i nson, Nordquist.

fTo m the approved list of courses fo r an issue concentra

tion t h a t appears i n the " M ajor Requirements" section

law, teach i ng,

p ublic service, news media, and o ther occupations.

core cou rses ( A NTH/HlST/POLS courses

to both self

d i rected stu d ies a n d regular courses. The u n ivers i ty l i b ra ry

Pe o p l e s

to the left.

Those seeking a concentration i n Global B usiness m u s t take Econom ics 3 3 1 a s one of the three rem a i n i n g electives. Concen trators in I n ternational Relation s m u st take Political Science 3 3 1 a s nne o f three remain ing electives.

BACHEWR OF ARTS MAJOR: Minimum of 3 2 semester h ours, including 4 h o u rs-Ame rica n field, 4 hours-European field, a n d 4 no urs-non-Western fi e l d . Students a re expected t o work closely with the departmen t's facllity advisers to i n s u re the most personalized programs a n d i n s truction possible. Majors are urged to meet the fo reign language requirement of the College o f Arts and Sciences under either O p t i o n I or O p t ion I I .

Those who are p reparing for p u b l i c school te a ch i n g can meet the state h i s tory req u i rement b y enrolling in History 460. All majors are required to take fo ur hours o f historical methods majors

Course Offering 4 1 1 Research Seminar

Required of all students majoring and minoring i n Global S t u d ies, t h is is a capstone sem i n a r that c u l m i n a tes i n the w ri t i ng of an extensive research p aper.

the S e m i n a r course satisfies the core requirement for a senior semln<lr I p roj ect.

LS 2 1 0. (4)

Prerequisite: A N T H / H IST/P

and research a.nd fo u r h o u rs of Seminar cred it. Completion of

MINOR: 20 semester hours with a m i n i m u m of 12 h o u rs from ' courses n u mbered above 3 00 . The m inor in history e m p h as ize s a "program foc u s" a n d a "progra m plan,"

which

is a rranged by the

student in consultation w i th a departmental adviser.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: See School of education.

P A C

R A N

U N

Course Offe rings C u r es i n the Department of H istory are offered in the

following fields:

205 Islamic Middle East t o 1945

An introductory survey course on the history of the Middle East from the time of Muhammed in the 7th century through World War I I . (4)

AMF.RlCAN FIELD

2 1 0 Global Perspectives: T h e World i n Change

251 Colow.aJ American History

A survey of global issues: modernization and development; economic change and international trade; di minishing resources; war and revolution; peace and j ustice; and cultural diversity. (Although cross-referenced with A NTH 2 1 0 and POLS 2 1 0 , students m a y receive history credit only when t h i s course is scheduled as a history class.) (4)

252 Nineteenth-Century American History 253 Twentieth-Century Alm�rican History 294 The United States Sinu 1945 352 The American Revolution 355 American Pop ular Cultm:e

356 American Diplomatic History

359 IUslory of Women in the United States 381 The Vietruun War and American Society

4S 1 American Legal History

460 West and Northwest 471 History of American Thought and Culture

494 Seminar: American History EUROPEAN FIELD

1 07, 108 History of Western Civilization 3 2 1 Greek Civilization 322 Roman Civilization 323 The Middle Ages 324 Renaissance 325 Reformation

328 Nineteenth-Century EUJ'ope 329 EUJ'ope and the World Wars: 1 9 1 4- 1945

332 England: ThdOl's and Stuarts 334 Modern Germany, 1 848- 1945 360 Holocanst: Destruction of the European Jews 495 Seminar: European H istory NON-WESTERN FIELD

109 East Asian Societies 205 Islamic Middle East to 1945 2 1 0 GJobaJ Perspectives 2 ) 1 The World Sinu 1 945

310 Contemporary Japan 335 La.tin American History: Central America and the Caribbean 336 Southern Africa

338 \'dodern China 339 Revolutionary China

340 Modern Japan 380 Asian American History and CullUJ'e

496 Seminar: The Third World ALL FIELDS 301 Introduction to Hi.swrical Methods and Research 401 Workshops 492 Independent Study

499 Internship 50 1 Graduate Workshops

590 Graduate Seminar 591 Directed Study 595 Graduate Readings 598 Research Project S99 Thesis 1 07, 1 08 History of Westem Civilization

Analysi� of institutions and ideas of selected civilizations. Mcso

pMamia, Egyp t , t he Hebrews, Greece, Rome, the rise of Ch ris tian it y, a n Medieval Europe in the first semester; Europe from t he Renaissance to the present in the second semester. I IT (4, 4) 1 09 East Asian Societies A

historical overview of the traditional cultures, traditions, and and Japan. Discussion of the lives of

l ives of the p ople of China

peasants, emperors, merchants, and warriors in each society. (4)

II> -I

o " -<

2 1 1 The World Sinu 1 945

historical survey on how Third World nations have sought independence in the post-World '.Var L I period. Emphasis on events i n the Western world leading to World War I l and the effects of that war on the Third World. (4)

25 1 Colonial American History

American institutions fTom colonial times to the 1 790s; the growth of the colonies and their relationship to the British imperial system. (4) 252 Nlneteentb-CentUJ'y American History

From Jefferson to Theodore Roosevelt; interpretation of era from social, political, economic, and biographical viewpoints. (4) 253 Twentieth-CentUJ'y American History

Trends and events in domestic and foreign affairs since 1900; affluence, urban growth, and social contrasts. (4) 294 The United States Since 1945

This seminar ex, mines selected topics in recent U.S. history such as the Cold War, the Civil Rights Movement, the Vietnam War, the Women's Movement, Watergate, and the Iran-Contra Affair. Enrollment restricted to freshmen and sophomores. (4) 30 1 Introduction t o Historical Methods and Research

Focus on historical methodology, research techniques, and the writing of history from a wide range of historical primary sou rces. Required for all history majors before taking the senior Seminar. (4) 3 1 0 Contemporary Japan

Major domestic, political, economic, and socio-cultural developments since 1945. Special attention given to U.S.-Japan interactions. (4) 3 2 J Greek Civilization

The political, social, and cultural history of Ancient Greece from the Bronze Age to the Hellenistic period. Special attention to the literature, art, and intellectual history of the Greeks. (Cross referenced with CLAS 3 2 1 ) (4) 3 2 2 Roman Civilization

The history of Rome from the foundation of the city to A.D. 337, the death of Constantine. E mphasis on Rome's expansion over the Mediterranean and on its constitutional history. Attention to the rise of Christianity within a Greco-Roman context. ( Cross referenced with CLAS 322) (4) 323 The M iddle Ages

Europe from the disintegration of the Roman Empire to 1 300; reading and research in medieval materials. (4) 324 RellaissWlu

Europe in an age of transition - 1 300 to 1 500. (4) 325 Reformation

Political and religious crises in the sixteenth century: Lutheran ism, Zwinglianism, Anglicanism, Anabaptism, Calv.inism, Roman Catholic reform; Vlleber thesis, the beginnings of Baroque arts. (4) 328 Nineteentb-CentUJ'y EUJ'ope

The expansion of European civilization from 1 800 to 1 9 1 4. (4)

329 Europe and the World Wars: 1 9 14-1945

38 1 The Vietnam War and American Society

Exam.i nat i n of A m e r ica's involvement i n the Vietnam War from Trll m;ll1 to N ixon. (4)

a r I; revolution and return to " nor m alcy" ; dep re ss i o n

World

a nd the rise of fascism; \VorJd War I I . ( 4 ) 332 England: Tudors and Stuarts

399 Internship

Political, social, econom.ic, legal, and cultural deve lo p men t s .

A research and wr i t i ng project in con nect ion with

(4)

a p p rove d

334 Modern Germany, 1948 - 1 945

and co nsen t of the d e p a rtm e n t . ( 1 -6)

Bismarckian and Wi lhem i al1 empires; Weimar Re p ub li c and the rise o f Na ti o n a l Socia lism; the Third Reich. ( 4 )

401 Workshops Wo rkshops in s p eci a l fields for va r y ing period of t i me . ( 1 -4)

335 Latin American History: Central America and the

4 5 1 American Legal History

Caribbean Survey of the m aj o r aspects of a:

o z o �

student's

it. P re req uis i te : soph more ·tanding p l u s one co urse in histo ry,

The Revol utions of 1 8 48 and u n i fic a t i on of .erman y ;

o ff- ca m p us work or [ ravel activit)" or a d i m e ns ion of

Di m ensions of A m e r i c a n

nt ra l American and Caribbean

hi to ry from co lo n ia l to modern ti m e s .

se of sel e c t e d case stud ies to iUustrat the regio n's h istor y. Study i n i n te r- America n r l a tion s . (4

periods.

law as is relates to ch a n g i ng histo rical

(4)

460 West and Northwest The American Wi st in the 1 9th and 20th c e nt u ri es . Fro n tier a n d regional p e r s pe c ti v es . I n terpre t i Vl: , illustrative h i s t o r y, a n d opportunities fo r o ff- c a mp u s re earch. (4)

336 Southern Africa am i nation of the h istory of pre-colonial Afr i c a n k i ngdoms, Weste r n i m peria lism, settler colonialism, a n d th e

African struggle for i ndependence. E m ph asis on the p e rio d s i nce 1 800.

4 7 1 History of American Thought and Culture D imensions of American social and intellectual h i stor y. (4)

(4)

492 Independent Study ( 1 -4)

338 Modern China

The beginning of Chi na's modem hi story, with s peci a l e m p h as i s on th e genesis of the h i nese revo l u ti o n and China' position i n an i ncreasingly integrated world . (4)

339 Revolutionary China

494 Seminar: American History ( 4) 495 Seminar. European History ( 4 ) 496 Seminar: The Third World This research seminar alternates its focus from East As i a one yea r

B ginning in 1 9 1 J , an ex am ination of the c ou rs e of the C h i nese

to Africa and Caribbean/Latin America the next.

revol u t ion, China's liberation, and the ChaJlges s ince 1 949. (4)

(4)

3M) Modern Japan Study of how Japan became the modern " m i ra c l e" in East Asia.

Honors Program

Pri mary focus on t ra d i t io n s that enabled J ap a n to cha nge rap i dly, the role of the chal l en ge of t h e West in that change, the

industrial ization of Japan, the reasons fo r war with tbe U. S., Jnd

the i mp a c t of the war on contemporary fa p a n and its so ial nd <

eco n o mi c institutions. (4) 352 The American Revolution Th Am rican Revolution

experiential learning opportunities, with t h object ive of

se ri es of esse nt ial l y po l it i cal

preparing participants fOT lives of service and servant

eve nts s tretc h i n g from the S e ve n Years War in 1 763 through

leadership. The program emphasizes the importance of

Thomas Jefferson's d e feat of John Adams in th e Pres idential

student-directed learning, and culminates

election of 1 800. ( 4 )

Study of motion pi ct ures , p o p ul ar music, radio and television p r grams, comic strips and p aper b ack fic t i o n . Insights i n to the values and ideas o( American culture fro m watching i t a t p l a y. No prerequisites. ( 4 )

TOTAL HONORS CREDITS: 2 6 ( a l l b u t eight o f wh i ch fulfI l l

o t h e r u n i vers i t y requirements) HONORS STUDENTS: Selected on the basis of grades and

356 American Diplomatic History

Tbe practice, function, and s t ructure of A m eri c a n foreign policy c en t u ry. ( 4 )

w i th pa rt icular emphasis on the twentieth

359 History o f Women in the United States

(4)

HON R 1 1 5 - Id e n t i ty, Community, Legacy, and

( fa l l ; 4 h o u rs)

Investigation of the d evelop m e n t of modern anti-semitism, its

relationship to fascism, the rise o f H i tle r, the structure of t he

mechanics of the Final Solution, t h e nature of the perpetrators,

B. Honors Critical Conversation: " Exp e ri ence and Knowl e d ge " HONR 1 1 7 A - Experience and K n owl e dge ( fall; 1 hour) HONR 1 1 7 13 - Experience a nd K n o wl edge ( s p rin g; 1 hour)

the experience and response of the victims, the reaction of the o u tside world, and the post-war attempt to deal w i th an u n pa ral l eled c r i me th ro u gh traditional j udicial p ro cedu res . (4)

Note: A t the eud of the freshman year, students ill the HOllors core choose to enter Core I or Core II. The eight credits in tire Freshmall Honors Experience will have equivalencies in both cores.

380 Asian American History and Culture

An i n t ro d u ctor y su rvey of Asian American h is tory and culture, focusing on C h i nese, Japanese, Korean, F i l i p ino, Asi a n Ind ian, Indochinese, and Pacific Isla nder experiences in the period

1 840-1 990s. (4)

aith

HONR 1 1 6 - I d e n t i t y, Commun ity, Lega cy, a nd Faith ( sp ri n g; 4 hou rs)

Ger m a n d ictatorship, the evolution of Nazi Jewish policy, the

m i n i m u m of 3.50 grade point average.

and Fai t h "

360 Holocao t: Destruction of the European Jews

scores) and recommendations. M u st complete P LU with

Fresh m a n H o no rs E x p er i e nc e : A. Honors Core s eq ue n ce : " Identit)" Co m m un i t y, Legacy,

to women's experiences fro m the c ol o n i a l period to the present.

scores ( h igh school grade p o i n t average o f 3 . 8 0 or 1 200 SAT

Freshman Year - All entering freshman honors students take the

A focused, thematic e:'(amination of i 'sues and evidence related

in an experien and evaluate

tial project that students design, im p lement, (with faculty support ) .

3 5 5 American Popular Culture

The Honors Program at Pacific Lutheran University cen ters on the theme " Taking Responsi bil ity: Matters of the Mi nd, Matters of the Heart." It integrate academic and

Sophomore and Junior Years A. D uring the sophomore and junior years students take four

one-credit Virtue emi nar ' ( HONR 3 0 J - 308 ) , or pre� r ably ne each e m . ter ( r multiples in a semes ter to accommo date s t u d y abroad or o ther sch d u l i n g conflicts) . Continuing

the focus n "' hlki ng Respoll ibility," the seminars fo c u s on those qualities necessary to res p o n s i b l l e a d ers h i p . Us i n g differe nt "virt ues" a ' a ce n te r i ng them , students consider

each irtue fr m several pe rsp ec t i es, including c l a s s i c a l , con temporary, and non-western perspec ti\res. What does it

mean t o be

person who acts wi ely? cou rageously? with hope? j llS!I),? These seminars p rovide st u de nt s with a wee k l y oppo r t u n i ty to i nte r ac t with their i n tellectual peer� arollnd a a

unifying t he me and readings. B.

Participation in J a n ua ry - Te rm study

abroad/off-campus c o u rses is st ron g ly en c o u raged but not required _ Most pmt i c i pants in t he J-Term abroad will b e sophomores or j u n i o rs , but fresh me n and seniors m a y go a s wel l . C . H o n o rs s t u d nts take t w o four-credit hours courses u s u al ly d uri ng lhe so p h o mo re and/or junior years. They may take Honors-by-Co n t ract co urses, who se "added dimensions" to o nve r t them to honors a re agreed upon in a c o ntrac t be twee n p rofessor and student, by the following means:

1 ) t, ke a reg u l a rly . ch d ul ed course which, by contract, exp l o res the topic t h rou g h greater depth or breadth, or 2) do an independ n t study or research project ( may do only one of these) whose fin ished product is of potentially p u bl i s ha ble quality. Senior Year - S niors take HON R 490: Ho no rs Challenge E:.:pe rie n ee (4), o ffered i n either fal l or spring. This seminar, i n clu d i n g academic a n a l ys i s a nd an exp eri e ntia l component, bri ngs a sense of Josure t the program theme of responsib i l i ty, and is call e d " Responsib ility in Action."

Course Offeri ngs 1 15 and 1 16 Identity, Community, Legacy, and Faith Social, u lt u ra l , intellectual, and sp ir i t ua l traditions )f Eu rope and North America, w i t h attention to re l e va n t intera ti ns and com p ariso ns behl'een western and non-western civilizations.

( 4 , 4) 1 1 7A and 1 1 78 Experience and Knowledge

Division of Humanities The Departments of English, Lan g uages and Litera tures, Philosophy, and Religion comprise the Division of H u m a n i t i es . They sh a re a central concern about language, literature, and world vi ws. As academic m ajo rs and minors, and in support of p rofessional program a nd preparation for other fields, studie in h u m a n i ties are a t t h e heart o f a l i be r al education. They serve generally a s a means to re al i z i n g excellence in one's l i fe, and they expose one t o a wide v ar i et y o f different p e rs p e ct ive s on culture, meaning, and value.

:r c s: >

he charge of the humanities is to

t hink a nd act perceptively, hu m a n e l y, and creativ e ly i n a

c o m pl ex and ever changing s o c i ety. The divi sion is committed to s u pe rb u n derg ra duate t e ac h i ng . Clas es emphasize co m m u n ication skills, rigorous analysi . of texts and ideas, critical assessment of arguments, and t h o u g h t fu l re flection. The p o t e n t ial for

creative service to the c o mmu n i t y is nur tured in a variety of ways including int e rn sh i ps in P u bl i sh i n g and Printing Arts ( a m inor i.n Englis h ) , the outre a ch p ro g rams o f the Scandi navian Cultural Ce nt r , and collaborative projects with local school districts.

FACULTY: Cooper, Dean; fac u lt y members of the Departments o f E n g l i s h , L a n g u a ges aDd Li tera tures, Philosophy, and Religion. a division within the College o f Arts and Sciences, the Division of Humanities o f ers pro g r a ms in each constituent d e p a rt ment lead ing to the B.A. degree. Ul'se offerings and

degree requirements are listed under: English Languages and Literatures Philosophy Religion See a l s o the sectjon� of th is c a t a l og on Chinese S t u d ies, l ass i e s , Environmental tu di e s , Global tudie , Honorb Program, In tegr a t ed StuJies, I nternational Edllca t ion, Legal Studie , P u b l is h i ng and P ri n L i n g Arts, Scandinavian Area Studies, and Wome n's Studies.

Explore. the onnections b e t wee n u n d rs t a n d i n g a selected i sue or p robl em t hro u gh t ra d i t io na l a cadem ic st u d y and understand ing t h e same issue or problem through exp e r i e n ce .

(I, I)

Fulfills

fTeshman ritical cOllversati n requirement.

301-308 Virtue Seminars Co n t i n u i n g its focus on "Taking Responsibility," the Honors Progra m offers seminars that focus on those qualities necessary to resp rutble leadership. ( Each seminar i s one redit; honors s t uden t s are req u i red to c o m pl e te fO U L ) ( I hour each)

30 1 02 303 304 305 306 307 308

Char i t y C o u rage Faith H ope

J ustice Sel t� Restraint Wisdom

C m p ass i o n

490 Honors Challenge Experience: Responsibility in Action As lhe culminating element of the Ho n o rs Program, HONR

490

presents the opportu n i ty to "take responsibility" by emphasizing

the 'ignificance of b r i ng i n g to ge t h e r habiL o f scholarship a n d habits of committed citizenship-of linking the academic compo nents of rese a rc h , study, and w r i t i ng in applied experiences in public venues. (4)

I ndividualized Major

Integrated Studies

Supervised by the Faculty Council for Individualized

The Integrated Studies Program (Core II) is designed as

M ajors, this p r gram offers junior and senior students the

an alterna tive mode of sat isfying core curriculum require

r:r:

opportu nity to develop and complete a personally de

men ts. Consisting of a constellation of i n terdisciplinary

s igned, interdisciplinary, l iberal arts major. The course o f

courses, the program explores a central theme - the

Dynamics of Cha nge - from a variety o f academic per

study culminates i n a senior thesis, to be agreed on b y the Co uncil, the

student, and his or her advis er.

spectives. The program stresses critical thinking and

Successful applicants to this program will no rmally have Q .... N .....

a cumulative grade point average of 3 . 3 0 or h igher,

FACUD'Y: Selected from Anthropology, Art, Biology, Chemistry, Earth Sciences, Economics, English, History, Languages, Mathematics, Music, Philosophy, Physics, Political Science, Psychology, Religion, and Sociology. Integra ted Studies Comm ittee: D. M. Martin, Chair; Kraig, McGin n is, Whitman. Ill tegrated Studies Coordinator: Carr.

although in exc ptional cases, they may demonstrate their potential i n other ways to the Faculty Council for Indi vidualized Majors . Admission to the program is granted by the Council on the basis of a detailed plan of study, proposed a nd written

by the student, and subm itted to the Council any time

after the beginning o f the second semester of the student's > Q Z

sophomore year. The proposal must o u tline a complete pi n of study for the time remaining until the granting o f a degree. Study plans may include any of the traditional ele ments fro m a standard B . A . o r B . S . degree program. Once approved by both the faculty sponsor and the Faculty Council fo r Individualized Majors, the study plan supplants usual degree requirements, and, when com pleted, leads to conferral of the B.A . degree wi th Special Honors .

STUDY PROPOSALS MUST INCLUD E THE FOLWWING: 1. A Statem ent of Objectives, in which the student describes what the degree is expected to represent and why the individu alized course of study is more appropriate than a traditional degree program. 2. A Program of Study, i n which the student describes how the objectives will be attained through sequences of courses, reading programs, regular course work, independent study, travel, off-campus involvement, personal consultation with faculty members, or other means. 3. A Program of Evaluation, in which the student describes the criteria to be used to measure achievement of the objectives and specifies the topic of the senior thesis. 4. A Statement of Review, in which the student describes how previous course work and Life experiences have prepared him or her for the individualized study program. 5. Letters of Recommendation. The stlldy proposal must be written in close consultation with the chair of the Faculty Council for Individualized Majors and with a faculty member who agrees to act as primary sponsor and adviser to the student throughout the course of study. The faculty sponsor must comment on the feasibility of the proposal and on the student's ability to carry it out. It is strongly recommended that a secondary faculty sponsor be asked to co-sponsor and endorse the proposal. All subsequent changes in the study plan or the senior thesis must be submitted in writing to the Faculty Council for Individualized Majors for approval. Furtl1er information is available from the Provost's Office.

writing.

CORE n COURSE REQUIREMENTS: (7 course , 28 hours) 1. INTG 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 : Origins of the Mod rn World (8 hours) ormally taken in the first year. 2. Four 200-level iSP courses ( 1 6 hours) Normally taken in the second and third years. May include approved program of study abroad. Students select four courses, subject to the approval of the Integrated Studies Program Committee. 7-8 of the following courses, or similar new courses, are offered each year: 22 1 - The Experience of War 222 - Prospects for War and Peace 223 - The Emergence of Mind and Morality 224 - The Brain, Consciousness, and Transcendence 226 - The Quest for Global Justice 23 1 - Gender, Sexuality, and CuI ture 232 - Topics i n Gender 233 - Imaging the Self 234 - Imaging the World 2 4 1 - Energy, Resources, and Pollution 242 - Population, Hu nger, and Poverty 245 - The Development of Third World Underdevelopment 246 - Cases in Third World Development 247 - The Cultures of Racism 3. r TG 35 1 : Concluding Seminar (4 hours) Taken after or with the last 200-level course HONORS PROGRAM STUDENTS: Honors in I ntegrated Studies may be awarded upon application to students who have at least a 3.5 average in I n tegrated Studies courses, who present a portfolio of outstanding papers from 200-level Integrated Studies courses, who create an exem-plary seminar project, and who are recommended by program faculty. Students selected fo r honors are encouraged to make a public oral presentation of their seminar work. The In tegrated Studies Committee will determine who qualifies fo r honors. POLICIES AND GUIDELINES FOR CORE n: 1. To acquire a common background, Integrated Studies/Core 11 students usually take the required 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 sequence in their first year, before taking 200-level courses. Exceptions can be made for students with heavy tlrst-year loads, for transfer students, or for students who hift from Core r . 2 . Some 200-level Integrated Studies courses are offered i n two semester sequences; others are designed for single semester. Courses offered as a fall-spring sequence should be taken in order i f possible. Single-semester courses and the fall-spring sequences themselve, can be taken concurrently and in any o rder. 3. Students in the Integrated Studies Program are strongly encouraged to study abroad. Wi th prior approval, an appro-

pria lt'

mbina tion of

cou rses

abroad supple mented with a n

i n tegra t ive p roje t m a y take t h e place of o ne

more o f the

200-le I I n teg rated Studies cou rs es. 4. The Se m i na r ( 3 5 1 ) is taken JS the co n clmb n g I nteg rated Studies course, ei t her after or co n c u.rren t.ly with the last 200-le e.I course.

childho d memories, ho u ses , church service . dances, television, poverty, sketc h i ng, and construc t i ng model s . [ (4) 234 Imaging t h e World An exploration o f how humans perceive, i n terpret, and shape th ei r OW11 worlds. II (4)

apply their Integrated Studies course credit to Core I

2 4 1 Energy, Resources, and Pollution Energy, natural resources, and polluti o n are exa m i ned t h rough scientific, social scie ntific, and ethical methods. ( 4 )

req uiremen ts.

242

5. S t ude nt s may slvitch fro m Core I I to Core I at any time by re Ju es ting the I ntegrated Studies Program coordinator to

6. All lntegrated S t udi s courses ( c. c pI the seminar) a re open t o re 1 students as space is a l'a i .Ia bl e (Core II students ha ve pri ori ty in nrolimen t ) .

( 1 1 1 -1 1 2)

Population, Bunger, and Poverty

The in terrelationship of po p u la Lion, food, and poverty is cient ific, economic, a nd politkal context as it

examined i n ,

rclat s to global problems. (4)

245

Course Offerings

T h e Development o f Third World Underd.evelopment

Traces t h e o rigins and growth of t he concept "Third World" , nd

Origins of the Modem World

Traces the roots and devel opm e nt of a workl c u lture a n d economy ba ed o n idea s Jnd va l ue s ident i fied w i dl western Europe and the United States. t i l Authority and Discovery Cons iders new 'ocial and p o l i t ical ideas, the renewal of the arts, rel igious reform, and the emergence o f modern sc i enc e up to and d uri ng the Renaissance, the Reformation, the Sc i en t iflc

phenomenon. I (4)

246 Cases in Third World Development How people i n the Third Wo rld th i nk and

act to br in g ab o u t

socia! cha n ge, a nd Lbe valu e tbey give it is t he fo us i n this

cou.rse. 11 ( 4 )

247

The Cultures o f Racism

Examines d i fferent fo rms of racis m a n d their m a n i festations i n two co unt ries w i t h t roubled h istories: the Uni ted S tates o f

1 12

America a n d th e Rep ubl ic o f S o u t h Africa. I I (4)

Developments i n literature, science, poli t i cs, and industrializa

t he models, views, contexts, and appro aches i n i n terp ret i ng this

Revo l u rion, and the En.Iightenment. I (4) Liberty and Power

COIle/uding eminar

tjon are explored t hro ugh the Enlighte nment , the American and French Revo l u tions, the I n dust r i al Revolution, Roma n t icism, Darwinism, Soci ali s m , and I m p e r ial i s m . I I (4)

Students investigate an individual topic from an i n terdiscip linary

22 1

substan tia l paper. Prerequi · i t e:

The Experie.nce of War

E ss en t ial

backgrou n d is

estab l ished hy s tu d y i n g t h e co m pl ex

history of several m aj o r wars of our time ( e . g . , Wo rld War I I , the

351

Integrated Studies Seminar

perspective, make a formal oral p resen t a ti o n , and co mp l e te

1 1 1- 1 1 2 and two addi t io nal sequences. M ay be taken conc u rren tl y with the last course of the final se q u e n ce. I I I (4)

Vietnam War, the conflict in the Middle Eas t ) . 1 (4)

222

Prospects for War and Peace

A s r u d y of the i nsti tlltions a nd situations ( political, economic, r('lig·ious, psych o logica l , historical) that keep th e modern world o n the brink o f war and make a stable, jusr p eace so e l us ive. 1 1 (4)

223

The Emergence o f Mind and Morality

A survey of genetics and evolution, with e m p h asis on the brain and the emergence of social behavior in animals, prepares for a critical study of the claims of sociolog)' that h u m a n cul t u re and m o rality can be explained in terms of o u r biological origi n s . I (4)

224

The. Brain, Consciousness, and Transcendence

S tudy of t he brain as the center of p erce p tion, emotion, con sciousness, and knowledge. I I ( 4 )

225

Violence i n the United States

International Programs PLU's i n t ernational programs enco urage students to their und r ta nding of h u manity'S global condi tion in a ch anging and increasingly i n t e rd e penden t world. Multi-focused i nte rnat i o na l prog ram provide opportuni ties for on-campus study of global issues and o f the world's regions, cultures, and societies. Global issues include, for example, modernization and developm ent; globa l resources and trade; and peace, jus t i ce , and human rights. Cultural foci are Africa, Asia, Europe, Latin expand

America, t h

Middle East, and Scandinavia. S t udy of these

issues and reg i ons is made

possible by diverse off-campus

Exa mine::; i o l c nce within and among the m u l t i ple cultures of th U n ited States. (4)

study o ppo rtu nities and i n ternational student exchange.

226 The Quest for Global Justice: Systems and ReaJjty Uses systems ( hol ist ic ) models to comp rehend the search for j us t ice by h u m a n k i nd i n the past, in the p re ent, and for the

st udies, students may enroll

future. 11 ( 4 )

231

Gender, Sexuality, and Culture

Use of in terdisc i p l i n a r y, m u l ticultural, and fem inist perspect ives to examine issues such as socialization and stereotypes, relation ships and sexuali ty, in terpersonal and institutional violence, revolu tion and social change. (4)

232

Programs. CHINESE STUDffiS: The Chinese Studic · program i� a n

Topics in Gender

urrcnt topics in fe m i n i st studies of gend er. ( 4) 233 Imaging the. Self A series of exercises in t h e

To p ursue a p ro g ram in i nternational or interc u l t u ral in cou rs es offered by depart ments such as L an gu a ge s , Political Science, and H istor y, or choose among the sp ci·1 multi-disciplinary progra m s listed below w h i c h offer m ajors and minors in i n terna tional studi . General information about PLU' interna tional pro grams is available from the Center for I n ternat ion al

i n terdisci p l i n a r y program designed t o provide students inter ested in China a broad fou n dation in language, cu l tu re, a n d hi �to ry. For specific i n fo r m a t ion

v is ua l a n d l i terar), arts tha t reveal how

t h e self i� d iscovered and constructed in our daily world through

see the Chinese Studies section

of thi s ca tal og.

m any kinds of i mages , i n c l ud i n g dreams, costumes, songs,

the China experience, stu dents p a rtic i p a te in an in ternsh i p a r r ange d w ith th e assistance of the World Trade Center of Tacoma . Students earn 20 sem e ster hours credit for the January-May program. No prior language t ra Ln i ng is require d to pa rt i c ipa te in this program.

GWBAL STUDlES: S t uden ts in terested in iverse c u lt ur s and international, global i ss ue s may undertake a multi-disciplinary major or minor program designed to r fl ee t their geogr, p h ic, thematic, or disciplinary i n teres ts. Major: The Global Stud ies major is termed a "complementary" major b eca us e it is taken as a second majo r in addition to a

e. Janu.ary-Term:

January-term o ff- c a mp u s programs are a n n o u n ced in earl y s p r i ng for the fol lowin g January. Stu den ts apply for these programs in May. J a n u a ry- term program sites for 1 998 in cl ude : Au tralia ( Co m mu n i ty tudies Program ) , China ( Biology), Co s t a Rica ( Languages), Cuba ( Integrated Studies), Hawaii ( atural Sciences), Holden Vill age ( R e l igi o n ) , Hong

Mirror: The th eo ret i cal orientation and req uiremen ts paraUel those fo r the major and are d tailed i n the Global Studies sect i on of this catalog.

SCANDINAVIAN AREA STUDIES: The Scandinavian

re a

S tud i es m aj o r is a flexible program in \ hich the study of

Kong (Communications), India ( Hi s to ry, Sociology or

Scandinavia i s enha nced t h r o ug h a cross-disciplinary approach.

e( Z o l足 e( Z a: w

Re l ig i o n ) , I s ra el a nd Jorda n ( Re l i gi o n ) , Ja ma i c a ( N ursing ) , London and Paris ( Music ) , Mexico ( Education) , Neah Bay ( An t h ro p l o gy) , New Zealand ( P hysica l Educat i o n ) , Norway ( L ang u age s ) , Paris ( Art) and J-Ter m on the Hill ( Ph ys i cal Ed uc.1.tio n , meets the Alternative Perspectives a n d the Fres hma n J-Term re qui remen ts ) .

For speci fic i n for mat i o n ee th e Sca ndinavian Area Studies s ec t i on of t h is c a ta l o g .

Off-Campus Programs: To en co urage st udents to expand their visions of the world, PLU makes available various o pp or t un i t i e s to st udy and travel in other countr ies. Students are e nco ura ged to spe nd the summer, sem ster, J an u ary term, or full academic year abroad. The Center for International Programs has information to assist s t ud e nts in sele c t ing and preparing for st udy abroad programs. The inter足 dependence o f all nations of the world and the need to gain basic kn wledge of people, their cultures, and their i n ter rel at i o n shi ps cannot be o veremp has ize d in the lat 20th centu ry. With this fOCllS i n m i n d , PLU supports se ve r al c a t ego r i es o f p rogram s.

SECTTON A: fLU-Spo nso red Progra ms PLU FACULTY LED PROGRAMS: a. Community Studies Program: Th i s

RECIPROCAL PROGRAMS: PLU cu r re n t ly offers fou r xc h a nge program . 111ese academic pro g r a m s p ro vi d e a limited cn.ses, th e PLU student is i n t eg rate d into the 10 al u n ive rs i ty an d cu l t u re . a. Norway: PLU students may participat in an exc ha n ge pro足 gram w i th Agder College in Kristiansand, N rway. Criteria used for sele tion o f participants incl u de proficiency in N o rwegi a n la n gu age , a strong academic record, motivation, and pe rs on a l adaptability. PLU st udents live in university h o u sing and study Norwegian l a nguage and l iter a t ure . This is a full academic yea r p rogram number o f exchan ges each year. In all

offered by the Findh rn Foundation in Forres, Scot.land, and

social structure, Swedi h la n g uage , and may select regu l a r u ll ive rs ity courses taught in Eng l i s h . This is year p rog r am .

Community, Psychology: Psychology of Co m m u n i ty, Political Science: Human Ecology, Writing: C rea tivi ty and Community,

Caribbean Culture and Society: J a nu a ry- term and spri ng semester in Trinidad and Tobago provides students a unique opportunity to explore the islands and learn about the varied h er i tage of this m u l t i c ult u r al s o c i e ty. D u r in g Jan uary term a d.

PLU fa c ul ty member accompanies the group to Trinidad and teaches one course, "Au tobiograph ical Writ i ng ." During the

full a c a de m i c

People's Repu.bUc of Cbina-Zhongshan University: PLU s tu den t s may spend a full year or semester in the Peo ple 's Rep ub l i c of China through an e xchan ge with Zhongshan University in Guangzhou (Canton ) . t Zhongshan, students live in u n iversit y h ou s in g and take intensive studies in M a ndarin Chinese. Students should have had at least one year of hinese la ng u a ge before app lyi n g .

and Eco - P hi lo sop hy : S el f Com m u n ity and the Other. Students choose 4 courses for 16 s e me ste r hours credit.

Tanzania: In a c on s o r t ium effort with other colleges and universities of the L u t her a n Church, PLU offers a five-month

spring term students take the core c ou rs e, "Caribbean Culture

exc h ange o p po rt un i ty at the University of Dar es S a l a am in

a n d Society" and choose two to t h ree additional courses from

Ta nza nia . Students study Swahili l ang u age and s el ec t three or fo ur courses from the wide offering of c o urs es at t h e Univer足 s i ty of Dar es Salaam. All university co u rs eS are t a ug ht i n Engl ish . This i s a fall semester program.

the regu la r course offerings at the U n i ve r s i ty of t h e West

Indies. Students earn

1 6-20 s em es te r hours credit for the

January-May program.

Community Health Nursing in Tobago: This new program

INDEPENDENT LmERAL ARTS COLLEGES ABROAD:

designed fo r econd semester, s en io r n u rs i n g students and is

These programs are hosted by the Independent Liberal Arts

( N URS 436, N U RS 453, URS 473, URS 472). I n addition to the n u rs ing courses, all students take a c o re course, "Caribbean Culture and So c i e ty:' for a total o f 1 2 s eme s ter hours credit. A PLU u rs ing fa cu l ty memb er acc o m p an ie s the gro u p a n d i s the p rin c i pa l instructor for t h e program. Students work with local health care providers fo r th e ir c li n i cal ex pe r i e n c e .

s cho ols i ncl u d in g PLU, Gonzaga Un i ve rs i t y, the Un ivers it y o f Puget Sound, t h e Un ive rs i ty o f Portland, a n d Willamette Un i ver s i ty.

equivalent to the C o m m un i ty Health N urs i n g req u i re m ent

PLU and U1e

modern Scandinavian literature, Scandinavian political and

in Findhorn housing

and co n tr ib u te to t he daily ope ra t io n of the communi ty. The academic content of the program includes: Art: Art and

Sweden: A student exchange program between

Un iversity of Linkoping began in the fal l of 1 982. PLU students live in dormitor ies nd study Sc a ndi n avi a n h is to ry,

fall or sp ring program is

Pacific Lutheran University. S tudents l i ve

PLU also emphasizes co u rse s d u r ing the

January-term. I nte re s t meetings and ann ou n cem e n t s for

re g u l ar d i s c i p li n a ry m ajor. For s pe ci fi c i n formation see the ,Iobal Studi sec t io n of this catalog.

China Business Studies: This pro g r a m is coordinated by t h e Schoo! of Business and p rovi d e s a Jan u a ry term (on campus) and spring semester (in Ch i n a) program. The core courses include: "Preparing for Business in China" ( January), " Ch ina 's B usi ness Environmen t," Chinese Language ( b e gi n n i n g or intermediate levels ) , and " I n d e p e nde nt Study; Co n d u ct i n g Business in China" (spring semester). The semester following

Colleges Abroad ( I LACA ) , a consortium of Pacific Northwest

a. Eogland: St uden ts may sp end a semester studying in England through PLU's London or Wa t fo rd program. Offered in both fall and s p r in g semesters, the London program provides students with a s t ud y experience in one of the most exciting cities o f the world. Co u rses ta u g h t both by Northwest profe ss o r s and by nat ive Briti h professors make extensive use of mu e u m s , cultural activities, and sites of London. Students live with Briti sh families and commute by subway to c la s ses . Several excursions take s tu den ts o u tside London for a look at other parts of England. During s p rin g semester a seco nd program site is a va il abl e to students in Watford, En g l a nd . [n a

more suburban setting within minutes of London, students in Watford participate in a program format parallel to the Lon d o n program. b. Spain: PL , along with othe r schools in the lLACA consor tiu m , spo n so rs a o n -semester program in Granada during the spri ng semester each year. This provides an excellent setting for a semester designed for advanced study in Spanish language and culture. A minimum o f five semesters o f Spanish language rudy is required for participation. Students live with Spanish families, and take special classes at the Centro de Lenguas M od e rnas at the University of Granada.

SICHUAN UNlON UNIVERSITY (SUU): Students may spend a semester or year at Sichuan Uuion University (S UU) in Chengdu. t SUU, in add ition to classes in Mandarin and Chinese culture, students may take assorted science courses that are tau g h t in English. ften a PLU p rofes so r will accompany the group and teach one of th courses. Extensive study tours are included. Fluency in Mandarin is not required.

courses including ecology, resource management, socio economic or applied anthropology, and a directed research project. Prerequisite for this program ' at least one college level ecology or biology course. Sophomore standing is required. CENTER FOR GLOBAL EDUCATION: Augsburg

College's Cente.r for Global Education o ffers semester programs in Mexico and Central America and Southern Africa, Fall programs include: "Women and Development: Latin American Perspec tives" (Cuernavaca, Me.. x ico) , "Sustainable Development and Social Change in entral America" (Guatemala, EI Salvador and Nicaragua ) , and "Sou thern African Societies in Transition: The View from Namibia" (Namibi3 ). Spring semester programs include: " Women and Development: Southern African Perspec tives" (Namibia) and "Cender and the Environment: Latin American Perspectives" ( uernavaca, Mexico ) . Programs in Latin American require one semester of Spanish language.

Z -t m

o Z l>

DENMARK'S INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (DIS) provides for semester or year-long study in English i.n Copenhagen . The

instructors are Dan i h, representing faculty from nearby unive rsit ies and schools. This program is Europe's largest st udy center for American students, allowing a wide variety of course offerings in liberal arts, international busi J.less, arch itecture 3Jld design, and marine biology. A rich immersion in Danish culture is provided through living w ith the Da n es, daily contact with Danish fao.lJty, and optional language instruction. Scholarships are available for quali fied s t udents. INSTITUTE OF E UROPEAN STUDIES (IES) /INSTITUTE OF

STUDIES (lAS) offers semester, year-long, o r su mme r study a t various centers throughout the world. PLU students may choose to study in London, or Durham, England; Dijon, Paris, or Nantes, Fra nce; Milan, l t aly; Mad rid o r Salaman ca, Spain; Frei.burg Qr Berlin, ermany; Vienna, Austria; Tokyo or Nagoya, Japan ; Adelaide or anberra, Australia; China; and Argentina. Studies include a combination of local university cOllrses and classes taught expressly for Institute students. Courses are taught in the language of the country where the center is located, except in To kyo . Vienna, and the European Common Market program in Freiburg, where instructjon is in En g l i s h . I n all other ca ses , PLU students need to be conversant i.n the language of the country. Living arrangements vary fro m full room and board to independe.nt hOLlsing . Each center allows for integration into the local cultur through h ousing, student activities, fi el d trips, and travel. Scholarships a re available to qualified students at all I ES/

ASIAN

L A S cen ters. UNIVERSITY OF OSLO, OSLO, NORWAY:

nave ()oe year of college Norwegian

Applicants must

a t th e program start date.

The "Oslo Year" incorpora tes Norwegian language, literature, and culture and is an excellent opportunity for the Scandinavian Studies student. UNIVERSITY OF LANCASTER, LANCASTER, ENGLAND:

This semester or full year program allows students to be inlegrated into a British univers it y. There are over 500 courses offered b y the univerSity. Students can ea si l y continue their business, science, humanities, and social cierKe stud ies at

Lancaster.

SERVlCE LEARNING PROGRAMS: The Partnersh.i.p for Service-Learning provides semester, January term, full year, or summer programs ill Israel, England, Scotland, Mexico, Ecuador, J3 Jna ica, Czech Republic, France, South Dakota, and India. Through ties wi th several universities and educational programs, the Partnership p rograms unite academic study and community service. Soph more tanding is required. SCHOOL FOR FIELD STUDIES: SFS

offers environmental

semester programs in Costa Rjca, Kenya, Palau, the Caribbean,

Mexico, Australia, and British Columbia. Students take four

INSTITUTE FOR STUDY ABROAD: The Institute for Study Abroad, Buller Universi ty offers fully illtegrated semester and full year study abroad programs i n England, cotland, Ireland, Austra1ia, New Zealand, and Costa R i c a . Students participating in these programs are admitted to foreign universit ie.s and take regular university courses. Junior standing is required as a prerequisite for these programs.

offers semester, full year, and summer programs for students in Argentina, Australia, Austria, Britain, Czech Republic, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Russia, and Spain. At some study i tes students are integrated into a foreign university and are required to have language prot'iciency in the host language. Many programs in non- English speaking countries do not require prior language training and instruction is in English. Programs are open to students with sophomore standing.

AMERICAN INSTITUTE FOR FOREIGN STUDY.: AlFS

ncient G re ek Civilization and MediterraneJ11 Studies are the focus of t h is semester or ful l year program in Athens. Students can take courses in classical lan guages, archaeology, art history, literature, history, philosophy, religion, ecology, and economics. Junior standing is recom mended for this p rogram.

COLLEGE YEAR IN ATHENS:

SUMMER: Many FLU-sponsored study abroad programs have summer options. Additionally, off-campus programs for stimmel are announced in the summer se.�sions catalog.

SE , TION B:

PLU-Approved Study Abroad Programs

1 . In addition to the PLU-sponsored programs, there are countless other opportunities for study abroad. Many U.S. coll ege and universities have programs throughout the world, and PLU students may study through these programs by special arrangement. Information and appli ation forms for several programs are available in the Center for International Programs. Credits awarded by an accredited U.S. college or

VI W Ill:: :J I < Ill:: w I-

u n i ve rs i t y are transferable to PLU. How v r, d i re t aid fro m PLU cannot be transfe rred to o t h e r coJ Jeges. 2. PLU st u d en ts who p l a n to s t u dy d i rectly i n a foreign s ch o o l ( no t in a program s p on s o red by a college in t h e U.S.A.) must be slire to file a letler of i ntent w i t h t he Center for I nterna tional Programs and with t he chai r o f t h e i r m ajo r d ep a r t m e n t before le av i n g PL . T h is l e tter must include what classes will be taken, whe re and for what l e ng t h o f t i m e t h ey will s t u d y abroad, and how the i n t ern a t io n al exp >rience will relate to t hei r academic program. On the b a s i s of this in forma t i o n , p l u s a re co rd of l e c t ures attended and exa m. i n a t i o ns co m p l e t ed , academic credit may be gi ve n by PLU. S t u d en ts are advised to ave all papers and other ma te ri als re l a t i ng to coursework taken abroad. I I credit t r a ns fe r red to PL will be paS'lfail. PLU rese r ve s the ri gh t t o requ i re exa m in a t i ons co ve r i n g t h e s u bjec t s s t u d ied .

c z < VI w

CREDITS: PLU awards PLU credit for a ll programs listed i n SFCTJON A: Pl-U-SpOIlsored Programs. All courses t a ke n on a PLU - sp onsore d program w i l l be l iste d on the PL transcript with a pp rop r iate dep a rt m e n t nu m ber s a ss i gn e d . Letter gra es wi .ll al so be p o s t e d , a l t hough they will not be included in t h e PLU cumula t ive g ra d e p o i n t a ve r a ge . PROGRAM COSTS AND FINANCIAL AID FOR PLU-SPONSORED PROGRAMS: Recip rocal Exchange Programs: Semester c h ar ge s are based on t h e PL t u i t i o n rate for 1 4 credits p l u s the cost of on campus h o u si n g and a ful l meal p l a n . Other PLU-Sp o nsored Progra rns: S t u d e n ts a re ch ar ge d a program fee which does not e xc eed the base cost of t h e program plus an administrative fee of $700 pe r semester. Each of the PLU s p o ns o red programs will, therefore, h ave a d i fferent program fee.

On PL U-sponsored programs, s t u d e nt s e l i gib l e for fi n a n c i a l aid may transfer their aid awa rd s (with t h e exception of work study and tuition exch a n g e b en e fit s ) to their s t udent accounts. This i n cl u d s u n i ve rs i t y grants and sch o la rs h i p s as well as govern ment l o a n s.

Languages and Literatures An understanding of world cultures and an ability to speak l a n guage s o ther Lhan one's own are hallm arks of t oday's college g rad ua te and of a sLl ccessful c a re e r person. Lan

guage s t u d y at FLU i s a serious academic e n ter p r i se . Wh i l e gai n i ng proficiency i n a la ngua ge , s t u d e n t ' de ve lop critical,

necessa ry for gl ob a l citizenship, and appreciation of their own language and culture. Th d ep a rt m e n t off, rs a wide ra nge f c ou rses , not only in languages at all levels, but a lso in c u lt u re , litera t u res, and linguistics, both in the o r i gi na l l a ngu age and i n ng l ish translation. Instruction is also given in American aesthetic, and creative sensibilities

Si g n Language.

Language s tu d e n ts are s t ro n gl y e n co u r a ged to partici

pate in the numerous st u dy abroad cou rses offered during

til Ja n u a r y - Te r m as well as fall and pring semesters. For further i n fo r m a t io n , see the In ternat ion a l Progra ms section of this ca t a log .

FACULTY: R. Brown, Chair; M. Jen s e n , Lac3be, Menzinger Sjohlom, E . Nels o n , Predmore, Snee, Swe ns o n , Toczyski, Toven, W rner, T. Wi ll i a m s , W�bster; assisted by Curtis, K. I-Ianson, a n d Yaden.

I V E R S I T Y

COURSES THAT MEET CORE I REQUIREMENTS: lite.rature Requirement, A-2: AU depart me ntal l i ter a t u r e COllrses, offered both in the o r ig i n a l l a nguage a n d in E n gl is h transla t i on , meet t h is r e q u i re m e n t . Perspectives on Diversity, Cross-CuJtural Perspectives (6-8) : ( two semesters) and all fi rs t - ye a r courses of a fo rei g n l an g u age not previously studied ( two sem es t er s ) , as well as C hi n ese 37 1 , La n g u age s 272 ( L i t er at u re and Social C h a. n ge in Latin America) , and F re n c h 34 1 meet this re q u i rem e n t . Perspectives in Diver ity. Alternative Perspectives (6-A): S p a n is h 34 1 and S i g n 1 0 1 a n d 1 0 2 meet th is req u i re m e n t .

A l l l a n g u <1g e cou rses n u m bered 2 0 1 and above

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJORS AND MINORS: The d ep a r t m e n t o ffe r s maj o rs i.n Ch i n e s e Studies, lassies, French, German, No r weg i a n , Scandinavian Area Studies, and S p a n i sh . M inors are offered in Ch inese, C h i nese Studies, French, German, Greek, Lat i n , Norwegian, and Sp a n ish . All majors must ca m p I 'te L a n gu age s 490: Senior P roj e c t. Maj o r s m u s t co m p l e te at least 1 2 se m es te r h o u rs i n residence a t PLU, fo ur of w h ic h must be t a k e n e i th e r in the senior year or upon re t u r n from a study abroad program. M i n ors must co m p le t e at least eight h o u rs in residence. Spe c i fic re q u i remen t s (and va r i a t i o ns from the above) fo r specific maj o rs and minors are li sted below. LANGUAGE RESOURCE CENTER: The l a n g u a ge urriculu m a t a l l l e ve ls features lise of PLU's tate-of- the-art multimedia L a ngu a ge Resource Ce n te r, located in t h e Mortvedt Library. Ad va n ce d s tudents have the o pp o r t u n it y to conduct rese a r c h at selected Web s i tes , as well as to wo r k as as s is t a n t s in the Cen ter, ga i n i ng co mp u t e r ex p er t i se while a ccel era ti ng t h e i r l a ng u a ge s k i l ls . PLACEMENT IN LANGUAGE CLASSES: S t u d e n t s are encour to o b ta i n as much h i g h s hool pre p a r a t i o n in l a n g ua g es as p o s s i bl e . To determine appropriate cour e p la c e me n t at PLU, all students with p revious experience i n a l an g u a ge t a ke t h e p l ac e m e n t exam ination, administered d u ring freshman re gi s t ra tion, orientat ion week, and t h ro u g ho u t the year by s p ec i a l arrangeme n t . Students qu al i fyi n g fo r a d va nce d pla c e m en t may be allowed t o waive ce rta i n major or minor re q u i reme n t s .

a ged

SENIOR PROJECT: Students majoring in a fo r ei g n l a nguag e en roll in 490 concurren t l y with another up p e r- l eve l course in the m aj o r. The i n s t r u c to r of the l G t t e r course normally s uper v ises the s t u d 'nt's sen i o r proj ect: a research paper, i n t e r ns h i p , or o ther a p p roved p roj ec t. The st udent presents a s u m ma ry of the c o m p le t e d ass ign m e n t at an open departmen tal fo r u m . I II (2) PROSPECTIVE TRACHERS: Students pr ep a r i n g to teach in a j u n i o r or seni r h ig h school may e a rn either a B a c hel o r of Arts degree in French, German, orwegia n, or Spanish a l o ng with certification from t he School o f Ed uc a t i o n , or a Bachelor of A rt s

in Ed u c a t ion degree with a teaching major or m i n o r in hen ch , Gemlan, Norw gian, or Spanish. Seco ndary t e ach i ng minors are also availabie in Chinese and Latin. El eme n t a ry teachi n g majors are ava ila b l e in all of the above languages. All s t u d e n t s are required to take La ng uage s 445 ( Me t h o d o l o g i e s ) for cer t i fi ca t ion. See t he chool of Education sect i o n of t h is catalog for certification req u i re m e n t s and the Bach elor of Arts in E d u ca t io n requirements.

MINOR IN ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE: In coopera tion with t he School of Education, t he depart ment o ffers a minor in E ngl ish as a Second Langu a ge . P r o s pec t i e t e a ch e rs as well as tudents wh o may teach En gl i h abroad, t h ro u g h Full r i g h t Awards or e r v i n � opp o r tu n it i es, a re s t r o n g l y e n co u r a ged to p urs ue t h is opportunity. The two req u i re d departmental co urse s are Languages 445 ( Met hodolog ies ) a nd Lanauages 446 (Th eo r ies o f La n gu age Acquisitio n ) . See t h e School of Education s e ct ion fo r a fu l l d es c r i p ti o n o f the minor.

Course Offe ri ngs ourses in the Departmen t of Languages are offered in the following general fields in addition to elementary, intermediate, and advanced language:

CULTURAL mSTORY A. 10 English

Classics 250 - Classical Mythology C lassics 32 1 - Greek Civilization Classics 322 - Roman Civilization Scan 1 50 - Introduction to Scandinavia Scan 3 2 2 - Contemporary Scandinavia Scan 323 - The Vikings Scan 3 24 - The Emigrants Spa nish 34 1 - The Latino Experiences in the U.S. B. 10 Respective Language French 3 2 1 - French Civilization and Culture German 3 2 1 - German Civilization to 1 75 0 crman 3 2 2 - German Civilization Since 1 750 Spanish 321 - Civilization and ulture of Spain Spanish 322 - Latin American Civilization and Culture LITERATURE A.1n English

Languages 2 7 1 Literature and Society in Modern Europe Languages 272 - Literature and Soc.ial Change in Latin America Chinese 37 j - Chinese Literature in Translation Classics 250 - Classical Mythology French 34 1 - French Literature and Film of the Americas Scan 250 - Masterpieces of Scandinavian Literature Scal� 42 1 - Ibsen and Strindberg Scan 422 - Twentieth-Century Scandinavian Literature -

B. 1n Respective Language

French 42 1 . 422 - Masterpieces of French Literature French 43 1 , 432 - Twentieth-Century French Literature Ge.rman 42 1 - German Literature from the Enlightenment to Realism German 422 - Twentieth-Century German Literature Spanish 302 - Introduction to Hispanic Literacy Studies Spanish 42 1 - ?vlasterpieces of Span ish Literature Spanish 422 - Twentieth-Century Literature of Spain Spanish 423 Special Topics in Spanish Literature aud Culture Spanish 43 1 - Latin American Literature, 1 492- 1 888 Spanish 432 - Twentieth-Century Latin American Literature Spanish 433 - Special Topics in Latin American Literature and Cul Lll re

Required for teacher certification in a language and for minor in English as a Second La.nguage. Strongly recommended for elementary major in a language. II ( 3 ) 446 Theories of Language A"Iuisition

Principles of language acquisition with spec i fic classroom applications. Special attention given to the needs of different language groups in acquiring English. Comparison of sound systems and structures of Languages ESL teachers are most Likely to encounter. No prerequisites. Required for minor in English as a Second Language. (4)

» z CI c l: CI

49 1 . 492 Independent Study ( 1 -4) 597, 598 Graduate Rese8l'ch ( 1 -4)

Chinese

lvlinoT in Chinese: 20 semester hours which may inelude 1 0 1 - 1 02. The major and minor in Chinese Studies are described in their own section of this catalog.

» z c r-

101 , 102 Elementary Chinese

I n t roduction to Mandarin Chinese. Basic skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Laboratory practice required. I II (4, 4)

20 1, 202 I ntermediate Chinese

Develops further the ability to communicate in Mandarin Chinese, using culturally authentic material. Laboratory practice required. Prerequisite: 1 02 or equivalent. I II (4, 4)

301 Composition and Conversation

Review of grammar with emphasis on idiomatic usage; reading of contemporary authors as models of style; conversation on topics o f student interest. Conducted in Chinese. Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent. I (4) 371 Chinese Literature in Translation

An introduction to the most important works and writers of Chinese literary traditions, from early times to the modern period. Poetry, prose, drama, and fiction incl uded. Film presentations supplement the required readings. No knowledge of Chinese required. (4) 491. 492 Independent Study ( 1-4)

languages

271 Literatwe And Society in Modern Europe

Reading and discussion of works in English translation by authors like Flaubert, Ibsen, and Th. Mann often enriched through selected film adaptations. E mphasis on social themes, including l i fe in industrial society, the changing status 0 f women, and class conflict. No prerequisite. (4) 272 Literatwe and Social Change in Latin America

Readings in English translation of fiction from modern Latin America. Discussions focus on social and historical change and on literary themes and forms i n works by authors such as Carlos Fuentes and Gabriel Garcia Marquez. No prerequisite. (4) 445 Methods for Teaching Foreign Languages and English as a Second Language

Theories and related techniques for teaching languages K- 1 6 within their cultural context, including direct methods, content based instru tion, proficiency orientations, and the i ntegrat.ion of technologies. Attention given to variations in approach for those teaching English as a second language. No prerequisites.

Clas.sics

The major in classics is described in this catalog under Classics.

231 Masterpieces of European Literature Representative works of classical, medieval, and early Renais sance literature. Fulfills general university core requirement in l i terature. (Cross-referenced with ENGL 23 1 . ) I (4) 250 Classical Mythology A study of mythology originating in the texts of such Greek and

Roman authors as Homer, Hesiod, Virgil, and Ovid. All readi.ngs are in English, but studen ts with other language abilities are encouraged to use them. Satisfies the general university core requirement in literature. (4) 32 1 Greek Civilization

The political, social, and cultural history of Ancient Greece from the Bronze Age to the Hellenistic period. Special attention to the l iterature, art, and intellectual history of the Greeks. (Cross referenced with H I ST 3 2 1 . ) (4) 322 Roman Civilization

The history of Rome from the foundation of the city to A .D. 395, the death of Theodosius the Great. Emphasis on Rome's expansion over the Mediterranean and on its constitutional history. Attention to the rise of Christianity within a Greco Roman context. (Cross-referenced with HIST 322.) (4) 490 Senior Project

Greek

German

Minor ill ,reek: 20 se m est er hours, which m ay include 1 0 I - I 02.

i\IIajOr ill

Gernllln; A m i n i m u m of 34 sem ster h o u rs bey nd 1 0 1 - 1 02 , includ i n g 2 0 1 -202, 3 0 1 -302, 2 1 -3 2 2 , 495, and two 400-level courses ivlino,. in Cermall: 20 semester hours, excluding 1 0 1 - 1 02 and i ncluding 20 1 -202, 30 I, and two additional upper division courses.

J01, 102 ELementary Greek. Basic skills in re a d i ng cla ic I, koine, a nd pat r ist i c Greek. I I I (4, 4 ) 201, 202 lntermediate Greek Review of basic grammar, reading i n selected classical and Testam e n t authors. I II (4, 4)

101,102 Elementary German Basic skill o f oral and WTitten communication i n c 1 a ss ro m a nd l abor a t or y p r act i c e . Use o f ma teri a ls reflecting coutemporary German l i fe. I II (4, 4)

49 1 , 492 Independ.ent Stndy ( 1 -4)

I-

c z < VI W

201 , 202 Intermediate German

Latin Millor in Liltill: 20 s em ester hours, which may includ

Con tin ued practice in oral a n d written communication in class足 room and l abo ra t o ry. Use o f m ate ria ls which reOect contempo足 rary life as well as the German c ult ral h er i tage. I LI (4, 4 )

1 0 1-102.

1 0 1 , 102 Elementary Latin Basic skills in rea din g Latin; an i ntroduction to Roman literature and c ult u re. I II (4, 4)

301, 302 Composition and Conversation

Review of basic grammar; selected rea d i n gs from Latin authors. I J [ a/y (4, 4)

Intensive review of grammar with emphasis on idiomatic usage; use of contemporary authors as models of style. Conversalion on t o p ics of student int e res t . P re req u i sit e : 202 or e qu iva l e nt . 1 11 (4, 4 )

491, 491 Independent Study ( 1 -4)

3 2 1 German Civilization t o 1 750

French

survey of it s e x p re s s i on in creative works o f an, mllsic a nd literature, with part i cu la r e m p ha s i s on Martin Luther a n d the P ro t e s t a n t Reformation. Prerequisite: 202. I a/y (4)

201, 202 Intermediate Latin

From th e Middle Ages to the Enl ighten ment.

German c u l t u re an d

34 semester hours b eyo n d 1 0 1 i 0 2 , i n cl u di n g 2 0 1 -202, 30 1 - 302, 3 2 1 , 490, and three 400-level courses, o n e of w hi ch must be co m pl e t ed in the se n i o r year. Millor in French: 20 semester hours, e x clu di ng 1 0 1 - 1 02 and in c l udi n g 2 0 1 -202, 301 , and two additional upper division courses. Ma;or in Frenell: A mi n i m u m of

1 0 1 , 102 Elementary French Essentials of pronunciation, intonation, and structure; basic skills in l istening, sp e akin g, reading, and w ri t i n g. Lab attendance required . I II (4, 4 ) 201, 202 Intermediate French

view of basi grammar, development of voca bu l a ry and emphasis on spon ta ne o us , oral expression. Rea di ng selections which re fle ct the cul tural heri ta ge and s o c i e ty of the Fr a n cop h on e world. Lab attendan e re qu i red . I I I (4, 4 )

322 German Civilization Since 1750

From the Enlightenment to t he present. This s u rv ey covers re p resentative wor ks and trends in G e rm a n politics, p h i l oso phy, l i terature, art and music, with e m pha s i s on the Age of Goethe and Beethoven. Prerequisite: 202. II a/y (4)

421 German Literature From the Enlightenment to Realism Representative works of , e rm a n literature from about 1 750 to 1 890, inc l u d i ng Sturm a nd Drang, C l a s s i c i s m and Romanticism. Reading wil l include such author as Goethe, Schiller, Buchner, and Keller. P rere q u isi t e: 3 5 2 . I a/y (4)

422

20th - Century

German Uterature from Nat uralism to t h e p r e s e n t , i n cl u d ing Exp ressi o n ism and Soci a l i st Realism. Works fro m both east and west, and w i l l i n c lu d e such auth o rs as B r e cht , Kalla, Thomas Mann, Rilke, a nd Seghers. Prerequ isite: 302. II a/y (4) Representative

30 1, 302 Composition and Conversation Advanced gTam mar, stylistics, com pos i t ion, and conversation within the h i storical context of F r a n cop h o ne culture, history, and literature. Pre re qui s i t e : 202. I I I (4, 4)

wo r ks

451 Advanced Composition and Conversation E m p has i s on idi o ma tic erman llsing new papers and other current sources for texts. Strongly recommended for students planning to obtain a credential to teach German i n public secondary schools. Students should take t h is course in the j u n i o r or senior year. Pre req u i site : 302. (4)

321 Civilization and Culture Development of French society from early times to the present, as portrayed in art, music, politics, and literature, within their socio-historical co nte xt . Prerequisite: 202. ( 4 )

491 , 492 lndependent Stndy ( 1-4)

421 , 422 Masterpieces o f French Literatnre

Social and aesthetic i m p ort a n ce o f work s rep re s enta t ive of major p eri o d s from t he Middle Ages through the n ineteenth century. May i n c lude Christine de Piza n, Rabelais, Montaigne, Moliere, Pascal, Vo l t a ire , Rousseau, Hugo, and Ba u d el aire . Prerequisite: 302. I II a/y (4, 4)

43 1, 432 20th-Century French Literature

ocial and ae thetic i m p o rta n ce of selected twentieth cen t u ry writers fro m France and other fra nco pho n e cou n tries. May include Gide, Camus, Sartre, Beckett, Aimee Cesairc, Miriama Ba, Ousmane Sembene. Prerequisite: 352. 1 II a/y (4, 4)

490 Senior Project ( 2 ) Norwegian m inim u m o f 34 semester hours, includ足 i ng 1 0 1 - 1 02 , 20 1 -202, 30 1 -302, and Scandinavian 42 1 or 422. Minor in Norwegian: 20 5 m e ster h o urs , which may include 1 0 1-1 02. Major ill Norwegian:

101, 102 Elementary Norwegian Introduces the students to the pleasure of s peaking , reading, an d wr i t ing a foreign l angua ge . These skills are de ve l o p ed thro u gh a conversational approach, u s i ng songs and other c u l t u ral materials. I I I (4, 4)

491 , 49 1 Independent Stndy ( 1-4) 490 Senior Project ( 2 )

20 1 , 202 Intermediate Norwegian

Develo ps a command of the l a n gu a ge while further acquainting

students w i th t h e Nor we gian

cu l tur al heri ta g e . Rea d i n g selec足 tions i n trod uce Nor wegi a n folklo re and daily life. I II (4, 4)

30 1 Conversation and Composition

Increases student ability for self-ex pression, both orally and .i ll wr iting. Contemporary materials are selected as m )dels of styl e and usage. Prerequisite: 202 or e q uiv al e n t . I (4) 302 Advanced Conversation and Composition

EmphasileS t h > finer points of s tructure, tyle, and good taste. Prerequisite: 3 5 1 or equivalent. n (4) 49 1, 492 Independent Study 490 Senior Project

(I - 4)

(2)

Scandinavian Major in Scandi/l{wian Area Studies:

40 semester hours: A cross disciplinary ap p ro ach to th e study of Scandinavia. See also the sect ion of this catalog on Scandillavian Area Studies.

150 Introdnction to Scandinavia

n overview of the ordic countries, highlighting contributions in art and music and the cultural l i fe of Denmark , Pinland, Iceland, Norway, and Swede n . The roads to parLiamentary d em o cracy and current issues in t he five nat io ns are also outlined. ( 2 ) 250 Masterpieces o f Scandinavian Literature

A sur ey of major a uthors and works from the Scandin a via n

Spanish

A minimum of 34 semester hours beyond 20 1 , including 202, 3 0 1 302, 3 2 1 , 322, and three 400-level courses. In addition, students m us t complete Languages 490. At least two 400 level courses-one focusing on Spain and another on Latin America-must be completed at PLU. One 400-level course must be completed in the senior year. Majors are strongly encouraged to pursue at l east one semester of study in a Spanish-speaking country on a program approved by the Spanish fac ul ty. Majors may not normally fulfill the r e qu i re ments for the major through the election of 300-level courses during their senior year. Minor in Spa nish: 20 semester hours, inc l ud ing 202, 30 1 , 302, and two additional upper d i vi sion courses.

Major in Spanish:

1 0 1 , 102 Elementar y Spanish

Essentials of pronunciation, i ntonation, and structure; basic skills in l istening, speaking, reading, and writing. Lab attendance required, I, II (4, 4) A contin uation of elementary Spanish; re a d i ng selections which reflect the H isp a n i c cultu ral her i tage as well as contemporary materials. Lab attendance requ i re d . I , II (4, 4) 301 Composition and Conversation

Age. All readings in En glish tra.nslation. Satisfies the general un iversity core re qu i re me n t in literature. (4)

Advanced grammar, stylistics, and composition; conversation based on everyday sitllations, current events, and pertinent l i terary selections. Prerequisite: 202. I (4)

Neutrality and occupation; the emergence of the welfare state; social reform , planned economics, and cultural pol i cies; Scandinavia and the European community. Reading i n t he origina.! for majors ; class conducted in English. aly (4) 3 2 3 The Vddogs

The world of the Vikings; territorial expansion; i n teraction of the ikings with the rest of Europ e. In English. ( 2 ) 324 The Emigrants

Tile n s emigrat io n [Tom Scandinavia to North America; rea ons [or the exodus; l i fe in the new homeland. In English. ( 2 ) 4 2 1 Ibsen and Strlndberg

The great dramatists of 1 9th-cen tury Scandinavian lite rature Henrik Ibsen and August Strindberg-are studied against the ba ck d ro p of t h e i r time and the work o f other a uthors who co nt ri bu ted to the breakthrough of modern forms nd themes. Class condu c ted i n English; readings in translation for n on majors. Sat i s fi e s the general u niversity core requirement in literature. aly (4) 4 2 2 20th-Century Scandinavian Literature

Recent trends in Scandinavian literature are i l l u strat e d by lead ing wri ters like I sa k Dinesen, Tarjei Vesaas, and Par Lagerkvist. Emphasis on prose fiction and poetry. Class conducted in English; readings in translation for non-majors. Satisfies the ge ner al university c or req u i rement in literature. al y ( 4 ) 49 1, 492 Independent Study 490 Senior Project I II

( 1 -4)

(2)

Sign Language 101, 102 Sign Language

An in t roduc tio n to the structure of American Sign Language th world of the hearing impaired. Ba ic igning skills and sign language vocabulary; fingerspelling; the particular needs and problems of deaf people. I I I ( 4 , 4)

and to

II>

> Z o r-

201, 202 Intermediate Spanish

cOllntrie;, b ginning with the prose and poetry of the Viking

3 2 2 Contemporary Scandinavia

-t m

'" > -t C :u m II>

302 Introdnction to Hispanic Literary Studies

Acquaints tudents with techniques of literary analysis, as applied to examples of narrative, poet ry, drama, and e say in the Sp nish and Latin American l iterary traditions. Reading, writing, and speaking-intensive. Ongoing review of advanced grammar. Prerequisite: 30 1 . I I (4) 32 1 Civilization and Culture o f Spain

Development of pa n ish society from early times to the present as reflected in architecture, painting, and literature, within th e i r socio-h istorical context. P rereq u i ite: 3 0 1 (or concurrent enro llment) . I (4) 322 Latin American Civilization and Culture

Historic, artistic, litera ry, so iological, and geographic el ments shaping the development or the Latin American region. Prere q uisi te: 3 0 1 (or concurrent enrollment). II (4) 341 The Latino �eriences in the u.s.

Explo ration of the histories, experien es, and co ntributions of the La tino peoples in the United States a s they appear in Latino literature and film. Course content is enriched through related service learning ex pe ri e nc e . Readings are in English. Satisfies core requirement in Alternative Perspectives or Literature. May count toward major, but not toward minor in Span ish . No prerequisites. (4) 401 Advanced Spanish Grammar

Study of Spanish at the most advanced level with an emphasis on syntactical differences between English and Spanish. Strongly recommended for those who plan to te a c h Spanish at the secondary level. Prerequisite: 302 (4) 4 2 1 Masterpieces of Spanish Literature

A concent rated srudy of major writers and movements in Spanish literature from its o r i g in s to 1 898. Prerequisite: 302. (4) 4 2 2 20th-Century Literature o f Spain

Drama, novel, e ss a y, and poetry of Spa i n from the "Generation of 1 898" to the present. P rerequi s i te : 302. (4) 423 Special Topics in Spanish literature and Culture

This course offers an opportunity to pursue an in-depth study of a . p ec ifi c aspect or top i c in Spanish literature, such a s Spanish women wri te rs or the relationship of film to other types of

c u l tural p roductio n . May be rep ea t e d for credit with different topic. P rere q u is i te: 302. (4)

Marriage and Family Therapy

43 1 Latin American Literatwe, 1 492-1 888 A study of representative genres from the c ol on i al p er i o d

The Marriage and Family Therapy p rog ra m is a gra d uate

to the

p rog r am l ea d i n g to the M . A . in Social Sciences.

end of the 1 9t h centur),. Prerequisite: 30 2 . (4) VI W

432 20th-Century Latin American literatwe Development of the literature of Mexico, Cent ra l and South A merica from t be "Moderni. ta" movemen t ( 1 888) t o the present.

302. (4)

Prerequisite :

....

This course offers an o pp o rt u n i t y to pUTsue an in-depth study of a s p e c i fi c aspect or top i c in l.atin American literature and c lllt re, such as Latin A m er i ca n women writers, Latin o n a r ra t i ve , O f Latin A merican film and l i ter a tu r e . May be r ep e a t e d for credi t with different topic. Prerequisite: 302. ( 4 ) 490 Senior Project ( 2 )

Studies is an in terdisci pl i na ry pro g ram of s t u dy focu sing o n the nat u re of law and judicial process. Consis tent with the p u rposes of the Am e rican Stu dies Assoc i a tion, the Legal Stud ies P ro g r a m at P LU provides a lt er n a tive approaches to the study o f law fro m the academic framework of the Divisions of Social Sciences and H u ma n it i es and th e Schools of the Arts, Busi ness, and Educat io n. The faculty teac h i n g w i t h in the program em phasi7�e the de elopment of a critical understanding of the fu nct ions of l aw, the m utual impacts ()f l aw an d society, a nd the sources of law. Studen t s com p leting a minor i n

these objectives through comses,

and intermhips in o ffices a nd agencies i nvolved i n making, enforcing, in te rp re t i ng , an d commu nicatin g " the l a w " in contem p orar y A m e r i c a n civil s o ie t y.

directed research,

FACULTY: Ar n ol d , Chair; Anderson, Bme, Jobst, Klein,

MacD o n a ld , Row e .

Law, Po l i t i cs , a n d Re vo l u t io n Legal A sp e c t s of Financial Tra nsactions Le g a l A s p ec t s of Human Resource Man a g e m en t Legal specls o f Marketing I n ternational Busi ness Law

P H f L 32 8 POLS 1 70 POLS 3 7 1 POLS 372 POLS 373 POLS 3 74 POLS 3 8 1 POLS 4 7 1 PSYC 4 7 1 SO

1 35 1

503 Systems Approach to Marriage and Fnmily Therapy

An i n t rod u ctio n to the sy tem s th eor y approach and post

modern ideas for treatment strategy and intervention. ( 4 ) 504 Family Development

The co u rse explQres b ow fa m il), l i fe cycle sta ges are a ffec t E'd by divorce, rem a rri age , e t h n i c i t y, fe m i ni s t i ss u es , a n d o t h er u n p lan ne d events. (4) 505 ReseQrch Methods in Marriage and Family Therapy

Basic research c on cepts i n c l u d i n g fo rmul a t i n g res e a r ch ques t i o ns , research design, a nalysis of d a t a , and the ry c o n stru c t i on . Emphasis on u nderstanding and ev al u a t i n g rather than co nduct i n g rese a r c h . (4)

507 Comparative Marriage and .FamiIy Therapy I n te ns i ve c o m p a r a t ive s t u dy of the th oretical ra t i o n a le of the pro m i nent schools o f t h o u gh t within the field o f marriage and fa m i ly t he ra p y. Prerequisite: 503. ( 4 )

511

Psychosocial Pathology: Relationship to Marriage and

n o f the treatmt:n t t e ch n iq u es and as s u m p t i ons of l ead ing family th e rapis t s re gard in g s u ch ps ych o s o c i a l d ysfu n c tions as divorce, fa m i l y vi ol e n ce , dd inqu e IK )" p syc h o s o m a t i c symptoms, d rug addiction, an d d i s t u r b e d n d o l es c e n ts. P rere q u i site: 503. (4)

Ex p l o r a t i

Industrial O r ga n i z a t i o n and Public Policy L eg a l H i sto r y Philosoph)' o f Law Introduction to Lega.! Studies J u d i c i a.! P r o ces s C n s t i t u ti o n a'! Law Civil Liberties Legal St u di e s Research C�)mpaJatiw Lega l Systems I nt e rn s h i p in Legal S t u dies PsI' ho l og y and the La\',1 Sociology of Law

371

o r a reas fo r varying periods

of time. ( 1 - 4 )

the Family

COMA 38 1 Media Law H I ST 4 5 1

G r a d u a te wor k s h o ps i n spe c ia l fields

common sexual dysfunctions. Prereq u i s i t e

progra m's chair.

ECON

Course Offerings

An overview of the nature of sexual health a nd the treatment o f o r co - req u is i t e: 503. (2)

16 a d d i ti o n al credit-hours, s e lec t e d in co n su l t a t i on \vith the

BUSA 4 06 BUSA 4 0 7 BUSA 4 08

FACUIIY: S t o rm , Chair; Yo rk, Clinic Director; and p r ac t i c a s u p er v i s o rs : Lewis, McDowell, Tschimperle,Vincent, Wo od.

510 Hnman Sexuality and Sex Therapy

MINOR: 20 semester h o ur s , i n cl u d i n g Political Science 1 70 and

BUSA 405

d u c at i o l1 of the Am e r i ca n Association for

M a r r i age and Family Th erapy (AAM FT) .

501 GrQdnate Workshops

Legal

ANTH 3 7 5

The

500 Hwnan Development Individual p e r so n a l i t ), development, n o rma l and abnormal manifestations, over the l ife span. (4)

Legal Studies

Legal Stud ies p u rsue

see the Graduate Studies se c t i o n of th is c a ta l o g . Ma rr i age and Family Therapy program is accred i ted by the Comm ission on Acc re di tat ion for Marriage and

mation,

Fa m ily Therapy

433 Special Topics in Latin American Uteratwe an d Caltwe

45 sem es

ter hours are re q u i re d in the program. For fu rther i n for

512 Professiona) Stndies in Marriage and Family Therapy

S t u d y of p ro fess i ona l e t h i c s a n d Wa s hi n gton Stale laws wh i ch a ffe c t c li n ic a l p ra c ti ce , i n c l ud in g fa m i ly law, legal resp o n s i b iliti e s ,

and i nterprofessional coo p er a ti o n. ( 3 ) (2) P re re q u i s i t e : 503, 5 0 7 and 5 1 2 may be taken c o n c u r re n t l y when s c h e d ul e allows. 5 1 2 may also be taken concurrentl), with 52 1 , Pract i c u m II, with fa c u l ty a p p ro va l . 5 1 9 Practicum I

521 Practicum IT (2) 523 Practicum ill

(2)

515 Practicum IV ( 4 ) The fou r se m e s t e r s o f practica ,ue part o f a co n t in uo u s p roc e ss t owa rd d e ve lo p i n g s p e c i fi c t h e ra p e utic c o m p e t e nc ies in work with ma r r i ag es and families. The prac t ica present a comp etency based program in which each student is eva lu a t ed reg a rd i n g :

I ) case management skills; 2) re lat ion s h i p ski l l s ; 3 ) p erc ep t u a l skills; 4) con e p t u al skills; 5 ) structuring 'kills; and 6 ) profes s i o n a l d evelo p m e nt ·kills. Practica requirements include 1 00 hours of supervi ion of 500 client contact hours. Faculty are AAM FT-approved supervisors a nd use l ive s u pervision and video tapes of st ud e n t sessions as the p r i m ar y methods of c l i n ical supervision.

For s tude n ts who plan only one mathe nllltics course, a choice from M a th 1 05 , \ 0 7 , 1 2 8 , 1 40, 1 5 1 is advised, d ep e nd i ng on i n terest and p re par a t i o n . Remed ial: Math 9 1 (I ntermediate Algebra) is available fo r those who are not ready [or other classes. Math 9 1 does not count toward graduation req u i re m e n ts .

520 Theory I ( 2 )

are used to h e l p insure that s t udents b eg i n in mathematics

522 Theory n ( 2 ) 524 Theory nI ( 2 )

The three �emesters of theory taken in co nj u n cti o n w i t h 5 1 9, 5 2 1 , and 523 constitute a n i n - d ep th study of one approach toward m a r r i a ge and fa mily th e ra p y with an emphasis on applying the o r y i n practice.

PLACEMENT TEST: A p l ace me n t test and background s u rvey

courses which are appropriate to their preparation and abilities. Enr o l l m e n t is not p e r m i tted i n any of the b eg i n n i n g mathemat ics courses (Math 9 1 , 99, 1 05, 1 07, I l l , 1 1 2, 1 28 , 1 40 , 1 5 1 ) u n t i l t h e p lac e m en t test a n d background survey a r e completed.

S ele c t e d t o p ics as a nn o un ce d . Pre re q uisit e : consent of the instructor. ( 1 -4)

MATHEMATICS AND GENERAL UNIVERSITY REQUIRE MENTS: Wit h the exceptions of Math 9 t an d M a th 99 all mat h e m a t i cs courses w i l l satisfy the Mathematical Reaso n i ng re q u i rement ( l ine 3 of the general un i ve rs i t y requirements ) . At le a s t 4 hours are needed. With the exceptions of Math 9 1 a nd Math 99 all mathematics ourses will s a t i s fy li ne 2e of Core l :

5 9 1 Director Study ( 1 -4)

The Distributive Core. At least 4 hou rs a r e needed. A co u rs e

590 Graduate Seminar

595 Graduate Readings

I n d e pe n de n t s t ud y card required. (4) 598 Research Project (4)

" III

cannot simul taneously satisfy line 2e and l i ne 3 .

MATHEMATICS AND TB1l COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCmNCES REQUIREMENT: With the exceptions of Math 9 1 and M a t h 9 9 a U mathematic ourses will satisfy the logic,

599 Thesis ( 4 )

mathematics, computer science or statistics part of O ption I I I of the C o ll eg e of Arts and Sciences re quire m e nt . A course cannot simultaneously satisfy O ption III o f the College of Arts and Sciences requirement and the general uni ve rs it y re qu irem ents .

Mathematics

ADVANCED PLACEMENT: The policy of the D e par t m en t of Math e m a t i cs with respect to AP Calculus Exam results is as fo llows: AB EXAM: If a student re ce ives a 3 or higher o n the AS

Math rnatics is a many-faceted subject that is extremely LJ eful in its a p p li c at i o n , but at the same time is f.1scinating and beautiful in th e abstract. It is an i ndi s pensable tool for industry, sc ience, government, and the business world, while the elegance of its logic and beauty of form have int rigued sc hol a rs , philosophers, and artists since earliest times. The m at h e m a t ic s program at PLU is designed to serve five main objectives: ( 1 ) to provide backgrounds fo r other disciplines, (2) to provide a comprehensive pre-profes sional program for those directly entering the fields of teaching and applied mathematics, ( 3 ) to p ro v ide a nucleus of essential courses which will develop the breadth and maturity of mathematical thought for continued stud y f mathematics at the graduate level, (4) to develop the men ta l skills necessa ry for the creation, analysis, and cri l i que o f mathematical topics, and (5) to pro v ide a view of mathematics as a part of h u ma n i s ti c behavior. FACULTY: G. Peterson, Chair; Benkhalti, Dollinger, B . D o rn e r, C. D or n er, Herzog, Meyer, Wu, Yiu. BEGlNNl N G CLASSES: Majors in m a th em a t i cs , computer scie nce, en g in e e r in g , and other sciences u s uall y take Math 1 5 1

and 1 - 2 ( c alculu s) . Math 1 5 1 is also appropriate fo r any s tu den t whose high school mathematics preparation is strong. Those who h, ve had calculus in h igh school may omit Math 1 5 1 ( see Advanced Placement section) and enroll in M ath 152 after con ultation with a m ath e m atics facul t y member. Those who have less mathematics background m a y b egi n with Math 140 before taking Math 1 5 1 . Math I I I and 1 1 2 p ro v i de p rep a ration for Math 1 40 .

Business majors may satisfy the m at h e m a t ics requirement fo r t ha t degree in any of th re e ways. Those w i th strong mathemati ·s background may take Math 1 5 1 fo i l wed eithe.r by M a t h 2 3 0 or by both Math 1 52 and 33 1 . Alternatively, Math 1 28 a l o n e w il l a tisfy th e m a th em a t ics req u i re m e n t for b us i n es s . Math I I I serves as p rep a ration for Math 1 28 for those whose high school b ackgro u nd is not strong.

exam t he n the s t u d e n t

is given advanced placement i n to either with credit (4 c red i t s-g ra de Pa�s) given for Math 1 5 1 upon c o m p l et i on (g ra de C or h igh er) of Malh 1 52 o r Math 230. If a student receives a 5 ( the max i m u m ) on th e AS exam then the student may be eligible for advanced placement into Math 253 upon consultation with either the Math 253 instructor or the department chair. I f the student completes Math 253 ''lith a grade of e or h i gher then cred i t (8 credits grade Pas. ) is g iven for ivlath 1 5 ] and Math 1 52. BC EXAM: I f a student receives a 3 or 4 on the BC exam then th e student is trea t e d the same as one who receive a 5 on the AB exam. If a st u den t receives a 5 on the Be xam then the studcnt is g i ve n a dV3 n c ed pla ce m e n t into Math 2 5 3 with credit g i ve n for both Math 1 5 1 and Math ] 52 ( 8 c red i ts-grade Pass) i f Math 253 is co m p le ted with a gr a de of C or hi g h e r. I[ a t uden t has takcn calculus in h i g h school and did not take an AP exam, t he n the student may enroll in Math 1 5 2 afte r consultation with a mathematics fa cu l ty member. In this case n o credit is g ive n for Math 1 5 1 . Math 1 52 or Math 2 3 0

MATHEMATICS MAJOR: The foundation o f the mathematics p rogram for m aj o rs is th e three semester seq u e nce of calculus (Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253) and l i near al ge b ra ( M a t h 3 3 1 ) . These courses are usually taken in sequence in the first fou r semesters. Students with a cal ul u s background in high s ch o ol may rece ive ad va n c ed p l ace m ent i n to the a p p ro p ri a t e course in this seq ue n c e. Upper division work includes courses in m ode rn algebra, mathematical analysis, a pplie d mathematics, mathematical statistics, a n d geometry. Required upper division co urses include Abstract Algebra ( Math 4 3 3 ) , Mathematical Analysis ( Math 4 5 5 ) , Mathematical Statistics ( M a t h 3 4 1 ) , and Senio r Seminar (Math 486). Math 433 should be taken i n the j u n io r year and lvfath 455 in t l1e senior year. Statistics 34 1 m a y be taken e it h e r the j unior or the s n i o r year. Math 486 e..x tends ove r two semesters beginning in the fal l semester; May g ra d ua tes begin t h is capstone xperi ence course in t h e faU s e m esr e r of the s e n ior yea r, w h i le D cember g ra d u ates must begin this course in the fal l semester o f t h e i r j unior year. P

(;

T H E

VI U

S tu dents m aj or ing in m a thema t i cs are e n co ur a ged to include work in com puter science since many careers app ly ing math ematics will require co mp ute r ex:perience. I t is also a good idea to study one o r more su bj e cts outside of mathematics ( p erh a p s leading to a m i no r ) which make substantial use of mathematics. While many s ubj ec ts are app rop ri a te , some of the more common are as follows; economics, business, p hysi cs , engineering, chemistry, and biology.

BACHBLOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Minimum of 34 semester hours o f mathematics courses numbered above 1 50, including 1 5 1 , 1 5 2 , 253, 33 1 , 433, 455, 486 and Math/Stat 34 1 . Required supporting: Computer S cience 1 44, which sho uld be tak en in the freshman year. Physics 1 53- 1 63 or Computer Sc i ence 375 or Economics 345 is strongly recommended. (Math 203, 2 2 3 , 230, and 446 m a y n ot b e counted toward the rnajor.)

BACHEWR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: Students may either complete one of the concentrations l i s te d below or sat i s fy the following ge n era l criter ia. Required s up p orti n g ourses fo r b oth th general criteria and for th e concentrations are: omputer Science 1 44, Statistics 34 1 , an d one o f Phy s i cs 1 53 - 1 63 or 'omputer Science 3 7 5 or Economics 345. GENERAL CRITERIA: At least 40 houl's of mathematics ourses numbered above 1 5 0 , inclllding 2 5 3 , 3 3 1 , 433, 455, 486 and a t least one of 434, 456 or Math/Stat 342. ( Math 203, 2 2 3 , 230, and 446 may not be counted toward the major.)

CONCENTRATIONS: Actuarial: 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 253, 3 3 1 , 356, 433 , 455, 486, Statistics 342 and Sta t i st i cs 348. (Economics 345 is st rong l y recommended as a s u pp o r ting cour e ) . T h i concentration i ncl u d es a minor in statistics.

Applied Mathema tics: 1 5 1 , 1 5 2 , 25 3 , 3 3 1 , 35 1 , 356 , 43 3, 455 , 456, a n d 486. Graduate School: 1 5 1 , 1 5 2, 2 5 3 , 3 3 1 , 433, 434, 4 5 5 , 456, 486 a nd one upper d iv isi o n e l e ctive. Mathematics fo r Computer Sc i e nce : 1 5 1 , 1 5 2, 245, 253, 3 3 1 , 4 3 3 ,

455, 486, Co m puter cience 3 4 8 and Com p u ter ScieIlce 475. Ma thematics fa T Physics: 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 2 5 3 , 33 1 , 3 5 1 or 3 56. 433, 455 ,

456, 486, P hys ics 354 and P hys i cs 356. Seco ndary Education: 1 5 1 , 1 5 2 , 203, 245 , 2 5 3 , 3 2 1 , 3 3 1 , 433, 446,

455, 486. Also requi res completion of certification require mems in the chool of Ed u ca t io n.

Statistics: 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 2 5 3 , 3 3 1 , 433, 455, 486, one upper division elective, Statistics 342 and St at i st i cs 348. This concentration includes a minor i n s t a tistic s .

BACHEWR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: ee School of Education s ec t i o n of th is ca ta l og .

MINOR IN MATHEMATICS: 20 se mes te r hours of mathematics courses, i n c l ud i n g 1 5 1 , 1 5 2, 2 5 3 and 8 hours of upper division mathematics courses

e..'{c lu d ing

446. Strongly r eco mm en d e d :

Comp uter S(ience 1 44 o r 1 1 0.

MINOR IN STATISTICS: See Sta tistics secti o n of this catalog. Students 1Vho h ave taken calculus in h igh school but do not haw credit for Math 151 do not l1eed to take Math 151 fo r the tnath

enlaties major or minor. However, they still need to complete the

number of hours in mathematics stated ill the req uirements.

Course Offerings A grade of C or hi g h e r is strongly recommended in

aU pre requi

Intermediate Algebra

A review of high school algebra; s o lv i ng linear and quad r at i c equations, fa c to ri ng , si mplifying expression, exponents and graphing. Des i gn e d for students wh o se m a them a t i c �t l p r e para -

L U T H £ R A N

U N I

99 Directed Study in Fundamental Mathematics D esigned for students who need fu rther h el p with the basics in ma th e ma ti cs to prepare them for high e r level courses. Enroll ment by arrangement with ins tructor. Does not count toward graduation re qu i rements . S o n ly ( 1 -4) 105

Mathematics of Personal Finance

Emphasizes financial transactions im p o r tant to individuals and famil ies: annuities, loans, insurance, interest, investment, time value of money. Prerequisite: PL math entrance requirement.

( 4) 1 07

Mathematical Explorations

Mathematics and modern society. Emphasis on numerical and l ogic a l reasoning. Designed to increase awareness of a p plicati on s of mathematics, to enhance e nj o y m e nt of a nd self-confidence in m a th em a ti cs. and to s h a rp e n critical thought in mathematics. To p ics selected by the in tructor. Prerequisi te : P LU math en trance re q u i rem e n t . (4) I I I College Algebra A review f a l ge b ra em p h a s iz ing p rob l em solving skills. Appro p r ia te as p repar a tion for Math 1 28 or 1 1 2 ( a nd then 1 40 ) . Pre re quisites: two years of high school a lge b ra or Math 9 1 . I II ( 2 )

1 12 Plane Trigonometry

Trigonometric, inverse trigonometric, l ogarithmic and exponen tial functions, identities, graphing, solution of triangles. For students who are proficient in algebra but do not know trigo nometry. Prerequisite: a t least two years of high school algebra. I U (2)

128 Linear Models and Calculus, A n Introduction

M at r i x t heor y, l i nea r p ro g ra mming , and in tr oduct ion to

calculus. Co ncep t s d e ve l ope d st ressi ng a p p lic at i o ns , p a rt i c u l a r l y to business. Prere q uisites: two years of high school a l ge b ra or Math I I I or equivalent. Cannot be ta ke n for credit i f Math 1 5 1 ( or the equivalent) has been previously taken with a grade o f C or h igh e r. I II (4) 140

Analytic Geometry and Fun.ctions

Different types of functions, their p ro p er t i es a nd g r aph s , espe cially trigonometric fu n ction s . Alge b ra i c skill, problem solving, and mathematical writing are emphasized. P re pa res students for calculus. Prerequisites; I I I and 1 1 2 OT equ ival ent high school material . I U (4)

151 Introduction to Calculus unctions, li mi ts , derivatives and i n t egr al s with applications.

B mp h asi s on derivative . P rer eq uisi t e : Math analysis or pre h igh school or Math 140 or equ ivalen t . I II ( 4 )

calculus in

152

Calculus II

Continuation of 1 5 1 . Te chn i q u e s and a p p l i cations of integrals, i m p ro per integrals, ordinary differe nt ial eq u a ti o n s and p o w e r series, with applications. Pr e re quis i te : 1 5 1 . I II (4) 1 99

Direct.ed Reading

S upe r vi s ed stlldy of top ics selected to meet individual n ee ds or interests; prima rily for tudents awarded advanced p lace me nt . Admission only by de pa r t m e nt a l invitation. ( 1 - 2 ) 203 History of Mathematics A study in the vast adventure of ideas that is mathematics from

site courses. A placement test and b a ckgro un d survey are required before reg i s te r ing for b e ginnin g mathematics courses if prerequisites have not be n c o m pl e te d at PLU. 91

t io n i s i na dequ a te for Math 1 1 1 . D o es n ot co u n t to wa rd g rad uation re q u ire m en ts . I (4)

E R 5

I T Y

ancient wltures to the 20th century. The evolution of the various branches of mathematics in the contexts of the varied cultures in which they arose. Pre req u isite: Math 1 5 1 or equivalent or con sent of instructor. a/y II 1 998-99 (4)

223 Modern Elementary Mathematics Conce p ts underlying t r a ditiona l co mp utation a l techniques; a s ys te m at i c anal ys is of arithmetic; an i n t u i tive a p p roach to algebra and geo m etry. Intendt'd for e l e m e ntary teaching majo rs. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. I II (4)

230 Matrix Algebra A survey of matrix algebra with applications, such as ll n ear programmi ng. A first look at abstract methods incl u d ing some techniques of proof. Prerequisi te:

1 5 1 . I IT (2)

245 Discrete Structures Sets, relations, funct i o ns combinatorics, and graph th eo ry and their relation to topics in computer s ci e nce. Te chn i ques fo r I gical reason i ng i n clud i n g methods of quantified logic, dedu tion, i nd uction , and contradiction will applied . P rere qu isite : 1 52. II

(4)

be taught and

integrals,

and vector analys i s . Prerequisite: 152. I II (4)

321 Geometry Foundations of geometry and basic theory in

Eu clidean,

33 1 Linear Algebra Vectors and abstract vector spaces, matrices, i nner product

transformations. Proo fs will be empha · ized .

I U (4)

34 1 Introd uction to Mathematical Statistics Dat a d sc.r i p t i o n , p ro b ab i l ity, discrete and con t i nuous random variables, ex p e c ta t ion , special distributions, statements of law of larg e numbers and central l i m i t theorem, s a mpling distributions, theory of point estim ato rs , confidence intervals, hypot11csis tests, regressi o n ( ti m.: per m i tti n g) . P re req ui s it e: i 5 2 . I (4) 342 Probability and Statistical Theory Continuation of 34 1 . To pi cs may include: joint

and conditional

distributions, correlation, fun c ti ons of random variables, m o ment generating fu nctions, i n ference in regression and one way ANOVA, Bayesian and non- parametric i n ference, conver gence of distributions. Prerequisite: 34 1 . aly 1 997-98 II (4)

345 Computational Probability and Statistics Concepts from probability and statistics that are particularly relevant to computer science. Topics are combinatorics, condi

independence, d i sc rete and co n t i n uou s di tributions, mea.n and vari. ance. 345 can n o t be taken for credit after 34 1 . Prerequisites: 1 52 and esc I 1 44. Recommended: MATH 245. II ( 2 ) tional probability,

348 Applied Regression Analysis and ANOVA Linear and m u lt i ple re g r ess ion with in feren c e and d iagnosti cs; analysis of variance; exper i m en tal design w i th randomization and blocking. Su b st a n ti a l use of stat i s ti cal software and emphasis o n e.xplorMory data analysis. Prereq u is i te : 3 4 1 or consent of instructor. a!y 1 998-99 I I (4) 351 Differe.ntial Equations An introduction to d i ffe ren t ial equations emphasizing the applied aspect. first and second or d er differential equations, 'Y tems of d i fferential equations, pow r series solutions, non li.near differential equations, n um erical methods. Prerequisite:

253. II aly 1998-99 (4)

356 Numerical Analysis Nu meri cal theory and application in the context of solutions o f

linear, nonlinear, a n d differential equations, matrix the ry,

inte r polation , approximations, n umerical differentiation a n d integTation and Fourier transforms. P rerequ i s i t s: SCI

253 or ( 1 52 144 or other computer l ang uage .

a/y 1 997-98 II (4)

381 Seminar in Problem Solving Designed to i m p ro ve ad anced p ro bl e m solvi n g skills. A goal is part icipat ion in the Putnam Com pet it i on . PasslFail only. May be taken more than once for credit. Prerequ i site: 1 52 or consent of i nstructor. !

( 1)

relation, proof, and problem solving in the context of arithmetic, algebra, and geometry. Prerequisite: 253 or 33 1 or equivalen t .

m o

,...

Theor tical tr a t m nt of to pi cs introduced i n elementary calculus. Prerequi ite: 253 and 4 33 (with c onsent of instr uc t or 433 may be taken conc u rren t ly ) . 455 I (4); 456 n (4)

projective, and non-Euclidean geometry. Prerequisite: 1 52 or consent of instructor. I (4)

a nd either 230 or 3 3 1 ) ;

446 Mathematics in the Secondary School Methods and m t e r i a ls in sec on d ary s ch o o l math teaching. Basic mathematical concepts; p rinc i p l s of number operation,

455, 456 Mathematical Analysis

An introduction to vectors, partial derivatives, multipl

Prerequisite: 1 5 2 .

The algebra of a x iomatically defi ned objects, suc.h as groups,

ri n gs and fie ld s with emphasis on th eo r y and p roof. Prereq uisite: 3 3 1 . I (4); 434 aly II 1 997-98 (4)

1 (3)

253 Multivariable Calculus

>paces, linear

433, 434 Abstract Algebra

-t m

486 Senior Seminar Oral and written presentation of information learned i n individual research llll d er the direction of an ass i gned instructor. Discussion of methods fo r communicati ng m a t h e ma ti cal knowledge. Satisfies the req u irement for a senior se m i nar! project. Lasts two sem ters beginning i n the fa l l se mester; May gra duate s should starr the c o u rse in the fa l l of their senior year and December g rad u a tes shou l d b e gin the course in the fal l o f t h e i r j uni or year. Final presentations g iv e n d Llri n g spring semester. P rerequ i si te: senior ( o r se c on d semester j u n ior) math major. 1-11 ( 2 )

1"'1 :x: z o

,... o c;'t -<

490 Topics in Mathematics Selected topics of c u rrent interest or from : combinatorics, comp lex analysis, dynamical systems chaos and fractals, graph theory, group representations, number theory, operations research, part i al d i fferential equations, topology, transform methods, abstract algebra, analysis. May be taken more than once for credit. Prerequisites vary depending on the topic.

II ( 1-4)

491 , 492 Independent Study Prerequisite: consent of department

chair. I II ( 1-4)

597, 598 Graduate Research Open to master's degree ca nd idat es only. Prerequ i s i te : coosent of d e partment chair. I 1I ( 1-4)

Medical Technology Medical Technology is a professional program in cl inical laboratory sciences for which the university provides pre professional preparation as well as a Bachelor of Science i n Medical Technology ( 8.S.M.T. ) . This degree is customarily awarded as a second baccalaureate degree in addition to a degr e in either biol ogy or chemistry after completion of one yea r of clinical training in a program accredited by the Commill e on Allied Health Education and Accreditation of the meriean Medical Association in addition to the fulfillment of pre-professional requirements. Upon completion of the combined academic and clinical pro gram, the student is eligible to take the medical technology c rtificate examination given by the Board of Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Soci ty of Clinical Pathol gists. Since most of the hospital schools in the State of Wash ington have closed, students may have to combine earning a bachelor's degree in biology o r chemistry with co m pl e tion f a co mmunity college-based year of clinical training in an approved medkal laboratory technician (MLT) pro gram. Eligibility requirements for taking tb ASCP medical tecllnology examination can be met with the combi nation P A C I

f i e

L U T H

M IT certificat ion (ASCP) , and t h ree of fu l l - time a cceptable cli nical laboratory experience.

of a bachelor's degree,

years

Information about other al ternat ives for meeting certifica tion requirements can be o b t a i n e d from the health sci

ence�

a r ts experience, ranging from non- maj or p r ivate lessons or en se mble p a rt i c i p a t i on to core courses to fou r distinctive

nology are as out Lined be low, many o f the clin ical i ntern

programs require or strongly recommend a b accalau rea te degree in biol o g y or in chemistry before admi ss i o n to

ship

cl i n ica l t rai n i ng. The refore, a student should consider first

p u bl is h e d by

Facilities for exploring the musical arts

b i o l o gy

college l eve l mathematics or the equivalent. The

co urses

must include microbiology and im munol

ogy. Th chemistry must include at least one

co ur s e

outstanding.

Lagerq uist Conce r t Hall, provides state- of- the-art focus to m usic study a t PLU. Media rich classrooms and labs aug

m e n t studios and i ndividual practice spaces. P rivate study O ther private study includes voice a n d a l l stri n g, wind, a n d

o n s i d er e d acceptable toward

majors in those fields. The mathemat ics req u i rement must be met by cou rses recog nized as prerequisi tes for admis s i o n to p hysics courses. I n addi tion to these s pecific re qu i reme nts, the student m ll t have acqu i red a m i n i mu m of 90 semeste r hours of academic credit before ad mission t o

percussi o n instruments, t a u g h t by regularly p erforming

cl in i ca l traini ng.

Grieshaber, Hoffman, Immel, M . Kirk, C. Knapp, Kracht, Nance, Sparks, Vaught Farner, Youtz; assisted by Agent, Baldwin, Boughtcn, Brandt, 'ampos, Dudash, Erickson, Field, Canung, Habedank, Harkness, Harty, Hill, Holloway, HOllston, B. Johnson, N . Kirk, S. Knapp, D. Knutson, Mouat, Mnsa, Nierman, F. Peterson, Poppe, Schreuder, Shapiro, Sussman, Taylor, Terpenning, Turner, Wall.

Studen ts can also satis fy pre-medi cal technology re q uire me nts at P LU and then tra nsfer to another u niversity for co mpletion of clinical traini ng.

REQUIREMENTS FOR TH E B.S.M.T. DEGREE: 1 . Biology Biology 1 6 1 , 1 62, 323 - Principles of Biology I , II, I I I Biology 3 2 8 - M icrobiology Biology 407 Molem lar Biology Biology 448 Immu nology 2. Chem istry Chemistry 1 20 - General Chemistry Chemistry 338 nalytical Chemistry Chemistry 232, 234, 332, 334 - Organic Chemistry 3. Nla thema tics Ma thematics 140 Function s, Analytic Geometry, and Probability -

General Physics

Also recommended:

should reg ister fo r I I I a nd

1 1 3. A placement

st udents will be placed ill either

test will be g iven test o u tcome,

124, 1 1 3

or re ta i ned in I l l .

MUSIC MINOR:

chemistry should also be fulfilled.

4 1 3

2 Ha lf-semester courses.

The remainder of the requirements for a major in b iology or

SPRING

during the first class meeting, and, based on th e

FACULTY: Robbins, Chair; Bradley, Dahl, Farner, Frohnmayer,

I These cou rses a re prerequisite to Theory 124. All freshmen

Biology 33 1 - Genetics Biology 348 - Cellular Physiology Biology 44 1 - Mammalian Physiology Chemistry 403 Biochemistry

chamber ensembles.

Music Fundamen talsl : 1 1 1 , 1 1 3 lvlusic and Culture: 1 20 Theory/ Ear Training: 1 24, 1 26 Kcyboa rding: 1 2 1 , 1 22 History: 1 30

\fery st rongly reco m m ended: -

qualified performers in b a n d , orchestra, choir, jazz, and

COURSES:

Physics 1 2 5 , 1 26, 1 3 5 , 1 3 6

musicians. Professional-quality e x p e r i e n c e is ava ila bl e to

For introductory courses to the fi e ld of music, see the descrip tions of Music 1 0 1 , 1 02, 103, 1 04, 1 05, 1 06, and 1 20 . Students intending t o major in mnsic should begin t h e major m usic sequences in the fi rst year. Failure to do so may mean an extra semester or year to complete the program . Following i s the program for a l l entering freshmen who intend to major in m usic:

are

in keyboard is available i n piano, organ, a n d harpsichord .

o rga fl ic chemistry or bioch e m i stry. Bot h the biology a nd

chemistry courses musl be

its grad uates go on

The Mary Baker Russell lvlusic Cell ter, with i t s exquisite

se mester ho urs each o f b i ol o gy and chem istry and one in

annually. The progra m is ful l y accredited by the National

p erforming.

the N a t i o n a l Accred iti ng Agen cy for C li n ic a l Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS) are 1 6 co urse

two academic m inors. Nearly one

quarter of t h e undergrad uates a t P L U participate i n m us i c

to distinguished a n d satisfying careers in teach ing a n d

h e m i n i m u m academ i c requirements fo r entry i n to as

academic majors and

Association of Schools of Music and

earning a bachelor's degree wi th either of these majors. cl i n i ca l training

The music program a t PLU strives to provide every stu den t at he u n iversity with a mean ingful and en riching

adv isers .

Altho ugh t he mi nimum requ irements for medical tech

Music

22 semester h ours, including Music 1 20 ; one of the following: Music 1 2 1 , 1 22 or 202 ( 1 credit); 1 24, 1 26; 4 hours of P rivate Instruction ( Music 202- 2 1 9) ; 4 hours of Ensemble ( Music 360-384) ; o n c of the following: Music 1 0 1 - 1 0 6 , 1 30, 230, 232; 1-2 hour(s) of music dective(s). Specialized: 3 2 semester hours, including courses required in the eneral M inor ( 2 2 hours) plus 4 additional hours of Private Instruction ( Music 40 1 --4 1 9) and one of the Concentration Modules (6 hours ) listed under the Bachelor o f Music in Performance degree (see listing next page ) .

General:

Undergraduate Music Major Degrees:

School of Edru:atiOfl Sequence: In addition to the music courses

ENTRANCE AUDITION: To b e admitted to a music major progra m, prospective students must audition for the music

l isted below, all music education m aj o rs are required to take the following courses in the School o f Education: EDUC 262 - Foundations of Education . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .......... .. ...... . 3 EPSY 2 6 1 - Human Relations Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 3 EPSY 3 6 1 - Psycholo g y for Tea ching ... ,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 3 SPED 200 - Individuals with Special Needs . . . ...... ,. .. ,., ........ .,., . 2 SPED 480 - Issues i n Child Abuse a nd N e g l ec t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I E UC 468 - Student Teaching . . .... .... . 10

faculty. Music majors should fill out a declaration of major form during their first semester of enrollment in the program and be assigned t o a music faculty ad vi se r Only grades of C or higher i n music courses may be counted towa rd a m u sic m aj o r Courses in which the student receives lower than a C mllst be repeated unless substitute course work is au thorized by t h e department. .

................... . . . . . . . . . . .

MUSIC CORE: The fo l l owin g core is required in all music degree progra ms: Music and Culture: 1 20 ........................................... ............. 4 Keyb o ar d i n g: 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Theo ry: 1 24, 223 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......................... ............ .... ....... 6 M usic History: 1 30, 230, 232 ..... .... ........................ ............... 9 Ear Training: 1 26, 225, 226 3 ...................................................

...

hours hours hours hours hours

M usic Core 24 Music 360-363 - Large Ensemble ............................ . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Music 377 - Jazz I mprovisation/Ensemble L a b or a t o ry . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Music 204/404/420" - Private Instruction Voice . . . . 6 (6 sem . ' ) Music Education Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 Music 248 or 3 6 6 - Guitar Lab o r Opera Workshop . . .. I Music 4 2 1 - Advanced Keyboard ( p rivate study) .................... 2 Music 440 - Methods and Materials for K-9 Music 1 . . . . . . . . . . 2 Music 443 - Methods for Secondary Choral Music , ................ 2 Mu 'ic 44 1 or 444 Methods and Materials for K-9 Music 1 I or Materials for Secondary Choral Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . . . . . . . ........... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.....

Consewtive fall/spring semesters.

** Half recital. K- 1 2 IlISlrunrental (Band) Music Core ........ .................................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .... .... . . . . . . . . . . 24 M usic 370, 3 7 1 , 380 - Large Ensemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Music 377 - Jazz Improvisation/Ensemble Lab o ra tory ........... 1 Music 2- -/4- -/420** - Private Instruction: Principal Instrument . . . . . ......................................... 6 (6 sem.*) Music Education Core . . . . . . . . . . ................................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 Music 24 1 - String Lab . . . . . . . . . . ....... ....................... .. .. ................... I Music 243/244 - Woodwind Labo ratory ( 1 , 1 ) Music 245/246 - Brass Lab oratory ( 1 , 1 ) ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 4 Music 247 - Percussion Laboratory ( 1 ) Music 447 - Methods for School Band M u s i c .......................... 2 Music 448 - Materials for School Band Music ...................... . . . 2 .

Maximum o f 44 semester hours including mus i c core ( 24 hours) , plus 4 hours of e nse m ble ; 6 hours (2 courses) from 336, 337, and/or 338; 8 hours of private instruction; 490 (2 credi ts ) Keyboard proficiency required. In addition t o requirements listed above, candidates for the B.A. degree must meet College of Arts and Sciences requirement ( Option I, II, or I I I ) . BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR:

Keyboard projlciency required. Sophomore alld degree juries required. Complet"ion of all music req uirements required prior to student teaching. School ofEducation sequence required. *

BACHELOR O F M USIC EDUCATION:

Required Components

Music Education Core: All B . M . E. degrees include the following

music education core courses: 240 - Foundations of Music Education ........... ., .. ..... ,.,.,.,.,. .. ,. .. 249 - Technology Lab . . .... . .. . ... . .. .. . . 3 40 - Fundamentals of Music Education . . . . . . . . . . . ...................... 343 - Materials and Methods for Secondary General Music .. 345 - Conducting I ,. ........................ 346 - Conducting ll ., ......... , ... . . . . . . . . . . .. ........... 347 - Adaptive Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 348 - Practicum in Music Education . . . .. .. .. . . . .. . .. 445 - onducting I I I . . . . . . ...................................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 - Conducting IV . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................... 469 - Student Teaching Seminar ............. ., ............................ ., .. .....

..............

.........

..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..............................

......

....

Consew ti ve fall/spring semesters.

*' Half recital.

Bachelor of Music Education: K- 1 2 Choral Bachelor of Music Education: K-1 2 Instrumental ( Band) Bachelor of Music Education: K-1 2 Instru m enta l ( O rchestra)

..........

62 credits

. .

School ofEducation sequence required.

Stud e n ts pursuing Bachelor of Music a.nd Bachelor of Music Edu cat ion d eg re e s are required to pass sop h o m o re and degree re c i ta l juries. Consult the Music Student Handbook for details.

Sophomore and degree juries req l/ired.

MUSIC MAJOR JURIES:

CompletiolJ of all m usic requirements required prior to st'udent teaching.

LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT: Vocal performance m aj o rs are required to take at least one year of language study in French or Jerman (see department handbook ) .

62 credits

Basic keyboard ski1ls are req uired in all music majors ( B. M . , B.M.E., B . M A , B.A . ) . Attainment of adequate keyboard skills is I) adj udicated by the Keyboard Proficiency Jury, administered each term and 2) fo r Bachelor of M usic and Bachelor o f Music Education students, a pre requi s i t e to their so p h o m o re juries ( see below) . Consult the Music Student Handbook for details.

...

Keyboard proficiency reql/ired.

KEYBOARD PROFICIÂŁNCY:

...

II>

K- 1 2 CI,oral (Eleme1ltary or Secondary Enrpl.asis)

ENSEMBLE REQUIREMENT: Music maj ors are required to p a r t ic i p at e each semester in a m usic ense mb l e .

Music Education Curricula

â&#x20AC;˘

School of Education Sequence: 22 credits

24 hours The Music core is fundamental to the pursuit of the music major and should be completed in sequence in the first four emesters of study. Music core requirements must be fulfilled by en rol l m ent in s p e c i fic courses and may not be taken by means o f i ndependent study.

3 I

2 2 I 1 I

K-12 Instrumental (Orchestra) Music Core .................... . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . ......... 24 Music 370, 3 7 1 , 380 - Large Ensemble ...................................... 6 Music 3 8 1 - Chamber Ensemble ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . .......... 1 Music 2- -/4- -/420** - Private Instruction: Prin c ip al I nstrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 (6 scm.*) Music Education Core ..... . . . . . . . ............................ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 16 Music 24 1 /242 - String Lab ( 1 , 1) ........ . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 2 Music 243/244 - Woodwind Lab ora to ry ( l , I ) . ... . 2 Music 245 - Brass L a b o rato ry ( 1 ) ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., ... .,,.,. 1 Music 457 - Methods and Materials for Elementary Strings .. 2 Music 458 - Methods and Materials for Secondary Strings . . . . 2 .....

.....

...

....

62 c redits

I 1 2

Keyboard proficiency requ i red. Sophomore and degree juries req IJired. Completion of all music requirements required prior to studellt teaching. School of Education sequence required.

Music Education Co re : 1 6 credits P

Consecutive fall/spring semesters.

Half recital.

U T H E

BACHEWR OF MUSICAL ARTS:

opera, film and c u is i ne . Meets freshman J anua ry term, Core

Music -

Arts/Literature requ i re m e n t (2. Core j : A . l . ) , and /o r Cross

ore

24 Musi c - Large Ensembl . . . . . . . . . . 8 Music 2 .. /4-- - Private Instruction: Principal Instrument .. . . . . 8 Mu ic 336 - Making M u s i c . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music 337 - A n a lyz i ng Musi . . .. .. . . . . . 3 Music 3 3 8 - Research i n g Music . . .. . . .. . .. . . . .. 3 Music 390/39L - Intensive Performance Study . .. . 4 Music 490 - e n ior P roj ect ................................................. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ................................................................................. .

. ..

...

. ..

..............

....................... ... .

..........

.......

....

...

..........

...............

...

......

.......................

Music Electives . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. ....................... 5

62 c re d i t s

Keyboard proficiellCY reqllired. In a

cogllate field all/side of music, all academic

BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN PERFORMANCE: ore ................... .............................................................. 24 Music - Private Instru ction (see cOllcertlmlio", below) . . 24 (8 sem.�) Music - En ernbh.: (see cOllcelltrat io115 be/ow) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 8 Music 336 - Making Music . . . . . . . ... . .. .. ... .. .... 3 Music 3 3 7 - na l yzi ng Music . . . . . . . ... ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music 338 - Re search in g Music . . . . . . . . .. . . ... .. . .. .... . . . 3 Music 390 or 3 9 1 - I n t e n s ive Performance S tu d >, ........................ 4 Music .. Concentration Module (see below) . . . . . ........................... 6 Mu'ic Elect ives .. .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . ... .. . ... . . . . . 5 ..

....

......

...

....

1 06 Music of Scandinavia Sur ey of Scandinavian music from the Bronze Age to the pres nt, with p r imary focus on the music

f Norway, Sweden,

a n d Denmark. Meets freshman Jan uary tenn,

ore

1 Arts/

Literature re q u ire m en t ( 2 . C ore LA. ! ' ), and/or Cross Perspective req u i re m nt

ulturnl

(6.B.) a/y (4)

111 Music Fundamentals I Begin ning skills i n rea d ing a n d not a t i ng music. Rudiments o f previous musical exp e ri e nce an d pa rt i a l ly fulfills t h e ge neral

Music -

Cultural P�rspective requirement ( 6 . B . ) a/y J (4)

music t he o ry : key s i g n a tu re s, clefs, a n d major scales. Req u ire s n o

minor or second major reqllired.

.............

.......

.............

...

....

...

........

....

............

..............

u n i ve rs i ty req u i rem e n t i n arts; may be co m b i ne with 1 1 3 i n a

s i n g l e semester to co m plete the general university req u i rement in arts. I (2)

1 13 Music Fundamentals II

I l l . Minor scales, i n tervals, triads and d iaton i c 7th chords. Partially fulfills the ge n e ra l u n ive rs i t y requirement in a rt s ; may be combined with I I I in a si n g l e

A con t i n u a tion of

semester to complete the gen e ral u n ivers i t y requirement in arts.

P rere qu is i te: I I I or consent o f i nstructor. II ( 2 )

80 credits

Keyboard proficiency required. Sophomore alld degree juries required. For vocal pcrformarlce: language study required (see above)

.. COlJ5£<utive faU/spring semesters.

Concentrations: b,slnmleNta l - p riva te instruction: inclu d i n g 420 ( fu ll recital) ;

ensemble: 3 70, 3 7 1 , 380; module: 345, 346, 358, 3 8 1 ( 2 ) ,

el ect ive ( l ).

Organ - private i ns tr u c t io n : including harpsich o rd , 420 ( full rec ital ) ; ensemble: i n c l ud i n g 3 8 1 ; mo d ul e : 345, 346,

352, 358; elective ( 2 ) . Pia no - p r iv a te instruction: induding h a rpsichord,

420 ( fu l l re ci t al ) ; ensemble: l a rge ( 2 ) , 35 1 ( 2 ) , 383 ( 2 ) ; p ia n o elccti c ( 2 ) ; module: 358, 430, 43 1 , 45 1 , 52, e l ec t i ve ( 1 ) . \l(Jice - p r iv a te in s t r uctio n : i n clud i ng 420 ( full reci tal); ensemble: 360-363; module: 353, 358, 366, 453. Composition - pr iva t e instruction: 327 ( 1 6), p ri n c ip al i nstrument ( 8 ) ; ensemble: l a r ge (4); module: 345, 346, elective (4).

Course Offerings

120 Music and Culture a var i et y

I n t roduction to

st ructure, period, a n d style. D � s i g n ed to enhanc the enj o y m e nt and understanding of m usic. Not o p e n to m ajors. J ( 4 )

a n d Ch i nese court m il ic. Req u i res no previolls music ex p eri e n ce

of music t r a d i tions, focu 'ing on calypso, European court m u s i c , and fulfills L h e g ne r a l u n iversity requirement in ar

102 Understanding Music Through Melody

majors. I I

1 2 1 Theory a t the Keyboard J An in troduction to keyboard ing s k ill s , including sigh t-read ing.

grou p p r forman ce, and harmoni7.ation of s i mp l e melodies. I ( J )

( 4)

U.2 Theory at the Keyboard n

103 History of Jazz

A continuation of 1 2 1 . n ( 1 )

Su r vey of America's u n ique art form: jazz. Emphasis on hist ry,

1 24 Theory I

listening, str u ct ure, a nd s tyl e from early developments through

An i nt rod uc t i o n to th wor kin gs of music, i n cl u d in g common

rece n t l r nds. Meets Core [ requirement ill art ! l ite r a t u re , l i n e. I .

prac t i ce harmony, j azz th eo ry, and elero nwry fo nn al analysis. Pre req u is ite: 1 1 3 or co n se n t of ins t ru tor. n ( 3 )

II (4) 1 04. Music and Technology Sur ey of the impact of techn ology on the mu s i al arts, fro m the

evo l ut i l l n of m usical i nstrumen ts and the a cous tic spa e t h ro u gh the a ud io/v ideo/computer techno l o gy of today. Meets Core I requ ire men t ill art s/ l iteratu re , line l . I ( 4 )

1 0 5 The Arts o f China

126 Ear uaining I Developmen t of , ural sk il ls , incl udi ng interval recogn i t ion, sight-singi ng, rhy t h m. ic, melodic and harmonic dicta t i o n . Prerequ isite: 1 1 3 or co n sen t of i n s t r u c tor. I I ( 1 ) 1 30 History I 11 of We tern music in the Classic and R o ma n t ic eras. Prerequisite: 1 1 3, co - registration in 1 24 or conse n t of i n st r uct r. I l ( 3)

The evol u ti

E ploration of a num ber of Chi nese art forms, p r i marily m us ic b u t also i ncluding ca l l ig ra phy, p ai n ting , lai ch i, poet ry, Beiji.ng P

and

d i vers i ty; requ i red for m usic maj ors and m inors; prerequisite course for 1 24 , 1 30. 1 ( 4 )

I ntroduct i on to the m usi c a l arts t h ro ugh pi rat i o n of melody as a primary musical impulse in a a ri e t )' of musical st),les. Design ed to enhance the e nj oyme nt and u nderstandillg of a l l m u � i c t hrough increased sensitivity to me lody. N ( op e n to

thno!l1 usicological considerati( ns of

101 Introduction to Music I ntrodu tion to m usi c literature w i t h em phasis on l iste n ing ,

20J Class Piano Group in st r u c t i on for beg inni n g pi a n i s ts . MilY be rep ea te d for credit. I I I ( I )

24.3-244 Woodwind Laboratory

Methods and materials of te ach i ng a n d play i ng woodwind inst ruments in t h e public schools. aly I II ( I , I )

202 Private Instruction: Piano ( 1-4)

245 Brass Laboratory

203 Private Instruction: Organ ( 1 -4) 204 Private and Class Instruction: Voice ( 1-4 )

Met hods and m at e r iaI s of tea ch in g and playing brass instru ments i n the public schools. aly I II ( I , 1 )

20S Private Instruction: VioUn/Viola ( 1 -4) 206 Private Instrnction: Cello/Boss ( 1-4) 207 Private Instruction: Flute ( 1-4)

247

208 Private Instmction: Oboe/English Horn ( 1 -4 )

248 Guitar Laboratory Methods and materials of t e a ch i n g a n d p l a yi n g gu i t a r in th e publ ic schools. I ( I )

Methods a n d materials of tea c h i ng and

playing pe rcuss ion instruments in the p ublic schools. aly ( I )

209 Private Instruction: Bassoon ( 1 -4) 210 Private Instruction: Clarinet ( 1 -4)

249 Music Teclmology Laboratory Methods and materials of te a ch ing and using music technology i n the p u b li . schools. all' II ( I )

2 1 1 Private Instruction: Saxophone ( 1 -4)

2 1 2 Private Instruction: Trwopet ( 1-4) 213 Private Instruction: French Horn ( 1 -4) 214 Private Instruction: Trombone ( 1-4) 2 1 5 Private Instruction: Baritoneffuba ( 1 -4)

327 Composition A sys te m a t i c a p p roach to co n t e m por a r y musical co mp o si tion; students create and notate works for solo, small and l a rge ensembles. May be repea te d for additional credit. Private instruction; s p ec ia l fee in a d d i t io n to tu i t i o n. ( 1-4)

216 Private Instruction: Percussion ( 1 -4 ) 2 17 Private and Class Instruction: Guitar ( 1 -4) 2 18 Private Instruction: Harp ( 1-4) 2 1 9 Private Instruction: Harpsichord ( 1 -4)

336 Making Music Continued study, development and application of m u s i c

1 credit

Fall and 'p r i n g Semeste r ' : One hal f- h o u r p rivate or two one hour class Ie' ons p e r week ( 1 2 weeks) in a dd i t io n to d a i ly practice. janucuy: Two 45 - m i n u t e lessons per week i n addition to daily p ra c t ice . Summer: 6 h o u rs of instruction TBA in a d d i t i o n to daily pra ti ce . S t udents ill piano, voice, and g u i tar may be as signed to class i n s t ru ct ion at the d i scre ti o n of the music fa c u l t y. 2-4 Crt'Aits Fall and Spr i ng Semesters. Two half-hour lessons per week ( 1 2 weeks ) in a d d i t i o n to dally practice. Summer: 1 2 h o u r s of i u�trLlction TBA in addition to dail y pr a c ti c e .

Special fee ill addit ioll

Percussion Laboratory

to l u itiOlI.

22 1 Keyboard Proficiency

Developme nt f keyboard l i t e r ac y and skill r e q ui ite for majoring i n musi ; focused preparation for departmen t

key bo a rd profi cien cy examinatio n, PrivHte le ss o n; special fee i n

addi ti on to tuition. ( 1 )

223 Tbeory l l A conti n uation o f 1 24. Prerequisite: 1 24 or consent o f i n�truc t o r. I (3 )

skills

th ro ugh com pos i tio n , co u n te r po i nt , improvisation, co n d uc ting , and orchestration. P re req u is i t e:

223, 225, o r consen t of inst r uc

tor. aly I I ( 3 ) 337 Analyzing Music App l i ca t i o n of theoretical knowledge towa r d d e ve lo p i n g a nalyt icaI 'kills in a variety of m u s i cal cultures, styles , a nd gen.re.

223, 232, o r consent of instructor. aly 1 (3)

Prere q u is i te :

338 Researching Music I n t ro duct io n to the main research tools available for gat h e r i n g information about music. Applications in formal research, cr i t icis m , prog ra m and lin r notes, and verbal pr sentatioIlS e x pl o red . Prere q u is ite : 1 30, 223, or consenl of illstr uctor. a/y I I (3) 340 Fu.odomentals of Music Education Detailed pi n n i ng of c u rr i c u la for variOllS m usical skills at di fferent grade leve.ls, incl uding weekly improvisation laboratory. Prerequisite: 240. II (2)

225 Ear Training n A continuation of 1 26, Pre re q u i s i te : 1 _6 or consent of i n struc t or. I ( I)

34 1 Music for Cia room Teachers Methods and procedures in tea ch i n g el e m e n t a r y school music as well as infusing th a rts in the curri u l u lTI . Offered for students pre p a r i. ng fo r el e m e n tary c la ss r o o m t e ac h i n g ( n o n - music education majors). II ( 2 )

226 Ear Training m A con t in u a tio n of 225. Prerequisite: 225 or co n se n t of in t ruct o r. II ( I )

343 Methods and Materials for Secondary General Music M et h ods and ma t e ri als for tea c h i ng ge ne ra l music in the se cond a r y school. ( 2 )

230 History I I

345 Conducting I Introduction to ba s ic patterns, gestures, and conducting

The evol u t i on o f Western music from th e early Chri tian

t h ro ugh the Middle Ages, Renaissance, and Baroque eras, Prerequisite: 1 30 o r consent of instructor. I ( 3 ) 232 Twentieth-Century Music The evoiuLion o[ e s tern art mu ic in th 1\ entielh cmtury in [csponse to new th eo re t i ca l constructs, new technologies, and popular and cross- ultu r a l influences. Prerequisite: 230 or consent of inst ructor. n ( 3 )

240 Foundations of Musk Education Lntroduc tion t the ba ics of teaching music, i ncluding phil oso phy, oment, s t u dent charac terist.ics and the n at u re and organizat ion of m Isical learn i ng, For studen ts preparing to

become music pecialists ( m u s i c ed ucation majors only). I ( 3 )

241 -242 String Laboratory Method and ma terials of Leac h i n g and pl a y in g string i ns t r u ments in the p u b l i c schools. aly I I I ( I , 1 )

technique . I ( I ) 346 Conducting D

of 345; observation of advanced conducting tuden ts in laborat ry en, embl . I I ( l )

Continuation

347 Adaptive Music Techn iques and s trateg i es to meet tbe needs, i n tere�ts, li. m i ta l i o ns, and capacities of stl1d n ts who hav restrictions placed on their mu sical a livity. a/y ( I ) 348 Practicum in Music Education

Field experience teach ing in m iddl or j u n i or h igh school; provides laboratory experience i n teaching p r i o r L o full student teachi n g cxperience. P r rt:q uisite.:

340;

reconullended: comple

tion of chool of Education sequence ( E DUC 26 2 , EPSY 2 6 1 ,

36 1 , SPED 200, 480 ) , and enro l l fal l semester preceding student tea h i n g. I ( 1 ) P

349 Electronic Music Practicum

376 Jazz Laboratory EnsembJe

Ap pli cat ion of electronic techniques to compositional process. Assigned studio time on a regular basis. pecial fee in addition to

Study of the basic style of playing jazz through rehearsal and

tuition. Prerequisite: 249 or consent of instructor. ( I )

377 Jazz lmprovisation/Ensemble Laboratory

Development of solo i m provisation skills and small group

351 Accompanying u

Practice in accompa nying represen tative vocal and in strumental

(combo) performance skills with emphasis on teaching these in

solo l i terature from all periods. Special fee in addition to tuition. (1)

the secondary schools. Rehearsal and performance augmented by

352 Organ l mprovisation

378 Vocal Jazz Ensemble

( I ).

listening, research and arranging. aly I

Bas ic techniques of improvisation, particularly as related to hymn

Study of selected vocal jazz literature through rehearsal and

tunes. Private instruction: special fee in addition to tuition.

performance. Membership by audition, concurrent registration

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. ( 1 )

in 360, 3 6 1 , 362 or 363 required.

353 Solo Vocal Uterature

380 University Symphony Orchestra

Survey of solo vocal literat u re. aly I I ( 2 )

Study of selected orchestral literature through rehearsal and

(I)

performance. Membership by aud ition.

354 History of Music Theater

(I)

A general survey of the evolution of "Drama per Musica" from

381 Chamber Ensemble

opera to musical comedy including i n -depth study of selected

Reading, rehearsal, and performance of selected instTllm cntal

scores. aly ! ( 2 )

chamber music. Prerequisite: consent of i n s tructor. ( 1 ) Section A - String; Section B - Brass; Section C - Woodwind;

358 Early Music Laboratory

Section D - Guitar

E. ploration of solo and small ensemble literature from the Baroque period and earlier, fo cusing o n range o f repertoire,

383 Two Piano Ensemble

performance practices, and period ins truments. Rehearsal and

Techniques and practice in the performance of two-piano and

performance augmented by listening, research , and writing.

piano duet literature; includes sight reading and program

Prerequisi te: 230 or consent of instructor. aly I

planning. ( 1 )

(I)

390 Intensive Performan,e Study: Ensemble Tour

360 Choir of the West

A study of a wide variety of choral literature and technique

Intensive study and rehearsal of your repertoire; off-campus tour

through rehearsal and performance of both sacred and secular

of major performance venues; special fee in addition to tuition.

music. Auditions at the beginn i n g of fal l semest er. ( 1 )

Prerequisite : consent of ins tructor. J (4)

361 University Chorale

391 Intensive Performance Study: Conservatory Experience

A study of choral literature and technique through rehearsal and

Inte nsive study and practice of solo repertoire; special fee i n

performance of both sacred and secular music. Auditions at the

addition t o tuition. Prerequisite: consent o f instructor. J (4)

beginning of fall semester.

(I)

40 I Private Instruction: Jazz

362 University Men's Chorus

Emphasis on individual vocal and musical development.

(I)

404 Private Instruction: Voice ( 1-4) 405 Private Instruction: ViolinlViola ( 1 -4)

The study and performance of repertoire for women's voices.

406 Private Instruction: Cello/Bass

(I)

407 Private Instruction: Flute

365 Chapel Choir

409 Private Instruction: Bassoon (1-4)

church music programs of a l i turgical nature. Regular perfor足

410 Private Instruction; Oarinet ( 1-4)

mances for university chapel worship. Participation without

4 1 1 Private Instruction: Saxophone ( 1 -4)

(I)

4 1 2 Private Instruction: Trwnpet ( 1 -4)

366 Opera Workshop

413 Private Instruction: French Horn

Prod uction of chamber opera and opera scenes. Participation in all facets of production. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

(I 4) -

4 1 4 Private Instruction: Trombone ( 1 -4)

(I)

4 1 5 Private Instruction: Baritone/Tuba ( 1 -4)

368 Choral Union

( 1 -4 ) ( 1-4)

4 1 6 Private Instruction: Percussion

Rehearsal and performance of major works in the choral!

4 17 Private Instruction: Guitar

orchestral repertoire. Open to the community as well as PLU

418 Private Instruction: Harp ( 1 -4 )

students; membership by audition. Special fee in addition to tuition.

( 1 -4)

408 Private Instruction: Oboe/English Horn ( 1 -4)

Repertoire experience w i th appropriate literature for ongoing

credit available.

( 1-4)

403 Private Instruction: Organ ( 1 -4)

363 University Singers

Emphasis o n individual vocal and musical development.

( 1-4)

402 Private Instru,tion: Piano

The study and performance of repertoire for men's voices.

(I)

4 1 9 Private Instru,tion: Harpskhord

( I -4) (I -4)

420 Private Instruction: Degree Recital

370 Wind Ensemble

Study and performance of selected wind and percussion literature using various size en sembles. Membership by audition.

(I)

lessons per week in addition to daily practice. Sum mer: 6 hours

Study of selected band literature through rehearsal and perfor足 mance. Designed for the general un iversity student. Prerequisite: having played instruction through at least junior year of high school or consent of instruc tor.

1 credit

Fall and Spring Semesters: One half-hou r private lesson per week ( 1 2 weeks) in addit.ion to daily practice. January: Two 45-minute

371 Concert Band

of instruction TBA in addition to daily practice.

2-4 credits Fall and Spring Semesters. Two half-hour lessons per week ( 1 2

(1)

weeks) in addition to daily practice. Summer: 1 2 hours o f

375 University Jazz Ensemble

instruction TBA i n ad d i tion t o daily practice.

Study of selected big band literature through rehearsal and

Special fee in addition to tuition.

performance. Membership by audition.

performance. Membership by audition. ( 1 )

(I)

42 1 Advanced Keyboard Skills Focused t u d y of �'P ec i ali.zed keyb oa rd skills required in various music maj r p ro g r a m s . Private instnll.:tion: special fee in addition t tuition. May be repeated for additional credit. Prereq uisi te: Successful completion of Keyboard Proficiency Jury and B.M . or B. I.E. Ju ry. ( 1 ) 427 Advanced Orchestration/Arranging Continuation of 336 OD an individual basis. Prerequisite: 336. May be r pealed fo r additional credit. Private i n s t r uc t i o n : spe c i a l fee in addition to tuition. ( 1 -2) 430 Piano Uterature I Study of representative piano repcrtoi r ' from the 1 8 th and early 1 9th century. a/y I ( 1 ) 43 1 Piano Literature II Study of repre entative piano compositions of the lale 1 9th and 20th cent ury. a/y I I ( I ) 440 Methods and Materials for K-9 Music I Study of skiD acquisitions, m usic concepts, and anal}"'ling rhe range of available resources, including ethnic music and comput r a ss i s t ed instruction. Offered for music education major only. Prerequisite: 240, 340. I ( 2 ) 4 4 1 Methods and Materials for K-9 Music n ontinuation of 440, including emphasis on Orff- chulwerk and Kodaly techniques. Offered for music education majors only. Prer quisi te: 440. I I ( 2 ) 443 Materials o f Secondary Choral Music The o rga nizat i o n and administration of the secondary school choral progTam. P re requi s i te : 340. aly I ( 2) 444 Methods for Secondary Choral Music II

Su rvey of choral l iterature appropriate for the various age and experience levels of students in grades 4 - 1 2 , incl u d i n g sources a nd research techniques. Prerequisite: 340. a/y II (2) 445 Conducting In Refinement of patterns, gestures, and conducting techniques; application to appropriate vocal and instrumental scores. Prerequ isite: 346 o r consent of instructor; Section A-Instru mental; Section B-Choral. I ( I ) �

Conducting IV Continuation of 445; application a nd development of sk i lls i n la bo r a t o ry ensemble. Prerequisite: 445 or consent of i ns t ructor; Section A - Instrumental, Section B - Chora1. II ( I ) 447 Methods of School Band Music The organization and administration of the secondary school band p rogram. Prerequisite: 340. a/y I ( 2 )

458 Methods and Materials for Secondary Strings The o rg a ni z atio n and administration of the secondary school orchestra pro gram. Prerequisite: 340. a/y I (2) 469 Student Teaching Seminar Student teaching experiences shared and analyzed ; exploration of related issues regard ing entering the p ublic school music teaching p ro fess ion . Concurrent en rol l m e nt with EDUC 468 required. ( 2 )

490 Senior Project A c u l m in a t i n g project of substantial proportions, undertaken i n t h e senior year. F o r t h e Bachelor ofArts d egree , t h e project integr a tes musical studies with a broader liberal arts context; for the Bachelor ofMusical A rts degree , the project lntegrates musical studies with t he cognate field. Fulfills t h senior seminar/project req u i rem e nt. Private instruction; sp e ci a l fee in addition to tuition. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (2 or 4) 49 1 lndependent Study Prerequisite: consent of instructor. May be repeated for addi tional credit. ( 1-4)

m Z n m

The Div i s i on of Na t u r al Sciences fulfills a two-fold pur pose. It p ro v i d s p repa ra t i o n for fut u re science profession als and creates a cr iti ca l scientific awareness vital to any wel l - educated cit izen. T he division offers st r o n g progTams in the sciences, m a t he ma t ics , and en gineer i ng, p rov i d i ng both pre-professional prepara t i o n and unde r g r ad u at e majors. The study of natural sciences encou rages all students to exp a n d their horizons in the l i beral a r t s , a n d fo st er s a concern for th la r ge r questions o f human values. Facts provide a fo un d a t ion for sci e nce, but the study of sc i e n ce inclu des more than learning facts. The science s t u de nt learns to use available resources so that established facts and new observations related to any chosen problem can b e obtained and interpreted. The science student learns to solve p robl ems creatively.

FACULTY: Tonn, Vea/l; faculty members of the Departments o f Biology, Ch e m i s t r y, Computer Science, Engineering, Geo sciences, M a thematics, and Physics.

45 1 Piano Pedagogy I Teaching techniques for prospective teachers of piano, indud i ng technique ' for individual and group instruction. Methods and materials from beginning to intermediate level. a/y Il ( l ) 452 Piano Pedagogy II Teaching techniques for prospective teachers of p i a n o , including techniques for individual and group instruction. Methods and materials from i ntermediate to advanced levels. a/y I I ( 1 )

Biology Chemistry Computer Science Engineering

453 Vocal Pedagogy Physiological, psychological, and p edago g ic al aspects of singing. a/y 1 ( 2)

See also the sections of this catalog on Environmental Studies and on the Health Sciences ( under Pre-professional Progra ms) .

457 Methods and Materials for Elementary Strings The organization and administration of t h e elementary school string program. Prerequisite: 340. a/y I ( 2 )

Division of Natural Sciences

As a division within the C o l le ge of Arts and Sciences, the Divi sion of Natural Sciences offers major programs in each depart ment l ea di n g to B.A. and B.S. deg rees , minor programs, and core courses which fulfill general university requirements. The de partments provide supporting courses for interdisciplinary programs within the sciences and for other schools of the univer sity. The B.S. in Medical Technology a nd M.A. and M.S. in Com puter Sciences degree programs are also o ffered. Courses for B.A. in Education degrees w'ith majors and minors i n the natural sciences disciplines are available. Specific course offerings and degree requirements are listed under:

448 Materials for School Band Music Survey of wind-percussion literature appropriate for the various age and e.,'perience level of students in grades 4 - 1 2 , including suurc s and research techniques. Prerequisite: 340. a/y I I (2)

l> -t C ::v l>

Geosciences Medical Technology Mathematics Physics

Course Offerings The following courses are offered under Natural Sciences. Other courses suitable for meeting the CORE I req uire m en t s in Na t u ral

I F i e

Sciences/Mathematics may be found in each of the listings for the depar t me n ts in the division.

ACCREDITATIONS AND AFFILIATIONS: The School of

204 History of Science

A survey of the history of science from , nc i en l times to the presenL a! ' 1 1 997-98 (4) 2 06 Descriptive Astronomy

Stars and their evolution, galaxies and larger structures, cosmol

ogy, and the solar system. Empha is n observational evidence.

Evening observing sessions. No prerequisite courses in s ience or mathematics. Fulfills Natural Sciences/Mathematics core require ment, line l or 2. I (4)

School of Nursing The School of Nursing is a p ro fess i onal school that com bin nursin g science with a strong foundati o n in th li beral arts and the humanities to prepare undergraduate students for generalist nursing practice; builds upon un dergraduate nursing educational experiences to prepare nurses for advanced practice in specific specialties; and respon d s to ngoing education and tecilnological learning needs of practicing nurses to remain current, co m peten t practitioners or to revise t he focus of their practice. The school exe m p li fies the university's mission of educating for lives of service in an environment that encourages ques tioning, debate, diversity, lifelong learning, and pi ri tual ity as vital elements in t h e human quest for wholeness. Its continuum of educational programs employs dynamic learning opportunities that challenge students to develop skills, attitudes, values, and roles which facilitate individu als, families, and communities to meet their health and wellness needs. Degree programs within the School of Nursing include the Bachelor of Science i n Nu rsi ng for basic nursing stu dents, licensed p ra ct ic al nurses, and reg i s tered nurses, and the Master o f Science i n Nursing with Care Manager and Nurse Practitioner areas of concentration. Care Managers may select either the Hea lt h Systems or Client Systems Pathway. The Nurse Practitioner Concentration focuses on preparing Family, Women's Healthcare, and eriatric Nurse Practitioners. A program leading to Educational Staff Associate certification is available for chool nurses thro ug h the enter for Conti nued Nursing Learning. Course work is offered in collaboration with the Office of the Washington State Super intendent of Public Instruction.Workshops and short courses for nurses and others involved in h e al th care are also o ffered through the Center. Also in tegral to the School of Nursing is a Wellness Center that includes a nurse managed practitioner-staffed clinic and a First Steps maternity 'upport program. The Cent r p rovides nursing s rvices to the c om m uni ty a well as s ervi n g as a practice site for und rgraduate and gradu ate students. FACULTY: H i rs ch , Interim Dean; Pass, Associate Dean; Aikin, Allen, Burns, B u t c h er, M. Carr, Fanslow, Gaspar, George, Goodwin, Hughes, Jett, Johnson, Kaplan, Klisch, Lev i ns o h n, Malone)', McMullen, L. Olson, Perkins, Pettinato, Renaud, Rice, Robinson, SchafUer, Schultz, Vancini, Wood, Yie, Zaichkin; Assisted by Rinehart.

100

Nu rs i n g at Pacific Lu theran University is a m e m b er of the American Association of Co ll eges of Nursing. The BSN program i s app roved by t he Washington State Nur, ing Commission and a ccred i t ed by the National League for Nursing ( LN) , 350 Hudson S t. , New York, NY 1 00 ) 4 ( 1 -800-669-9656, ext. 227; telefax 2 1 2-989-3 7 1 0 ) . he MS program also is accredited by the NIN. The School is part of Psi Chapter-at- Large of S igm a Theta Taw International, the honor society of nursing. Undergraduate Programs

The basic u nderg r ad u a t e program is designed for srudcnts with no previous p repa r a tio n i n nu rs i n g. Graduates who SliC e ssfull y com p lete the program are eligible to write the NCLEX examina tion for li ce n sure as re gi ste re d nurses. They are prepared fo r b egi nni ng professional l1ursil1g positions in ho sp i ta l s and other health age n c i es. A special sequence of study is available which awards credit and p ro vi d es credit by examination op tio n s for licensed practical nurses. There also is a sequence for registered nurse students, gr ad uates from d i plom a or associate degree programs, who wish to earn the Bachelor of Science in Nursing d egre e. These undergraduate programs provide a foundation for g ra du a te st udy in n u rs i ng . Under the direct s u p e r v i s i on of i t s faculty members, the Schooi u s es hospitals, health a ge n c i es , and schools in the com munity as well as the PLU Welln ess Center to provide o pti m al clinical learning experiences for its st ud e nt s . ADMISSION AND CONTINUATION POLICIES:

High School Prepara tiol1: It i s strongly recommend d that ap p li cants complete a program in high school which includes: English, 4 years; mathematics, 2 years (preferably algebra and geometry); social sciences, 2 yea rs ; one foreign language, 2 years, laboratory s c i en ces , 2 years ( i nclu d i n g chemistry); electives, 3 years. ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY: Pacific Lutheran Un iver

sity welcom s applications from all st11dents who have demon strated c a p a c i t i es for s u c ee , s at the baccalaureate level. Student who p rese n t appropriate academic records and personal quali ti es are admitted either fall or spring semester. Application procedure and other details are found elsewhere in this c a t a lo g . (Students must be a ccepte d by the university before acceptance by the School of Nursing.) ADMISSION TO THE SCHOOL OF NURSING: Students seek

ing admission to the basic program, the LPN to BSN sequence, or the RN to BSN sequence must make formal a pp l i cat ion to both th e un iversity and the School of N ursin g. Applications for admission to the nursing m aj o r are available from the School of Nursing. All a p plication materials inc l uding official transcripts are reviewed by the School of Nursing Admissions and Academic Progress Committee and ra nke d a cco rdi ng to stated admission criteria. Basic students are ad mitted to t he School of Nursing to begin nursing courses ch fall a nd s pr i n g semester. Students enro U ed in the LPN or RN to BSN sequences generally begin in the fall only. Deadline for application is De ce mber 15 for LPN and RN students. Both fuLl-time and part - t im e programs o f study are ava i labl e. Basic students des i r i ng admission to eit her fall or spri n g semester of the foll owi n g academic year must submit their a pplica tio ns by Ma rch 1. The number of available spaces each semester in the School of Nursing is limited; therefore, the sel ec tion of s tu d en ts for admission may be comp et i t ive . Students desiring to begin the nursing sequence in either fall or spr in g semester, and who have applied by the March 1 deadl ine , are notified by April 1 . S tud ents are admitted to the term of their choice insofar as i t is possible. I f there are more applicants for the two semesters of the academic year than can be accommo dated, qualifi d ca nd i dat e s are placed on a waiting l is t for admis sion to the spring cia s if spaces become a va i lable . If vacancies

occur fo r the fall semester, those students who have been admit

CONTINUATION POLICIES:

ted for ;pring but who requested fall placement are given first

1. Completion of app roved

p riori ty.

PR class - adult and pediatric

before beginning nursing classes with yearly updates. 2. C mpletion o f approved first aid course before beginning

Following the initial admissions cycle ( March 1 deadline),

nursing classes (waived fo r RNs, LPNs, EMTs, paramedics ) .

individuals whose applications have been received by the begin ning of each month will be notified of acceptance status by the

first of th� following month. Appl icatio ns after S eptember 1 are

for the year who are not admitted because o f a lack of space but who co n t i n u e to desire admission to the nursing major, must

lum plan.

4. A min.imu.ID grade of 2 .0 (C) must be achieved in a11 required nursing courses. A student receiving a grade of les than 2 .0 in any course which is a p rerequis i te to another nursing course site course is repeated with

All potential or pre-nursing students are urged to seek early academic ad isement from the admissions assistant i n the S hool

policies regarding p rogression/continuation can be fo und in

f curriculum modification and revision as long

Nursing majors may have no more than 4 semester credit enrollment in the final semester of nursing courses. passing grade ( 2 . 0 or a bove) before the first day of class of the

!vtinimum criteria for adm ission to the School of Nursing in lude:

sub�equent semester.

7. Students taking medical or other withd rawa1s from nursing courses may return to the School of Nursing in accordance

1. Ad m ission to Pacific Lutheran Un iversity. Applicants must

w i th policies listed i n the Undergraduate Nursing Student

have been admitted to Pacific Lutheran University before

consideration of their application to the School of Nursing. Adrnissi n to the university does not guarantee admission to

Handbook o n a space available ba ·is.

B. The School of Nursing reserves the right to request withdrawal of nursing students who fail to demonstrate academic or

chool o f Nursing.

clinical competence or who fai l to maintain professiona1 con

2. Completion , or pending satisfactory completion of 2 6

duct. Unsafe practice constitutes grounds for immediate dis

semester credit hours of specified prerequisite course work at

missal from the clinical component.

P LU, a community col lege or another accredited university ( comparable co u rse listings are available on request) including

HEAIJ'H: Nursing students re responsible fo r maintaining

Psychology 1 0 1 ( I ntroduction to Psychology), Biology 205,

optimal health and are teachers of health. Physical examinations,

206 (Human Anatomy and Physiology) , and Chemistry 1 0 5

X- ral's, and immu nizations are req u i red before admission to the

(Chemistry of Life ) . RNs a n d LPNs should also have com

program, and periodically thereafter, and are the responsibility

pleted Psychology 3 5 2 ( Development : I n fancy to Maturity)

of tudents. All students must carry personal health/accident

and Statistics 2 3 1 (Introductory Statistics) if they plan to fulfill requirements for the n u rsing sequence within the

described time frame.

3. A minimum grade o f 2.00 in each nursing prerequisite course. 4. A cumulative gracle point average o f 2.5 or higher. . Completion of the university graduation math requirement ( i ntermediate algebra a t the college level with a grade of C or higher) .

6. Physical health and emotional stability sufficient to meet the demands of nursing and p rovjde safe patient care. 7. Fluency in speaking, reading, and writing English.

8. Wa shington State Patrol Criminal History clearance relative to Child/Adult Abuse I n formation Act

. required of health

care workers.

9. Submission of aJ.l documents to the School of Nursing by the d esig na te d deadlines. *

grade of 2 . 0 or above. (Other

6. Incomplete grades in nursing course must b e converted to a

ADMISSION CRITERIA*

the

hours of non-nursing courses to be completed at the time of

d o es not h.i nder students' progress toward graduation.

When tile number of qualified applicants exceeds the enrollment limits, the following factors are used to prioritize the admission

decisions: cumulative grade point a verage, p rerequ is ite science

PA, nllmber ofp rereqlAisite course req uirements completed, and

ndmi sian date to tlz

un iversity. Altho ugh it does flOt guarantee

admission, a grade point average

f 2.50 in

all college work

a ttempted makes olle elig ible to apply fo r admission to the School of Nursing. Preference is given to applicallts who ell te red PLU as freshmen.

Applican ts who have chrorl;c health conditions

disabilit ies

which reqllire alterations to the prog ram ofstudy as approved by the Wash ingtorl State Nursing Commission, or which prevent the practice of n u rsing with reasonable skill and safety, sho uld be aware of the possibility that they may not be eligible to sit for the NCLEX licensing examination or obtain a license to practice

Ilu rsing. Questions should be addressed directly to th e Washi ng

ton State Nursing Co m miss ion 206-586-81 86.

1/1

the Undergraduate Nursing Student Handbook.)

avoid u nnecessary loss of time. The School of Nursing re-serves the r ight

C ::0

may not continue in the nursing sequence until the prerequi

request, in writing, that their applications be considered for the following fall .

of Nursing i n order to enroll for appropriate prerequisites and

in sequence and/or concurrently as identi fied in the curricu

rev iewed when received and, if the applicant is qualified, he or she is added to the spring waiting list. Persons on the waiting list

Nursing courses all have prerequisites and must b taken

Nurse Practice Manager a t

insurance. certain level o f English proficiency

ENGUSH PROFICIENCY:

is neces ·ary for academic success in nursing as well as for patient safety. Students who are identifi d by the university as needing the ESL sequence o f courses will be required to take the ESL courses before entrance to the School o f

ursing or to take the

TOEFL and score at least 5 5 0 . A l l ·rodents for whom Engli h is t h e i r second language must a1so take and pass the SPEAK t st before admission to the nursing major. The test is grven through the Intensive English Language Institute at the u n iversity for a nominal cost to the student. The test consists of seven sections measuring pronun ciation, grammar, and flu ncy. A minimum score of 2 . 2 ( o ut of a possible

in each of the fou r areas of pronunciation, grammar,

fluency, and comprehensibility, and a minimum 2.0 in all the pronunciation sections is considered passing. Students scoring below these levels on pronunciation will be required to obtain additional coursework or assistance before retaking the SPEAK.

ESL students should also be aware that they may not be able to complete th

program of study within the described time

frame. Individual advising is available and is directed toward assisting students to be successful.

NON-MAJORS ENROLLED IN NURSING COURSES: Students who have not been admitted to the nursing major but who wish to enroll in n u rsing courses must obtai n instructor permission.

ADDITIONAL COSTS: I n addition to regular university costs, students must provide their own transportation between the university campus and the clinical laboratory areas beginning with the first nursing course. Public transportation is limited, so provision for p rivate transportation is essentiaL Studen ts are required to carry p rofessional liability insurance in specified amounts during aU periods of clinical experience. This is avail able under a group plan at a nominal cost to the student. Hea lth examination fee , student uniforms and equipment (wristwatch, P

101

stethoscope, BP cu ff, and re£k h a m m e r ) are a ls o the the student. L e a rn in g Resources Fee of $ 5 5 per semester i s ch a rged to co er p rac t ice and computer laboratory materials, eq u i p m e nt and s u pp l i es The fee is id e n t i fi ed with specific co u rse s and is payable t() the Business Office a lo ng w i t h u n iv e rsi ty t u i t i o n S t a n d a rd ize d t es ti ng fees of a p p ro xi m a te ly $40.00, p ayabl e directly to the School ()f Nu rs i n g , are a s s ess e d at the time of enwllment in the final semester of n u rs i ng s tud i es

"Old Curriculum" First Year - Pre Nursing

scissors,

responsibility o f

Fall Semester

Biology 205

CREDIT

Bi olo gy 205, 206 (Anatomy a n d Phys i ()l ogy ) ........ . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . 4, B io l og y 20 1 ( Microbiology)* . . . . . . . . . . . Chem is t ry 1 0 5 ( C he m i st r y o f L i fe ) ............... . . . . . ........................... Sociology 330 ( The Family) ' . . . . . . . . . . .. ..... P sych ol ogy 1 0 1 (Introduction to Ps ycho l o gy ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Psych ol o gy 352 ( D e ve l op m e n t : I n fa n cy to M a tur i t y ) . . . . . . .......... .

...

............

.. ...

.....

......

................

......

4 4 4 4 4 4

M a th em a tic al

Re as on L ng ( I ntroduction to St tislcS recommended)* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... . .. . . 4 Intermediate Algebra . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ( i f two years college prep math n ot com p l e te d i n h i g h school with g r a de of C or higher) Basic studeJZts coreqllisite - see curriculllIll plan. .

•

......... .

... .

P rerequ isi te courses may be taken at PLU or a t most com m u n i t y colleges.

COURSE

CREDIT

B i olo gy 205, 206 ( An a to my and P hysio l ogy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 4

Ps ychology 1 0 1

( Intro d uc t i o n to Psychology) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ps yc h o l o g y 352 ( Dev el opm e n t : I n fancy to Ma t u r i t y) * . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Statistics 2 3 1 ( In t roductory S t a t i s t ics ) . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I n termediate Algebra . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . ( if two yea rs college prep math not com p l e ted in high school wi th grade of C or h i g he r ) 'Basic stlldellts - coreql.lisite see wrriwlum plan. *

4 4 4 4

may be taken at PLU or at

most com m u n i t y

......

. . . . .....

....

be taken co ncu rre n t l y and L n

as indicated in the sample c u rriculum, and,

.....

. . . . .. .

.... . . . . . . . . . . . .

...

if enrolled fu l l t i m e ,

2 2 2 3 4

Fall Sernester u rsi ng 322 - Ps ych os ocial fursing: Cl i n i cal . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N u rs i n g 324 - Ps ycho s o c i a l N u rsi ng ................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nursing 3 3 3 - P h ys i ol ogica l Nursing I . ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nu rsing 342 - P hys i o l og i c al Nursing 1 : Cl i n ic a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S o c i o l o gy 330 The Family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

...

2 4 2 3 4

Ja 11 lin ry- Term Elective or GUR* ( op t iona l ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Spring Semester Nursing 3 5 2 - N u rs in g in the Childbea ring Years . . . . . . .............. N u rsi n g 362 - N u rs i n g in the Chi.ldbearing Years: Cl i n i ca l .. .. Nursing 3 72 - N u rsi n g of C h i ld re n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .... . . . .... N urs in g 382 - N u rsi n g of Children: Cl i n i ca l . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N ur si n g 392 - Nursing Research . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . ............. . . . . . .. . . . . . . GUR*/Core . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .

...

. . . . . . ..

....

... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . ..

Nursing 423 - P hysi o lo gi cal

N u rs i ng

. . ... .. . .

Nurs i n g 433 - P hysi olo gi ca l Nurs ing LI: Nurs i n g

2 2

2 2 2 4

......

. . .

...

...........

lin ical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

ursing . . . . . .. . . 2 Synthesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ...

....

.............

. ...

. .. . . . . . . . . . .

...

............

. . ...

...

. ......

..... . .

. ... . .. .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . ...... ..... ...

* C UR general university requirement A m i n i m u m of 1 28 semester cred it hours is required for the bacca la u re a t e degree. The sequen e of requ i re d n u rs i n g co u rs es co m p ri s e s 57 semester credit hours. =

4 4 4 2 2 I

Third Yeal'

Spring Semester N ur� i n g 436 - Co m m u n i t y Health N u rsi ng: Families . . . . . . . . . . . . . N ursi n g 453 - o m mu nity Health Nursing: Clin ical . . N u rs i ng 472 - Issues and Trends in ursing . . . .. . . . . N u rsi n g 473 - Commu n i ty as Client . . .

seque nce

gen er ally follows the fall semester format with modifications as n e ce s sa ry to assure compl tion of all p rerequisit e courses by the time they are n eed ed

JaTluary-Term Elective or G U R" (o p tio n a l ) . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . ........ 4

p os s ib le . For sprLng semester enrollme n t, the c u rriculum

Elective or GUR* ( op t i ona l ) . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................ 4

Spring Semester Nursing 232 - P h a r maco logy i n N u r si ng ................................. Nu rs i n g 252 - Commonalities in Nursing II . . . .... Nursing 263 - Health Assessment ....................... . . . . . . . . . . ........ . . . . N u rs i ng 2 73 - Pa th op hys i o logy ........................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GUR*/Core . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . ...................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . Physi c a l E d uc a ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . ............ ... . ... . ............ ........ . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .

no rma l l y extend over ix semesters. P a rt - t i me enrollment a l s o is

4 4 4

Jan uary- Term

Nursing 474 UR'/Core

sity re q u i rements. Nursing courses mu s t

...

Fall Semester Bi ol o gy 20 1 - Introductory Microbiology . . . . .. . . . GUW / M a th e m a ti ca l Rea s o n i n g ................................................ Psychology 3 5 2 - Development: In fancy to Maturity .......... . . . . N u rs i n g 2 1 2 - I ntroduction to Health Ca re ......................... . . . . Nursing 25 1 - ommonalities in Nu rsi n g I . . .. . .. . . .. .. . . . ... . Phys ic al E d u ca t io n . . . . . . . .. . . ............ ...............................................

Nurs i ng 462 - Le a d ers hi p in

BSN BASIC PROGRAM: The c u rr ic ul u m plan and its i m p l e mentation are d esi gn e d to foste r growth a n d to encourage i n i t ia t ive and self-direction on the p a rt of students. In addition t o n u rs i ng requirements, students are e xpe c te d to meet u n iver

P ro g ra m ......... 1

Fourth Year

co l l ege .

...

Fall Semester

Prerequisite courses

B i o logy 2 0 ] ( M i cro b i o logy ) * . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Ch em i st r y 1 05 (Chemistry of Life) . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ... . . ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

. . . .. . 4

. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...

"New Curriculum" P re re qu i s i te courses to be comp l et e d before enrollment in the n u rs i n g s e que nce i ncl u de :

1 02

Secood Year

PREREQUISITE COURSES TO NURSiNG MAJOR: "Old Curriculum" - currently enrolled juniors an d seniors in nu r s i n g P rere qu i s i t e cou rses to be completed before en roll m e n t in the nurs in g sequence i ncl u d e :

....... . . . . . . .

. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .

Sprillg emester C h e mistr y 1 0 5 C he m i s tr y of Life . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................... GU R>t/Core ( Religion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . Biology 206 - Human Anatomy and P h y s io l o gy . . . . . . .. . . . .......... .ritical Con versa t io n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . ............................ P hys i ca l Education .......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. .............

fall 1 996 for e n ter i ng freshmen, and i n fall 1 99 7 fo r s o p ho mo res a nd s t ud e n t s t ra nsfe rr in g directly i n to the n u rs i n g prog r am . Th requi.rements and course fo r both the "Old Undergraduate C urr ic u l u m" and the "New Un d erg rad u a te Curric u l u m" are listed in the follow i n g se c t io n .

d P h ys i ol o gy ..................... 4

P hys i cal Education 1 00 - Pe rs o nal i ze d Fi tness

A new u n de rgr a d u a te n urs i n g curriculum was i mp le m e n ted in

Introduction to Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

January-Teml F res h m an Ex pe r i ence . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Study

... ..

GUR* /Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

COURSE

Human A n a tomy

Freshman Writing .

Programs of

Ps ych o l o gy 1 0 1

3 3 2 3

"New Curriculum" First Year - Pre Nursing Pirst Semester Psychology 1 0 1 - llll roduction to Psychology' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B i logy 205 - Human Anatomy and Physiology J* . . . GUR/Core Freshman Wri ti ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physi cal Edllcation 1 00 - Personalized l;i tncs� P ro g ram . . . . . , . .. . ... .

.......

... ...

. . .. ............... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4 4

...

. . . ...

available.

Ja nullry Ternl G UR/Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Second Semester

Biology 206 - Human Anatomy and P h ysi o l o gy I I * . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chem ist ry 1 05 - Chemistry of Li fe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GUR/Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . ritical Conversati II . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4 4

4 2

Physical Education . . . . . . ..... . .. . .. . ... . . . .... . . . . . , ................ ........................ 1

Second Year Fi rst Semesrer Biology 2 0 1 - I ntrod uction to Micro b iology"' ''' . . . Psyc h o lo gy 352 - Development; Infancy to M aturity*" . .... Stat istics 23 1 - Introductory Stat isticsH � ..... .... .. . ............ Ph)'Sic;!l Education . .. . . . . . .. ... .. ....... Nu rsi ng 2 1 5 - The.oretical FO lmdations of urs in g ................ . . . . Tursing no - Nursi n g Com petencies I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... .. . . ..

.. ..

........

....

... ........

. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

...

. . ..

.. ..

...

........

...

. .. . .

4 4 4 1 2 2

[lIl1 uary Term CURl 'ore . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .. . . ...... .... .......... 4 Seco nd Semester N ursing 225 - ri tical Th i n king in N ursi ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 2 Nursing 263 - Health Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Nu rsing 264

N u rs i ng 283

- Health Promotion . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -

Pathological l -Iuman Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... 4

Physical E d u c a t i o n ............................................................ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Third Year First Selllester

Nur si ng 320 - N u r s i n g Competencies n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 N u r ing 344 - Nursing S i t u a t i ons with Fami lies . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 6 u r�i ng :3 ) - P h a r m aco l ogy for N u rs i ng ................. . .................. 3 ..

...

......

G U R/Core ....................... ......................... . ...... ........ . ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Prospective students are encouraged t o seek early advisement re d u c e time spent in c o m plet i n g prereq u i s i tes a.nd facilitate progress. Some of the courses have special sections for enrolled L P Ns. Also, efforts re made to arrange class t i mes t o accommo date schedules of LPNs who are working. to

Admission/Transfer: Admission to PLU

i s requ i red before

making

o f N u rsing. Students

formal applica t i o n

to the School

z C ::II VI z CI

the fa l l semes ter of the follo wing academic year must s u b m i t thei r applica t i o n by December 1 5 . Licensed practical nurses who began their higher e d u c a t i o n a t other accredited coll eges o r universities may apply for admission with advanced st a n d i n g . A g r a d e point average o f 2.5 is r eq u i red by the c h o o l of Nursing. The un i ve r s i ty graduation math re q ui rem ent ( two years of college p rep math or an approved math cou rse at the baccala ureate level) m ust be met be fo re admission. des iring admission for

Transfer Credit: A minimum grade o f C in c o ll ege cou rses is req u i red for t ra nsfer of credit. Stud e n ts who are admitted w i th

junior standing (60 semester credit ho urs) will be r e q u i red to take one rel i g i o n course. A m a x i m u m of 64 semester (9 quarter) credit h o u r s o f co m m u n i t y allege wo rk is transferable. A quarter credit h o ur is the equivalent o f two-thirds a semester c r e d i t hour. 10 qualify as d egree candidates, students must take the fi n al 32 seme s t e r hours in residence at PLU. Advanced Placement: Non-nursing: Advanced placement may be available through national standardized or depa rtmental ex a m i nat i ons . Inquiries

sho u l d b e d i rected to the Office of Admissions or the d ep a r t ment or school offer i n g the particular s u bj e c t .

Nllrsi"g: LPN ' may receive credi t by ex a m in a t ion for se l e cte d

Each student is i ndividually counseled re g a rdi n g the appropriateness of see ki n g such credit. Eligibility for the clinical profi c i e ncy examination is determined by the facu l t y and is based on do c umen t a t i o n of si g ni fi c a n t work and/or student experience in the �peciflc area. Exams must be s u cc e s sful ly passed to receive the credi t . The following ACT/PEP* standardized tes ts are a va i lab l e and, if s uccessfully co m p l e t e d (45 or above), provide credit for t h e nursing course(s) indicated: 1 . F u n d a m e n ta l s of N urs i n g - Exam #403 - see #3 2. Commonalities i n Nursing: Area B - Exam #478 - se.c #3 3. If Exams #403 and/or #478 are s u c cess fu l ly passed, t h e LPN student is e l i g i b l e to t a ke a Nursing C l in i c a l Proficiency Exam which will allow credit for Nursing 2 5 1 (Commonalities i n Nursing J ) a n d Nursing 2 5 2 ( Commonalities in Nu rsing I T ) , respectively. courses.

Ja rll lilry Term

Ie tive Seco lld Semester

Nurs i n g 3 6 1 - Junior n Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N ur s i n g 3 64 - N u rs i n g Situations I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N l t rsing 3 65 - Cu l t ura l l y Congrue n t Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . Nursing 3 9 2 - N u rs i n g Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . UR/Core . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1 5 4 2 4

Fourth Year Pirst C//lester

Nursing 425 - I n t.rod u c t i o n to leadership and Management . . . . . N u rsing 454 - Nur ing Situa tio ns wit.h Communities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nw-sing 46 1 - Senior I Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N ursing 4 4 - Nursing Situations II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . ....................

3 6

5 1

Jmluary Ter m Possible

BSN SEQUENCE FOR UCENSED PRACTICAL NURSES: This sequence of study is de s i g n ed to provid e career mo b i l i ty fo r the ex p e r i e n ce d l icensed practical n u rse de s i rin g the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. The program allows students the opp o r t uni t y to validate prior knowledge and c l i nical compe t e n ce , enabling pro g re s s io n t h ro ugh the BSN c u r ric u l um within a 24-month period fo l l owing completion of prerequisite courses, when enrolled full-time. Part-time enrollment options a l so are

* ACT/PEP exa ms are offered at specific tes t ing sites throughout

Elect ive

the state and COll1ltr)" il1cll lding PLU,

Second Semester

............

.....

........

...

....

sc h ed u led da tes as well

gu ides, testing da tes, and registm tion packets a re available ill the

School of Nursing.

............. .....

a ll

as by the military services. Pre- registratiol1 is requ i re d. St udy

. ursing 47 1 - Senior I I Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . I 'ur"ing 475 - Social and Political Contexts for N ursing . . . . . . . 2 1 ursing 476 - Nursing Synthesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6 CU RICore . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 .

* Prcreq lLisi.te, completed with a g ra de of "C" or higher before entering 1"IU.rsillg program. ** Co-requisite, co m p le ted with a grade of "C" or higher b e/ore begilllii/lg 2nd semester of n u rsing program. . .. �

Co-requisite, completed with a grade of "C " or higher b efo rc begillning 4th semester of n ursillg progra m.

A m inimuITl of 1 2 8 semester credit hours is required for the bacca laureate degree. P

T Y

1 03

LPN TO BSN PROGRAM OF STUDY: ( Full-Time quence) "Old Curriculum" - for c ur re n tl y enrolled seniors in nu rsi n g First Year Credit by Examination

Jalluary-Term G O O/ Co re Spring Semester

CREDITS

Nursing 2 5 1 - Com m o n a l i ties I - req u ired .............................. 2 Nursing 252 - Commonaliries II - potential ............................ 2 z

( Co mp lete during spring before beginning classes)

.....

. ...

... .................

. .

......

. . . ..

.............

...

Jan un ry- Term GUR ( i f needed) .................................................. ..... . . . . . ............. Spring Semester Nursing 324 - Psychosocia.l N u rs. in g ....................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ur ing 3 2 2 - Psychosocial Nursing: Clinical ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nursing 333 - Physiologica.l Nur s i n g I . . .. . Nursing 342 - Physiological N ur s i ng I: Clinical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ....................... .

GUR

N u rsi n g

............

Fall Semester Nurs in g 2 1 2 - I ntroduction to Health Care .. .... . Nursing 263 - Health Assessment ......................................... .... . Nursing 273 - Pathophysiology .... .. . . .. .. . .. Nursing 2 3 2 - Pharmacology in Nursing . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . General Uni ('rsity Requirement (GUR) .

425 - Intro to Leadership and Ma n a ge m en t .............. 454 - Nu r s in g Situations ith oltlI11unities Nul' ing 46 1 - Senior I Se mi n a r . . .... .......................................... N u rs in g 464 - Nursing Situations II . . . . . . ... . Nursing

...

.....

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .

2 2 3 2

...

.................

......

3 6 1 5

Slimmer Session N ur in g 47 1 - Senior II Se m i n ar ............................................... 1 Nur 'ing 475 - Social and Poli tical Contexts for Nursing . . 2 Nur ing 476 - Nursing Synthesis ....... . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6 GUR/Core ......

.. .

Part-time programs o f stu dy are available a c co rd i ng to student need within the framework of the curriculum. A n appoi n tment should be made w ith the lPN-BSN Coordinator to develop an individ ualized plan for program completion.

4 2 2 " 4

Sum mer Session

GUR and/or Soc i o l o g y 330 - The F a mi l y ................................. 4 Second Year Fa ll S mesfer

Nursing 352 - Nursing Nursing 362 - Nursing Nu rs i n g 372 - Nur in g Nu rsin g 382 - N u r s i n g Nu rsing 392 - Nursing UR

in the Childbearing Years . ... . . .. . . . .. . in the Childbearing Years: Clinical . . . . . of C h i l d re n . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................... of C hildren: Clinical .. .............. ............ Research . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .

2 2 2 2 2

January- Term GUR ( i f needed ) . . . ........... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . ........ . . . . ............................ 4 Spring Semester Nursing 423 - Physiological Nursing II . . . . . . . . . . Nursing 433 - Physiological Nursing I I : Clinical .. . . . N u rsi n g 462 - Le aders hi p in Nursing . . . . . . ..... . . .. Nursing 474 - Nursing Synthesis ............................................... ....

. . .

.....

. .

........

....

.............

.........

.......

3 3 2 4

Summer Session Nursing 436 - Community Health Nursing: Families ............. ursing 453 - Community Health Nursing: J i n ic a l .............. ursing 472 - Issues and Trends in Nur. ing . . Nursing 473 - Comm u n i ty as Client . .. . .. . .. ... 1

. . ...

.......

...

.....................

...

.........

3 3 2 3

"New Curriculum" FiJ'St Year Credit by Examination

Nurs i n g 220 - N ursi n g Competencies I . . . . . ..... . .. (Co mp lete during spring before begil1nillg classes) ....

....

.............

Fall Semester Nursing 2 1 5 - Theoretical Foundations of Nursing ..... . . . . . . . . . . . Nursing 2225 - Critical Think i ng i n N u rs i ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nursing 263 - Health Assessment ............................................. Nursing 264 - Health Promotion . . ............ ... . Nursing 283 - Pathological Human Processes ...... .. . . .

2 2 2 4 4

January-Term GUR/Core - Religion

..........

.....

. .........

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . ...

. . .

..........

.. ... . .

...................

Spring Semester N u rsing 320 - N u rs i ng Competencies II . .. . . . .. 2 N u rs i ng 344 - N ursi ng Situations with Families . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Nursing 363 - Pharmacology for Nursing . . . . . 3 St at is t ic s 23 1 - Introductory Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... ............... 4 .

. . . . . .....

...

... . ........

..................

Se,ond Year Fall Semester

N ursin g 3 6 1 - Junior II Seminar . . . . . . . .. .. ... . . . . . . . . 5 Nursing 364 - u rs i n g Situations I Nursing 365 - C ultu r all y Congruent Nursing .......................... 4 Nursing 392 - N u rsing Re se ar c h ............................................... 2 ..

....

.......

.........

1 04

P A C I F i e

T H E R A N

.......

. . .. .

.. ...

. . ....... .

..............

BSN SEQUENCE FOR REGISTERED NURSES: Registered n urs es , g ra d ua t es from NI,N and state-app roved assoc i a te degree and diploma programs, are e n co ura g ed to p ursue the Bachelor of Science in Nursing at Pacific L u the r a n U ni ve rsity Students d es i r i ng admission for the fall s em es te r o f the follo wi n g aca足 demic year must submit t he i r application by December 15. RN students meet the same requirements as basic students. Most are admitted with advanced standing, having completed academic course-work elsewhere. A number o f the requi red n ursi n g courses have special sections for e nrol l ed RN students. Sch edules a re a r r ang e d to accommodate t he worki ng nurse w it h many COllr cs being taught i n con ce nt ra te d blocks of t i me . Prospective students are encouraged to seek earl y advise足 ment to reduce time spent in completing prerequisites and facilitate progress. Once ge n era l university req uirements and p rere q u iSites have been m e t , t h e program m ay be com p l e ted i n 1 2 mo nths with full - t im e enrollment. Va rious part- time options a re available.

AdmissIon Policy: Re gi s tered nurse appl ican ts for the baccalau rea te degree program Deed to complete tbe following before begi n ning lh RN to BSN p rogram of study: (. RN licensure in the tate of Washington; 2 . the equivalent of one year o f fu l l - t i m e work exp e ri e n c e as a registered n u rse; 3. universi.ly ent rance r q u i rements ill language and matbematics; 4. n u rsi ng prerequisi te courses (with the excepti o n of co u rses i ntegrated into the RN to BSN p rogram of s tudy: Psychology 352 and Sociology 330); 5. general u n iversi ty requirements (with the excepLion o f courses integrated into the R N to BSN program of study: Statistics, Rel igion, Perspectives on iversit y, and the Senior Sem inar/

Project) ;

and

6. ACT/PEP exami nations for c re d i t

Transfer Credit: Re g i stered n urses who began their h ig h e r t:d uca t i on at other a c r d i t e d colleges or u n iversiLies may apply [o r tra.ru fer c r e d i t . A g r a d e point average of 2. - is req u i red by t h e School of Nu r s i n g A m inimum grade of C in co U e ge courses is required for tr ansfe r of c r e d it. A maximum of 64 ,emester (96 quarter) credit h o u rs f co m m unity college work is transferable . A quart r credit hom is the equivalent of two - thirds of a semester credit hour. To qualifY as degree candidates, s t uden ts must tah the fi n a l 32 semester hours in residence at PLU. A total of 1 2 8 semester credit h o u rs a re requi red for graduation . .

Advanced Placement:

Non-nursing: Advanced p l a ce m e n t may be available through national standard i zed o r departmental exam in at ions. Inquiries should be d i rec te d to the O ffice of Admissions <l.nd/or the department or school o ffering the p a rti c u l a r subject. Nursillg: These courses are waiv d for registered nurse s t udents: Nursing 232 - Pha rmacology in Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . .... . . . . 2 Nurs i n g 25 1 - Commonalities in N u rs i n g I ............................. 2 Nu rsing 252 - Commonal ities in N ur s i n g n . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 2

6 credits RN students may eartl credit by exami,Jation for these courses: Nursing 322 - Psychosocial: C l i n icaL . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . 2 N u r s i n g 324 - Psyc h osocial: Theory . . .... . .... . ...... ........... ......... ... 4 NUfsing 3 5 2 - Nursing in h ildbearing Ye a rs ... .. .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 2 Nursing 362 - Nursing in Childbearing Years: CLin ical . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Nursing 372 - N u rs i ng of C h i l d ren ..... . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " .. 2 Nu rs i ng 382 - N u rs i n g of C h i l d re n : Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 N u rs i n g 333 - Physiological N u r s i n g I .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Nursing 342 - P h ys io l o g i ca l Nursing I: Clinical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Nu rsing 423 - Physiological N ur s in g II ........ . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Nu rsing 433 - Physiological Nursing I I : C l ini c aI * . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Nurs ing 474 - N u rs i n g Sy n t h esis " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

29 credits * Must have had tile equ i va/ellt of at least one year offull- tilllc clinical p ractice experience as a regist'ereci r lll rse to be eligible fo r credit by examination. Other o p p o rtu n i t i es to earn cre d i t by exa m i n a t io n m a y be available on a n i n d iv i d u a l basis based on prior coursework and elCp cr i e n ce, but no more t h a n 30 credits may be achieved by this

method. The fol lowing ACT/PEP standardized tests are a va i h b k - and, i f successful ly completed, p rovi d e credit fo r the nursing co u r s e as indicated:

1 . Health Support A rea Il - Exa m #577 - N ursing 3 33/342 (Physiolog ical Nursing I: Theory and Clinical) 2 . Maternal and Child Nursing ( Baccalaureate Leve l ) Exa m #457 - Nursing 352/362 ( Nursing in t h e Childbea ring Years: Theory and Clin ical ) and Nu rsing 3 72/382 (Nursing o f Chi ld ren: Theo ry and Cl in jc..1.I) 3. Psyciliatric/Mental Health Nursing - Exam #503 ursi ng 324/ 3 2 2 ( Psychosocial Nursi ng: ' cory and Cli nical)

4. Adult N u r s i ng - Exam #554 - N u rsi n g 423 ( I'hysio lngical

Nursing I I : Theory) I f Exam #554 i s successfu lly passed , the RN student is eligible to take a Nursing C l i n ical Proficiency Exam which will a Il o w cred it for Nursing 433 ( P hys i logical Nur-ing I I : Clinical) . Receipt o f c r e d i t by examination for Nurs i n g 474 ( N u rs i n g Synthesis) i nvolves the development of a p o r t fo lio documenting prev-ious work experien ce w h i c h meets the course objective . If a "Pass" grade or above ( 4 5 if ACT/PEP) is not achieved on the designated test or if the RN student elects n o t to seek credit by examination, the student must enroll i n the cou rse as offered. ACT/ P EP exams s h o u l d be taken before beg i n n i ng the RN sequence or, if such a plan is not possible, befo re the subsequent courses for whi c h they are prerequisite. Th e te., ts a re available at a nu mber of testing sites t h ro ug h o u t the stat� a nd co un t ry i n c l u ding P LU with pre-registra t i o n r e q u i red . Specific r e gi s t r a t i o n materials, st ud )' g u i d e s , and testing dates afe ava i l a ble from the School of Nursi ng. (The proficiency exam for N u rs i n g 433 a n d development of the po rtfolio fo r Nursing 474 will take pl a ce at the d e sign a t e d time during the program sequence.) RN TO BSN PROGRAM OF STUDY: ( 1 997- 98) Fall Semester

z c:

� VI z CI

CREDITS

NurSing 263 - Health Assessment ............... .............................. 2 Nursing 283 - Pathological Human Processes . . . . . . ... . .... .. .. 4 Nursing 2 1 5 - Theoretical Foundations . ..................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Nurs i n g 4 9 1 - ( D i rected ) I ndependent Study ...................... 1-2 Statistics 2 3 [ - I n t rodu c t o r y Stat istics .............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... 4 .

Jml llilry- Term

Psychology 352 - Development: I n fan c y to Maturity .... .......... 4 Spring Semester

Nursing 392 - ursing Resear h . ... ........ ........ .... ....................... Nursing 462 - Lea d e rs h i p in N u rs i n g ....................................... N u rsLng - Transcult ural NLLrs i n g . . . . . .. ........... . . . . . . . ......... Religion ...

......

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 4 4

Complete Po rtfo l i o ( Rl'fs with more t han 1 year of clinical e x p e r ie n ce ) for Nursi n g 474 - Nursing Syn t h e sis Su mlller Sessiol1 Nu rs i ng 436 - Community Health N u rs in g .. .... ....................... Nu rs in g 453 - Commun i ty Health Nursi n g; C l i n i c a l ........... . . . N u rs i n g 472 - bs ues and Trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . ... . . . . N u rs i n g 473 - Community as Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .

3 3 2 3

Va rio us p a rt - t i m e o p t ion s are av a i l a bl e and can be worked o u t o n a n i n d i v i du a .l basis. If students have less than t h e q u ivalent of one year of full-time work experience, N u rs i n g 433 and 474 are i ncl uded i n the p rogram of study. The plan of study for reg istered nurses is a co mbination of the "old" and the "new" curricula, and wi.ll be com pletely revised for th e 1 998-99 academic year. G raduate Programs MASTER OF SCIENCE IN NURSING: Co n su l t

the graduate section o f this Gltalog for details of the program le ad i ng to the degree of Master of Science in N u rS i ng and/or con tact the School of ursing G ra d u a t e Program (535-8872) . SCHOOL NURSE CERTI FICATION: Contact the School of Nursing Center for Continued Nursing Learn i ng ( 53 5- 768 3 ) .

WORKSHOPS A ND SHORT COURSES: Contact th e

Nursing Center fo r

School o f ontinllcd Nu rsi ng Learning ( 5 3 5 - 7683 ) .

Ttle injorrnnlion contained herein refleds nI' accurate picture Df rite programs ul study l.,adillg to a Bachelor !11 Sci,mce in NllrS;IIk degreefrom Pacific Lucller"n U/li�ersity flt the lime 01publication. Howeyl'T, li.e UI.iversily rest-rYes tl.e righl to //lake lIece5sary el,allges in procedures, (lQiicics, ea/elldar, ,·.rrriC/lh,,,,, twd 'l'I�ts.

P A C I F I e

l U T H E R A N

U N

R 5 I T Y

1 05

453 Community Health Nursing: Clinical

Course Offe ri ngs

Clinical application of professional and techn ical skills in care of families i n community health agencies, in homes, a nd i n ambulatory care settings. Prerequisites: Prior o r concurrent enrollment i n 4 3 6 . ( 3 )

263 Health Assessment Health assessment of children and adults. Emphasis on i n ter viewing skills and physical, developmental, and psychosocial assessment techniques as part of the nursing process. Prerequ i s ite: SIOL 205, 206, C H M 1 05, NURS 2 1 2, 25 1 . (2) VI II: ::J Z

462 Leadership ba Nursing

322 Psychosocial Nmsing: Clinical

C l inical application of psychosocial theory and skills to promote optimal mental health for clients along the mental health-illness continuum. Prerequisite: Prior or concurrent enrollment in 3 24. (2) 324 Psychosocial Nmsing

I ntroducbon to selected acute and chronic mental health issues and problems with emphasis on using the nursing process i ll lreatment of clients and in promoting optimal mental health. Prerequisites: 252, 263, 273, PSYC 3 52. (4)

472 Issues aod Trends in Nursing

A nalysis and evaluation of impact of selected socio economic, cthico-legal, and political aspects on professional nursing practice. Prerequisites: 462, 474. ( 2)

473 Community as Client (Clinical)

333 Physiological Nursing I

Focus on n u rsing interventions to facilitate adaptation and resto rab o n to max imum level of wellness for clients and families w i t h basic i n terruptions in selected bio-psychosocial processes. Prerequisites: 252, 263, 27 3 ( 2 ) .

342 Physiological Nursing

I: Clinical l i nica! appl ication of concepts of pathophysiology and psychopathology to care of adult clients in hospital settings. Prerequisites: Prior or concurrent enrollment i n 3 3 3 . (3)

Nursing strategies fo r problem solving in community or public health environments. Focus on commu nity assessment, health planni ng, application of change process, and he'l lth education for h igh-risk groups. Prerequisites: 462, 474, prior or concurrent enrollment i n 436, 453. ( 3 ) 474 Nursing S'yntbesis

Synthesis of critical thinking, independent judgment, decision making, technical and leadership skills in the del ivery of health care in acute or chronic situations. Prerequisi tes: 423 , 433, prior o r concurren t enroUrnen t in 462. (4) 49 1 , 942 lodependent Smdy

Prerequisite: Permission of the dean . ( 1 -4)

352 Nursing i n the ChiJdbearing Years

Individual and fam i ly Jdaptations throughout the pregnancy cycle. Physiological and psychosocial-cultural aspects of childbearing. Prerequisites: 322, 324, 3 3 3 , 342; SOCI 330. ( 2 )

493 Internship Abroad

N EW UNDERGRADUAT.E CURRICU1UM

362 Nursing i n the Chiidbearmg Years; Clinil:aI

COURSE OFFERINGS

Clinical application of maternal newborn theory and skilIs. Prerequisites: Prior or concurren t enrollment in 3 52 (2)

2 1 5 Theoretical Fonndations of Nursing

The study of nursing as a profession and discipline. I n cluded are historical perspectives, selected nursing conceptual frameworks, p hilosophicaJ fo undations of caring, and pa tterns of knowing. (2)

372 NUTSing o f Children

Nursing and health care of children from infancy through adolescence. Childhood needs, childbeJring practices, and parental roles. Prerequisites: 3 2 2 324, 333, 342, SOCl 330. (2) ,

220 Nursing Competencies I

382 Nursing of Children: Clinical

I n t roduction to and practice of competencies of caring, thera peutic com munication, and psychomotor skiJls associated with health management. Prerequisite: Prior or concurren t enroll ment in 2 1 5 . ( 2 )

Clinical application of pediatric theory and skills. Prerequisites: Prior or concurrent enrollment in 3 72. ( 2 ) 392 Nursing Research

Introd uction to the research process, critique process, and use of research in nursing. Prerequisites: Have completed 3 rd semester of nursing sequence or consent of Admissions Committee. ( 2 )

225 Critical Thinkin g in Nursing

Appl ication of thinking and reasoning skills to nursing situa tions. The nursing p rocess is i ntroduced as a framework for thinking and caring. Prerequisite: 2 1 5 . (2)

398 TrllDsco.Itural Health Care: An Introduction Knowledge and skills needed to give culturally congruent health care. Comparati e approach to explore diverse beliefs, values, practices, and roles pertaining to health, care expressions, and well-being. Open to non-majors. Fulfills the alternative line i n the Perspectives on Diversity requirement. (4)

Assessment of biological, psychological, social, cultural, and spiritual dimensions of h uman persons across the l i fe spall. Prerequisites: 2 1 5 , 220 and prior or concurre n t enroll ment in 225. (2)

423 Pbysiological Nurslng n

264 Health Promotion Throughout the Life Span

263 Health Assessment

Nursing i n terventions to facilitate optimal level of \Vellness for adults wiLh complex pathophysiological disorders of a l i fe threatening or chronically d isabling nature. Prerequisites: 352, 362 , 372, 3 8 2 , 392. ( 3 )

Exa mine. the role of t he nurse in promoting health through the life span and the i m pact of biological, psychological, social, spirituaJ, and cultural i n fluences 011 h ealth. Prerequisite: Prior or concurrent enrollment i n 2 63 . (4)

433 Pbysiological Nursing n: Clinical

283 Pathological Human Processes

Clinical application of bio-psychosocial, cultural, and spiritual concepts in the care of adult clients in acute care settings . Prerequisites: Prior or concurrent enrolIment in 423. (3)

focuses on understanding the underlying pathological processes and clinical man ifestations of selected pathological conditions that affect physical and psychosocial well-being. Prerequisites: 2 1 5 or consent of instructor. (4)

436 Community Health NUTsing: Families

App lication of systems and fam i ly theory and nursing models to analysis of needs and care of family clients in community settings. Prerequisite: 474. (3)

106

Analysis of professional roles and functions in health care delivery systems. Evaluation of impact of organizational structures o n professional nurs i ng practice. Prerequ is i tes: 392 and senior standing i n Nursing. ( 2 )

320 Nursing Competendes n

Advanced and complex psychomotor and interactional skills for caring, asepsis, and health restoration. Prerequisites: 263, 264, 283. (2)

344 Nursing Situations with Families

Nur s in g care of famil ies ac ross the l i fe SpaJ1. A pp l i c a t i o n o f d l'vei o pmcnt a l , fa m i l y, and nursing t heorie s to c a rc of fa m i l ies i n LTa.l.1 s i t i o l1s a n d exp e r i e n c i ng acute and c h ro n i c illnesses. Prereq

49 1 , 492 lndependent Study Prere q u i s i t e : Pe rmission o f the dea.n. ( 1-4)

493

Internship Abroad

( 1-4)

uisites: 263, 264, 2 8 3 . ( 6 )

361 Junior n Seminar Exp l o r a t i o n and i n teg rat io n o f c o ncep t s iden ifi e d in 364, focus ing o n reco gni tio n o f c o m m o n a l i ties and d i fferences a cro ss m ul t ip l e n u rsing situations. Prere q u is i te : Prior or concurrent enrollment i n 364. ( 1 ) 363 Pbarmacology for Nursing

Pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynam ics, me c ha n ism s of action, side e ffects, and client te a c h i ng re l a t e d to m ajo r drug c l a s s e s . Genetic a nd sociocultural factors that a ffect drug u s e . Pre req u i

365 CuJturally Congruent Nursing

A transcultural c o m p a r a t ive a p p ro a c h is used to expJ o re diversity

u n i versal i t y in p rovid i ng cu l t u r a l l y congruent care for per from diverse cu l t u r a l gro u p s . Pre requ i s i te: P rior o r concur rent e n ro l l m e nt in 364. (4)

and son

392 Nursing Research

425 Introduction to Leadership and Management situations, roles a n d

fun c"ti ons in t h e

changing healt h care de l i very system, i n c l u di ng evaluation of t h e impact upon the n u r si n g p r o tessi o n . P rere q u i s i t e s : 3 1 , 3 ) 4 , 3 6 5 ,

(3)

454 Nursmg Situations with COmDlUllities Assessmen t, p l a nnin g , a n d interventions that promote a com m un i ty'S health us in g n urs i n g and p u bl i c health theoret ical pe rs pect ives. Prerequisite: P r i or or co n c u rre n t enrollment i n 4 2 5 .

(6)

46 1

Senior

Exam ination of the current st ate o f th e o ry d e ve l opm e n t i n a nd evaluation o f n urs i n g theories with discussion o f their relevance to n u rs i n g s ci e n c e a n d p ra c t i ce . ( 3 ) n u rs i n g. I n c l ud e s t h e a na l ys i s

z C ::0 11\

z CI

Nursing Leadership and Management

527

Nursing Research

An o ve rv i ew

of the research p ro ce s s an d i t s a pp licat i o n t o p ract i ce . E m ph a s i s on e v alu a t io n of cu rrent research i n n u r s i ng . Pr e r e q u i s i te : 5 2 5 . ( 3 ) n urs i ng

528

Family Theory i n Nursmg

C ri t ic a l a n a l ysi s of n ursing and family theories and mod e l s a pp l i e d to three levels of fa m i l y nu rs i n g p r a ctice . ( 1 ) 529 Care Manager Roles p r a c t i ce r o l e devel o pm e n t i n c l u di n g con t i n u i ty of care management, onsulra t i o n , e d u c a t i o n , a nd re se a rc h . De ve lo p ment of ro l e spec i fi c p o s i t io n descriptions within i n te rd isc i p l i nary e n virolU1� e nts. ( 3 )

Advanced

Emphasizes th e research proccs , importance o f n u rs i n g re s ea rch to the disc i pli n e o f n urs i n g, evaluation o f n u rs i ng research, and appl ication of n urs i ng research to p r a ct i ce. Prerequisites: STAT 23 J , prio r or co n c u rre n t enrollment in 3 6 4 . (2)

392.

Models and TIleories of Nursing

A n a l ys i s of p r in c i p l e s a n d p rocesses of management in an i n c reas i n g l y c o m p l e x h e a l t h c a r e context. Selected issLles in health ca r e w it h em pha s i s o n l e a d e r s h i p s k i l l acquisition. ( 3 )

364 Nursing Situations I Theory and clin ical a ppli ca t i o n of u n i fyi ng concepts in a var iet), of prac t i ce s ett in g s with c l ient s t h roughout the l i fe span t h a t fac ilitate health res t o r ati o n , health maintenance, or death with digni t y. P r e r eq u i s i t es : 320, 3 4 4 , 3 6 3 . ( 5 )

of profes, ional

525

526

sites: 263, 2 8 3 . ( 3 )

Anal ysis

Graduate Course Offerings

I Seminar

Exp lorat i o n and i n tegr a t i on of complex co nc e p t s to cap i ta l ize o n

experiences gained i n cli ni ca l s e r t i ngs . Focu ses o n recogn ition of co mmonalities and d i ffere n ce s across m ul t ip le nursing situa t io ns. Prereq uis i te : Prior or c o n c u r re n t enro l lment in 4 6 4 . ( I )

464 Nursing Situations n Theory and clinical app l i ca t io n of complex i n t eg r a ted concepts i n a va riety of pract ice set t i n gs t h roughout the l i fe spa n . Pre re q uisite: 364. ( 5 ) 471 Senior n Seminar

r itical eva .l ua t i o n of roles as p r o fession a l nurses usi.ng e m p i r i cal, aes t h e t i c, perso n al , a n d e t h i ca l k no w l e d g e of social Jnd po l i tical real ities. P r e r e q u is i tes : Prior or concurrent enrollmen.t

in 475 a n d 47 6 . ( 1 )

475 Social and Political Contexts for NursiJlg FocLlses on the s o cia l a n d pol.itica l ll1 i l i e u i n w hi ch nurses p r ac t ice. Emp h a s is on a n a l ys i s of c u r rent issu s a ffe c t i n g health care a nd t h e n ursing professi o n . P re r e quis i t e s : 425 , 454, 46 1 , 4 4. ( 2 )

476 Nnrsing Synthesis SynthesiS of n ursing kn owl edg e , critical thi nking, decision making, and technical and l ea d e rs h i p co m p e te n cies i n n u rs i n g s i t lla t ions me ntored by a professional nurse p r e c e p t o r. P r e re qu i si tes: 4 2 5 , 454, 46 1 , 464. ( 6 )

535 Continuity of Cue Role Development Con t i n u i t y of care role d eve l o p m ent, i J1 cl u di n g case manage ment, l e ad ership, consultation, education, and research. D ev e l o p m e nt of role specific p o s i t i o n descrip t i o ns . Prere q u i s i t e or cor equ i s i t e : 525 or consent of inst r u c to r. ( 3 ) 536 Theoretical FOUlldations for Continuity o f Care A n a l ys i s of n u r s i n g

and related t he oreti cal m o d el s u n derlyi ng advanced p ractice of co n t i n u i t y o f care n u r se s . Co n cept u a l s ynt h es i s leads to develo p m e n t of p r ac t i ce framework. Prerequi s i t e o r co req ui s i te : 5 25 , 5 3 5 . ( 3 ) 537 Population Based Study: Theory and Practice

p p l i ca t io n of ad v a nct: d n ursing p ractice framework, to facilitate co n t i n u i ty of care. S u pe r v ise d cl i n i c a l p r a ct i ce i n the p ro m o t i o n o f cont. in uity o f care for de fined p o p ul a t i on s . Se m i n a r a n d cLi n i cal . P r e r e q u i s i t es : 5 3 5 , 536. (4) 538 Program Development for Care Managers

Syn t h es i s of theoretical models, c l i n i ca l parameters, a n d program p la n ning pr i nc i p l e s th ro ug h the co n str u c ti o n o f a detailed program for care m a nagement of a select p o p u l a t ion. P re r e q uis i t e 536, co r e q ui si te 537. ( 2 ) 539 Theoretical FOUlld ations for Care Maoagement

Syn t. hesi s of n u r sing, orga n izational, and related t h e o r i es u n d e r l yi n g advanced c a re m a nagement. A n a l ysi s of the p ro cesses for i n t e gra t i ng an d coord i n ating c a r e lea d i.11 g to the de ve l o pm e n t of pr a ctic e frameworks. ( 3 ) 543 Health and Culturally Diverse Popwations Comp a ra t i ve ana ly si s of heal t h belicfs and C3re p ract ices o f we s t er n and non-western cultures w i t h e m p h a s i s on t heoretical and pr a c t ica l d i mens i o n s, ap p l ied t o p rofessi o na l p r ac t i ces. ( 2 ) 545 tlie, Death, and Public Pollcy Exp l ora t i o n of critical issues related to l i fe a n d death which i m p a c t on o r arc i m pacted by p u b l i c p ol i cy. Ana l ysis of p rofes s ional r es p on s ibi l ity and decisio n - m a .king ll1 rel a t i on to tbe issues. (2) 548 Curriculum Development· for Nursing Exa m i nat ion f the t h eory and p ractice of curriculum p l a n n i n g, d e ve l op m en t , and evaluation. (2)

1 07

549 Teru::hing in Schools of Nursing

586 Women's Health Nurse Practitioner I

Theoretical and philosophical principles of the teaching!learning p rocess. Analysis of adult teachi n g strategies and the process of self and student evaluations. (2)

Application of research and theory in the provision of women's healthcare. Demonstration of diagnostic reasoning in the management of women's health problems. Seminar and clinical. Prerequisites: 576-579, 58 1 , 582. (6)

551 Theoretical Foundations for Health Systems

Management

Analysis of theories Wlderlying nursing leadership and manage足 ment i n facilitating development of quality, collaborative

practice within health care system s. Includes policy formation and ethical considerations. ( 3 ) 552 Roles and Issues in Health Systems Management

Explore nurse leader and manager roles i n health care u n i ts . Application of creative strategies and methodologies to solving problems within i nterdisciplinary health care systems. ( 3 ) 556 Financial Management for Health Care Providers

Illtroduction to fulanci.al management and econonucs in t he provision of health care. Practice in the development of detailed budget and business plans. ( 3 ) 559 Health Systems Care Manager Practicum

Synthesize nursing and business knowledge through critical analysis, independent judgment, and decision-making. Focus on role analysis, reflDement, and theory application in a practice setting. P rerequisites: 526, BUSA 550. (5) 576 Pathophysiology for Nurse Practitioners

Poundation for clinical judgment based on the understanding of pa thophysiologic mechanisms of disease. Interpretat ion of al terations i n normal function and signs and symptoms o f illness. Corequisi'le: 5 7 8 . ( 2 ) 577 Clini cal Application of Advanced Pathophfll iology

D i scussion s of t h e application of pathophysiology concepts to cli nical situations. I n tegration of clinical manifestations with knowledge of clinical pharmacotherapeutics. Prerequisites: 576, 578; Corequisite: 579. ( I ) 578 Pbarmacotherapeutics for Nurse Practitioners

Study of the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics related to pharma.cological management o f common conditions. Includes legal and ethical issues related to prescriptive responsi足 bilities \vithin the scope of ARNP practice. ( 1 ) 579 Pbarmacotherapeutics for Nurse Practitione.fs II

Pharmacological management of simple and complex disease p rocesses occurri ng across the l. i fe span. Successful completion of Nursing 578 and 579 m eets i n itial 30 contact hour requ irement i n Washington State. Prerequisites: 576, 578; Corequisite: 577. ( 1 ) 58 1 Health Promotion in Advanced Practice

Health promotion and health protection strategies in primary care. Ethical and critical decision making related to weUness and health r isks for clients across the l i fe span. ( 1 ) 582 Advanced Family Health Assessme nt

Exploration of theories, concepts, and skills used for advanced hea l th assessment in primary care across the l i fe span. Emphasis on cl inical application of knowledge in primary care. Prerequi足 sites: Basic health assessment skills, 58 1 . learning Resources Fee: $55. ( 5 ) 584 llamily Nurse Practitioner J

Application of theory and research in the management of fam i ly health prob lems. Demonstration of diagnostic reasoning related tll health care conditions. Seminar and clinical. Prerequisites: 576-579, 58 1 , 582. (6) 585 Fa..miIy Nurse Practitioner IT

Application of theory and research i n the management of i ncreasingly complex family health problems. Demonstration of diagnostic reasoning for a wide range of acute and chronic conditions. Seminar and clinical experiences. Prerequisite: 584. (7)

108

R A N

U N I V E R 5 I T Y

587 Women's Health Nurse Practitioner IT

AppLication of research and theory in the holistic care of women experiencing normal pregnancy. Demonstration o f independent and collaborative management o f variations and complications. Seminar and clinical. Prerequisite: 586. (7) 588 Gerontology N urse Practitioner I Application of theory to advanced practice and demonstration m anagement of common client health problems seen i n older persons. D iffe(entiation of normal aging and pathology. Seminar and cli nical . Prerequisites: 576-579, 58 1 , 582. (6) 589 Gerontology Nurse Practitioner II

AppLication and demonstration of diagnost i c reasoning to the management o f common and simple health care problems in older persons i n primary and long term care. Seminar and clinical. Prerequ isite: 588. (7) 590 Role o f the Nurse Practitioner

Analysis oJ the n u rse pract i tioner role from legal, ethical, professional , soci.al, and practical perspectives. Submission o f a paper for publication or major presentation. ( 3 ) 592 Independent Study

Opportunities for advanced study i n selected topi c related to student's area of i n terest. Consent of i nstructor required. ( 1-4) 597 Compute.r Application in Nursing Research

Decision-making and use of selected software programs for data management and analysis relevant to clinical practice and nursing research. Prerequisite: 527. Learning Resources Fee: $55. (1) 598 Scholarly Inquiry in Nursing Practice

Application of knowledge of research methodology i n the identification of a rese'a rch problem, the develop m en t of a problem statement, a review of literature and either a proposal or a manuscript. Prerequisites: completion of core courses. (4)

599 Thesis

Faculty guided application of the research process. May i nvolve replication of previous study, secondary analysis of research data, an evaluation project, or an original investigation. Prerequisites: completion of core courses, consent of adviser. (4)

Philosophy Phi losophy is the p a r en t academic disc. i pl i ne that gave variety of arts and sciences. It exam ines ba ic issues in a l l fields and ex plores connections among diverse areas of life. In philosophy the most fundamental and e n d u r ing of ques t ions are addressed: How can h W11ans gain knowledge about their world? What l imits are there to that knowledge? What is the ultimate nature of the universe? In particular, what is the na ture of the human person, and what role or purpose is ours? How should we Live? Are there moral, aesthetic, and religi us values that can be adopted rationally and used to guide o u r de cis i on s? Study in ph i l osop h y acquaints s tudents with major rival views of the world, encoura ges them to th ink precisely and systematically, and helps them to see life birth to today's

critically, appreciat ively, and whole. FACUI.l'Y: Nordby, Chair; Arbaugh, Arnold, Cooper, Kaurin,

students will no.rmally take 1 6 or more of their 32 hours at PLU. Students intending to major in philosophy should formally declare this with the department chair and choose a departmen tal adviser. addition to the above requirements for the major: 1. 493 Honors Research Project, including an honors thesis w ritt n under the supervision of one o r more faculty members and presented to the department. 2. Comple tion of the departmental reading program of primary sources. Honors majors in philosophy are expected to com plement their regular courses by reading and discussing 3-4 im portant works under the personal supervision of depart ment faculty. The reading list should be ob tai ned at an early date from the department chair. It is best that the reading program not be concentrated into a single semester, but pursued at a leisurely pace over an extended period. 3. At least a 3.3 grade point average in philosophy courses, including at least a B in 493.

HONORS MAJOR: fn

McKenna, Menzel.

Course Offe rings

USES OF P HILOSOPHY: Courses in philosophy help students who ( 1 ) recognize p hilosophy as a central element in a quality liberal arts education; (2) wish to support their undergraduate work in other fields, such as literatuxe, history, political science, relig ion, the sciences, education. or business; ( 3 ) plan to use their study of philosophy in preparation for graduate sludy in law, theology, or medicine; or (4) are considering graduate work in philosophy itself, usually with the intention of teaching in the field . Undergraduate study in philosophy is not meant to train specifIcally for a first job. Instead, it serves to sharpen basic skills in critical th inking, problem solving, research, analysis, interpre tation. and writing. It also provides critical perspective on and a deep apprecia tion of ideas and issues that have intrigued humanity throughout the ages, including those centra'! to the Western intellectual heritage. This prepares students for a great variety o f positions o f responsibility, especially when coupled with specialized training in other disciplines. Those with the highest poten ial for advancement generally have more than just spec ialized training; rather, they bring to their work breadth of perspective, in tellectual flexibility and depth, and well-honed skills in critical thought and communication.

101 Philosophical Issues Perennial philosophical issues, systems, and thinkers. Emphases vary depending on instructor, but include the study of ethical values and the nature of rationality, and development of skills in critical and systematic thinking. (4)

UNIVERSITY CORE REQUIREMENT: The Core I requiremen t of fou r hours i n phi.!osophy may be satisfied with any course

offered e, cept for 233 Formal Logic, 323 Health Care ethics, 325 B u siness Ethics, and 328 Philosophical Issues in the Law. The init ial course in philosophy is customarily 1 0 1 , 1 25, o r a 200level course that provides a more focused topic but is still a t the introductory level (220, 228, 253 ) . 300-level courses are suited fo r �tudents with particular in terests who are capable of working at the upper-division level. Correspondence courses and independent studies may not be used to fulfill the core require ment in philosophy. MINOR: 16 semester hours of approved philosophy courses; for

transfer students, at least 8 hours must be taken at PLU. Students consi dering a minor should discuss their personal goals with departmental faculty. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR:

Minimum of 32 semester hours, i ncluding 233 Logic, 435 Advanced Seminar, and two from among the following five courses: 3 3 1 Ancient Philosophy, 3 3 3 Modern Phi.!osophy ( must take a t least o n e of those two) , 3 3 5 ontemporary Phj.!osophy, 336 Pragmatism a n d American Philosophy, 338 Existentialism and Continental Phi'!osophy. On approval of the department, one course (4 hours) in another field of study may be used for the philosophy major if i t has a d irect relationship to the student's philosophy program. Transfer

o VI

1 25 Mo:ral Philosophy Major mora'! theories of vVestern civilization, including contem porary moral theories. Critical application to selected moral issues. (4) 220 Women an d Philosophy

An examinatjon and critique o f historically important theories from vVestern philosophy concerning women's nature and place in society, followed by an examination and critique of the writings of women philosophers, historic and contemporary. (4) 228 Social and PoUtical Philosophy

An examination of major social and political theories of Western philosophy ( including Plato, Hobbes, Lock, Rousseau, M ill, Marx) . Includes femini t and non-Western contributions and critiques. (4) 233 Formal Logk

Principles of sound reasoning and argument. Development and practical use of formal logical systems, with a focus on symbolic logic. Includes an introduction to inductive and abductive reasoning. Not for p hilosophy core requirement; counts toward Option I I I of the College of Arts and Sciences requirement. (4) 253 Creation and Evolution

Examination of the controversy surrounding the origin of life. Includes a historica'! introduction to the controversy; investiga tion i nto the nature of scie.nce, faith. evidence, and facts; and critical evaluation of three major origin theories: creationism, theistic evolution, and nontheistic evolution. (4)

323 Health Care Ethics Application of moral theories and perspectives of relevance to the health sciences. Examination of underlying values and assumptions in such specific topics as informed consent and paternalism, death decisions, and the distribution of scarce resources. Not for p h ilosophy core requirement. ( 1-2) 325 DIlS.iness Ethics

Application of moral theories and perspectives of relevance to business practices. Examination of underlying values and assumptions in specific business cases involving, e.g., employer employee relations, advertising, workplace conflict, and environ mental and social responsibilities. � for p h ilosophy core requirement. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 , 1 25, o r 225/226. ( 2 ) '.

.,;

P A C

F i e

L U

R A N

U N

I r

109

328 Philosophical lsslles in the Law e xa m i n a t i o n of ph ilos oph .i c a l issues i n law u s i ng actual cases as well as ph il oso ph i c a l w r i t i ngs . Topics include tile n a tu re of law, judi c i a l re a s o nin g , righ , l i ber ty, responsibi l i t y, and p un ishment. Not for p h i l os o p hy core requirement. (4)

School of Physical Education

z o

I « v ::l o

The u n i v e rsi t y's physical ed uc ati o n program seeks to

ingra i n i n each s t u d e n t a fu ndamental resp ct for the role

of p hys i ca l activity in l i v i ng .

331 Ancient Philosophy

p hi lo s op h ic al tho u gh t Jnd me t h o d p e r i o d to the end o f the fou rth century A . D.

The de ve l o p m e n t of Presocratic

- m ph as i s

from the

in terests in recre ational opportunit i es av a ila b l e i n the

333 Modern Philosophy The devel op m en t of E u r op ea n a n d B ri t i s h p h i los o p hy from the evcntcenth t h ro u gh the e a rly n i nete nth ce n t u r i e s. F i g u res may incl u de D es c a r tes , S p i no za , Leibniz, Loc.ke, Berkeicy,

Hume,

Pac ific Northwest.

The school's professional progra m s p repare prospective l eaders for c areers in p hys i c a l education, health, recreation,

and

a Lhlctics, and t h erapeut ics.

335 Contemporary Philosophy

century to the mid-twentieth century. Figures include one previous philosophy course. ( 4 ) ni neteenth

Mo o re, R u ss e l l , Ayer, a n d Wirt gen s tein . Prerequisite:

336 PJ:agmatism and American Philosophy An exa mi n a tio n of such figures as Pe irce, James, and Dewey, as well as extensions and critiques of pra g m atis m (such as Alain

FAC ULTY: Hoseth, Dean; Evans, H acker, Kluge, Moore, O ffi ce r,

M . S ea l , F. We s t eri n g ; assisted by Ada c h i , Amido n , Applega te, Benson, Boggs, Cinotto, Dawson, Freitag, Haroldson, J. J oh n so n , Marsha l l , McCord, Myers, icholson, Poppen, Rice, Ryan, Sco t t Westerin g , S u s a n Weste rin g.

Locke, Jane Addams, Josiah Royce, Alfred N . Whitehead) . Links with current fem i n ist and co n ti n ental

Outstanding m o d er n spo rts facilities include a n all Olympic-style swimming p ool , six l i gh t e d tenni ' courts, a n i n e - hole golf course, two gymnas i ums , racquetball and s q uash courts, a fitness center, and an all-purpose astro-turf field house.

weathe r 400 m e t er track, an

n g l o - Am e rica n ph i loso p h y from t h e l a te

The d evel op m e n t of VI

ed u ca t ion activities. The a c t ivi t y program is

u niquely cha rac terized by a timely res p o ns e to s t u d e n t

on Plato and Aristotle. ( 4 )

Ka nt. ( 4 ) ....I

Inst ruction is o ffe re d in approxima tely 30 d i fferen t

p hysica l

thought will be ex p l o red .

(4)

UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENT: Four o n e - ho u r courses ( 1 00 - 2 5 9 ) , including L OO , are re q u i re d for graduation. E igh t one-hour activity courses may be cou nted to ward g ra du a t i o n . S tudents are e n c o u r a g e d to se l ect a va rie t y of a c t iv i t i es at appro p r i ate skill l e ve ls . All p hysica l education activity co u rses ar e g ra d e d on the b a s is of "A," "Pass," o r "Fail" and are taught on a

338 Existentialism and Continental Pbilosophy Focus on main themes of Existentialism ( i ncluding the tho ught and contemporary Co n ti ne nt al ph i lo so p hy. Their relationship to other p h il o so p h ic a l traditions, as well as to the o lo g y, literat ure, and psycholo gy. (4) o f Ki e r ke gaard )

coeducati onal ba s i s .

3 40 Philosophy of Science

fu nd a me n t a l co n cep ts, m e t h o ds , a n d s i gnifica n ce and limits of science, with a focus upon the natural sciences. I m p lications of science and scientific m e t hodo lo g y fo r v a l u e systems. (4) The ge neral character,

BACHELOR OF SCmNCE IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION ( B.S.P.E.): 73-76 hours, including c o m p l et i o n of program co re requi rements an d on e o f th re e co n ce n trat i o n s.

350 Philosopby of Religion Classical and contemporary v i e w s of traditional i s s u es reg a rdi n g t he nature a nd r a t i on a l ity of religious belief, wi t h a focus on monotheistic re l i g i on s a n d J u n i t on rel i giolls p l ura lism . Prerequisite: o n e p revi o u s course in p h il oso p h y or re l i g i o n . ( 4 )

Core Requirements: 4 1 -50 hours including Chemistry 1 20, 23 2, 234; , he m is tr y ( 1 04, 1 05)" ; Statis tics 23 1 ; B i ol o gy ( t 6 1 , 1 62)H, 205, 206; P h ysi c al Education 277, 499 (8 hours), 480, 486, a n d Psychology •

101

Alternate Chemistry req uirement fOT Exercise Science Concentration and Health and Fitness Mallagement

ollcelltration.

at requ ired for Health alld Fitlless Management Concentratioll.

353 Special Topics

Focus on one particular area of ph i los o phy such as value t heory,

Exercise Science Concentration: 1 9 hours, including Physical

a est h etic s,

Education 326, 380,

m e t aphy s i cs, e pistemolog y, or l o gic, or on important

phil o soph ical issues, major t h inkers, o r devel o p i n g trends. Top ic

8 1 , 478; Math t 28 o r 1 40; Psyc holo gy 352.

An upper division bi o l ogy course is strongly recommended.

to be decided in consultation wi t h students. ( 4 )

Health and Fitness Management Concentration: 24 hou rs,

435

incl ud i n g P hys ical Education 293, 296, 344, 380, 38 1 , 389;

Advanced Seminar i n Philosophy E. plo ratio n in a seminar format of < n important philosophical issue, t h i n ke r, or m o ve m en t . To p ic to be an nounced at the time c o urse is offered. P re re q u i s ite : three previous p h i los o p h y courses or consent of i n s truc t o r. May be repea ted once for credit. (4) 491 , 492 Independent Reading and Research Prerequisite : d ep a r t m e nta l

consent. ( 1-4)

493 Honnrs Research Project

T h e w r i t i n g of an honors th esis and final c o m p le t i on of the read in g program i n major.

P r esen ta t io n

pr i m a r y sou rce s re qu i re d for the honors o f thes is to department majors and fa c ul t y.

(4)

Recreation 330 o r 483; Business 305; p lu s 4 hours o f ele c t i ves from physica l e d u c a t io n , h e al t h educ a t ion , b u si n ess , c o m mu n i c a t io n , o r p syc h o logy. A Firs t Aid card and CPR certificate a re also required. Pre-Thuapy Concentration: 26 h O Llrs, i n c l u d i n g Health Education 28 1 , 382; Biology 2 0 1 or 323 or approved al t e rn a te ; M a th 1 28 or 1 40; Physics 1 25 , 1 26 , 1 35 , 1 36; and Ps yc h o l ogy 352 o r 453. In ad d it io n t o th e requirements l isted above, candidates fo r t h e U.S.P.E. degree must meet the fo re i g n language option requ i re ment as s t a t ed by the Co l l ege of Ar ts and Sciences.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN RECREATION (B.A. Rec. ) : 46 hours i n clu d i n g Psychology 10 1 , 3 5 2 ; P hy s i cal Education 277, 279, 293, 389, 344; Recrt' a t ion 296, 330, 3 6 0 , 483, 499 (8 hours ) ; B u s i n e ss 305; Commun ication 336. In ad di t i o n to the r q u ire m en t s l i sted above, st u den t s are st ron g l y en c o ura ged to c o m p l ete a minor S tu d e n ts mllst h ave a C r I f ren t First Aid

in a rel a t ed field. and CPR certificate

b e fo re t hei r in t e rnsh ip . Candidates for the B.A. Recreation de-

1 10

gree must meet the foreign language requirement as stated by the

Col lege of Arts and Sciences. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION ( B.A.P.E.):

52 hours including Biology 205, 206; Health Education 28 [ ; Physical Education 277, 279, 293, 294, 296, 297, 298, 322 ( 4 hou r ) , 326, 44, 389, 478, 480, 486, 490; Recreation 296. I n addition to the requirements listed above, candidates for the B.A . P. . degree without t e acher certification must meet the foreign language requirement as stated by the College of Arts and Sciences and a Senior Seminar ( PHED 499 - 4 hou rs ) . Initial Teaching Certificate in Physical Education ( K- 12) :

tudents wishing to rec"ive an luitial Teaching Cert i ficate in Physical Education (K- [ 2 ) must meet requirements established by the School of Education for Teacher Certification in addition to the requirements listed for the B.A.P.E. At least one supporting endorsement ( minor) is strongly recommended. Students receiving a B.A. P.E. with certification are not requi red to fu lfill the language requirements as stated by the CoLlege of Arts and Sciences. All courses in major and m inor fields used for teacher certi fication must have grades of C or h igher. PHYS1CAL EDUCATlON (K- 1 2) CERTIFICATION

33 hoU l's, including English 1 0 1 ; Psychology 1 0 1 ; Anth ropology [ 02/2 1 0; Special Education 200, 480; Educa tion 262, 263, 486; Educational Psychology 26 1 , 3 6 [ ; plus valid first a id card. REQUIREMENTS:

PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 19

hours, including Health

' duca l ion 28 1 ; Physical Education 279, 334, 389, 326, 322, ( 2

1 9 hours, including Physical Education 222, 230 or 232, 250, and 462. Electives: [4 hours from Physical Ed ucation 360, 40 [ , 49 [, Theatre 3 56, Music 245, 249. Summer courses may be included as electives with the approval of the dance coordinator. DANCE MINOR;

[ 7 hours, including P hysical Education 3 6 1 , 380, 3 8 1 , 480, 486, 499 ( 4 hours ) . Biology 205206 is required as a prerequisite to 480. Designed p rimarily for biology majors and students pursuing B.A.P.E. Not designed for education or B.S.P.E. majors. First a id card and CPR certificate required.

EXERCISE SCIENCE MlNOR:

r -<

(Specialization): 25 hOllrs, includi ng Biology 205, 206; Health Education 260 and 270 or 327, 28 J , 382; Physical Education 326, 344, 480, 486. Also required are [ ,500 hours o f clinical experience, which may incl ude a practicum or internship as required by N.A.T.A. Recommended: A teaching major with the Professional Education Sequence and completion of all requirements for the I n i t ial Teaching Certificate.

ATHLETIC TRAIN1NG

16 hours, including Physical Education 344, 389, 499 ( 8 hours), 4 [ 0; Health Educa足 tion 292. Students must have a major in business, communica足 tion, or economics.

SPORTS ADMINISTRATION MINOR:

o z

Course Offerings Courses in the School of Physical Education are offered i n the following areas:

hours) ; one course from among the following ( 293, 294, 296, 297, 298, Recreation 296 ) .

HEAITH EDUCATION

1 6 hours includ ing Health Education 260, 270, 292, 295*, 3 2 1 , 323, 325, 327, and 2 hours of electives approved by the program coordinator. ( * Student not p ursuing an education endorsement will be required to take 2 additional hours of approved electives to replace this course.)

260 Food and Health

BEAITH (4- L2) MINOR:

"'D

1 1 7 Childbirth and Beyond 270 Stress Without Distress 281 In.jury Prevention and Therapeutic Care 292 First AJd 295 School Health 32 1 Family Life and Sex Education 323 Emotional Health/Disease Prevention 325 Consumer Health 327 Substance Use and Abuse

360 Professional Practicum 382 Injury Prevention-Advanced 425 Health Promotion/WeDness Intervention Strategies 49 1 Independent Study 499 Internship 50 1 Graduate Workshops 56 1 Professional Pra(;ti(;ODl 59 1 Independent Study 597 Graduale Research RECREATION 296 Teaching Methods: Recreation A(;tivities 330 Recreation Programming and Leadership

[7 hours, including Physical Education 277, 344; Recreation 296, 3 30, 483, and 499 ( 4 hours ) . RECREATION MI NOR:

1 6 ho urs, including Physical Education 275, 33 [ , 344, 499 ( 4 hours), Health Education 292, Business 202, plus a t least 1 hour of electives approved by the aquatics d i rector.

AQUATICS MINOR:

1 6 ho ms, includi ng Physical Education 334, 344, 389, 4 1 0, and Health Education 28 1 , 292; plus 4 hours of approved electives. COACHING MINOR:

17 hours, induding Physical Education 293, 296, 334, 344, 380, 3 8 1 , 499 (4 hours ) . First aid card and CPR certificate required. Practicum and internship must be in Hea.lth and Fitness Management areas. Primarily for business, biology, B . A. P.E., and B.A. Recreation s tudents. HEALTH AND fiTNESS MANAGEMENT MINOR:

360 Professional Practicum 483 Recreation Administration 49 1 Independent Study 499 Internship 50 1 Graduate Workshops 561 Professional Practicum 59 1 Ind.ependent Study 597 Graduate Researdl PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 1 7 Movement and Mind 1 1 7 Sport: Builds or Creates Character( s) 275 Water Safety Inst.ruction 277 Foundations of Physical Education 279 Inb'oduction to Teachlng Physical Eduution 293 Teaching Methods: Fitness Activities 294 Teaching Methods: Invasion Games 297 Teaching Methods: Net Games

111

Teaching Methods: Target and Fielding Games January on the Hill 308 Sports Motivation 3 1 0 Socioeconomic InDuences on Health In America 3 1 5 Body Image 3 1 9 'Irampiog the 'Iracks of New Zealand 322 Physical Education in the Elementary School 326 Adapted Physical Activity 331 Aquatics Management 334 Scientific Basis for Jraining 344 Legal Aspects of Physical Activity 360, 36 1 Professional Practicum, Coaching Practicum 362 Healing Arts of the Mind and Body 370-379 Coaching Theory 380 Exercise Testing and Prescription 381 Foundations of Health Fitness Management 389 Social Psychology of Physical Activity 401 Workshop 4 1 0 Coaching-the Person and the Profession 462 Dance Production 478 Motor Learning and Human Performance 480 Exercise Physiology 486 Applied Biomechanics/Kinesiology 490 CurTiculum Organization, Administration and Evaluation 491 Independent Study 499 Internship 50 I Graduate Workshops 56 1 Professional Practicum 591 Independent Study 597 Graduate Research 599 Internship 298 301

z o

� u VI

Personalized Fitness Programs To s t i m u l a t e student interest in functional p e rso n a ll y d es igne d programs of p hys i cal act iv i ty; assessment of p h ys ic al c o n d i tion and skills; recommendation of spec i fic p rogra m s Cor ma i n t a i n i n g and improving p hys i c a l h e a l t h . S hould be t a ke n as a fres h ma n. I II ( l ) 1 00

(REED) Childbirth and Beyond Addresses i ss ues and c h o ices in the following areas: p regn a ncy, labor and d e l i very, nutrition, anesthesia, VBA , postpartum, c i r c u m ci s i o n, breast fe d i ng, mi d wi fery, fa m i ly pi, n n i ng, infant care and related t o p i cs . Fulftlls fre s h ma n Jan u ary term and Critical Con ersa t i o n re q u i re me nt s . J (4) 1 17

(PRED) Movement and Mlnd A cri ti ca l conversation course w h ic h a n alyze s movement as a tool for l an g uage in. dance pe r fo rman ce and m usic . How movement is connected to alternative h ea l i n g therapies. II ( 2 ) 1 17

1 17 (PHED) Sport: BuUds o r Creates Character(s) An I n - de p t h , am i nation of contemporary ps ych o -so c i a l asp ct o f sport. Spo rts fi gure s will be us e d to ill u s t r a t e the relationships between spon and violence, e t h ic s , c mmcrcialism, and entertainment. J (4) 1 50

Adaptive PhysicaJ Activity

An ind ividua li zed activity program designed to meet t he needs i n teres ts , l i m i t a t i o n s , and ca p a ci t ies of stud e n ts who have had rest ri cti o ns placed

the i r physica l acti · t y.

Individual and Dual Activities 1 55 ( Bowling ) , 1 57 ( Pe r onal Defense) , 1 62 (Beginning 1ennis ) , 1 63 ( Begi n n ing Bad minton) , 1 64 ( P ickleball ), 1 65 ( Racquetball/Squas h ) , 1 66 ( Ra cque t ball J P i ckl eball ) , 1 67 (RoUer Ska t i ng ) , I 8 ( ice Skating), l '7U (Skii ng/Snow bo. rd ing ) , 1 7 l ( Canoeing), 1 72 ( Backpacki ng), 1 73 (Basic Mountaineering), 1 74 ( E qu i t a t i o n) , 1 77 ( e i gh t Tra i n i n g) , 1 78 ( Body To ni ng) , 180 ( B i cyc l i n g ) , 1 82 ( Low I m pa ct Aerobics), 1 8 3 ( Power Aerobics), 1 84 (Water Aerobics), 1 86 ( S tep A e rob i cs ) , 191 ( I n te r m ed i a te Golf) , 1 9 2 (ll1lermediate 1 5 1 - 199

1 5 1 ( Begi n ning Gol f) , 1 53 ( A rchery ) ,

112

P A C I

I C

L U T H E R A N

U N I V E R S I T Y

Ten n i s ) , 1 9 3 ( I n termed iate Bad m i nton), 1 94 ( I n termed iate Equitatio n ) , 1 95 ( I ntermediate Racquetball/Squash ) ,

1 97

(Advanced Weight Trai n i ng ) . Aquatics

200-2 1 9

200 ( Individunlized Swim

Instruct ion), 203 ( Syn ch ro n i7.e d

Swi m m i n g ) , 205 ( S k i n a nd

Scuba Diving), 207 ( Basic a i l i n g ) ,

2 1 0 (lnlerm�diate Swi m m i n g ) , 2 1 2 ( Co n d i t i on i ng Sw i m m i n g ) ,

2 1 4 ( dvanced Swimming), 2 1 7 (Lifeguard Tra in i. ng and New Methods ) , 2 [ 8 (Kayaking) .

Rhythms

220-240

220 ( Movement

ec h n i q ue I ) ,

2 2 1 ( Ta i C h i ) , 222 ( Jazz Dance

Level ! ) , 223 ( Yoga), 224 ( Curre n t Da n ce ), 225 (B a ll ro o m Dance ) , 226 ( Folk and Social Dance), 2 27 ( Line Dance) , 230 ( Movement Te c h n i q ue I I ) , 2 3 2 ( Jazz Dance Level I I ) , 2 3 4 ( Relaxation Tec hn iques ) .

Team Activities

241 -259

2 4 1 ( Basketba.I1 aod So ft b al l ) , 243 ( S o c ce r and Volleyball), 244 (Co-ed VoIJeybaIJ ) , 245 (Team Handball), 247 ( Llcrosse),

250 ( D i rect ed sports Participati o n ) , 259 ( In dep e n d e n t Study/ Activity).

260 Food and Health

A st u d y of the ba ic re q u i rement s necessary to maintain op ti mal health through wise food choices. I I I ( I ) 270

Stress Without Distress

Considerat ion of stress, wh a t people s ho u l d k now about stress,

h ow to redu ce the harmful effects of tress, and the re l a tio n s h i p of inc re a se d s t ress to disease problems. I I ( I ) 275

Water Safety Instruction

The Ame r i c a n Red Cross Wa ter S a fe ty Instructor's Course.

P re r e q u isi t e : swi m test required. II ( 2 )

277 Foundations o f Physical Education The relati ns h ip of phy"ical e d u ca ti on to education; th e b i olo gica l, socio l o gical, psychological, and m ech a n i c al p r i n c iples u n de rl y i n g p h ys i ca l ed ucation and athletics. Sh uld be t h e initial professional co u rs e taken i n the School of Physical Ed ucation.

I I (2)

279

Introduction to Teaching Physical Education

C o u rse con tent i n a p hysi c a l ed u c a t i o n s et tin g w i l l i n c lu de :

Methodology; teac h i ng s tyl es and st rategies; classroom manage m ent; o bs e r v ation t e c h n iq ues ; s ki l l a n a lys i s; and group process

issues. S h oul d be take n before or concurrently with EDU . 262.

(2)

281

Injury Prevention and Therapeutic eare

Prevention, treatment, and rehabilitation of all co m mo n injuries

s ust ained in a t h l e t ics; p hysi c a l t h e r a py by employment of ele c t r i

city, massage, e xe rc ise, l i gh t , icc, and mechanical devices. I II ( 2 )

292

First Aid

Thi

cOllr e me e ts requirements for the American Red Cross Standard F i rst Aid and Personal Safety. I I T ( 2 )

293 Teaching Methods: Fitness Activities Ov rview, ap p l i ation and e va l u a t i o n of fi t n e s s activites, slich as: aerobics ( wa te r, high and low i m pa c t, s tep, sl ide ) , weight tra i n ing, ca l i s t h en i c s circuits, con li.nll<' tl� interval t r ai n i n g . I ( 2 ) 294 Teaching Methods: Invasion Games Games in which a team t r i es to i m'ade the other team's sid or te rr i t o ry by pUlling an implement into ,I goal . Act iv i t ies w i ll include: Basketball, soccer, l a c ro s se , hockey, and foo t b a ll . II ( 2 ) 295

School Health

Health concepts which relate to the tot al school h e a l t h program, inc l ud i n g instru li on , between 296

health , nd

services, and environmen t ; reiationships

all levd of educatio n . I I ( 2 )

Teaching Methods: Recreational Activities

Learn in g to plan and implement a variety of recreational

activities, in c l u d in g outdoor education. ( ( 2 )

297

Teaching Methods: Net Games

33 l

Aquatics Management

Players attempt to send an o bje ( i n to the pL ay i ng area on the

To pics include t rai n ing and supervising person nel, fi nancing,

other side of a ne t o r bar r ie r. Activities include vo lle yb a ll, tennis,

programming, pool maintenance and opera ti on , swim meet

badminto n, pickleball, and r acqu et bal l .

ma n age men t ,

298

II (2)

Teaching Methods: Target and fielding Games st r i ke , hit, kick, or throw at targets or objects.

Parti ipan t.

and safety and emergency proce d ures. Stu d y of

poo l c he mi str y, filter op rations, and maintenance. Visitation local pools.

Act ivities include golf, bowling, archery, soft ball, kickball, and

334

track a nd fie ld. I

Pres nts physiologic and kinesiologic a pplicat i () n � to p hysica l

(2)

January on the Hill of work on Tacoma's Hilltop where students learn fir s t hand about p verry and do projects to

30 1

An intense ex p e ri en ce

Scientific Basis for li'aining

sex, age, and ergoge n i c aids to athletic performance. I

(2)

Role of law in sport and phys ic al a c tivi t y, ne gl igence , tort and

Sports Motivation

risk m a na ge m ent as i t realles to legal issues i n schoo!, sport, and

recrea tional s e tti.ngs.

Concepts include: mo d el s of winn ing, closing the potential

360, 36 1

p er for m ance gap, buil d i ng winning att itudes, and scning goals.

St u d en ts work

Fllifills coaching minor requirement. J (4) 310

[ ([)

Professional Practicu.m, Coaching Practicum u nd er

dep a r t men ta l approval. [ I l

(2)

Prerequisite:

Examination of the culture, social environment, and pressures

362

that cre a te a health vulnerability

D es ig n ed to i n t roduce alternative t he rapies of m i nd-bo d y

J (4) 315

w ith

the American popula t io n .

several t h era p ies an d pr ac t ices . Fulfills the alternative l i ne in the

Body Image

cultural defi n i t ions of be a u t y, eating d isorders, nutrition, and cial factors affecting wei gh t control. Fu l fills the alternative

line in the Perspectives on Diversity requirement. 3 19

J (4)

li'amping the Tracks of New Zealand

and h iki n

up an ci en t volcano crate " to glacial mountain l a kes,

and along sandy ocean beaches.

Perspectives on D i ve rsity re q u ire m en t . 370-379

J (4)

Coaching Theory

Techniques, systems, train i n g methods, strategy, and psychology

370 ( Basketball), 371 ( Footba l l ) , 372 (Cross 374 ( S occer ) , 378 (SoftbaIllBaseha ll) .

of c o a ch i ng ;

Coun try/Track and Field) ,

Backpack ing se vera l of New Zealand's world renowned tracks

J (4)

I II a/y ( 2 ) 380

Exercise Testing and Prescription

Provides t h e theoretical and practical background necessary to

321

Family Life and Sex Education f a nato m y and physiology, sex u a l roles, reproduction, res po nsible rel a tion s h ips , respect for self and others, and

o z

Healing Art s of the Mind and Body

processes. His tory, roots, practice, and cultural significances of

Top ics include: the connection between women a n d food, bio

n > -t

the supervision of a coach, teac her,

recrea tion s up er v is or, or heal th care prov ide r.

Socioeconomic Influences on Health in America

n >

Legai Aspects of Physical Activity

344

t he Perspect ives on D iversity an d January term requirements.

308

:r -<

t r a i n i n g . To pics include the develop ment of muscular strength and en d u r an ce , and the rel ationship 0 n utrition, environment,

co ntribute toward the om m u n i ty. Fulfills the alternat ive line in

J (4)

(2)

tudy

conduct safely a va riet y of exercise testing techn i qu es

assess componc:nts of physical fi tness. I T (2) 38 1

Foundations of Health and Fitness Management

phys ical and emotional well-being. Eval uation of school

P r ovi des an overview of fitness an

curricu lum models. II

management. I

(2)

used to

workplace health p ro motio n

(2)

Physical Education i n the Elementary School a dministration of a developmental program for g rades K-6; sequen ial and p rogres ·ivc programming; la rge reperto i r of activities. Observa t i o n and/or p ra c t i cu m in public schools required. I (2); J ( 2 ) ; II (4)

Injury Prevendon-Advanced advanced study in the reco"nition and tre a t men t of specifi c athletic i nj u ri es and vu l ne r ab l e b o d y structures, with empha is

323

389

322

Orga nizat i on and

Emotional HealtbJDisease Prevention

382 n

on ev a l ua tion , modalities o f t reat me n t , rehabil itation, and current i

ues.

Prerequisite:

28 [ . If ( 2 )

Social Psychology o f PhySical Activity

1bpics include interpersonal communication, cooperation,

Questions of how soc ia l psychological variilbles in fluence motor

va luing t chniques leading to

behavior

ard a healthier l i fe tylt: through

p re ven t ive medic.ine, a nd related disease problems. II 325

(2)

401

Consu.mer Health

I n formati on about on umption as i t a ffects personal health. Examinat ion of c o n s um ing habits to achieve greater control over t lal health status. I 326

(2)

strategies, curriculum, and ervice delivery fo r all pe rson s wit h

psych o m otor p ro blems, not just those labeled "disabled." IT ( 3 ) 327

Substance Use and Abuse A study of drug use and abuse and the effect on the h u m a n body and mind. I ( 2 )

410

Coaching-The Person and the Profession

amines the principles, proced ures, techniques,

and strategies essential t o program leisure services successfully and to l e ad recreati o n experiences fo r d iverse populations in r

(2)

425

Health Promotion and Wellness .Intervention Strategies s trategi es fo r improv i n g the state f well ness

Exam i na tio n of

t h rough healthier liD tyles.

consent o f instructor.

vari ty of

1 (4)

(2)

462 Dance Production n

adva nced

h reography course com bi n ing cho reography,

costume design,

t agi ng , and publicity techniques for producing

a maj o r d an ce concert.

Recreation Programming and l.eadershIp

277

Workshop

W o rksho ps in sp eci a l fields for varying periods. ( 1 -4)

programs. II

Adapted Physical Activity

s ett i ngs Prereq ui�ite :

(3)

Personal and profess ional requ i si tes of u c c ssfu l sports

Emphasizes the theory and pr ac t ic e of adap t a tio n in teac hi ng

330

aDd how physical activity a ffec t th psychological make

up of an ind ivid u a l will be explored. II

(2)

478

Motor Learning and Hu.man Performance Provides ba s i c theories, research, and p ra ctical i mp lic a t i ons for

mo tor learning, motor con tr ol , and var iables affecting �kill acquisition. 480

1 (4)

Exercise Physiology

Scie n tific basis for training and physiological effect of exercise on the hum a n body. Lab re qu ir e d. Prerequisite: BIOL P

205-206. r (4) E

113

483 Recreation Administration

Physics

Examines the p rinci ples, p roced u res techniques, and strategies .

essential to the successful management of leisure services.

\1'1 U

Prerequisites: RECR 330, 360, PHED 344. II (4)

Physics is the scientific study of the material universe at its

486 Applied Biomechan ics/Kinesiology

most fundamental level: the mathema tical description o f

Opportunity to i ncrease knowledge

nd u nderstanding about the

space a n d t i m e , and t h e behavior of matter from the

human body and how the basic laws of mechanics are i n tegrated

elementary particles to the un iverse as a whole. A physicist

in effi ient motor performance. 1 1 ( 3 )

might study the inner work i ngs of atoms and nuclei, the . size and age o f the L1niver e , the beha or o f high

490 Curricuhun Organization, Administration, and

temperature sup erconductors, or the life cycles of stars

Evaluation An in tegrated approach to curriculum organi zation, administra tion, and evaluation will be emphasized before the student

from interstellar gases to black holes. Physicists use high-energy accelerators to search for

teaching experience i n physi ca l education. II (6)

quarks; they design new laser systems fo r applications in

49 1 Independent Study

med icine and commu nicatio ns; they heat hydrogen gases to temperatures higher than the sun's core in the attempt

Pre requ isite: consent of the dean. May be taken as Physical

to develop nuclear fusion as an energy resource. F r m

Educa t ion, Health Education, or Recreation credit. I II S ( 1 -4 )

astr physics to nuclear physics to op tics and crystal

499 Internship

structure, physics encompasses some of the most fu nda

Pre-professional experiences cl os e ly related to studen t's career and academic interest . Prer

mental and exciting ideas ever considered.

uisites: declaration of major, a t

least sophom o re status, and completion of at least t o hours i n

FACULTY: Greenwood, Chair; Louie, Mayer, Starkovich, Ta ng.

t h e major. May be taken as Physical Education, Health Educa tion, o r Recreation credit. ( 2- 8 )

Physics

50 1 Workshops

The physics major o ffe rs a challenging program emphasizing a

Graduate wor kshops in special fields for varying periods. May

low student-teacher ratio and the opportunity to engage i n

be taken as Physical Education, Health Education, or Recrea tion

independent research projects. There a r e two introductory

credit. ( 1 -4)

course sequences, College Physics and General Physics; the

56 1 Professional PracticUJD

General Physics sequence incorporates calculus, and is required

The p racticllm provides students with opportuni ties to develop,

for the Bachelor of Science major.

implement, and evaluate skills associated with their professional

BACHELOR OF SCmNCE MAJOR: 36 semester hours, [ 53 , [ 54 ,

i n terest. In addition to int racting with u niversity faculty,

[ 6 3 , [ 64, 223, 33 [ , 33� 336, 354, 356, 42 [ , 422. 497-498 may b e substit uted fo r 42 [ -422 with consent of the

students will work with site supervision. ( [ -2) 59 1 Independent Study

department. Students plan nin g to co ntinu e in a graduate physics

I ndep endent investigations i n to areas of special in terest to the student which are not covered by courses in the regular graduate program. The types o f projects undertaken vary in length and

degree program are strongly u rged to take 40 [ and 406. Required supporting co�lrses: Math [ 5 [, [ 52, 253; Chemistry [ 20; either Engineeri n g 333 or Chemistry 34 1 .

content and are determined in consultation with a fa culty

A typical B.S. physics major program is as follows:

adviser. ( [- 4 )

Freshman

597 Graduate Research

Open to graduate students who minor i n the field of p hysical

Sophomore

education . Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. May be taken

Physics [ 54, 1 64, 223 Math 253

as Physical Euucation, Health Education, or Recrea tion credit.

Physics 354

( 1 -4) 599 Internship

Physics [ 5 3 , 1 63 Math [ 5 [ , [ 52

Ju n io r

( 1 -4)

Physics 3 3 1 , 332, 336 Chemistry [ 2 0 Physics 3 5 6

Senior

Physics 4 0 [ , 406 Physics 42 [ , 422 Engineering 333 or Chemistry 34 1

BACHEWR OF ARTS MAJOR: 24 semester hours: [ 5 3 or [ 2 5,

1 54 or [ 26, 1 63 o r [ 35, [ 64 or 1 36, 223, plu ten semester hours in physics. Required supporting courses; Math [5 [, [ 52. MINOR: 22 semester hours, i n cluding [ 5 3 or [ 25, 1 54 or 1 26,

[63 or [ 35, 164 or [36; twelve additional hours, of which at least eight must be upper division.

Appl ied Physics Also available is a major in Applied Physics, which incl udes a substantial selection of courses from engineering to provide

challenging and highly versatile degree. Applied Physics ca.n lead to research or advanced study in such areas as robotics-with application in space exploration or join t and limb prosthetics; growth of ingle-crystal metals, which wo uld b e thousands of times stronger than the best steels now ava ilable; mechanics o f material failure, such a s metal fa tigue and fracture; turbulence in fluid flow; pho tovoltaic cell research fo r solar energy develop-

1 14

m e nt ; or a pp lic a t i o ns of fluid flow <l n d th erm odyn a m ics to the stu dy o f p lanetary at mospheres and ocean Cllrrents. While many AppLied Physics graduates pursue pro fe ss io n al c a reers in industry i m m ed iat e l y after graduation from

PLU, the

program also provides excellent preparation fo r graduate study in nearly a l l fields of engi n ee r i ng.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR IN APPLIED PHYSICS: 50-52 emestcr hours. Physics 1 5 3 , 1 54, 1 63, l 64, 223, 3 3 1 , 3 54, 356, 42 1 , 422: Eng in ee.ri ng 1 3 1 , 1 3 2 , 33 4 p l u s fo ur e n g i ne e ri ng

courses, one o f which mlls t be upper division, selected from 233,

234, 333, 434, 245, 246, 345, 3 4 6 . Ph ys i cs 336 may b e substituted for Engin eri n g 234. Chemistry 3 4 1 may be ubstitu ted for

n gineerin g 333. Required ' up por ti n g courses: M at h 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253; Cllem istry 1 20; C omp u t e r Science 1 44 or 240. A typical applied physics pro gram is as follows :

Freshman

Physics 1 5 3 , 1 63 Engineering 1 3 1 , 1 3 2 Math 1 5 1 , 1 5 2

Sophomore

P h ysics 154, 1 64 , 223, 354 Engineering 2 3 3, 234 Math

Junior

Senior

253

P hys ics 356

E ng i n eeri n g 333 Ch e mist ry 1 20 C omp uter Science 240 P hys i cs 33 1 , 42 1 , 422 Engin e er i n g 334, 434

Course Offe rings 1 25, 1 26 CoUege Physics These courses provide an i n t roduction to t h e fu ndamen tal topics of physics. It is a non-calculus sequence, involving o n ly the use of trigonometry and college a l gebra. Concurrent regi s t ra tion i n 1 35 , 1 3 6 i s required. I I I (4, 4 ) 1 35, 1 36 CoUege Physics Laboratory Basic laboratory exper i men t s are performed in conj unction with the Col l ege Phys i c s sequence. Con c u r re n t reg is t ra t i on in 1 2 5 , 1 26 i s re qu i re d . I I I ( I , 1 ) 1 53, 1 54 General Physics A calculus-level s u r ve y of the ge n e ra l fields of physics, i n c lu d i n g

c lass i cal mecha n i cs , wave mo tion , elect ricit y a n d m ag ne ti sm , an d optics. C onc urre nt re gis t ra t i o n in 1 63, 1 64. Pre requis ites : MAI'H

333 Thermodynamics See Eligilleering 333. II (4) 334 Materials Science See Engineering 334. II (4) 336 Mechanics Fundamental mechanics; a mathematical formulation of phys ica l problems; part i I mo t io n i n one, two, o r th ree dimensi ns; motions of syst e m s o f particles; dynamics and st a t ics o f rigid bodies; moving coordinate s yste m s; La g ra n ge 's equations and Hamiltonian formulation o f m cha.nics. Prerequisit : 1 54; coreq u isite: 354 or consent of i n s tructor. a/y 1 997-98 I I (4) 345 Introdnction to Electronics See Engilleering 345. I ( 4) 354 Mathematical Physics I In trod uction to ve tor Jnd tensor calculus, fu n c tions of a co m p l e x variable, and Lapl a c e transfomlS with applications to

p hys i c a l systems. Prerequisites: 1 5 4 and MATH 253. I I (4) 356 Mllthematical Physics n B ou nd a ry va lu e pro b lems , spec i al fu nct ions, matrices and tensors, pro babil i ty theo ry, ei ge nva lue problems, complex variables, contour i n teg r at io n , and t h e i r applications to physics. Prerequisite: 354. I (4)

163, 164 General Physics Laboratory

40 1 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics The ideas and t ech n iqu e. of q ua n t u m mechanics are d evel o ped . Corequ i s ite: 356. a/y I ( 4 )

Basic laboratory experiments are perfor med in conj unction w i t h

406 Advanced Modern Physics

1 S t for 153; 1 53 and MATH 1 5 2 for 1 54 . 1 ] [ ( 4 , 4 )

the Genera.! Physi cs sequence. Concurrent re gis t ra tio n i n 153, 1 54 is req ui red I II

(I,I )

223 Elementary Modern Physics t reatme n t of various physica l phenom e n a which are i n a dequ a tely described by classical methods of physics. Interp re 足 tations which have been develo pe d fo r these ph enom ena si nce a p p rox.i m a tel y 1 900 are p resen t ed a t a n e leme ntary level. Prerequisite: 1 54. 1 (4 )

A selecte

Modern theories are used to describe topics of contemporary imp or t ance s uch as at o mic and sub- atomic phenomena , pla s m as , solid-state, and a s t rophysical even b. Prereqll i s i te: 40 1 . a/y II (4)

421 Advanced Laboratory I Selected experiments from bo th classical a.nd modern phys ics a re perfo rmed u sin g state of the art i n s t rllmentation. With 422

mee ts the sen ior seminar/p roject re q u ire m en t . Corequisi te: 3 3 1 .

1 (1 )

33 1 Electromagnetic Theory Electrostatics. d i po le fields, fields in d i e l e c t r i c materials, elc c tTom agn c tic induction, magne tic properties o f mat t e r, i n co nj un ct i on with t h e d evel op me n t o f Maxwell's equa tions. P re re q uisites : 1 5 3 , 1 54 and M ATH 253. 1 ( 4 )

422 Advanced LaboTiltory U Continuation of 42 1 wi t h emphasis on design and implementa足 tion of a p roj ect under the gu ida n ce of the p hysics tafl'. With 4 2 1 m e e ts the senior seminar/project requ i re me n t . Prerequ isite: 4 2 1 . II ( 1 )

332 Electromagnetic Waves and Physical Optics Proceed i ng from Maxwel l's equa t io n s, the ge n e r at i o n and propagation of electromagnetic waves is d evel ope d with parlicu Jar e m phasis on their a ppl i c a tio n t o physical op tics. Prerequisite: 33 1 . II ( 4 )

49], 492 Independent Study ( I -4)

497, 498 Research ( 1 -4)

115

CONCURREN T ATTAINMENT: No more thall 1\ semester

Political Science

hours taken to satisfy other major or minor requirements may also be applied to the political science major. No more than 4 such semester hours may also be applied to the political science mmor.

Pol itical science addresses one of the most difficult, yet fu ndamentally im portant h u man endeavors, the gover w

f people and societies. The student of poli tics seeks

nance

to unders tand how governments are organized and

s t ruc tu r d, how political proces

rel at i on sh i p of stru ctures and pr c esses to societal

u VI .....I <C U

es are emp loyed, and the

o a..

MINOR IN PUBUC AFFAIRS: 24 semester hours, including

may e mbo dy and reflect the fu ll range o f human

val ues, the study of politics must en deavor to understa nd

tbe realities of politics wbile a t t he same time as ki n g how

weU political ystem · work, what p urp oses are and o nght

to be served. and what effects re nit fro m poli t ic a l phe nomena. Pol itical s ci en ce en c o u rages

.....I

MINOR IN THE AMERICAS: See Americas.

pUTposes. Recognizing that government and p o l itica l a ct ivi t y

a cr i ti ca l understand

ing o f government and p o l i tics in tbe belief that a knowl edgeable, in terested, and aware citizenry is the root st rength and necessity of a democratic society. FACUlXY: Dwyer-Shick, Chair; Grosvenor, Kelleher, Olufs,

Spencer; assisted by Bricker. Courses in political science explore various topics in American government and politics, international relations and foreign policy, comparative government and area stud ies, political philosophy and theory, and p ub li c policy and law. The depart ment provides pre-professional training leading to careers in teaching, law, government, and related fields. The study of politics touches upon other disciplines, which inquire into human behavior and development, ranging from history and philosophy to psychology, communication, and cross-cultural studies. Students of political science have the opportunity to combine the academic study of government and politics with practical experience by participation i n one of the internship programs sponsored by the department. The department sponsors or otherwise encourages active student participation in political life through class activities and through such campus organizations as the Young Republicans and the Young Democrats. There are no prerequisites for political science cou rses, except as noted. Prior consultation with the instructor of any advanced course is invited. Students wishing to pursue a major or minor in political science are requested to declare the major or minor with the department chair as soon as possible. BACHEWR OF ARTS MAJOR: 36 semester hours.

1 0 1 , 1 5 1 , 325, 495 ( 1 6 semester hours ) . One course from each of Group A and Group B (8 semester hours). Group A - American Government and Public Policy: 345, 354, 357, 36 1 , 363, 364, 368, 3 7 1 , 372, 373. Group B - International Relations, Comparative Government, and Political Thought: 326, 33 1 , 338, 347, 3 8 1 , 382, 383, 385, 387. Electives: Minimum of 12 semester hours selected from the Political Science curriculum. Major programs should be planned in consultation with a departmental adviser. In some instances, an internship (450, 458, 464, or 47 1 ) may be substituted for 495; students must plan this option with the appropriate faculty intern supervisor, in consultation with the departmental chair. Required courses:

Distribll tional requirement:

MINOR: Minimum of 20 semester hours including 1 0 1 and 1 5 1 .

Minor programs should b e planned i n consultation with a departmen tal adviser.

116

RESIDENCY: A m inimum of 1 2 semester hours for the major and 8 semester hours for the minor must be taken in residence.

345 (required) and 20 hours from political science, economics, sociol gy, and business or statistics. This minor ffers an interdisciplinary study designed to support many major programs whose colltent has implications for pUblic affairs and is particularly useful to students contem plating careers in public service or graduate study i n public administratioIl, public affairs, and related programs. The Public Affairs m inor includes the fo llow ing require m e nts: I ) Political Science 345, Government and Public Policy; 2) at least five additional courses from three of the following groups (courses which are taken as part of a major program may not also count toward the Public Affairs minor): Political Science ( minimum of 8 hours i f this group is selected) 1 5 1 - American Government 354 - State and Local Government 357 - American Bure<lucracy 363 - Politics and the Media 364 - The Legislative Process Econ omics ( minimum of 8 hours if this group is selected) 1 5 1 - 1 5 2 (or 1 30 ) - Principles of Macroeconomics and Microeconomics (Global and Environmental Economic Principles) 32 1 - Labor Economic , Labor Relations, and Human Resources 362 - Public Finance 3 7 1 - Industrial Organization and Public Policy Sociology (m inimum of 4 hours if this group is selected) 240 - Social Problems and Policie, 386 - Equality and Inequality 4 1 2 - Crime and Delinquency 472 - Issues in Crime/Deviance Business/Statis tics ( mi nimum of 4 hours if this group is selected) BUSA 28 1 - Financial Accounting STAT 23 1 - Introductory Statistics On approval by the Public Affairs adviser, up to 8 hours may be earned through participation in an internship program as a substitute for courses listed above (except Political Science 345 ) . Internship opportunities a r e offered through several depart ments and provide students with actual w'ork experience in state and local legislative and administrative agencies. Students interested in internships are urged to consult with their academic advisers and with intern faculty advisers at an early date. Students interested in the Public Affairs minor should declare the minor i n the Department f Political Science and consult with the departmen t's Public Affairs adviser. MINOR IN LEGAl. STUDIES: 20 semester hours. For additional

information, see Legal Studies. PRE-LAW: For information, see Pre-professional Programs. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ED UCATION: For information,

School of Education.

see

Course Offerings

of study relating to politics and governmental systems. (4) 1 5 1 American Govenunellt

364 The Legislative Process

101 Introduction to Poli ti cal Science An i. n t roduction to the major concepts, theories, ideas, and fields

A survey of the con titutional foundations of the American political system and of institutions, processes, and practices relating to participation, decision-making, and p tlblic policy in American national government.

A study of theory, organization, and procedure of the Congress and other legislative bodies in the United States. (4)

36 8 The American Presidency

An examination of the nature of IHw, judicial process, and participant roles in the legal system. (4)

Stucly of the nation's highest political office in terms of the roles and expectations of the office, styles of leadership, Presidential decision-making, powers and limitations, and the interaction of personality and institu tion. (4)

210 Global Perspectives: The World in Change

37 1

1 10 I ntroduction to

LegaJ Studies

A survey f global issues: modernization and development; economic change a nd international trade; diminishing resources; war and r solution; peace and justice; and cultural diversity. ( Cross-referenced with ANTH 2 1 0 and HIST 2 1 0. ) (4) 2 3 1 Current Ioternational Lssues

A survey cou rse in international relations with emphasis on current e ven t s . (4) 282 Introduction to the Americas

312 Coustitutional Law

he constitutional basis of governmental powers in the United States with special emphasis given to judicial review, separation of powers, federalism, Lnterstate commerce, and poEtical and constitutional restrictions on governmental power. ( 4 )

325 Political Thought

374

A survey of the origin and evolution of major pol.itical concepts

in ancient, medieval, and early modern times. (4)

Introduction to various methods of legal analysis, research, and writing. (4)

326 Recent PoliJical Thought

381 Comparative .Legal Systems

crit ical examination of the major ideologies of the modern world. (4)

Study of legal systems around the world as they actually work within their respective political, economic, social, and cultural contexts. (4)

33 1 International Relations

338 Amerkan Foreign Policy

The role of the United States in international affairs. An analysis of the major factors in the formulation and execution of the United States foreign policy and its im.pact on other powers. (4) 345 Government. and Public Pollcy

An integrated approach to the nature of public policy, with

emphasis on substantive problems, the development of policy responses by political institutions, and the impacts of policies. (4) 347 PoUtical Economy

An examination of the ways that politics and economics

coincide. 'Iopics include the development of capitalism, socialist approaches, in ternational issues, regional examples, and methods of study. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 or ECON 1 5 1- 1 52 (or 1 30 ) . (4) 354 State and Local Government

An examination of legal processes in various adjudicatory settings. Primary attentio n given to jud icial processes focusing on American civil and criminal law. (4)

313 Civil Liberties

A systematic analysis of the international system highlighting pattems in state interaction. (4)

I"l »

Judicial Process

An overview of the geography, peoples, history, and current politicS of the Americas. Applies a comparative approach in studying the colonial heritage, independence and subsequent events. and recent trends. (4)

....-

363 Politics and the Media

The role of mass m.edia in American government, politics, and policy. Attention to political culture, public opinion, poLls and surveys, press freed m and responsibility, and governmental regulation, secrecy, and man ipulation. (4)

Constitutional rights and liberties with special attention given to freedom of expre 'sion and association, religious freedom, rights in criminal procedure, due process, and equal protection. (4)

Legal Studies Research

382 East Asian Politics

A comparative analysis of the politics of Japan, China, Korea, Malaysia, Indonesia, and Viet Nam . Comparative themes include the regional context, constitutions and institutions, political culture, political power, and economic and social policy. (4) 383 Modern European Politics

A study of the origins and development of the European Union and an exa mination of the governmental systems and political cultures of key European states, including F rance, Germany, Italy, and the United Kingdom. (4) 385 Canadian Political System The government and politics of Canada, with special attention to federalism, national unity, political culture, and constitutional development. (4) 387 The M iddle East

ontrasts the h istory and aspirations of the Arab Nations with the reality o f European dominance and its legacy, the formation of the present Arab states and Israel. (4)

Governmental structures, proces es, and policy at the state, local, and regional levels of the American system. (4)

401 Workshops and Special Topics

357 American Bureaucracy

43 1 Advanced International Relations

An examination of the politics of bureaucracy as encountered by

amines various theories of international conflict management, including in-depth analysis of historical examples. The develop ment of international law nd international governmental organizations are also considered. Prerequisite: 3 3 1 . (4)

citizens and employees. Topics include the growth of bureaucra cies, legal b ses, factors of leadership and power, relat.ions

between public a nd private organizations, and the relation between bureaucracy and democracy. ( 4 ) 36 1 Political Parties and Ejections

Study of p.arty and electoral systems w ith particular emphasis on American parties and elections. Examination o f party roles in elections and government; party financing; interest groups and political action committees; and voting behavior. (4)

( 1-4)

450 Internship in Politics

Internship in the political dimensions of non-governmental organizations. By departmental consent only. (4- 1 2 ) 458 Internship in Public Administration

An internship with a government department or agency. By departmental consent only. (4- 1 2)

117

III W o :> l V!

< z o V!

464 Internship in the Legislative Process A n op port u nity t �tudy the process from the inside by wo rki n g d irect l y with l egi s lative p a ltici p ants at the state o r local level. By d epartme n t consent only. ( internships with the Wa s h i n gt o n State Legislature a re open only to j u n i o rs a n d seniors with at least one yea r a t PLU who have taken or take co n c urr e n t l y 364. ) (4- 1 2 )

student's major, the fo l lo wi n g are generally requ ired for admis sion to the profes s i o na l program: Biology [ 6 1 , 1 6 2 , 3 2 3 ; Chemistry [ 20 ( o r 1 2 5 ) , 2 32, 3 3 2 , a n d 338 (with a l l laboratories ) ; M athe matics 1 40; P hys i cs 1 2 5 and [ 2 6 o r P hys ics 1 5 3 and [ 54 ( with a p p ro p ri a te laboratories ) . Check with a hea l t h science adviser for exc e p ti o n s or for additions s u gge s ted by s p e c i fi c p rofess i o n al sch o o l s .

4 7 1 Internship i n Legal Studies An i n ternship wi t h a private or p u b l ic sector agency or office engaged in leg al res e arch , l i t i ga t i o n , or law enforcement. By d ' p a r tm e n t a l consent on ly. (4-1 2 )

OPTOM ETRY: A l t h o u gh two years of p re - o p t o m et ry s t ud y is the m i n i m u m required, most s t u d e n ts a cc e p te d by a s c ho o l o f optometry h av e co m p le t ed at least three years of undergraduate work. A l a r ge percentage of students accep te d by s c hoo l s o f optometry have earned a baccalaureate degree. F o r those students who have not completed a b acc a l a u rea te degree, completion of such a degree must be done in co nj unc t i on wi t h o p to m et ry p rofes s io n a l studies. The requirements fo r admission to the s c h oo l s of o p tometry vary. However, the basic science and mathematics re q u irements are ge n e ra l ly u niform and include: B i ol o gy I 1 , 1 62, 3 2 3 ; Ch e m i s t ry 1 20 ( o r 1 2 5 ) , 2 3 2 , 332, a n d 338 (with all laborJtories); o ne year of co l l e g e m a t h e m at ics , i n c lu di n g calculus ( a t l ea st t h ro u gh Mathematics 1 5 1 ) ; Physics [ 2 5 and 1 26, or Physic$ 1 5 3 and 1 54 (with ap pro p ri a t e laboratories) . In addition, each school of optometry has its own specific requirements; c h ec k with a h ea l th science adviser.

491, 492 Independent Reading and Research By de pa rt ment co n s e n t on l y. ( 1 -4) 495 Senior Seminar Jntensive study into top ics , concepts, issues, and methods o f i n q u i r y in political science. Em pha si s on student rese a rc h , w r i t i n g , and p rese n tati on . By d e p a r t m e n ta l c o n s e n t o n l y. ( 4 )

V! W u..

o cc: CL

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY: The u niversity p rovides a ca d e m ic p rep a ra ti o n suitable for s tu d e nt s who choose to enter schoo l s o f m ed i ca l tec h no l ogy. S t ude n t s may also pr pare for post bachelor's degree t rai ni n g in s pec i a l ty p ro g ra m s l ead i ng to ce r ti fica t i o n i n h e ma tolo gy or cli n ic al ch e m is t r y. Students may earn a Bachelor of Science i n Medical Tech n ol o g y ( B.S.M .T.) c u s tom a r il y b y su c ce s s fu l completion o f p re - me d ica l t e c h n o l o gy coursework a t P LU, t he fulfillment of requirements for either a b i ology or c h em ist r y major, and one year of c l i n i c a l training. The B.S.M.T. i s us u a l l y earned as a second d e g ree . The d e ta i ls of the degree program and the m i n i m u m re q u j reme n t for admis sion i n to m e d ica l te ch no l o gy t r a i n i ng arc described under fde.di cal Technology and can be obtained from the health science adviser.

w cc: CL

PHARMACY: Although the p r e - p h a r macy req u .i re m en l s for individual schools vary (check wit h a h e a l t h s c i e n c e ad v ise r ) , the fo ll o wi ng cou rses are u su a l ly required: one year of general c h e m is t r y ; one year o f o r ga n i c ch em i s t ry, with l a bo r a t or y; col l e ge level mathematics ( often i n cl ud i n g calculus); one year of English composition and l i terat ure. O t he r courses o ften re qu i re d include microbiology, a n a lyt i c a l ch e mis t r y, and 1l1 trod uct o r y cour�es in c mrnlll1ic a t i o n , eco no m ics , a nd political science. For ex am ple, the U n i ve rs ity of Washington School o f P h a rm acy has approved the following courses as being e q u i va le n t to the first two years of its 5-year program leading to the Bachelor of S ci e nce degree in p h armacy: Biology 1 6 1 , 1 62, 2 0 1 or 328; Ch e m i s try 120 (or 125), 232 (with laborato r y 234), 332 (with l abo rato ry 334), and 338; E n g l ish 10 [ a n d a s e c o n d course i n wr i t i n g; Mathematics 1 28 and 1 5 1 ; Statistics 23 [ ; electives from humanities and social sciences. Total cre d i t s shou ld not be less t h a n 60 semester ho u rs .

Pre-professional Studies The following pre-professional studies do not constitute academic majors, but are p rograms of study designed to facilitate further graduate or professiollal work after completio/l of a regulnr disciplinary major a t PlU. Hea lth Sciences The Division of N t u ra l Sciences health science comm ittee advises students as p i r in g to careers in t h e health sciences. Stu dents having such interests are encouraged to obtain a he a lt h sciences adviser e a rl y in their program. S u m m a r i ze d below a re p re - p rofess i o n a l re q u i re m e n t s for m an y h e a l t h science areas; addi tional i n formation is a va i l a b l e t h rough t h e health science committee. C a t a l o gs and brochmes for many schools and pro grams are ava ilable to students in the Rieke Science C e n te r. DENTISTRY, MEDICINE, AND VETERINARY MEDIQNE: e n t e r i n g the p ro fes ' io n al schools for these careers have earned ba cc al a ure a te d eg ree s, securing a broad educational b ackgro u nd in the proc 55. This background includes a thorough p re pa ra tion i n the sciences as well as study in the social sciences and the humanities. There are no pre-professional majors at PLU; rather tudents should select tbe maj or w h i c h best matches their inter ts and which be s t prepares t h e m for al te rna ti ve careers. In addition to t h e gen e ra l u n ivers i t y req u i re me n t s and the courses needed t o complete t he

The ove rwh el m in g majo r it y of students

118

P A C

cce p t a nce to schools of p hysical t h e r a py has b e c o m e i n c reas i n gly c o m p e ti t ive in reccnt years, a n d students i n terested in physical therapy are s tr o n g l y encouraged to me e t with a h e a I t h science adviser as early as p o s s ib l e to determine p r e re q u i s i tes for specifi school . Most phys ic al

PHYSICAL THERAPY:

therap y programs are master's degree programs. Therefore, pote n t i a l applicants should plan on completing a b a cc a l aureat e degree in conj u nction with satisfying admis�ion requirem ents. The re q u ire ment s for admission to schools of ph y ical t h e rap y vary. Howe e.r the basic sc i e n c e and m a t he m a t ic s requirements a re ge n e ra l l y uniform and incl ude: Biology 1 6 1 , 162, 3 2 3 ; Ch em is try 1 20, 2 3 2 ; Nlathematics 1 40; P hys i cs 1 2 5 a n d 1 26 ( w i t h laboratories ) . In addition to the p r i nc i p l es of biology �eque l1ce, ap p l i c a nt s mList complete co u rse s in a n a t o m y and p hys i o lo gy.

This admission re q u i r emen t is met by either the combination

205 and 206 o r the co m b i n ati o n 36 1 and 44 1 ; biol o gy majors should take 36 1 and 44 1 , the clear p refe re n ce of several schools of physical t hera p y. In addition to t h e science and mathematics req u i reme n t s , the various s ch o o l s have s p e c ifi c science and huma n it.ies requirements. Check with a health science adviser regarding these re q u i re men ts .

Pre-Law " Pre- Law " at PLU i s an ad v i s i ng system, n o t a p re s c ri b e d maj o r

o r curricul um. The pr i m a ry reasons for s u c h an a pp roac h i s that admissions com mittees at America.n l aw schools recommend that a pp l ica nts be weI! and broadly ed ucated, that successful applicants be literate and numerate, th at t h e y be critical thinkers and articulat co mmunicators. In other words, exactly what a sound l iberal arts ed u ca t i o n p ro vid e s-i n deed , re qu i res. There fore, reg a rd. l ess of their declared maj o r s and minors, students considering a p p l y in g to law s ch o ol are encouraged to demo n strate proficiency in courses selected !'rom a c ro s s t h e d i sc i p l i n e s and schools while an unde rgradu a t e at Pl.U. In recent years, gr a d u a t es of PLU who were s u cces s fu l a p p l i c a nts to law schools located throughout the United S t ates had taken courses i n the a nt h ro p o l o g y of co n t em p o r a r y America and social sc ien c e research methods, Amer i c a n popu la r cul t llre and E ng l i ,h Renaissance l i t era t ure , n ewsw r i t in g and a r g ume n tat i o n , recent political t ho u g h t and i n ternational re l at i o ns, fre e - l a nce ril i n g a n d intermediate .Jerm an, a r u m a l behavior and human neuropsychology, marketing systems and public fin a n ce , l o g i c and moral p h il o s o p h y. It is also recommended, however, that st uden ts t h i n k i n g about going to law school take two o r t h re e cou rses, ch ose n in consultation with the pre-law adviser, which will help th em t o identify, d eve l o p , and explore p e rs p ec t ives on the c h a r a c t e r of American law. For ex a m p l e , PLU grad u a tes who have gone on to law school have fre q ue n t ly ind icated that courses in American government and history, judicial and le gi s lative pro ces .s , research materials and me t hod s , a n d i n t e rn sh i p s were usefu l, partic ularly i n their first year. F i n a l l y, students a re encou raged to consider p a r t i ci p a t ing in t h e activities of PLU's Chapter of Phi Alpha Delt,l Law F ra t ern i t y, International, a p ro fessi nal service o r g a n iz a t i on com p o s e d of law and p re-law students, legal educators, a t t o rn eys , jud ge s , and government officials.

Theological Studies Pre-theological students sh o u l d co m p l e te the re q u i re me n ts for the Bachelor of Arts d e g re e . Besides the g e n e ra l d egre e require ments, the Assoc ia t i on o f T h e ol og ic a l schools recommends the f() Uowing: English: l iterature, composition, speech, and related studies. At l e ast si , s e m es te r s . Histo ry: a n c i e n t , modern E u ro p e a n , and American. At l e a s t t h re e

Of the possible majors, E n gli s h , p hilosophy, religion and the social sciences a re reg a rded as the most desirable. Other areas are, however, accepted. A faculty adviser will assist students in the selection o f courses necessary to meet the requirements of the t heol o g i cal scho o l o f their choice. At the present time, in c re a s i n g numbers of women are e nro l l i ll g a t selected Protestant seminaries in pur s u i t of i he ivlaster of Divinity degree. Consult the Re l i g io n Department chair for further information.

Military Science (Army ROTC) The obj e c t i ves o f the Army ROTC (Reserve Officer Tra ining

Co r p s ) are to p repare academically and p h ys i cally qualified

college women and men for the rigor and challenge of serving as an o fficer i n the United States Army - Active, National u a rd, o r Reserve. To that end, the p rogram stresses service to country and com m uni t y through an enhancement o f l ea der sh i p compe tencies which support and build on t he concept o f "service

o z

leade rship."

A r m y R T i s o ffered to PLU st uden ts on campus. The lower d iv i s i o n COllTses a re open to all st u d e n t s and do not re q u i re a m i l i t a r y commitment fo r non-scho la r. hip s t ud e n t s . The upper division courses a re open to qualified students. ROTC is tradi t i o na l l y a fo u r- ye a r program, but individuals with prior service and su mmer basic camp a t tendees ma y co mpl e t e the p rogram in only two years. Pin,ll1cial assL tance in the for m of two, t h ree, a n d four- ye a r scholarship s is a v a i l a bl e to qualifIed applicants. T he sc h o l a r s h i p s a.re award e d in amounts of $ 1 2,800, $9,000, and $5 ,000 and p ro vide a b o o k allowance as well as a monthly subsistence of $ 1 50. St u de n t s in u pp er division courses not on scholarship also receive $ 1 50 s ub s i s t e nc e allowance. To be co mm i ss ion ed a graduate must complete the military science curriculum, inclu d i n g successful com p l e t i o n o f a s ix week advanced camp during the summer before the senior )'ear. Additional information on the A rmy ROT p ro g r a m may be obtained by wri t i n g A rmy ROTC, Pacific Lutheran Uni ve rsit y, Tacoma, WA 98447, or by calling ( 206) 535-8740/874 1 .

�

-f c: o m II'

B u rge ss , Ca p t ai n Peeler, Cap tain Schnock,

FACULTY: Cap t a in

C o ste llo.

The Basic Course consists of two to three hours of academic instruction a n d m i li ta r y tr a i nin g per week each semester of t he fr es hm a n and sophomore yea rs. S t ud ents b e g i n ni n g the co u rse as s o p h o m o re s can co m p ress the Basic Course by a t tending a d d i ti o n a l academic instruction. T h e re is no mil itary commit ment for no n - schol a rs h ip s t udents in the Basic Course. The Advanced Course consists of add itional academic instruction and p hys ic al condi t i o nin g plus a six-week advanced summer camp at Fort Lewis, VVas hi n g t on. Students are fur n ished with uniforms and most textbooks for Military Science courses .

sem este rs .

Philosophy: or i e n ta tion in history, content, and methods. At least

BASIC COURSE:

t h ree semesters. Nn wml Sciences: preferably p hys i cs , chemistry, and b io logy. At least two semesters. Social Scienc ,: psychology, s oc i olo gy, economics, p ol i t i cal �cience, and ed uc a t i m . At least six s e m est e rs , in clu d i ng a t least ne semester of ps ych o lo g y. Foreigll Lmzgu ilges - one or more of the following: La t in , Gre >k, Heb rew, German, F re n ch . Students who a n ti ci p a t e post graduate studies are u rged to u n d e rtake t h e se di s c i p l i n e s as early a. possible ( at least fou r s e meste rs ) . Religion: a th.orough knowl ed ge of Biblical co n te n t together w i t h an introduction to m aj o r re L i g i o u s trad itions and theological problems in the context o f the pri nc ip a l aspects of h u m a n c ul ture a s outlined above. A t least three semesters. Students may well seek counsel from the sem i na r y of their choice.

MS I l l, 1 12 Introduction to Military Science

An introduction to military scienc.e, roles o f active and reserve u n its, a n d sp e ci a l p rograms associated with A rmy ROTC. D evelopm e n t of w r i t t e n and oral communication skills for the military leader. (2) M S 2 1 1, 2 1 2 Introdnction t o Leadership

An i n t roduc t io n

lead ers h i p and military ethics and values.

T ILrou g h classroom simulations students are eva lu a t ed o n their

potential as leaders and managers. ( 2 ) ADVANCED COURSE: MS 3 n , 3 1 2 Leadership and Management

A survey of l e a der s h ip / man a ge m e n t and motivational theories. An orientation on the competencies re q u i red for the small unit leader. Includes tactics, communications, and land navigation. ( 3 ) P

119

MS 41 1 , 412

Professionalism and Ethics

Covers Army values, eth ics, and profession ali m, responsibilities to subordi nates, sel f, and c u n l ry, law of land warfare, a n d the resolution of tllicallvalue dilemmas. Also covers logi tic and j ustice system s a nd [ he interacti o n of special staff and co m m a n d > \!J o

h.U1ctions. ( 3 ) NOTE: A maximum

of 24 semester h o u r

p rograms may be applied toward

earned i n R

The minor i n psychology is designed to supplement an other major i n the l iberal a rts o r as

Psychology

Psychology is

degree program in a professional

20 s e m e ter hours, of wh ich a t lea:;t 8 hours must be 23 1 ( o r equ iva.Ient) m a y be used as part o f the 20 h o u r requirement .

taken in

residence. S tatistics

Psychology 1 1 0,

::I: U >

b usi ness, education, o r n ursing.

MINOR:

baccalaureate degree at P LU .

I l l , and 1 1 3 do not cou nt toward the major o r

minor. Courses at the 500 l eve l a r e p rimari.Iy For grad uate st u

dents; h o weve r, they may be taken by adva nced undergradua tes who receive the departmen t's consent.

scientific d iscipl i ne that seeks to undcrtand h W11a n and nonhyman be h av i or. Psychology is also a

Course p rerequis .ites: A grade of"C-" o r h i gher must have been earned in a course in order fo r it to quaL i fy as a prerequisite.

a pro fess ion that attempts to c h a nge behavior for the

betterme n t o f h umankind. Through its cu rricu lu m ,

Psychology 493, a l ready requi red of all majors, also meets the

research a c t iv i t ies , and u s e o f co m m u n i t y reso u rce s, t he Department o f Psychology p rovides students with a co mpreh en s ive and balanced exposure t o psycholo gy as a scie n t i fic disci p l i ne and profession. Th maj r in p s yc h o lo gy (a) i n trod u ces s t u d e n ts to scien t i fi c methods of p syc ho l o gy, to theories and research

senior sem i nar/project requirement when a project/paper is added. S t ude.nts may petition the depart ment to do the p roject/ paper in a n other s u i t a b le course.

Course Offerings 101 Introduction to Psychology

findings from the core areas of psychology, a n d to the history of psycllOlogy; (b) provides students with opp o rt u

An i n trod uc ti o n to the scientific st udy of behavior; scien t i fic m et h ods fo r studying the behavior of l i v i n g organisms; topics

n ities to explore advanced topics in sc i e n t i fi c and profe s

such

gain exposure to the practice of psychology i n com mu nity se t t ing ; ( c) h e lp s prepare students for postgraduate work

Effective tech niques for college study. Note-making, study

sional p syc h o l o gy, conduct p sychological

in psychology or i n

re l a t e d

researc h, and

professio ns, such as social

variety of setti ngs.

The p sych o l ogy p rogram is d e s i g ned

m o t ivation, tea m i ng. emotion, intelligence, personal ity,

adjw tmetlt. and social behavior. I II (4)

work, ed ucation , medicine, law, a n d business. The major is also a n excellen general pre paration for em ployment in a to meet the n ee d s

of a variety of students. To th is end , two majors are o ffered : the Bachelor of Ar ts and the Ba ch elo r of Science. " i th er degree provides a s o l i d fo u ndation in ps yc h olo gy, and ei th � r can serve as p rep a ra t io n for pos tg ra d u ate study o r em ploy m e n t . However, for th ose students who intend to pursu e the Ph.D. i n psychology follo wing graduation from

no Study SIdIIs

met hods,

a m i nation skil l s, time

management,

educational

pla n ning. Class work supplemented by individual counseling. ( M ay not be ap p lied to core. la nguage, o r psychology major or minor req u i remen ts. ) I I I

(1)

1 1 1 CoUege Reading Improvement o f college-level reading ski l ls. Previewing, ski m m ing, scanni ng, rapid read ing, crit ical read ing, a n d study reading. (May not be app l ied to core, language. or psychology major o r minor requirem ents) . I II

(I)

1 13 Career and Educational Planning: Finding Your Way Perso nal decision-mak i ng process applied t o career a n d

PLU, the Bachelor o f Science degree is likely to pro v i d e the

e d u c a t i o n a l choices, se.lf-assessmen t, explora tio n of t h e world o f

also reco m m e n d e d as an excellent pre-professional degree

related elCperience. Does not meet general u niversity require

st ronger pre pa ration . Th e Ba chelo r of Sc i e n ce degree is fo r

those students who plan to ent

the fields o f d e n tistry,

medicine ( al l branches, i ncluding psych iatry), public

work, educational p l a n n ing, reality testing, a n d b u i lding career ments o r pscyhology major o r minor requirements.

(I)

221 The Psychology of Adjustment

Problems in personal adj u. tment to everyday issues. Exp l oratjon

healt h , o r veterinary me d i c ine .

o f possible cop ing s o l u t ions. Prerequ isite: 1 0 1 . (2)

PACULTY: Moon, Chair; Adachi, Anderson, Baird, R. M . Brown,

242 Advanced Statistics and Research Design A contin uation of Statistics 23 1 and accompanying lab taught by

Hansvick. LeJeu ne, Mor i tsugu, No lph, Severtson.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR; 36 semester hours i n psychol

members of the psychology depar t m en t. To pics include

singit:

and m u l t i - factor experimental designs and analyses of variance,

ogy i ncluding 1 0 1 ; 242; 493; one o f 340, 342, 346, 348; one of

3 50, 352, 354; plus 16 h o u rs o f elect ive psychology courses. I n

m u ltiple regression, quasi-exper iments, su rveys. case stud ies.

addition t o t h e 36 hours i n psycbology, Statistics 2 3 1 and

archival research , small-N research, a nd non-parametric statisti

accompanyi ng lab taught by memhers of tbe psychology depart

cal tech nique . Studen ts w i l l lt'arn to

m e n t are req u i red.

carry out statistical analyses, and will have the oppo r tu. n i ty to

MAJOR: 40 semester h o u rs in or 348; one o f 34 1 , 343 , 347. 349; one 0[ 350, 352, 354; 48 1 ; plus 12 h o u rs of

design a nd conduct their own research study. Lec ture a n d

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE

psycholo gy i ncluding 1 0 1 ; 2 4 2; 493; 340 o r 342; 346

elect ive psychology courses. In addition to the 4 0 hours

l aborato r y. Prerequisite:

STAT 2 3 1

use

computer progTams to

a n d accompanying lab taught

by mem be rs of the psychology department o r consent of ins truc tor at least two m o n ths before the begi n n i n g of the semester. (4)

psy c hology, Statistics 23 1 and accompanying lab taugh t by

325 Human Sexuality

members of the psychology department and a t l east 20 semester h o urs in mathema t i cs a n d lut ural science are required. Of t h e 2 0 hours, a t least 4 hours must b e in mathemat. ics a n d a l least 8

o f huma n sex ll<\l and emo ti on a l behavior. Topics include sexual

h ours in biology. Those students wbo, a rle r grad uat ing from

co u r tsh.ip. and a ffectio n . Prerequisite: 1 0 I . (4)

P U, p la n to e n ter schools of dent i s t ry. medict ne, public health.

1 20

sections of this catalog.

schoo l , such

...J

veterinary medicine should not.e the speci Jic p re -profesSional

mathematics and science req u i rements in the appropriate

P A C I

F I C

S tudy of the psychological, b iological, and cultural components id ent. ity, typical and atyp ical sexual behavior. reproduction,

340 Human Neuropsychology The study of brain-behavior relationships. Topics in lude neuro

anal mical and neuro-physiological me hanisms underlyincr human b havior; psycbological effects of brain damage; physio logical correlates of language, sensory and motor functi ns, and emotion; el etrical stimulation of the brain. Pr requisite: 1 0 1 , 242 (or equivalent ) ; o r consent o f instructor. ( 4 )

34 1 Experimental Research Labo1'8tory in Neuropsychology E. riments ,0 d monstrations related 10 neuropsychological p he n omena . Empba is on methodology in research on the brain and beha ior. Prerequisite: 340 ( o r concurrent enrollment in 340) . a/y ( 2 ) 342 Learning: Research and Theory A criti I overview of t he research dat on human and animal learning, and of the theoretical attempts to understand those data. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 , 242 (or equivalent ) ; or consent of i nSlru tor. (4) 343 Experimental Research Laboratory in Learning Ex:periment and demonstrations related to conditioning and learning in humans nd animals. m phasis on methodology i n leaming re earch. Prerequisite; 342 ( o r concurrent enrollmen t i n 342 ) . ,/y ( 2 ) 346 Perception The study of our interactions with the physical world and the nature of our understanding of it. Includes such topics as color vision, dark adaptation, b aring musi and speech, taste, smell, pain, and sen ory physiolot> Prerequ isites: 1 0 1 , 242 ( o r quival e n t ) ; or consent of instruc tor. ( 4 ) . .

347 Experimental Research Laboratory i n Perception Experiments and demo nstrati ns of perceptual events. mphasis on methodolo gy in perception r 'search. Prerequisite: 346 ( o r concurrent enrollment in 346 ) . aly (2) 348 Cognitive Processes The study of human mental activity. Topics i. nclude attention, percep tion, consciousness, memory, l anguage, conceptual behavior, de do pm ntal a peetS o f cognition, individual differ ences, and applications. Prerequisites: 10 1 , 242 (or equivalent); or consent of instructor. ( 4 ) 349 Experimental Research Laboratory 10 Cognition Exper imen t s and demonstnl t ions related to human cogn i t ion. Emphasi on methodology i n research on cognition. Pr requi si te: 348 (or ncurrent enrollment in 348 ) . a/y ( 2 ) 350 Personality Theories Sh'ategies for t n e ·tudy of personality. Review of theories and research. Discussion of implications for counseling. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 . ( 4 ) 352 Devdopment: Infancy t o Maturity Physical, int llectual, ocial, and emotional growth rom i n fancy thr ugh adolescence to maturity. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 . ( 4 ) 354 Sodal Psychology Research and theory concerning the i n teraction between groups and the i ndividual. Language, attitudes, aggression, leadership, person p rception, and related topics are examined and their rela t i o n s hi p to varioLls types o f social change and intluences are discussed. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 . ( 4 ) 395 Research Laboratory Experience in e aluating and conducting research in a desig nated ar :I of psychology; may be ofD red from t i me to lime as an elective to accompany various 300-level courses. Prerequisite: con ent of instru tor. ( 2 ) 399 Internship practicum experience in the community in the clinical, social, and/or e. p rimental areas. Cia sroom focus on ca e conceptual i · zation a n d p rese n t a t ion. PI' requisite: sopho m o re standing plus one ourse in psychology and consent of the department. ( 1-6)

401 Workshop Selected topics in psychology as announced. 402, 403 Independent Study A supervised reading, field, or research project of pecial interest for advanced undergraduate or graduate students. Prerequisite: departmental on nt. ( 1 -4) 440 Psychology of Language The study of language as a means of communication and structured human behavior. Topic s include: bi logical founda tions o f language, psychoJingliistics, speech perception and pro d u c t i on, sentence and discourse comprehension, nonverbal communication, language acquisition, bilingualism, language disorders. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 . ( 4 )

'" 11\

-< n :r o o Cl

442 Development in Infancy

Psychological development from the prenatal p riod through t h e beginning of language acquisition. Pre re q u is ite : 352. ( 2 )

444 Adolescent Psychology

Physical development, mental traits, social characteristics, and interests of adolescents; adjustments i n home, s hool and community. Prerequisite: 352. ( 2)

450 Psychological Testing Survey of standardized tesls; methods of development, standard ization; limitati IlS and interpretations of tests. Prerequisites: 10 I, TAT 23 1 (or equivalent); or consent of instructor. ( 4 ) 453 Abnomaal Psychology Models f psych pathology. Diagnosis and treatment of abnormal behavior . P re re qu i s ite : 1 0 1 . ( 4 ) 454 Community Psychology Intervent ion strat gi which focus primarily on communities and social systems. Particular stress on altern, t i ves to traditional clinical styles for promoting the well-bei ng of communities and groups. Prerequis ite: 1 0 1 . ( 4 ) 4.5(; Theories and Methods o f Counseling and Psychotherapy I n t roductio n to basic m thods of CO llnseling and psychotherapy, and examination of the theories from w h ich these methods derive. Prerequisites: 350, 450, 453, or 454; or consent of instructor. ( 4 ) 46 1 Psychology o f Work Integrating career planning into the study of human behavior in work settings. Application and extension of psychological principles to the individual operating within an organization context-including measuring and facilitating job performance, worker m otivation, human factors, and group p rocesses. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 . ( 4 ) 462 Consumer Psychology ocial psychological principles applied to consumer a ttitudc formaLion and decision-making-e.g., perception of advertise ments, influence of reference groups and opinion leaders, and learning effects upon repeat p u rchasing. Emphasis on audience, message, and media factors. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 . (4) 464 Environmental Psychology

Human behavior related to the physical environment. Behavioral basi for designing environ ments-i ncl u d i n g territorial behavior; environmental attitudes and perceptions; and stressors. Applications to built and natural settings ranging from rooms to the wilderness. Prerequisite: 10 1. ( 4 )

471 Psychology and the Law An introduction to the issues, research, profr sional and judicial pra ti es general d by the growing mutual inf1ucnce between the law and psychology. P rerequisite: 1 0 1 . ( 4 ) 472 Psychology and Medicine An i ntroducti n to the field of health care psychology. Psyc h o social factors i nfluencing health (e.g., slrcssors, personality,

121

behavior patterns ) . Psychosocial i m p a c t of i ll n es s and its t re a t m nt. The role o f psychol o gi s t s in the health care system. Pre re q u is ite : 1 0 1 . (4)

Publishing and Printing Arts

474 Psychology of Women

E.x pl o r a t i on of psychological i s su es p e rt i nen t to women. Incl udes sllch topics as sex differences; p syc h o logic a l rami fications of menarche, child bearing, menopause, e"'ual h ar as s m en t , and rape; women's experiences with work and a c h i eve m e n t , love and sexuality, and psychological disorders. Prere q uis i te : 1 0 1 . (4)

f2 a: a.. C 2 « \::J Z '" -'

481 Psychology Research Seminar An adv a nce d cou rse providing students the opp ortu n i t y to design and condu t o n g o i ng research and re vi ew current re search in psychology. Directed toward h el p i ng students perform res ea rch studies that may be suitable for submission to j o u rn al s or p res ent a tion s at conferences. Strongly recommended in t h e junior year for students with an interest in g ra d u a t e studies. To maximize the effectiveness of the course, students are encour aged to give advance consideration to a reas and designs for possible res earc h . Pre req u is i tes : 1 0 1 , 242 (or equivalent), and

Fo r more than twenty years Pacific Lutheran University's Department of English has offered a way to help students translate a "love of books" i n to an exciting professional career in publishing. One of only a few such programs in the country, this distinctive interdisciplinary curriculum in Publishing and Printing Arts ( PPA) is highly respected by employers around the co untry because it combines preprofessional skills and experience with the solid foundation of a liberal arts education. This six-course minor is designed to give students with talent and intere t in writing, graphic design, communications, or business a head start into the world of publishing and a broad variety o f related professions. The Publishing and Printing Arts program is an especially valuable complement to majors concerned with

340, 342, 346, 348; one of 350, 352, 354. (4)

language and the written word, majors such as English, l anguages, education, public r lations, journalism, market ing, and graphic design. But students majoring in a wide spectrum o f disciplines - from biology to music to religion - have discovered the value o f a publishing and p rinting a rts minor, too. It both helps to connect them to publishing career opportun ities in those fields and p rovides a richer understanding of the complex roles that written communications of all sorts play in our lives and in our modern world.

495 Research Laboratory Exper i en c e in eval uating and conducting research in a desig nated area of psychology; may b e offered from t i m e to time as an elective to accompany various 400-level courses. P rere q u i sit e: consent of instructor. ( 2)

Three core cou rses are required: English 3 1 1 1Communication 3 2 1 - The Book in Soci e t y English 3 1 2/Communication 322 - Publishing Procedures E ngl i s h 3 1 3/Art 3 3 1 - The Art of the Book I

consent o f instructor. ( 2-4)

483 Seminar Selected topics in p sych ol ogy as ann o unc e d . Prereq ui s i te: consent of i nstructor. ( 2-4)

493 History and Systems of Psychology Historical development, contemporary forms, and b as i c a ss u m p t i on s of the major p s ycho l og i cal theories and traditions. Meets the enior seminar/project req u iremen t when a project/ paper is ad d ed . Prerequisites: 1 0 1 ; 242 (or e q u i va l en t ) ; one of

PU BUSH I NG AND PRINTING ARTS MINOR:

1n ad d iti on to this 1 2-hour core, stude n t s take three e l e c t i ve c.ourses ( 1 2 hours) selected from at l ea s t two of the foll ow i n g categories: writing/editing, m a r ke t in g/ m a na ge m ent, and

design/production. Writing/Editing: All English wr i t i n g courses beyond 10 I , including 403; approved courses i n Commun ication (283, 384, 480 ) .

courses in Business ( 202, 306, 307, 363, 365, 467, 468) or Co mmu n i c a t io n ( 3 8 1 , 3 8 5 , 390, 4 3 8 ) . Desigll/Prodllctioll: Approved courses in English ( 3 [ 4 ) , Communication ( 3 8 0 ) , or A r t ( 226, 326, 3 70, 396, 398, 426, 496 ) .

Ma rkc t ing/Ma l1agemcllt: Approved

U p t o two courses ( 8 hours) c a n b e counted toward both a Publishing and Pri n ting Arts minor and other requirements, such as gen e ra l university requirements, another minor, or a major. To earn a minor in Publishing and P ri n t i ng Arts, students must demonstrate word processing computer skills and a cqu ire some form of p r a ct i c al experienc in publishing-related work gained outside the classroom.

1 22

R A N

culture and how a reader's own culture shapes an understanding of the Bible. (4)

Rel igion Religion is an attempt to u n d rstand the meaning o f hu m n ex: i stence. For Christians mea ning is revealed in the love of G d i n Jesus Christ. The Department of Religion stands within and affirm this Ch r istian cont ext . In a un iversity se tt ing this means the serious academic

study of the B ib le, of the h istory o f t h e hristian tradition, of Christian theology, and of world rel ig i ou s traditions. CriLical study calls fo r open and authentic d ialogue with

d erstand a com m n h u m a n ity s each tradition adds its u n ique contribu tion. It calls for a critical yet constructive interch ange with

other religious traditions and seeks to

co n temporary s oc ie ty. Finally, i t calls fo r a sharing of i n s i ghts w i t h o t h e r di s cip l i nes in lhe u n iversity as e a c h sheds l i gh t on the h u m a n co ndition. To these

ends the Department of Religion offers a wide

range of courses and opportu n i ties. Furthermore i t ca lls students, majors an d non-majors alike, to consider questi ns o f m e a ni n g , p u rpose, and value i n a society which all too often ne glect s these q u e s tio ns. FACUI:rY: Oakman, Chair; Govig, Haemig, Howell, I.ngram,

Kill e n, Lundeen, Petersen, Pilgrim, Stivers. tudents entering as freshmen or sophomores. Four lower divi sion hour shall be taken before the end o f the sophomore year. The second 4 hours may be elected from most of the other o fferi n gs in the religion cu r r i c ulu m . Transfer students entering as juniors or seniors are required to take 4 semester hours of religion ( from lines 1 or 2 ) , unless presenting 8 transfer hours o f relision from other accredited colleges o r un iversities. The Core I requirement i n Religious Studies (8 hours) speci fies thaI 4 hours must be t,lken fro m each of two lines, as fol lows: 1 . Biblical Studies - I l l , 1 1 2 , 2 1 1 , 2 1 2, 330, 33 1 , 332, 333. 2. Christian Thought, History, and Experience - 1 2 1 , 2 2 1 , 222; 2 23 , 224, 2 25, 2 26, 2 27, 360, 3 6 1 , 3 2 , 364, 365, 36 , 367, 368, 369.

3 . I ntegrative and Comparative Religious Studies - 1 3 1 , 1 ;32 , 1 33 ,

�

PERSPECfIVES O N DIVERSITY REQUlREMENT: 1 3 1 , 1 3 2 ,

232, 233, 234, 2 35, 237, 247, 34 1 , 344, and 3 4 7 fulfill the cross cultural Line. 2 57, 3 5 1 , 3 54, 357, and 368 fuJfill the alternative

line.

semester hours with at least 4 hours in each of the three lines plus 490. 16 of the 32 hours for the major must be taken in upper division courses (nu mbered 300 or higher) . Transfer majors will normally take is h o u rs i n residence. Majors should plan thelr program early in consulta BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 3 2

1 32 The Religions of East Asia Con fucianism, Tao ism. Chinese and Japanese B uddhism, Shinto, and the "new religions" of Japan - their origins, development, and contemporary issues. (4)

o z

2 J 1 Religion and Uterature o f t h e Old Testament Literary, historical, and theological dimensions of the Old Testa ment, includi ng perspectives on contemporary issues. ( 4 ) 212 ReUgioll and Uterature o f the New Testament Literary, historical, and theological dimensions of the New Testament, including pe r s p ec tive s on contemporary issues. ( 4)

22 1 Ancient Cbnrch History ( rigins, thought, and expansion of the Christian Church; rise of the Papacy, expansion in Europe and the growth of Christian involvement in culture, to the end o f the Papacy o f Gregory I (604). (4) Beginning with the Peace of Westphalia ( 1 648), interaction of the Christian faith with modern politics, science, and philoso phy; expansion i n the world, modern movements. (4)

223 American Chur�h History I.nteract ion of religious and social forces in American histo ry, especially their impact on religious communities. (4)

224 The Lutheran Heritage Lutheranism as a movement within the church catholic: its h istory, d octrine, a n d worship in the context of today's pluralis tic and secular world. (4)

225 Faith and Spirituality Reflection on Christian l i festyles, beliefs, and commitmcnt \ ( 4 )

226 Christian Ethics I ntroduction to the p e rsonal and social ethical dimensions o f Christian life a n d thought w i t h attention t o prima.ry theological positions and specific problem areas. (4) 227 (247, 257) Christian Theology Survey of selected topics or movements in Christian theology designed to introduce the themes and methodologies of the discipline. (4)

23 1 Myth, Ritual, and Symbol The nature of myth and its expression through symbol and ritual. (4)

tion with departmental faculty. Closely related courses taught in other departments may be considered to apply toward the rel i gion major i n consultation w i t h t h e chair of t h e department.

232 The Buddhist Tradition

MINOR: 16 semester hours with no more than 8 hours in one of

233 The Religions of China I ntroduction to the major religious movements o f China. (4)

th e

::0 m ....

1 3 1 The Religions of South Asia Hinduism, Buddhism, Tainism, and Sikhism - their origins and develop ment, expansion, and contemporary issues. (4)

222 Modem Chnrch History

UN IVERSITY CORE REQUlREMENTS: 8 semester hours for

23 1 , 232, 233 , 234, 235, 237, 390, 3 9 1 , 392, 393 .

1 2 1 The Christian Tradition

The study of selected theological questions and formulations examined i n their social and historical contexts. (4)

lines listed above. Transfer minors must take at least 8 hours

in residence.

Course Offe rings

Introduction to the h istory and practice of Buddhist tradi t ion i n its South Asian, East Asian, and Western cultural contexts. (4)

234 The Religions of Japan I ntroduction to the r ligious traditions of Japan. (4) 235 Isla.mi� Traditions

I I I Biblical Literature: Old and New Testaments The Bible as whole; survey of the story of salvation; selected pas ages i n te rp ret e d in contemporary contexts. ( 4 )

An i ntroduction to the h istory, teachings, and practices of Islam.

1 12 The Bible and Culture

H istorical development of Judaism's fa ith and com m itment [rom early Biblical times to the present. (4)

Opens a window onto the "strange new world" i n the Bible. Build on social scientific studies o f the Bible as a document of Mediterranean antiquity; shows the distinctiveness of biblical

( 4)

237 Jlldaism

P A C

1 23

403 Advanced Seminar in Religion

330 Old Testament Shldies Maj or areas of inquiry: the prophets, psalms, wis do m l i terature,

Selected topics to be announ ed. For majors, minors, and stu dents who have taken a t least three courses i n religion. Priority to majors and m inors. (4)

my thology, theology, or biblical archeology. (4) 3 3 1 New Testlllltent Slndies III au

Q ;:)

J \II

Major areas of inquiry: intertestamental, synoptic, Johannine, or Pauline literature, or New Testament theol gy. (4) 332 The Life of Jesus

Historical survey of " Life o f Jesus" re earch; form and redaction criticism of the gospel tradition; the religious dimensions of Jesus' l i fe and thought. Prerequisite: one lower division course or conse nt of instructor. (4)

490 Research Seminar

D iscussion of common readings and a major research and writ ing project with public presentation around the student's area of interest. Meets the capstone seminar/project requirement. (4 ) 491 Independent Slndy

I n tended for Teligion majors, advanced and graduate students; consent of the department i s required. ( 1-4)

333 Biblical Studies

w a:

z «

Study of a select Biblical theme, book, or group of books, such as

theodicy ( Job), apocalyptic ( Da n iel, Revelation), or methods of interpretation. ( 2 )

Scandinavian Area Studies

360 Slndies i n Church Ministry The church in human service: the congregation, t he church

Scandinavian Area Studies

perspective o n Scandinavia past

36 1 (34 J , 35 1 ) Church History Studies

Selected area of inqu iry, such as American-Scand inavia n church history, religious experience among American minority commu nities, and the ecumenical movement. (4)

z Q Z « u III

365 Christian Moral Issues In-depth exploration ITom the perspective of Christian ethics

of selected moral issues such as peace and violence, the environ ment, sexuality, political and economic systems, hunger, and poverty. (4) 3 66 The Arts and Christian Life

Relationship o f Christian spirituality to artistic creativity, i n cluding l itera ture, architecture, a n d films in popular culture. ( 4 ) Major Religions Thinkers, Texts, and Genres

In-depth study of major figures, texts, or genres in hristian and non-Christian religious traditions, focusing especially on the theology and religious thought of these traditions. Fulfills either line 2 or 3 as appropriate. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (4) 368 Feminist Theology

Study of major themes and issues in theology examined through questions of gender. ( 4 ) Christian Slndies

Study of an historical theme, theological problem, or ethical issuE', such as salvation by grace, gender questions, world hunger. Cannot be combined with 333 to satisfy the general u n iversity core requirement in religion. (2) 390 Studies in History of Religions

39 1 Sociology of Religion Mul i -cultural i nvestigation of re1igious experience, belief, and

rit ual i n relation to their social settings with particular allen tion to new forms of religion in America. (Cros -referenced with SOCI 3 9 1 . ) ( 4 ) 392 God, Magic, and Morals

Anthropology of religion. (Cross-referenced with ANTH 392) . (4) 393 Religion and the Life Cycle Selected periods considered from a religious and social scientific

viewpoint. (4)

L U T H E R A N

of S can d i n avia within

U N I

Students enrolled in the Scandinavian Area Studies program are expected to demonstrate the equivalent of two years of Norwe gian, Swedish, or Danish la nguage instruction ( J 6 hours ) . To gain a basic understan ding of the region, they also take 6 hours in Scandinavia n cultural history and 4 hours in Scandinavian literature. Majors choose additional Scandinavian and cross-disciplinary courses i n accordance with personal i nterests and goals and in consultation with the program director (4 hours in cross disciplinary course, 2 hours in a senior project, and 8 hours of electives). A total of 40 semester hours is required. With the approval of the Scandinavian Studies director, selected January term, summer, and experimental courses may be included in the major program. No more than 8 semester hours may be offered to meet both the Scandinavian Area Studies major and general uuiversity requirements or requirements for a second major. Such cross-application of cou rses must be approved by the Scandinavian Studies director. The cross-disciplinary courses l isted below offer an opportu n i ty to view the Scandinavian countries i n comparison with other world regions. They are regular departmental offerings i n which students enrolled i n t h e Scandinavian Area Studies major focus their reading and work assignments to a significant extent on Scandinavia. Students must consult with the p rogram director concerning registration for these courses. Students are encouraged, thougll 1Iot required, to study in Scandinavia as part oftlleir program. Study opportunities are

Historical study of specific non-Christian religions such as the traditions of India and China, Judaism, and Islam . (4)

u niversity a n d the dynamic profile

Ringdahl, Vaught Farner.

Selected topic Qr movement within Christian theology. (4)

1 24

program reflects both the Scandinavian heri tage of the

SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES COMMIITEE: Toven, Chair & Program Director; M. Benton, Edison, R. Jensen, Myrbo,

364 (344, 354) Theological Stndles

369

and present, w h i l e

developing useful analyti cal and co mmunica tive skills. The

the world community today.

362 Luther The man and hi.s times, with major emphasis on his writing and creative theology. (4)

367 (347, 357)

is a flexible program which

d raws o n many university depa11ments. I t offers a bro a d

related college, contemporary contexts of world mission. (4)

available at a variety of institutions in Norway, Sweden, and D en mark . Appropriate coursework completed abroad sho uld be submitted to the Scandinavian Studies director for approval toward the major. Students i nterested specifically in Norwegian la n g u age study are referred to the description of the Norwegian major wlder the Department of Languages and Literatures, All core Scandinavian courses are taught out of this department.

Kelleher, Deal1; faculty members of the Departments of Anthropology, Economics, History, Marriage and Family Therapy, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology and Social Work, and programs in Legal Studies, Global Studies, and the Americas. FACUll'Y:

SCANDINAVIAN COURSES

Ltlngunges:

Norwegian 1 0 1 , 102 - Elementary Norwegian 20 1 , 202 - Jntermedi.1te Norwegian 3 5 1 - Conversation and Composition Norwegian 352 - Advanced Conversation and Composition

Cult u ral Hinory:

, candinavian 1 50 - Introduction to Scandinavia Scandinavian 322 - Contemporary Scandinavia Scnndinavia n 323 - The Vikings candinavian 3 24 - The Emigrants Litera t u re:

Scandinavian 250 - Masterpieces of Scandinavian Literature Scandinavian 4 2 1 - Ibsen and Strindberg Scandinavian 422 - Twentieth-Century Scandinavian Literature CROSS-DISCIPLINARY COURSES SOMETIMES APPllCABLE TO THE SCANDINAVIAN AREA STUDIES

Consu l t with the program director to determine applicability. Anthropology 350 - \Nomen and Men in World Cultures "conomics 3 3 1 - International Economics Econo m ics ,, 8 1 - Comparative Eco nomic Systems nglish 3 3 1 - The Art of the Book I En g lish 364 - S pecial Topics in Children's Literature nglish 38 t - Studies i n M edieval Liter'ature History 323 - The Middle Ages History 325 - Reformation History 495 - Seminar: European History Philosophy 338 - Existentialism and Continental Philosophy Political Science 345 - Government and Public Pol icy Political Science 347 - Political Economy Religion 223 - American Church History Religion 224 - The Lutheran Traclition Religion 36 1 - Church History S tudies Sociology 330 - The Family MAJOR:

As a division within the College of Arts and Sciences, the Division of Social Sciences o ffers programs in each constituent department lead.ing t o the B.A. degree. Add i tionally, a B .S. degree is offered in psychology and an M . A. degree is offered in marriage and family therapy. Course offeri ngs and degree requirements are listed under

o ,....

o G'I -<

Anthropology Economh:s History Marriage and Family Therapy Political Science

> Z

Psychology Sociology and Social Work

See also sections specific to affiliated degrees and programs for Chinese Studies, Global Studies, and Legal Studies.

o ,....

,....

Social Work See

o n

Sociology and Social Work i m mediately following.

Sociology and Social Work Sociology and social work, as distinct disciplines, are con cerned with understanding con temporary social issues, problems, policies, and so l utions. While sociology empha

Course Offe ring

sizes research, interpretation,

495 Senior Project

emph asi z es inte rve n tion and practice. The disciplines

A resea rch paper, internship, or other approved project. For Scandinavian Area Studies majors. I ll ( 2 )

and analysis, social work

share an interest in human relationships and experience, contemporary family life and fa mily policies, ethnic diver sity and race relations, poverty and social stratification, social j ustice and community organization. Both disci plines encourage hands on learning through field place

Division of Social Sciences

ments, i nternships, and service learning projects.

T he faculty within the D i vi sion of Social Sciences seek to

minor

provide a challenging education in the social sciences that critically a nalyzes the past and the present social history and st ructures of h um an interac tion. instruction is vibrant and relevan t to the t i me and wo rld i n which we live and

encourages responsible citizenship for today and tomor

row. Through classroom learning and applied settings such s up erv is e d i nternships, students in the social sciences acquire an u nderstan d i ng of society while developi n g the as

analytical tools with which to p rovide sol utions to a diverse

range of social problems.

The D ivision of Socia! Sciences fully supports interd i sc i plinary programs. The Legal Studies and Global Stu dies

Programs are housed within the divi ion. i n add ition, Social Sciences faculty also participate actively in other

i nterdisciplinary programs including Wo men's Studies, lhe Americas, and Environmental Studies. Also administered within the division, the Center for 'co nom ic Education serves to raise

the understand i ng of

economic p rinciples among teachers and students in the Pacific Northwest.

Students may major in either sociology or social work,

in sociology, or complete a double major in sociol

ogy and social work. Social work majors are encouraged to m inor in sociology. FACUlTY: L on-Guerrero, Chair; Aflatooni, Biblarz, Deussen, Jobst, Keller (Social Work Progra m Director) , McDade, Smith , Szabo.

Sociology Sociology examines the processes and structures \,,, h ich shape social groups of all sizes, including friends, fam ilies, workplaces, and nations. The study of sociology provides students with unique interpretive tools for understanding themselves and others in a changing world. Sociology has broad appeal to those who are interested in developing practical skills and analytical talents. Some of the practical p ursuits enabled by sociological training are in the areas of planning, program development, coun seling, research, criminal justice, employment and traiDing, and marketing. The academic preparation is valuable to those interested in pursuing further degrees in law, administration, social work, theolo gy, or the social sciences.

125

The, de p a rt m e nt 's c u n icu l m11 offers a wide variety of courses

240 Social Problems

in s o c i o log i cal a n alysis while perll1itt.ing an o pt i o n aJ concentra tion i n the special ized areas o f fa m il y/ ge n d e r or cr i m e/de vi anc e . The

Pove rty, d i scr i m i n a t i o n , dr u g s , crime, homelessness, violence, fa m i ly breakdown. Problems facing the United States t o d a y, a n alys i s of their social roots, and e v a l u a t i on of the p o l i c i es d es i gn ed to eradicate them. (4)

urriculum i del i b e ra tel y flexible to permit students to

s t ud y individual subject areas, or to p u rsue majors or minors in

the field. St udents majoring in b u s i ness, n u rsing, e d u cation , and the so c i o l og i al m i n o r pa rticularly useful for broad e n i n g th e i r u nde r s t a nding of social rules and relation ships, programs and solutions, and cont i n u ity and ch a n ge. The fa c u l ty is attentive to the i ndividual needs of students i n

324 The Sociology o f Sport An ex a m i n at i o n of the institution of sport in

computer science fi nd

lence in spo r t; the sporting enterprise; role of sport i n academic institutions; women in sport; and the busi ness of sport. P re re q u is ite: 1 0 1 or consen t of instru c tor. a/y ( 4 )

their efforts to provide academic excellence to a diverse student body.

v o o z < > \::I o o u o

BAC H ELOR OF ARTS: General Major: 40 semester ho u r s , i n clu d i ng 1 0 1 , 240, 330, 396, 397 , 499, p l u s 12 semester hou rs i n s o cio l ogy a pp r ove d by th e department at th 300 and 400 l e ve l s; and S t ati s t i c s 23 1 . Major with Concell tra tion i n Fa mily/Gender: 4 U semester h o u r s .i nc l u d in g 1 0 1 , 330, 396, 397, 440, 499; p l u s 1 2 semester hours in s o c iology chosen in consultation with the dep art m e nt ; and S ta t i s t ic s 23 1 . Majo r with Concelltration in Cri me/De viance: 40 sem es te r hours including 1 0 1 , 336, 396, 397, 4 1 3 , 499; p l u s 12 semester hours of s oc i o l o g y c ho sen i n c o n s u lt a t i o n w i t h t h e depa rt m e n t ; and St a t i s tics 23 1 . Revised requirements fo r th ose majoring in both sociology alld social work: 80 seme ter h o u r s incl ud i n g Social Work 275, 323,

OTE: 1 0 1 o r consent of instructor are p re re qu i s i te to all 300

and

326 Delinquency and Juvenile Justice An exarl1ination of j u ve n il e del i n q u e ncy in relation to family, peer groups, c o m mun it y and institutional structure. Consider ation o f p roc e s s i n g of t h e d e l i n q u e n t by fo r m al agencies of control. Prerequi' ite: 1 0 1 or consent of inst ructor. a/y ( 4 ) 330 The FandJy An examination of the institution o f t h e fa m i l y from historical, m u l ti-cultural, and contemporary perspectives, with emphasis o n how fa m i l ies a nd family l i fe are a ffected by soc ia l fo rces such as the economy, race and ethn icity, re l ig i on , and l aw. Rel a t i o n sh i ps, lo ve , a u t h or i ty, c o nfl i c t , s e x uali ty, ge n d e r issues, ch il d re a r i ng , com m u n i ca tion patterns, and violence i n the c o n t ex t of fam ily l i fe. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 , PSYC 3 3 5 o r consent of instructor. (4)

380, 385, 472, 473, 475, 476, 485, 486, and 499; S oci o logy 1 0 1 , 396, 397, 499, p l us 1 6 elective credits ( recommended courses i n clude S c i olo gy 330, 362, 3 8 6 a n d 462 ) ; Sta t i s t i cs 23 1 ; Psycho l ogy 1 0 1 ; and B i o l o gy I l l . 1

orth America.

Top ics include: sport and socialization; sport and politics; vio

336 Deviance A general i n troduction to a va r iety of noncon form i ng, us ua l l y secretive, a n d i l lega l behavior, such as corporate c r i me, dr u g dealing, p rostitution, industrial spying, child abuse, and suicide, with emphasis o n the conflict of values and l i fe-exp e r iences within a society. P re req u i s ite :

400 l evel courses.

1 0 1 or consent of instructor. ( 4 )

351 Sociology of Law

MINOR: 20 s e m este r hours, including 10 1 and 1 6 sem este r

An exa m i nation of the s oc i a l control of law and legal institu

hours of sociology chosen in con s ultation with the d epa r t m e n t.

tion s ; the influence of culture and social o rga n i z a t io n on law, legal change, a n d the ad m i n i s t r a t i o n of justice. Includes examples of how law fu nctions w ith i n t he m aj o r t h e oret ica l m odel s . P re re q uis i t e : 1 0 1 or consent of i n s t r uc tor. (4)

Statistics 23 1 may be included in the minor. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: See 'chool of Educa t ion.

TRANSFER STUDENT POLICY: The d e p a rt m e nt accepts, fo r tra n s fer credit from another college or u n i ve rsit y, on ly tho s e c u rses eq u i v a l e nt to S oc i o lo gy 1 0 1 ( Am e r i c an Soc iet y or I ntro d uc tio n to Soc i o l ogy ) a n d S o ci o l ogy 240 ( S o c ial Prabl ms) . If students wish to have ad d i t i o n a l co urses considered fo r transfer to 'ither their m aj o r o r m i n o r re q u i rement s, t h ey must first m e e t w i th the d e p art m en t chair. The student should bring to this initial m eet i ng t h e fo llow i ng :

362 Families in the Americas A cross-cultural examination of fa m i ly life in t h e n i tee! S t a te s , Canada, Central and South America, and the Caribbean, with a sp e c i al e mph a si s on how social forces such as the economy, c u l ture a nd re l i g i o n s h a pe family l i fe. Includes discussions of r a ce/ ethni c i t y; social cl ass, a n d se x u a l o r i en tat io n . P re re q u i s i t e : SOC! 1 0 1 , ANTH 1 02 o r consent of instructor. ( 4 )

1. college/university

Examination o f the nature, o r i g i n s, fo rms, and consequences of social eq ual i tie s and i ne q ua l i t i e s . Focus o n material circum stances, l i fe s t yl e s , and life changes in social classes, including racial groups and other m inorities. Prerequ isite: 10 I or consent o f instructor. a/y ( 4 )

tr a n scr i p t s

2. col lege c at a lo gs

3. course s y ll abi and o t h er su pp ort i ng materials Declared maj o rs/ m i n o rs

will be required to fi l l out one petition

per transfer co u rs e .

386 Equality and Ineqo.ality

391 Sociology of ReUgion An investigation of the A merican rel igio u s scene with p a rtic u lar

Course Offe rings

emphasis o n the new religious movements fe a t ur i n g in s id er

) 0 1 American Society

acco u n ts , a lo n g with attention to so ci al sett i n gs a n d processes

I n t roduction to the d is ci p l i ne of soc io log y. Ana l ysis of contem

which these new re l i g i on s reflect a n d p roduce. P rere q u isi t e : 1 0 1 ,

porary Ame r ica n s oc i e ty with e m p h as is on the in terconnections o f race, class, a n d gender. Sociological concepts such as socializa tion, social roles, stereotypes, power, a n d stra t i fication. This course fulfills t h e alternative l ine i n the Perspectives on D i vers i t y

re qui re m e n t .

1 17 Critical Conversation An analysis of s e l e ct e d social issues and p ro b lem s with a spec i a l

em p h a s i s on critical thinking and communication skills. To p i cs va,ry and will be announced in each semest.er's time schedule. Open to fi rs t year students only. No p r e re q u isi te s . (2)

126

one previous religion cou rse, o r consent o f instructor. (Cross refere n c ed with RELI

39 1 ) . a/y (4)

396 Major Theories An a n al ys is of the most famoLis and i n fluential s o ci o lo gi c al theories of the 1 9th and 20th centuries w ith a t t e n t i o n to the c la ss i c theories of Marx, D ur kh ei m , and Weber, to t he rrcent m u ltit ud e of contemporary schools, and to the u n d e rlyin g patterns of t h o u gh t which both u ni te a n d d iv i de th e s o c i o lo gica l t r ad it i on . Re qu i red for junior m aj o rs . P re re q u i s i te : 1 0 1 , j u n i o r declared major/minor, or consent of i n s t r uc t o r. (4)

397 Research Methods An o ve r vie w of the methods to explore, describe, a n d an alyze the social world. General issues in the design and implementation o f research p roj e ts, as wel l as specific issues that arise i n conduct ing i n te rv i e ws and field observa tions, constructing and adminis t er ing surveys, ana lyz.ing existing data, and planning program evaluations. Req u i re d for junior sociology and social work maj ors. P re requ i site: SOC! 1 0 1 , j unior status, o r consent of instruc tor. ( 4) 399 Internship St udents re e i ve course credit for working in

community organizations a nd integrating their ex p er iences into an academic project. P l a ce m ents are usually arranged by th e student and may incl ude the pub l i c school system, p r iva te and public social service organizations, criminal j ustice system age n c ies , local and

state governmental agencies, and businesses. Departmental consent is required. ( 1 -4)

4 1 3 Crime and Society An e x am i n a t i o n of cri minal behavior in contemporary society i n relation t o social structure a n d the criminalization process with particular attention to the issues of race, gender, and class. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 , 3 36, o r consent of instructor. (4)

Social Work Within a program that is firmly based in the

liberal arts, the social work m aj o r is designed to prepare students fo r be gin n i ng p ro fes s io n al social work practice. Social work has both a heavily multidisciplinary-based body of knowledge a n d its own continu ously d evelo p ing knowledge base. The complexity of social issues and social problems that confront the modern-day social wo r ke r req u i re this broad theoretical perspective. Socia.! workers a r e involve d in a rea s that are i n fluenced by p olit ic a l , economic, social, psychological, and cultural factors. To that end, the pro gram stresses a n understanding of social science theories and methods. The c u rriculum provides a fo un dat i o n fo r understand ing the interaction of individual, family, and com mun i ty sys tems, as th e basis for generalist practice. Students learn a multi method a p p roach to social work practice that enables them to address a wide range of individual, family, group, and commu nity needs. Students enhance their co m m i tment to informed action to remove inequities based o n race, ethnici ty, c u lture, gen d er, social class, sexual orientation, disability, and age. The social work faculty place a high value on the i n te g r a t i on o f academic a n d experiential learning. The program provides field work experience in community settings. Social work majors

418 Advanced Data AppUcations

have access to a rich variety of social service agencies in Tacoma

An opportun ity for adv anced sociology majors to work individu

and Pierce County that provide field lea rning s i tes. Students

ally with faculty members o r with community people on special research and data analy is projects as they become available.

Prerequ i s i te s : STAT 23 1 and SOCI 397. Departmen tal consent is

re q u ire d . ( 2-4)

Sex, Gender, and Society An a n a lysis of sexuality and gender from ind ividual and cultural perspectives. G ender stereotypes and socialization; t ra n s e x ua l ity a nd cross-gender systems; communication a n d re l ationsh ip s; sexual attitudes, behaviors, and l i festyles; work and family issues; viol e n ce; g en de r s t ratification and feminism. P re re q u isite: SOC! 1 0 1 , WMST 1 0 [ ' o r consent of i n st ru cto r. Fulfills the alternat ive line in the Perspectives on Diversity req u i re m e n t and is a c o re course for Women's Studies minors. (4)

440

462 Suicide A n examination of the different aspects of su i c ide and suicidal behavior. Begins w i th a cross-cultural and historical overview, l ookin g a t variations and chan ges in attitudes toward suicide. & v iew of the scope of the problem and ca reful a na lys is o f theories that attempt t o explain why people co mm it suicide. Discussions o f intervention in suicidal behavioral and t he question of the right t o suicide. Prerequisites: 101 and consent of instructor. (4)

499 Senior Seminar Capstone exp e r i e n c e for sociology ma j o r s. Students reflect upon and integrate themes frol1 l p reviou sociology courses through add i t io nal read ings and d iscu ion. S t u den t s in ve s t iga t e an i ndivid ual topic, make formal p rese n t a t io n s , and compete a substan tial resea rch paper. Pre req u is i t e: S en io r so c i olo gy m aj o r o r m i nor and d part mental consent. (4)

o o C"l -< » z o 11\

o n

work with experienced, cari n g supervisors who help make these placements valuable learning experiences. Social work majors should consult with a departmental adviser to plan their course o f s tudy. The faculty encourage students to take advan tage of learning opportuni ties

that empha

size multicultural awareness and d ive rs i ty. The s oci a l work program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education.

ADMISSION TO THE SOCIAL WORK PROGRAM: Students seeki ng the Bachelor o f Art degree in Social Wo rk must first app ly and be accepted i n to the program. The so ci a l work program welcomes diversity a n d invites interest and applica tions from persons who seek to participate i n a p rofe ss i on committed to h el p i n g people, now and in the future. Students wi.ll be admitted t o the social work program for fal l semester only. The priority date for a p p li c a tio n s i s M a r ch 1 , though a ppl ica t i o ns will b e accepted until available positions are filled. Enrollm n t is compet i t ive. Admission is determiJled by facu. l t y evaluation of student applications on the basis of the following criteria:

transcript that documents the ompletion of at semester hours of prescribed

least 40 course work with a min.imum

grade point average of 2.75. In addition, the student must

473 Topics in Sociology elected t o p i cs as anno unced by the department. Prerequisite; depart mental consent. ( 1 -4) 491 IDdependent Study Rea d i ngs or fiel dwo rk in specific areas or issues of sociology und er supervision of a fac u l t y member. Pre requ is i te : d e p a r t m e n tal con se n t. (I -4)

o n

show successful completion o f the following prerequisites: English 10 I, Psychology J 0 1, Sociology 1 0 1 , Biology I l l .

( Note:

g rades below C - d o not transfer);

a personal essay which addresses (a) interest i n social wo rk as a career, ( b ) l i fe experiences shaping an i n terest in social work, (c) p rofessional social work goals, and ( d) an evaluation o f personal strengths a n d limi tations (details m a y b e obtained from social work program);

3. a summary of work and volunteer experience; 4. t wo letters of recommendation that evaluate and document the applicant's potential for success i n social work education and p ra ctic e ; 5. Washington State Patrol Crimi.nal History clearance ( Appli ca n t s with a criminal record will be urged t o ex pl o re their p ro sp e c ts for registering as a cou nselor or l a t er being certified as a social worker with the State of Washington ) ; 6 . w r i t ten ag ree m ent t o co m ply with the National Association o f Social Workers' Code of Ethics;

7. p erso n a l in terview ( may be req u este d ) . Any fa l s i fi ca t ion in the a p p l i cat ion for admission is gr o un ds for dismissal from the program. A pplicant s who a re not a d m i tte d to candidacy for the degree may reapp l y without prejudice. P

U N

1 27

App l icat io n materials are available d i rectly fro m the Social Work p rog ra m in Xav i e r Hall, or m a y be reque 'ted by cal l i n g 5 35-7397,

11\ U

CONTINUATION POLICIES: To re ma in i n the program, a student must: 1 ) m a int ai n a 2,75 g ra de point average i n social work courses and 3 2,50 overa l l g rad e p o i n t average; a nd 2 ) d e mo n s t ra te behavior which is consistent with the NASW ode of Ethics a nd oi e rs i ty Code of on duct.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 36 sem ter h o u rs

475 Field Experience I Students a re assigned to a so ial serv i ce agency and participate, under su pe rv isio n , in the d e l i ve r y of social work servict'�. Prerequisites: 275, 307, 333, 380, 3 8 5 ; to be taken concurrently with 472; req u i re s consent of i ns t r u cto r. ( 3 )

in s o c i a l

work, i n c l u d in g 275, 323, 3 80, 3 8 5 , 472, 473 , 475 , 476 , 48 5 , 4 86 and 499; 1 2 semes te r h o u rs in so c i o l o gy, i ncluding 1 0 1 , 397 and fo u r el ect i e cre d i ts . Recom mended e lec t i ve cOLlrses include

Sociology 330, 362, 286, a nd 46 2 . Addi tio nal re qui remen ts

i n c l ud e Ant h ro p oklg y 1 02 or 3 34, Statistics 2 3 1 , Ps yc h ol o g y 1 0 J , and B i olo g y 1 1 L

Course Offerings 275 l otroduction to Social Work, Social Policy, and Social Welfare Social pol icy co u rse required of all social work majors. Explora tion of interdependence of social, cu l t u ral , p ol i t i c a l , and economic factors in the hi s to r y, t he o r y, and practice of soc i al welf: re, with pecial refere nce to th d eve lo p me n t of the s oc ia l work p ro fessi o n in response to social p rob lem s . Examination of the re l at i o n sh i p among t he s o c i a l welfare systems, t h e p robl em s and is ues a ddress ed by s o c i a l ervices, and th role of t h e professional social worker in ervice areas and set tin g s such as a ·'ing, child welfare, he a l th and mental hea lth , income mainte na n ce and servicc$ to , omen a n d m i n o r i t ies, Oppo r t u nities to meet with practitioners in the field. Field activity. Prerequisite. : on e . II (4)

486 Field Experience Seminar n In this semi n ar, students learn abo u t the s t r e n gt hs pe rs pe c t i ve as it rel a tes to social work p rac ti c e and present a case from t he i r field settin g . tudcnts d e ve l op skills i n m o n itor in g their own pr a c t i e and l e a r n about the a p p l icability of res e a rch to social work p ra ct i ce . Must be taken c o n c u r r e n t l y with 476. ( 1 ) 490 Special Topics in Social Work elected t op i c s as a nn o u nced by the depa.rtment. Topics rel e v a n t to cu r re n t t rends a n d issues in the field of social wo rk. ( 2-4) 491 Independent Study P re req ui si te: Consent of in,tructor. ( 1 -8)

380 Human Behavior and the Social Environment Examination of lhe b i o log ical , psyc ho l gi c al , cultural, and soci influ nces on human deve l o p m e n t . Au eco logical perspective for studyi ng tbe th eo r y and de ve lopm nt of i nd ivi d uals, famil ies, groups, institutions, organizations, and communities with i m p l i ations fo r general ist so c ia l wo rk practice. Spe c i al emphasis on ge n d er, ethnici ty, and ot her aspects of human d i er ity. Prerequisites: 275 and 23 for majors. May be ake n by n011majors. I l (4) 385 Social Welfare Policy AIl i n- depth exa m in a t i on of social we l fare s t m c t ure, fu nct ions, p licy, . nd programs. An examination of t h e impnct of cultmaJ values and ad minist rative and orga ni za t i on al s t ruc t ures at various government al levels o n s o c i a l pol icy i mplementation, espec ia l ly a s t h ey affe t services to vulnerable p op ul a t io n s . I n troduces st u d ents to applications of t heoretical fra m ewo r k s to SOCi,l l wor k policy iJ1 such a reas as i ncome m a i n t enan ce , h 31th, mental healt h , child wei are, and h o u s i n g and home1 sness. Prerequ iSi tes: 275 and 323. 11 (4) 472 Social Work Practice I A c o n c eptu a l framework of social work intervention covering the com mo n dem nts of gen ral i s t social work p rac ti ce . Appliciltion of the ec lo g i ca l perspective w i th the problem-solving modeL Provides s t u d en t s with fo u nd ati on k nowledge and sk i l l s for d i rect p rac t i ce w ith individuals, families, a n d groups. Assists students t owa rd mastery in assessment, d evelop m e nt o f i n terven tion plans bas d o n theory a n d assessment i n formation,

goal se t ti n g skills, contra t i n g, selection of appropriate in t e r ve n tions. evalua t i o n , and termination. Prerequ isites : 275, 307, 3 3 3 ,

I V

S I T

499 Senior Seminar Sludents . amine the e v l u t i a n of their own p e rs o n al style of social ork p ra c t i ce , the theories and models for practice which they ha e de vel op d , the et h i cal and value fo u n d a t io n which underli s s oci al work, an d how these are integrated with their p e rson a l and professional clI.--p e r ie n c - and prior co u rs ewo rk. Th p r od u c t o f tbi final y n t h e s i s i pr sent·d to the class and is o pe n to others within the university community. Prerequisites: 275, 323 , 380, 3 8 5 , 472, and 475. (4)

Statistics Sta t i stics , a branch of applied mathematics, studies the methodo logy for the col lection and analysis of data and

th use of

data to make i nfere n es under ond it io ns of u ncertaint y. S t a t ist ics play a fundamental rol in the soc ial and n a t u r al science. , as w \I as in b u si ness , i nd ust ry, and

govern ment tatistical practice inc l u des : col lect io n, exploration ,

summarization, and display of data; desig n of e;{periments

and sampl i ng survey ; d r awi ng inferences and ma ki n g deci sion based on data and asses ' in g th uncertainty of uch infer nces a nd dec isi n ; and the construction of mathematical models for a nalysis of random processes. Probability fo r m the co n ce p t ua l foundation a n d math ema tica l language for the in ferential aspec of s tatistics. The st at i s t ics program is o ffe red c D o p e r a t i el y by the De pa rtmen ts of Eco n omics, Mathematics, Psych olo g y, and Soci ology. Th p r gram is administered by a n Interd isci p li l1a ry Statistics Commi t tee

380, 3 8 5 . (4) P A C I F i e

476 Field Experience U Con tinuatio n of 475, St u d e n ts receive more a dva n ced field a ssign m ents i n a social s e rvi c e agency se t t in g . Must be taken conc u r re n t l y with 477; m u s t be ta ke n co n c u rren tl y with or s u b sequ en t to 473. ( 3 ) 485 Field Experience Seminar I This seminar p r o vide tudents w ith t h e opportunity to lea r n about the i ntake a n d assessment process at va r io u s social service agencies. Enables student to monitor their progress in their field experience se tt i n g . Must be t aken concurrently with 475. ( 1 )

323 loterviewing and Group Skills An i n t rod uct o ry pract i ce course wh ich p r ov id e s a l l stLldents in the u n i ersily with the opport u n i t)' t o learn basi c i nt e r v iew i ng and group s ki l l s , Includes information about interpersonal help in g theory and group dyna mi cs . How to relate ffect ivcly to individu als, families, and groups. Practic in! rview ing . nd group fac i l i t at i o n skills. Open to n on - m aj o rs . (4)

1 28

473 Sodal Work Practice n A conceptuaJ framework bas d OIl ethics and values consider ations and re q u isi te skills for social work p ra tice with groups, rganiz3tions, and commun ities. mph a s i on macropractice asse ' s men t , i ntervention, and c ha n ge st rd tegies at the organiza tion, community, and larger sys te m l eve l . P re requ i s ite s: 275, 307, 333, 380, 385. (4)

h eaded by the Statistics

Program director, who is a ppoi n ted by the dean of the Divi s ion f SociaJ S c ie n c es . Th s t at is t ic s minor is d m i n iSlered by the Depa rtmen t of Mathemati cs . S t u dents in terested i n a s tat is t i cs m i nor are encou raged to discuss course selection with a statist ics fa c u lt y member from any di ci p l i ne. FACULTY: Selected faculty from the Departments of Econo m i cs ,

Mathe matics, Psychology, and Soc io l o g y. STAT]STICS MINOR: A minimum o f 16 s emester hours to in lude Statist ics 34 1 , at least 8 h o urs from among the other statist ics cou rses, and

o mputer Science

I lO, 220, o r

1 44.

The statist ics cour es chosen fo r a statistics m i n o r will va r y

with the: intere ts of the student. So m e t yp i ca l p ro g r ams l ea d i n g to a sta t i lie minor are listed below; a c om p u t e r science course must be added to each List.

For students in terested il1

348 Applied Regression and Analysis and Anova (MATH 3(8) Linear, m ul t i p l e and nonlinear regression, r g re ss i on di ag n os t i cs and violations of model assump tions, analysis o f variance, exper

i ncluding randomization, a n d blocking, m u Jt ipl a n a l ys is of cova r ia n ce . Substan tial use of a s t ati st ica l comp uter package and an e m p h a sis on exploratory a n a lY$ i s i m e n t a l design comparisons,

o f data. P re req u i s ite : 34 1 or consent of instructor. aly n

(4)

49 1 Independent Study ( 1-4) 500 Applied Statistical Analysis ( ECON 500) ( Will not count for Statistics

M in o r ) An int nsive introduction

to st t ist i ca l methods fo r g r a du a te s t udents who have n o t

p re v i ou s ly t a ken I n t ro d u c t o r y · t a tistics. E m p h a is on the a p p l i cat ion of i n fe r e n t i a l statistics to concrete situa tions. 'G p i c covered include meas u res of location and variation, pr o b a hi l i t y, estimation, hypothesis t e s ts, and rt'gr ss i u n . (4)

-i c: o

mathema t ics, graduate or professional

work ill statiscics, or ilIl act l/arial career:

Statistics 34 1 , 342, 348 Far student. illlerested in economics or business:

Statistic 23 1 , 34 1 , 244

or Statisti

34 1 , 342, 244

Fo r studenrs inter ted i1'/ other social sciences: Statistics 2 3 1 , 3 4 1 , 244 or S t a ti s t i cs 23 1 , 34 1 , 348 ( Psychology students should take de s ig n a t ed sections of Statistics 23 1 . ) For students ill terested ill /lai liral sciences: Statistics 34 1 , 34 2 , 348 or S ta t i s t i cs 2 3 1 , 34 1 , 348

Course Offe rings 23 1 Introductory Statistics

Desc ript ive . ta t istics: measures of central t e nd en cy an d d i sp e r

sion. I n ferential s ta t ist i cs : general izations about p op ul at i o ns

[Tom sam ples by para m e t r i and non p a ra m et r i c techniques. Methods cove re d will include estimation, hy p o t h e s i ' testi n g, c r rel at i on analysis, reg ressio n , chi stJua re , and AN OVA an, Iysi.s . I n cl u d e ' a required co m p ut e r lab. S t udents should regist�r for t he lab corresponding to their Ie tu re section. ( May not be taken [or cred i t aft r ST T 34 1 has b n t ake n . ) I II (4) 34 1 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics (MATH 3( 1 ) Description o f data ( u ni var i a te and bivariate), i n t ro d u c t io n t o probability (axioms, discrete and continuous random va r i ab l es ,

expectations) , s p ec ia l distributions ( b inomi al . Po isson , normal .

ga m m a ) . ·tat cments o f l a w of l a rg e n umbers and central L i m it theo rem , cl m e nts o f ex pe r i me n ta l d e s i g n (control, randomiza t i o n , bl o c k i ng ) , s a m pL i n g distribution" point es t i m a t ors ( b ias. m . ncy, methods o f mo m e nts and maximum l ikel ihood), confidence i n t e rva l s , hypot hesis tests, regression ( i f t i me p e rm i ts ) . P re re q ui s i t e: tvlATH 1 52. 1 (4) 342 Probability and Statistic.aJ Theory (MATH 342) Con t i n uat ion of M a th l Sta t 34 1 . Top i cs may include: joint, m argi n a l and condit ional d is t ributions, correlations. d i s t ri b u tion, of fun i on s of random v a r i a bl e , m o m e nt gen e ra t i n g functio ns, Chebyschev's i nequality, convergence i n pro b a b i l i t y a nd l i m i t i n g distributions, i n t roduct ion to i n fe r c n e in regres sion and one-way ana lys i s of var iance, introduction to Bayesian and non - parame tri-:: ·ta ti>tic ·, p owe r test and l i kelihood r a t i o tem. Prerequisite: lATH/STA 34 1 . a/y II (4)

Women's tudies is a multidisciplinary program that enriches the tradit ional liberal arts curriculum by adding new persp ectives on women's lives and accomplishments. Based on the study of women in culture, society and history, the program incorporates gender into other basic ca t ego r i es of ana lysis i n c lu di n g the dynamks o f s o c i a l cha nge, t h e creation and transmission of culture a n d the

nd cult ural co nst r uct io n o r our physical and intel lectual charact risties, and the origi ns and nature

arts, the legacy

of c u rre n t theories and s cial issues. Wo men's St ud ies

female students pTep ara tion and p rofessional

broadens the education of both male an d a n d en hances their ca re e r

opportunities wherever t h e re is need t o u n derstand wo men and t h e n w role that they p lay in so

iery.

FACULTY: Wo m e. n 's Studies Executive o m m i t tee: M Kenna, Chair; D. Anderson, _ampbell, Dolan, Ford, lett, Klei.n, Ma rc u s , Szabo.

20 se m este r h o urs, i n cl ud i n g two Women's S tud ie.s c o re (4 h o u rs ) , t wo program core courses (8 h o u rs ) from de p artment� in d i fferen t divis ions or s c h o o l s; and lwo elect ive cou rses (8 h o u r ) from two different d i v i s i ons r sc h o o l s .

MINOR: courses

1 . WOlllen's Studies . o re Cor<rses (req u ired 4 hOllrs) WMST 1 0 1 -- Introduction to Wo m en's Studies ( 2 ) WMST 490 - Sc m i n r ill Wo me n '. Sludi s ( 2 ) 2 . Program Core Courses (8 hours) tudents choose two cours s fro m the following pr o gra m core courses wh i c h introduce women's studies in res pec t ive disciplines. S e l ec t i o n s must be from two d i fferent div isions or schools: An t h rop o l ogy 350 - Women and Men i n World Cultures English 2 3 2 - W men's L i te ra t u re (4 )

(4)

Hist o r y 359 - H is t o ry of Wo me n in the D i t e d Stat s (4) I ntegrated t ud i es 23 I - Ge nd e r, Seru ality, a nd Cul ture (4) I ntegrated Studies 232 - To p i cs in Gender (4) (pending approval o f topic) Philosophy 220 - Wo men a n d Philosophy (4) Physical E d u c a ti o n 3 1 5 - Body I mage (4) Psychology 474 - Psych olo gy of Wo men (4)

343 Operations Research (ECON 343) Quantitative methods for d c is ion problem . Emphasis on l i ne a r programming and other determ inistic modeL. Prerequisi te:

STAT 23 1 or e q u i v a len t . II

Women's Studies

R l ig i on 3 68 - F m i nis t Th ology (4) So c i o l o gy 440 - Sex, G e n d er, and Society (4)

(2)

344 Econometrics (ECON 344) I n t roduct ion to t h e m t h ods a.nd to o l s of econ o metrics as the

s ea rc h in ec o n o m i cs. Specification, estima classical linear r e g r e ssio n model. Extensions of the model a n d applications to the a n a l ys i s o f economic d a ta . P re requ isite: STAT 2 3 1 or equivale.nl. ( 4 )

ba i for applied

tion, a nd tesling in t h e

129

11'1 ...

z w

3. Elective Courses (8 hours) Students choose two courses from the following options. Selections must be from two different divisions or schools. a. Additional course from the program core courses. b. Courses from an approved list published in the class schedule. c. ourses from any discipline for which part of the course requirements can be fulfilled with a research paper on women or women's issues. This allows the integration o f Women's Studies perspectives into courses that a r e not explicitly or entirely structured around those perspectives. Consent of instructor is required. Students should consult the Women's Studies chair prior to enrolling for the course and are required to submit the syllabus, research paper, and other relevant assignments to the Women's Studies Executive Committee for approval upon completion of the course. MAJOR: The Women's Studies major is a multidisciplinary and illterdisciplinary complementary major. Conferral of a baccalau reate degree with a major i n \Nomen's Studies requires comple tion o f a second major from a ny discipline i n the university. Students are encouraged to declare both majors simultaneously and to plan a program aware of the possibilities for applying inclividual courses to both majors. The Women's Studies major allow application of courses from the second major and for general universit)' requirements ( Core I and Core I I ) to the Women's Studies major. 34 semester hours, including Women's Studies 1 0 1 and con current enrollment in Women's Studies 490 and 49 1 (6 hours ) ; fou r courses from the appro\red list of program core courses from two different divisions or schools ( 1 6 hours); two elective courses from two different divisions or schools (8 hours); one service learning course (4 hours) . Students a re required to complete a minimum of four upper division courses in the program core and electives.

I . Women's Studies 1 0 1 Introduction to Women's Studies ( 2 ) 2. Program Core Courses ( 16 hours) Students choose four courses from the following program core courses that introduce Women's Studies i n respective disciplines. Selections must be from two different divisions or schools. Anthropology 350 Women and Men in World Cultures (4) English 232 Women's Literature (4) H istory 359 - History of Women in the nited States (4) Integrated tudies 231 - ender, Se..xuality, and Culture (4) Integrated Studies 2 3 2 Topics i ll Gender (4) ( pending approval of topic) Philosophy 220 Women and Philosophy (4) Physical Education 3 1 5 - Body Image (4) Psychology 474 Psychology of Women (4) Religion 368 Feminist Theology (4) Sociology 440 - Sex, Gender, and Society (4) .3 . Electives (8 hours) Students choose two courses from the following options. Selections must be from two different divisions or schools. a. Additional cou rses from the program core courses. b. Courses from an approved list published in the class schedule. c. ,ourses from any discipline for which part of the course requ irements can be fulfilled with a research paper on women or women's issues. This allows the integration of Women's Studies pt!rspectives into cours . that are not explicitly or entirely structured around those perspectives. Consent of the instructor is required. Students should consult the Women's Studies chair before enrolling for the course and are required to submit the syllabus, re earch paper, and other relevant assignments to the \",Iomen's Studies Executive Committee for approval upon completion of the course. -

1 30

L U T H E R A N

U N I V E

4. Service Learning/Internship (4 hours) Students must enroll for either a service learning course in cooperation with the Center for Public Service or an intern ship through Women's Studies and Cooperative Education. Internships required for the second major may be applied to the Women's Studies major. Internships should be approved by the chair of Women's Studies. When this course is sched uled in the semester continuous with the semester i n which students enroll for Women's Studies 490/49 1 , one-year service learning placements or internships may be arranged, but are not required. 5. Capstone Experience (4 hours ) : Women's Studies 490 Seminar in Women's Studies ( 2 hours) and Women's Studies 49 1 - Independent Study ( 2 hours) Majors are required in their final semester o f course work to enroll concurrently for both Women's Studies 490 and 49 1 . Majors may enroll for Women's Studies 4 9 1 ( Independent Study) with either the instructor for Women's Studies 490 ( Seminar in Women's Studies) or a faculty member whose area of expertise qualifies her or him as a consultant for the re search project or internship planned for Women's Studies 490. Requests for credit toward the Women's Studies major and minor from transfer courses must be approved by the Women's Studies Executive Committee. Submit syllabus and course as signments to the Women's Studies chair.

Course Offerings 101 Introduction to Women's Studies Explores the richness and diversity of women's lives and experiences fro m a variety of perspectives, including the social sciences, humanities, and arts. Open to all students. No prerequi sites. May be used in partial fulfillment of the alternative line in the Perspectives on Diversity requirement. (2) 490 Seminar in Women's Studies A seminar for students who will do either an internship or a research project in Women's Studies. ( 2 ) 49 1 Independent Study: Undergraduate Readings

Reading in specific areas or issues of Women's Studies under the supervision of a faculty member. ( 1 -4)

Graduate Studies This section contains information about Padfic Lutheran Univers i ty graduate programs. CouTse descriptions for graduate courses are included in the undergraduate section of

tne catalog - within the specific department or school.

fhe O ffice of G raduate S tud ies coord inates a nd i ntegra tes the work of the sc hoo ls a n d departments tha t provide grlld uate level inst ructio n. The gen era l p u rp ose o f g ra du a te ed ucat io n is to further t he basic objective ' ()f the un i vers ity by providing gnK uate level aca demic a n d profes sional Jegree p rograms. Spec ific object ives a re: ( 1 ) to increase the breadth . nd der t h of u nderstanding of grad uale . tuJents in the Liberal arlS; ( 2 ) to jllCrease students' kllOwledge of research b�ing done i n their field of concen tration; ( 3 ) to devel op s t dent ' a bil ities to do i n depend e nt study a d rc�carch; a n d (4) t(.l enha Dce studen ts' profes sional abil ities. MAS'IEll'S DEGREES OFFERED 'I he M astu of Dulness Adminutration program enhances the m ana ge r i al effectivenes:. of l eaders i n business, govenl ment, and non- prtltl t organ il<ltions. Individuals of all educational and wor k i ng backg rou nds are encouraged to apply. Tilt.: MasteT of Arts in Jl.tlucation meets the needs of educators b), offering s ix concentrat ions: I . Th<, C I(fs� r ootn Tcaching concentration provides advan 't:d prcpar,lliOl1 in subject atter and professional educa tion fo r dl:men lary and secondary classroom teachers. 2. Edll ca r io rw l Administration is designc to prepare profession als to become elementary and secondary school principals and p rogram dti m i nistrotors. The degree is open to qualified pro fes�lO nals nol seek ing principa l 's credent ials, as well. 3. The Lir�m(y Ed'KMivll concent ra t ion prepa res educators to en cu tl ,lge literacy acquisition and development appropriate 10 st u den ts' needs and i n terests. The importance of children's li terat u r , information li teraq'. and technology are empl a sizt:d th ro u gho u t , in both theory and practice. ,L Spewr! Hd/lC£11ioll seeks to expa nd the qualifications o f persons who Sl'rw special needs children and youth in a varierI' o f edu ca t ion a l or rehabi litative setti ngs. Some of these roles and sctl ing� might includl' ,df-con t ained and resource room teachers, �pccial educa tion consu l tants, sup port personnel, or coord inators . 5. Irlil ial Cert iication i� designed t o prepJre qualified teachers f with endorse ments in K-8 ( Elementary Education) and 4-1 2 ( Subj c t M.l.t ter Specific ) . T h e Master o f Science i n Nursing program promotes learning to enha nc e professional knowledge and skills fo r nurses in three Cl)ncent ra l ions: I . lIealth Systems Mallagelllent pr p J res n u rses for le.l.dership and admin ist riltive p lsi( ions in the he31th care delivery system. 2 . ThO' COlltillldry Of Care �pecialization prepares nu rses to guide and tralk clients LhTDugh a comprehensive array o f health, men tal he: ! t h , and social serv ices spanning all levels of i n tensity o f (are. 3 . The Nurse Practitiol1er concentration prepares nurses as pri mary care providers. Graduates enter into primary care pranice as fa m ily, won"Len's healthcare, or gerontology nurse pracl i t i oners.

The Master of Arts in Sodal Sciences ( M ar r iage and Family Therapy) is designed to develop p rofessio nal skills and clinical competence by means of a systems approach to fa mily therap y w i t h a lig()rou� practicum component. The program is accred ited by AAMFT.

'" � c: o

Admission Students seeking admission to a ny graduate program must h old a bachelor's degree from a regionally accredited college or u n iversity. A cumulat ive u ndergrad uate grade point average of at least 3.0 (on a 4.0 scale) is required for admission as a regular status graduate stud en to , Those students with a n average of less than 3 . 0 may be granted provisional status and will n o t be considered for admission to regular status until !.hey have demonstrated their ability to do gra uate work by comp1etiog a m i n imum of eight semes ter h o urs of work with a cumulati ve grade point average of at least 3 .0. All app lication evaluations arc based on scholastic qualifica tions, a sta temen t of professional goals, letters o f rccommcJ1(] tion, and prera rati o n in the proposed field of st udy. Some grad uate programs may also require a utobiographical statements, personal i nterviews, s tandardized t' ts, or o ther evidence o f professional accomplishment. Listings for each program detail these additional admiSSi on requirements. The dean of graduate stud ie s may deny admission if applicants' scholastic records are undistinguished, i f prepara tion i s judged inadequate as a foundation for graduate work, o r if the p rograms are already filled to capacity. Admission decisions are made by the dean of graduate studies upon recom mendation by the graduate c mrnittee of the resp.:ctivc academic unit. Students applying fIn admission to graduale study must subm it a completed application fo rm, a statemenl o f goals, a resume, and a non-refundable application fee of $35.00. Appl icants must request from ea\:: h prev iQuslyilttendnl in timtion of higher learninji (undergraduate and graJ ua te )�.n official lranscript to b e sel l t by the institution directly to the Office of Adm issions at PLU.o Further supporting evidence in the form of persunal recom mt.'ndations are required from those person� named by the applica nt o n the application form. Applicants to all programs except initial certification ami Marriage and Family Therapy are encouraged to submit their applications at least three months before the semester in wh ich they wish to enrol l. Screening of applica nts and admission 10 t he incoming class in M:arriage and Family Therapy, Master of Arts in Education with Initial Certification, and Nurse Practitioner programs will begin a fter January 31 alld continue until the class is fu ll. Application packets are available from the Office of Admis sions, ( 206)535- 7 1 5 1 . 1 n summary, the following items must b e o n file i n the Office of Admissions before an app li cant will be considered for admiss ion: I. The completed applicatio n form. 2. A statement of professional and educational goals. 3. A resume. 4. The $35.00 non-refundable application fee. 5. An official transcript from e ch IIlstitution of higher learning attended. All transcripts must be sent directly to the Office o f Admissions at PLU from the institution providing the transcript. 6. Two recommendations.

m '"

131

7. TOEFL test scores for a.1I

classification may coll nt toward a graduale d eg ree , but onl y as

in ternational st uden ts (see i n te ma tion for de t . il J . 8 . Add i t i onal ly, sp ec i fic progra m s req U Ire th e fol lowi ng: • Master of B ·inc.s� Adm i ni�tration: GMAT score. • Master of Arts in EdUC.1l ion: MJI: or GRE �c.ore; personal interview with rogram d ir ec tor. • Ma ler PI' A r t s in Social Sciences ( M , trr i age ar d FamiIy Therapy): Au tobi ograph ica l statemen t; per so na l i nt er v i ew. • Ma:.ler of Sci�nce in Nur_1ng: LJRE score; pers nal interview with p rogr am di rector.

ti nal s t uden t

re c om men d ed

aru i tted to a degree pro g ra m . No such c redi t can be connte that ca r ri es a g ra d.: I '-'ltr than B- . Tn all cases, 3 It'tter i nd icat i n g ch a ng e of statu6 will be fonvarded to the stu dent , With a copy to th adviser andlor prog ram d i re ctor. I NTERNATIONAL STUDENTS: Students fr m l b ro ad arc

subject to all the requireme n b for ad m i siQn established by the Offi ce of AdmiSl;i( 11�.

Please c n tac t the Couns l ing and Tf)li ng O ffi ce at (206)

535- 7206 for mfonna t io n on t h e GMAT, t he

y Lh� fa c u! t )' advisory committee ,Ul d ap p r ove d

by the dean of graduate s tudies ,Iher the s t ud ent has been

To al low ample t i me for v is a a n d ot her de par t ur pr c e d u re s ,

MAT, and the G RE.

Ail r ecords be' me parI of tb aprl ican t ' official file and can fo r an y purpose. f n ffer 0 ad miss i on is good for one y ar in mo,t p ro g rams. Adm 'tte I stud e nts who ha e no t moll d in any co ur e w r C r one )'car after the se mester they indicate t he y intend to begin t hei r program m t reapply.

be nei ther returned n or d u p lica te

the applicant shoul d have his or her ap p li c a t ion a nd all su -

porting doctlm nls n fik in t he Office of AdmIssions no less than fo ur months before a proposed datI! of e ntry, The fol lowing documents are necessary B EFOR E an ap pl i ca t i on can be processed.

1 . Formal app l icat io n for adrrllSsion and statement of goa� wjth I e $ 35.00 non - refu n d ab le ap p l i cation fee (which canno t be wa ived fo r an)' I'eason) .

2 . An offiCial transcript fro lll eac h i nst it u t i on o f higher learning attended. All transcril>1s must be sent directly to the Office

Policies and Standards [NTERVlEWING Of APPUCANTS: Before admission to a

graduate prog ra m , it is adv is. ble for a n applicant to seek an i n t.:rview wi th t he program director in t he s ubjec t area of i n te res t . I n certai n p ro a ms , a personal illtervi w i a requ i re ment as part f the appli cation proc(!ss. See sp eci lk program requ irements for Jetails. CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS; A studen t may be adm i t t e d

to a grad uate program ¥ith reg u la r or provisional student s ta t us , and may en wl ! as a fu ll - ti me or half-lime , tudenl. Regular'- Those studen t s app roved un reser d ly for adm ission to g raduate study a e gra nted regu la r s t atus . '\n undergradu ate grade point average of 3.0 or h ighe r is requ i red for re g u la r status. Pr J'i<iorwi - In some pr g ra ms , newl), admittetl students are ass i gned provisional SWIll un til c e r tal ll program p rerequisites have been met. S t u d e n ts who fail to qualitY for re g ul a r status because of grade p o in t average or l a ck of completion of sp e c ific prerequisite may be gr an t d provi sio nal status.

NOTE , tu d ellis wh() have appl i e d for graduate school before

co m pleti ng their undergraduat work may be admitted a s reg u lar r p rovis i onal status student� with the condition that wo rk c.lnnot be. '11 until th e y have successfully co m pl et ed their bachel or's de.gret: and official lranscripts with the degree have been received r l he Office of Graduate Stud ies . International stud nts lacking adequate E nglis h skills will not be adm i tted conditional ly.

NOIT-miltricuiated - Students ho l d i ng the b ache l or 's degree wh o wish to i u r su e course work w i th no i nte n tion of q uali fy ing for :m ad need de g ree at PLU a re classified as non -m triculated students. A Don-matriculated tudent may take a maximum of nine semester hours of 500-level roUfS . Full-time - Graduate stude nts enrolled for eight or mo re emester hours i n fa l l o r s p r i ng semester are cons i dered full time.

Half-time - Gra du a t e st uden ts enrolled

fo r at least f ur but less than eight e mester hours in fall o r s p r i ng sem est er are co n s idere d bal f- t ime .

CHANGE OF STUDENT S'IAl'US:

tuden! �tatus wiU be

ch anged from prol'isimml lo regular after the fol l owi n g condi tIOns have been

met:

satl s facto r v ful fill ment of co u rs deficien

cieS; s.lli s fa c tor y wmp l e t iol1 of �ighr 't:m

ter hours of gradu< te work \vith a cumulative grade p o i nt average o f 3.0 or h igher; or s atisfa c tory com p le t i on of depart m e n t al or school requirements. Student status wi ll be Ch anged from llOn-lIlatr icllla ted t o regrllar/prollisional after lhe non-matriculated st ud e n t completes lhe normal application process and is accept d into a regular degree program. C.-edit earned durmg non-mat rkuJJ.lct!

132

l U T H E R A N

N I V E R 5

of misSIOns at PLU from the institution provid i ng the tran c r i pt . 3. Two le tters of recommel1d� l ion [rom school officials or p ers on of re cognized standing. App l ica n t ' tr.msCer ring from an Americ-dn college or u n iv rsity shou ld request their fore ign student adviser to s en d a rec o mm e ndation . 4. De monstrated p rofi cien cy in th e English language th r u gh attaining a m i l1lmum score of 550 OIl the Test of En glish as il or e ig n Language (TOEFL) o r a m i n imltm of 85 n the writ ten sectioll .lIld 85 on the oral secti on f tl e M i ch iga n Test. Conditional acceptance w i l l not b e granted for i n terna ti o na l stu d en ts l acki n g a de q uatr English language skil ls.

5. Official scores from speciiic tests as required for certain ' programs or concentrations. S ee ind iv i d ual m a ster s pr grams for pa r t i c u lar, . International st u d en t s are required to s ubm i t a

$300.00 a d

vance payment followlJI g an offer of admis iOll . This payment is

the student's acknm'Iedgment of acce p tance, and is credited to the s tuden t 's account to be applied t owar d expenses of t he first

term of e n roILnen.t . If circumstance ' necessitate cancellation of e n rollm ent and the Office of G ra duate Studies il, noti fied i n wr i ting t h i r ty days in advance of the anticipated date o f e nrol l ment, the $300.00 will be refunded. An 1-20 form ( Ce rt i ficate of el i g ibi l ity for Non-imm igl ant St udent Status) wi ll be issued only after all docu ments have been received, lhe application has been review d, the s tuden t has been offe re d admission and accepted, a ce r tific at io n of finances has been received, and tht! $300.00 a d" an c d p ay men t uas bee n reC'eived. Cer t i ficatlon from banks a n d em a, sics is p e r m is s ible. A fin a n c i a l sratcm nt form is available fro m tbe Office o f Admissions upon request. The 1-20 form should be taken to the U.S. Consulate when requesting a v i s a to come to the United S t a tes for a gr ad u at e p rogram. 1-20 forms issued by the Office of Gradutite St u di es are fo r m A s te r 's deg ree p rogr a m s o n ly and not tor i ntensive En gl i s h la n gu age st udy. International students are req u i red by i mm ig r a t ion regul lioIlS to enroll as full- t i m e studen ts (a minim u m f eight credit h ou r per se m es ter ) . Th ey are alba requi re d to have a p h ys i ca l examination and to submit the a pp ro p r i a te medical forms to the un i versit y's Heal t h Service. Before enrolling for das , all international s tu de n a re req u ire d to have health a n d medical i nsurance, wh i ch is obtained through the lI1iversity after arrival on campu$.

I ntern at i o n al g ra du a te studen

must also

t to

Cen te r For International Programs, (206) 535-71�4, upon reg istr,ltion £ r p u rp os es of im m igration and un i fsity record keeping. This m u st be done at the time of regis tration ( Harstad Hall, first il or).

FACUll'Y ADVISING: Upon atlmission

each slUderr t wil l be facu l ty adviliff re.po nsible for assisting the s t u dent in determin i ng a program of study. When appfI.lpria te, the adviser W I l l chair the studcnt's. advisory com m i t tec. 't ud ents are mc:ou raged 10 meet wirh their adviser.; earl)' in t hei r programs.

a�signed

reg i s lr a t i o n . T his regi�nation does not apply toward

HOURS REQUIRED FO R THE MASTER'S DHGREE: A m ini

petition t h e dean of gra duate stu die:; fClr t ra nsfer creuit, change

m u m of 32 semester hours is required. l mt ividual programs mal'

thall the minimum n umber of semester hours, depending upon prior preparation and specific degree requ i re ml!nt·. Any p rereq ui si te c urscs taken d ur i n g the grad uate progrllm �h<l11 not Counl tow,lrd fu lfil lment of g r adua te degree requirements. require

TRANSP.ER OF CREDIT: G raduate work fro m another institu

tion rna ' he accepted for tran 'fer lipon petition by the student and approval by the progra m director. Eig t seme51e� hours may he t raDsferabJ.: to a 32 s mestt'r ho u r progr.Il11 . I n degree programs requirillg work beyond 32 semester hmlrs, more than eight semester hOltr� may be tmmferrerJ. In any case , lhe student must c o m ple t e t leas l 24 semester ho urs of the degree program .It PaCific Lutheran Univc.rSlty.

sented

to the dean of graduate stu d ies al the l i me o f s� II a

� ::a

higher

> c c

degree unless it i later approve d by the student's adviser andlor a dv isory com mittee. pI!.TmONS: It is the studl!nt's responsibility tv formall y of program or adviser, or any exc�tion to policy, Petition forms may be ob t ai n d fJ'om adv i s er s or from the GradLldte P rogram Coordmator i n the Provost a n d Dean of G raduate Stud ies '

Office.

111

m \1'1 -i C

STANDARDS OF WORK: The minil111,m standard accept.a.ble for the master's degree IS a grade point aver-age of 3,0 i n all grad ate work. Graduate level c redit cannot be given for any c la5s

> -i

which the grade

rned is lower than

C IT'

C-.

A student whose grade point average falls below 3.0 is subject

III

to dismissal from the program. In ltuch i nstanO's. th e reoommen dation for d is missal or cont inuance IS made IN the student's adv isory com mi ttee and acted upon by the d e:u, pf gra d u a te studies.

re uircments t; r lhe mru.tcr's dt:gTee, including d befure aumi ssion , lJlust be com pl eted with i n seven years. The seven-yea r l t r ml cove rs all courses applied to th..: ma�ter's degree, credit transferred fro m another instituti n . co m preh ensi ve e x m inati on s, research, and fi n a l oral elGl m ll1H l ioD. The .'even - yea r l i m it begm� with begi n n i ng d a t e ()f the first courSe applicable I the graJ Ul1le degree. ( ei! /lrSO "Satisfactory

rulE UMIT: All

credit

earn

Pmgrt!. · Policy.")

RESIDENCY REQUIREMENT: All candid,ltes fm the- maste r 's degree must co m plete 24 gemester hou rs of Pacifi Lll1heran Un iversity COUIse,. IMMUNIZATION POLICY: All g raduate t udents are requ ired to

provide

lmiversity h ealth history form with accurate

immunlzation records of measl es, m u m p s ,

mbella, and

tetanus

diphtheria tll He.'1l1h Servi .;es. S tudents bum before Ja n u a ry 1 , 1 957, must prov id e do(;u menLation fur tetan us-d iphtheria (Td) booster wit h i n the l a s t ten years. All int mational stu ents are required al,o to have a t uberculosis skin test ( p uri fied protem denvarive-ppd) . l hi,5 test wil l be do n at He-.uth Services after arr ival at the wl.iversi tl'. The cost i, $ 1 0.00. S t u de n l� w i t h ' qUl!litions or concerns about t h e im munization pol icy should c()tltaLl Health S erv ic es at ( 206) 535-7337.

COURSES TAKEN ON A PASS-FAlL BASIS: I f a graduate studenfs progrnm i ncl udes a co urse where stLldents rna)' elect a lette r grade r the pass-f., il option, graduate studen ts must opt for the lette r grade.

COURSES ACCEPTABLE FOR GRADUATE CREDIT: All 500nu mbered .:ourses described in this ca t al og are gmd uate leye l. i n grad uilte progra ms, a l i mi ted n umber of 30o.- 1evel and 4 00-leVl;,'1 cou rses may be accepu.'d fot' graduate cn:dit. (See Degree 11I1t! Course Olfie-rings for gradua te ou rsI.' d � scrip!i o n s . ) A maximum 0 4 se mester hours of cuntinuing educanon credit may be a cepled toward a master's degree . rnis appl ies to conti nuing education credit t.aken at PLU or transf rred from anot her un ive rs i ty. All c()ur�es accepted fur th e mastl!r's Jegree a re subj ect to t he approval of the prog m d i rect or and the dean of graduate studies. some

If, dming the l as! �emes ler of the �enio r year, a atndidate for a bac.c.alaureaLe degree finds it possible to complete a l l degrte requ i remen ts w i th a registralinn of fewer than 1 6 semester haUl> of und o:rgraduate cred i t, registration for gradu ate credit I S perm issibl e. H owever. the tot :J. l registration far u ndergradu<lte requiremt!nt!; and elec l iVt' gr<lUUall! credi t shill Dot exceed 16 semester h ou r s during ! e semest er. memorandum Slating that a l l baccalaure.lte requiremen ts are being met d uring the cu rr ent �em est r m u�t b signed by the app ropriate department cbair or school dean and GRADUATE CREDIT fOB. SENIORS:

ACADI!.MIC PROBATION: A stud nt p u r s u i ng the master's

fails to maintain a Ullul. t lve grade poi n t average of 3 .0 m ay be placed on academic pr obation. When such a c t i on is taken, the s t u d e nt will be notified hy leIter from the Ollice of the Provost a nd ) an of Gradua1c S t ud ies . A graduate student on pro al1011 who fails to all.lin a cu mu],ltive grade p oint av<'rage of 3.0 in the next teml of mollme n t may be dismissed from the progra m. A graduate I Ucienl cannot e;rrn a m aster' s degree \ i l h lcs th3.l1 J 3 .0 urn u la tive graue point average i.n all degree w ho

graduate leve l work.

THESIS AND RESBARCH REQUIREMENTS; �tlldentf> are requ i red to p re enl evidence (If J.bi l ity to d i ndependent research. This c a n be de monstrated in three ways. See each pro gram section for explanation of research op tion� with in each graduat progran1. The first rnethcd i a thesi s, Those students writin)( tbest! must submit th eir o r i gi na l theses for bimling a nd m k rofilllling by University Microfilms of Ann Arbor, M ichIgan. In add ition, a U!vlI Dissert atitm S erv i ces publishing foml ( M - Form) and an abstract of l 50 words or less mus t be submiLtetl with the publishing fee, to the Office of the P rovo s t and Dean of C,raduate Studies, no later than three ,,-'eek before gn uatJon . Fe s foc m i crofilming, pllhhshing abstracts, and binding original theses for the perm an e n t PLU l i b rary colle c t i on ar . paid by s tud ents (see Trlit ioll tllld Fees section ) . The second meth d i s a research paper. LJ a program requ i res P

133

1/1 W

o r st ude n ts elect research paper op tions , o n e or i g inal paper must

be ublllitted to th

{"flce of t h e Pr Yost and Dean o f Graduolte Stud ies ," i th an abstract of 1 50 wo rd s or I s� . Re ' earc h papers will be !TIi ro fi l m ed a t PL U and p l a c e d in the PLU l i b r ar y ml lec tion. Mi cro til mi n g fees are p a i d by students. rheses and research pa pe rs Jl1 us t be in the Office of th e Provo�t a n d Dean of G rad ate Studieli n o t lat e r than three weeks before the end o f the se mestt! r. All thes S ,md pa pe rs presented m us t be dean, errur-free, and fol l ow thL' /" PA Sty l e M a n ua l etails are available fro m the Office of the Pn)Vost and Dean of

« :::l

Graduate Studies.

The t h i rd m e thod of ful fi l l i ng research ruqu ire m en ts i n so m e programs is through pa p e r p t esenta t i ( ) l1s or cul m i nating pro,iects in specific cou rses. Thes e cour�es are desiglle to integrate the program material wh i l e p ro m o t i n g i n de pe n dent

« II: \!I

oral examinations are required i n all graduate programs except

on '

these e..xam ination · vary for th e d i fferellt prOj,'Ta ms. \Vhcre appl i

studem's pwgram of stulii es

1 997-98 . . . .... . . .... . . .. . . . ...... . . . . $47 .00 hesis b i n d i ng/ m i c rofil m i n g ( s ubject to hange) ....... . . . . . . $ l O(UJO Thesis copyrigh ting . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ....... . . . . . . ...... 3 .00 Research pap I' , )I" p roj e c t micro fil m i n g ............................ ... $ 1 0.00 Graduation fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., .... $30.00 L ib rar y fee for unenrol led students ( per semet;ter) . . . ... . . . . . . . 2 5 . 00

Tu ition per semester hour fo r

forn,s of Perkins (as fun d i n g permits) and Stafford Student L a n , grad uate assistantships, and s ch o l a rs hip s . S t udents must App l i cations

a g rad uat e program Jnd Joan i n fo rm a ti o n

Student Financial Services,

the student' a dv i so ry c o m m i t t t" a n d no rmal l y will be sched ul ed

no later t ha n

3-6 we ks b efo re commencement. In an case , the fio'll w ri tte n comprehellsive examination m us t be passed no later than fO ll r w ek� before commencement. The oral exa m i nation over th.: thesis o r research is conducte under the d i rection o f the studellt'� advisory commi ttee a n d must b e completed

Contact the Office of the Provos and Dean o f

sion o f applications for the ;lcademic year b g i n ning in Septemer i s April

SATISFACfORY PROGRESS POUCY: Graduate an:i sional

st udent� m us t

'lverage of 3 .00. a s s i stance :

RESPONSlBI UTIES AND DEADLINES: 1 1

3i4

is the rc!>po n sibility

u f each gr ad u a te lOt udent to know and f llow the pr cedures o ut l i ned In t h i s cat� l og and (0 abide by established deadlines. See individual rnas(er's progra ms and concentrations for specific deg ree re q u i reme nts. acceptance, meet with the assigned adviser as soon as �stablish the p rogram o f st u dy,

req u i red. Deadline: the

l.l�t acceptable reg i s tr tiOll date i s the semester in which the

student expec t ' to rece i ve his o r her degree.

Apply fiJI' graduat ion. File YOt.r a p p l icati on for

•

g r a du a ti o n , and

ap, gown, and hood r ntal fo rms w i th either the Registrar's

Full-time t i me

1 / 2 lime

gTQdUlllioll, che "pplicotioll for grlUlulllioll will llot lllllomatiCC/lI)' bt' II'I! nexl cOllllllencemelll dale. Tile' stmlerrt 'nllSt /lllIkl! " second IIppliCC/tion.

•

Take comprehens ive written and/or oral ex.ul1ination under the d i rection o f th e m, j or adviser or d i. ory comm ittee. Dead li ne: nu later than fall!" weeks b fore com m encem ent . 5ubm it theses and research papers in ti n a l for m to the Office of the Provost and Dean of �raduate S t u d i es. At this time the

b i n d i ng/microfi l m i n g fee musl be p a i d . Dt'ad l i nes are: G...d.uatlon DlO"te

Glad. AppUcation DW!

Thesis Due

August, 1 996

J u ne 1 1 , 1 996 OC l o b er I I , 1 996 February 1 4, 1 997 J une 20, 1 997

August 2 , 1 996 November 2 7 , 1 990 J','!ay 2, 1 997

Dec" 19'J6fJan., 1 997 May, l 997 A\lgust,

1997

August I. ) 99 7

NOTE: Tile tl,es;"/rl!_tllrd, papl'r(s) ImlSt be sigr,e(l fry flrl' major

adviser and /1<11'1' bee" reml by Ille emire committee Ill!forl! submission 10 ,l,e Office of the Provost "" d Dellll of Grolluote Sluilies.

1 34

L U

MINIMUMlTERM

MINIMUM/YEAR

8 6 4

1 (\ 12

NOTE: Less thlln 1/2 time en ro 1111l ell t will CIluse a sllIdellt /cum to be CIlncelled Illlli may jeopllrdize deferment stllttlS. 5. Maximum Graduate time allowed: a) The m a ximum nu m b er of fu l l - t i m e graduatc cre d i t hours that may be a tte m p t� d is 72, and the m a x i m u m time a l l owed to complete <1 gra dua te degree is 4 . .5 years. b) The maximum n u mber of pa rt - t im e gr a d ua t e credit hours that mal' be a t te m pted is 72, a n d the m ax i m u m a llowed to complc!le a g ra duat e degree is 7 years.

Offi e or th Office of Graduate S tu d i e�. NOTE: If II Nudl!lIl fails to complele /l,e lIece5SIIrr rell uiremellls for forwarded /0

gr de po i nt

2 . M i n i m ll m credit requirement fo r graduate financial ENROllMENT STATUS

profes

mect the sa me sat is t�1Ct ry p ro g res s

g r adu a t students must m a i n t a i n a minimum

also fi l l out an order ttlrm for a cap, gown, and hood.

raduate Studies

for applications and i n formation. The priority Llate for subm is

mon itors the grade p o i n t a ver age of its students. In gt' n o:: r al,

q u a l i fy for grad uation. G rJd u Jte students must apply fo r

( 206) 535-7 J 6 1 .

1 . M i n i mu m grade point average: Each g r ad llil te program

graduation by the b e g i n n i n g of the semester in which th ey are p l an n ing to g rad u a t e . t ppl ic a Li n form s are avaibble in the Reg I s t ra r 's Office. Stu d ents pla n n i ng to take part in commencement exerc ises must

po�sible

receiving financial assistance, w i th the fo ll o w i ng excep t ions:

All courses must be co m pleted , e x a m i n at io n s

pas ed, and th e is/research req u i rements ful f tl led in order to

•

g ra nted

req ui re ll1 ent� a..., und e rgrad u a t e ,tudents in order to con t i nue

successfu l ly no later th a n three weeks before commenccment.

U po n

bd re a loan ca n be

may be o b ta i n ed from

A l i m i ted number of g r ad ua te assista ntships are available.

are con ducted u nder the d i rection of tht: major advist:r a.nd/or

•

,LTC

seme s t e r hou r rate.

be admitted to

the l'vl aster of Business Administration program. Procedures for

GRADUATION:

number of semester h o urs for which a s tud nt registers a n d

ba sed

Financial assistance for graduat students i s available i n the

comprehensive examinations and/or

cabl l! , these exam i na tions over th

Tui t i o n charges fo r graduate students are de te rm i n e d hI' the

Financial Aid

research and s t u dy.

HXAMINATIONS: Written

Tuition and Fees

S C H O O L O F

BUSINESS

Master of Business Administration Joseph E . McCJllI1 I I I , Ph . D. , Deall, School ofBlIsiness

Jan Demps ey, M . a.A., D i m; t o r of Graduate Programs, School

Business

M.B.A. P ROGRAM: Th e M . llA. p rogram is centered on the slalls and kn u wledgc req u ired for p ro fes si o n a l m'1l1agt:ment, provid i ng a strong fo u ndat io n for resp onsi b l e Ie, ders h i p i n busi ness, government, and no n - profit organizations. Courses are taugilt ill the evenillg to serve the working co/'Il7/'1 u n i ty. Although the majority of students a t tend part - ti me while wor ill g, those i n tere s ted in full-t.ime study arc encouraged to apply. The classroom environment is enhanced b y a b a l ance of f ill-and p a r t - ti me students, as well as students with d i vers e ba c k g ro u nds .

BUSA 5 3 5 - Financial Investments (4) B U S A 537 - Decision M(,dels a n d Strategies for Financial Managers (4) B U SA 5 4 1 - Managing Innovation a n d Technology Change (4) B ll SA 542 - Management o f �hange ( 2 ) BUSA 543 - Desi gning Reward Systems ( 2 ) BUSA 545 - Continuous Improvement Strategies ( 2 ) BliSA 549 - Contemporar y Human Resource Mnnagement ( 2 ) BUSA 5 5 3 - Transnational Management ( 2 ) BUSA 558 - New VentllTe Managcment (4) B TSr\ 560 - Global Mar c ti ng Management ( 4 ) B USA 5 6 6 - Developing New Products/Services ( 4 ) EUSA 5 6 7 - Assessi ng Markcting Opportun ities ( 4 ) BUSA 5 7 4 - Advanced Service a n d I la nufacturing Delivery Systems ( 2 ) BUSA 577 - Project fvlanagement ( 2 ) BUSA 578 - Ma nagement o f I nformation Technologies a nd Systems ( 4 ) BUSA 590 - Seminar BUSA 59 l - Independent Study

TECHNO LOGY AND I NOVATION MANAGEM E NT: Tn addition to t h e g en e r n l M .B.A. program, PLU offers an I.B.A. WI th a conc-cn t ration i n Technology and Innovation Management. This prugram focuses on technology and inn wabon management issues .lfid sk i l l s withi n a h igh (luality ivUI.A. cu rriculum. I t is de.sign d for t e chn ic al and non-tech nical employe-es who want a deeper appreciation of techniLlI m anagement issues. ADMISSION: Students who hold bachelor's dcgre

s i n a ny field [TO 1 regicmaJly a ccredited LLlliversities or colleges and who havl; demon slr,lted their a b il it y or potential to Jo h igh quality academic work on a co ns iste n t basis are encouraged to apply for adm ission l ) the Mast er of Husiness Ac ministration program. Consu l tation about thc program is ava i l a b l e fi'OI11 thc School of Busi nes ' director of gradua e pn)grams by calhng (253) 5357250 before filing the ap plication fbr admission. ollmving nor iflc3 t iol1 o f a d mission, students may b eg i Jl stu d i any term. Applications ar 'lccepted fo r courses beginning September, January, Febru ar . , June, or July. All applicants are required to sub m i t sc("\[es fr m the Graduate Management Admission Test ( G MAT) . 10 he adm i tted to the M.B.A. program, a student must meet all Ihree of t he foIl wing criteria:

I . a 2.75 cu mulat ive grade point 2.

average in all college-level

REQUIREMENTS; (48 semester bours) M.B.A. Core ( 34 hours)

the Graduate Ma nagement Admis

sion Test (GMAT ) ; 3. a formula score o f at least 1 ,050, comp uted by multiplying the grade point average by 200 and adding that product to the GJ\·tA.T sco r e.

TH Il GRADUA1"E MANAGEMENT ADMISSION TEST: The Gratluat e Management Admission lest ( �M!'\ ) is a test o f a ptit ud e rat h er than a test of b usiness knowkdge per se. he tc£t is oITered fo ur times per year and may be taken at fL U. CaI!(iidates a re exa m i Jled i n t hr ee major areas: verbal , ma the matical, and analytical writing skill�. A s( re is C' m ed in t:ach area. and 'a ndidates receive ,1 total Store, which ranges between 100 and 800_ I n fO! mation and advice reg rding the GMAT may be obta inetl t rom the direC Lor of graduate programs i n the School of B usi ness ( 2 5 3 ) 535-7250 or ule Counseling and Tt!stin g Center ( 253) _ 35 - 7206. he di rector of graduate p rograms advises all M . B.A. students. a nd sho ulJ be contacted for assist,mce i n p l a n n ing COUTSI' work.

ADVISING:

M . B.A. DEGREE REQUlR.EMENTS: (48 semester hours) M.B.A. Core

{

(34 sem ester hours )

COMA 500 - Exec ll ti ve SkU ls I: Effective Communications (2) ECON 5(11) - Execut Ive Skill ' I f : App!ied � tatistics (4) E ON 50 I . - Analyti al Methods for Decision Mak i n g (4) nUSA 503 - Understandin a n d Managing Financial Resources (4) R USA 504 - ugal and Ethical Environment of Business ( 4 ) BUSA 5 0 S - Man aging Effect ive Organiz.ations ( 4 ) BUSA 506/507 - M a n agin g the Value Jfeation Process (8) BUSA S09 - B u s i n ' $ Sti-ategy i n a G),)h,l! Con text ( 4) QL

. B USJ\ 5 1 0 - Strategic Management of Technology (4) NOlI!: B USA 5 10 is required for swriell ts ill ti,l! Technology and II/ no va tio/l A[mmgemellt co ncen l ration.

( t 4 s emes ter homs) Select fro m the followillg: ECON 5 2 0 - Economic Policy Analysis (4) ECON 5 3 1 - I n ternational Economics and Finance ( 4 )

M.B.A. Electives

o m II'

(see left for "'LB. A . Core requirements) M.B.A. T I M Concentration Courses ( 1 4 hours) Required Courses:

(8 hours)

BUSA 541 - Managing I nnovation and 'lechnology Change

NOTI;: lixceptiolls will be evalrlared illdividually, based 011 II

pre.w!IItlltiQII of{aCIDr5 ilrdicaliTlg o n equivalence /0 admission stlllld.rrds. '1 promise of ." UcceS5 in gradllntl' 5"1001, rind p{lte1ltial torrtriblltiorrs to lire etl"catiotrlll mission ofgrlld"nte 5l11dy.

II' -I c:

I NNOVATION MANA.G EMENT (TIM ) DEGREE

a score

l> -I m

M.B.A. CONCENTRATION I N TECHNOLOGY AND

cOllIsework be fore application; of at leaM 470

G\ :a l> o c:

(4 )

BU SA 578 -- M anagement of Information Technlogics and Systems ( 4 ) Electives: ( 6 hours) Select fro m the following:

BUSA 545 - Continuous tmprovement S t r a tegks ( 2) BUSA 549 - Contemporary Humall Resource Management ( 2 ) BUSA 5 5 8 - New Venture Ma nagemen t (4) BUSA 566 - D ev d o p i n " New Products/Services ( 4 ) BUSA 574 - Advanced ervice a n d Ma.nufacturing Delivery Systems ( 2 ) E U SA 577 - Proj ect Ma n age m e n t ( 2 )

S C H O O L O F E D U C AT I O N

Master of Arts in Education Joh n

B r ickelI,

Leon Rcisbcrg.

Ph . D J)CIlI/, School or EduCll tion .•

[d.D., Associa te [led/I,

School of EdlWl lioll

PURPOSE: Th e purpose of th e graduate program i n education

is to p ro \' id e quaLiilet..l persons with opportunities to develop theIr ski l ls in teaching or to prepare themselves for educational adminisn-a tive dnd service positions that require advanced preparation. ThE' major fields of concentration are desig n ed to provide maximum tle.xibility in an experience-orien ted t' nviron ment. Gradu.ue concentrations a r e offer d i n Classroom Te ac hin g , I nitial Certification, �ducational Administration, Educational Psychology, Literacy Education, and Special Education. Requi rements fo r each conce n t ration a re listed separately following this section. COORDINATING MASTER'S DEGREE AND CONTINUING CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS: Students h o lding an Initial

Certi1 icate may coordi nate the Master of Arts i n Education degree with the requirements for Continuing ertificatilln. Graduate students pursuing the Continuing Certificate s hould discuss their programs with the certification adviser i n the School of Education. Students i n tending to work toward a master's degree must complete formal application for admission to the Office of Admissions. P

135

ADMISSION: For regular ad m i ssion, appl ica n ts must have com pleted a B.A. or B.S. drgret: from a regionally accredited ithtituUon of h i ghe r education md mu�t subm i t recommenda

11'1 w

tiom � n test , cores from app ro p r i a te screening te ts. Students may be requi red to have u pers o nal i n terview with the director 0 graduate p ograms hetore ad m i s�i(Jl1, ( See i ndividual conce n t ra tions for tests and prcreq ites specific to the conce ntratio n . ) Studt'nts admitted pr v isio n al ly must ful l fi l l t h e fol lowmg requirement.� io order to be gra llted reg u l r t .HUS: A. Complet.ion lIf 8 hou rs of g ra d u Le cow' 'e wo

\v it h

i n g area. ' he cou rses shall bc u p p e r d ivbiol1 or grnd uale level courses. A p p rov

supporting Mea may be cho�en from one of t he following: Art B i o logy B

iness

Chemistr y

C rnmun ic tion

Earth Scien ces

m in i mum grade poim average of 3.0. R Cou rses s h ou l d i ndude: 1 . A co urse i n thei r major, detenn ined by the adviser 2. A foundations course ( Educa t i o n 585, 5tlb, 587 or 589) 3. EJm:atiun 544 4 . O th e r h o u rs de te r m i ned by t h e adviser to me e t th e e i ght hour n:q u i remcrtt EXAMINATIONS: Student m u st take a comprehensive

t .hall be

of ourses to fulfill t l u s requirern

ob tained from !hI." student 's adv isory committee. The student's

Economics EducatIOnal Psychology En g l i s h .eneral Science

H i sto r y

l .angullge

rts

MathematiCs a nd Computer , cience .t\tusic Physical Education P h ys i cs Po l it i ca l Sc i e n ce Psyc ho lo g y Social Science.

Soclology Spec i al EJucation

rinen

exa m i nation over coun;e work. This examination is to be

sched ul ed th r ou gh th studen t's adv iser no l at�r th an r.vo weeks

bef TI' t he examination is gi ve n . Compreh e nsive exam i na tions are usually glVen on the second Saturday of NO\'emb c r, ApriL and July.

An oral exa m i na t io n over cou rse work and/or r search may he sched uled al t he discrelion of the �tudent\ advi ory commit

te�

lal�r than t h ree weeks before commencement .

Classroom Teaching

(32 semester hours)

FACUUY COORDINATOR: Frankliu Olson, Ed.D. CONCENTRATION OB) ECTIVE: Th is p ro gra m i� designed to p rovi de a dvan 'ed preparation U1 subj<!ct ma t r and professional

educatiun for elementary and secondary I achers. PREREQUISITES: Reyond th e ge n ral pr req u i�i\t!� , ap p l i can t � must bold a valid teach ing certificate and ,h o u l d ordi narily have successfully cq m ple ted on e year of teach ing or related profes s ion al experience. t\ grade pOil I average u f at lea t .0 and Miller nalogies Test, G R E or ot he r a d m issi o n tt:st approved by the

faculty c()()rdi n Mor and comrleted in t he past 5 yea rs are

requ i red. Students n o t meeting some of these requirements may be g ra n ted

rovisional st atus.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND C O R E COURSES: ( 7-9 semeste r hours) EDtJC 545 - Methods anJ Tec h n i q ues of Research

(It is

(2)

trongl), recommended th;}t s t ude n ts complete

585 - Comparative Ed u ca tio n (3) 586 - Sociology o f E d uc a t i on (3) 587 - Hh\o ry of E d nl;:a t i o n (3) 589 - Ph i losophy of E d u ca t io n (3)

or the fvllowing: E UC 598 - Studies in ,du E D U : 599 - Thesis ( 3 -4)

II.

ACADEM I C SUPPORTING AREA: ( 8- 1 semester hours) I n t hi' concentrati n, llO m o rt? than 1 6 �emester hours may be ap p l te d fTom educational Psychology or Special Education. This

p rerequisite background i n the su pp ort-

R A N

(2)

EDue 585 - Co mpa ra ti ve Education ( 3 ) ED U . 5 8 6 - SoLiology of Education ( J ) £D Ue 587 - HLI ry f EduC3ti n (3) roue 589 - Phil osophy of Education ( 3 )

Courses arc d e t e rmi n ed in consul tation with the maj o r ad" iser. All courSe:; d(;cepled for the m'lst r's degr a rc su Jjcct I(l rhe a ppro va l of th e candida te's adv i ser or the candidate's a d vis ory co m m i ttee. Com e5 mdY be �dected fro m the fi l J owi ng arcas: Ed cati n, Edllca t i n a l Psychology, and Special Ed uca tion.

chn iques o f Resea rc h

0111' or the following:

( 1 0- 1 8 semester ho urs)

P A C

Cttth/irlufes .f<n Illl cldlllilli.1mtiyl' cretferrtial must have completed three years oJ /"llchill£ or related experieltce be(on! isswmce oJ tit,. urllrll/lIlrrCl tive cn·dl'n/,al.

EDUe 545 - Met hods a n d

CONCRNTRATION REQUlREMENTS:

1 36

PREREQUISITES: Beyond the gcnerd! p rerequisites, appl i cants must h olJ a valid teach ing llr £.S.A. cert ificate and ,hould o rd in ari i)' have �ucccssful!y com p let e d two )'ear� of t eac h i ng or

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A N D CORB COURSES: ( 7-9 - mC'·t r hl)u s)

CONCENTRATJON OBJECTIVE: This p ro g r a is designed to pr pa re elementary and seco n d a ry s c ho o l p ri nci pa l s and progra m dm illistrJ tors.

Candi at , who possess a master's Jeg re e may apply for Lht? EducatlO a l Administration Cert i fi cation O n l y prog ram .

0111.' Ilf the «' /lowing: EDUe 598 - Stud ies in Edu alion ( 2 ) E U C 599 - Thesis ( 3-4)

requ irement dssum.:S

FACULTY COORDINATOR: Myra Raughman, Ed .D.

•

or the following:

[Due £D U e 1:. . lIe E U

(32 semester bours)

rehlted experi nee.' A grade pOlll t average of a least 3 . 0 and sc res from e i t her the M i ll!:! r Tlalogi s Test, G E r o t h!:!r admi�sion t t approved by th e fa(lllty co rdi nator ,wd C0 111 pi ted w i t h i n the pa. t 5 years <Ire required for regubr admisi>ion.

E DtJ ' 544 Research/Program Evaluations bdore en rol l m en t in lID C 54 5. ) (2) /Ie

Educational Adm inistration

t i on ( 2 )

MAJOR AREA np CONCENTRATION: (23 �ernesler h o urs ) EDUe 544 - Research and Progr. III Eval ualion ( 2 ) EDUe 5 5 0 - Educatiol1<ll Ad m i nisrrative Theory ( 3 ) EDUC 5 5 1 - Sci 001 Law ( 2 )

EDUe 5 5 2 - �chool f i n a n ce ( 2 ) Y

EDUC 553 - Scho o!lCommull llV Relat ions ( 2 ) EDUe 555 - urriculu m Devel opment ( 2 ) ED UC 558 � Inslructi(mdl Supcrvi.oii n ( 2 ) I:. D UC 5 5 9 � I crson nel Management ( 2 ) EDUC '>95 -- Inlems.hip i n Ed uca t ional Adm inistration ( 4 ) muc 596 � Graduate Sem i nar ( 2 ) PROGRAM OPHONS IN "EDUCATJONAl. InterdisdpJ i nru-y program I)pt ions for appUcilnt� sedting differing credentials must be determined at the beginning of t he canJidate's progril i n consultation with an ad"'iser For i nstance, can didate seeking the M .A. in duc.'llio na l Admmbtranon and prindpal's creden tial will take di fferent optiQn� frum tlwse taken by candidates seeking tlYe degree with ADMINI5TRATION:

out

the credential. likewise, thosl: with interests in business

IUdnagement or i n admi nistering and coordinating pecial pr() gr;lJ1l1; may dlO S opLiuns Lo Ul eir c(')urse of stuuic:s \V'hich will enham:e their professiona l devel opme nt i nterests . In 1111 c.1ses, Lh cou rse m ust be l hosen an agreed upon in cons ultat ion with t he andtdate\ adviser, a n d must meet the cred it hour reqlJirem�nt.

.D.

program Tl:flects ru rrent thought and practice where language and l l teTa",,' 3Te viewed <\� tools for lrarning across the curricu l um. T he p rin ci pal goal is to prepare educators-speci fi cally c1l1�!>1'(')om teilCOers. chool l ibrarians, .md reading �peciafuts-to encourage literacy acquisition and development appropriate to studellts' needs a d intertlst$. rhe im portJl1ce of c h i ld re n's l i terature, i nformation litera",/" , ud tech nology w il h i n 1 ite r acy tasks is emphasized t h ro u g h lit both t he o ry and practice. The collaboration among lassro 'W leach rs, school l ibrarians, a nd reading special ists em pha,ized w ith i n this program is integral to Ih lt u n derlying philo�ophy. nd Ih e general prerequ isile5,

E He 506

app l i ca n t s

h o lt.! a valid teach ing or RSA certificate, have completed llndergraLiua le educa tion cou rse� in tbe teaching of r di ng ,1IlU t h.. teachi.ng uf language art� and have succes s fu l ly co m p l e te d two years of tcaching or related eJ(perience. A grade point average o f 3.0 and sub l is�ion o f test cor e s (In the M i ller Analogies Te�t, GIU or ther admi sion test pproved by t h e faculty coordi n ator li n d (.:o mpleted within t h e past five years are required for regular Jcimiss i u ll . Students not meet ing these req Ui reme n ts may be granted provisioflal status. RSES:

-05 � I s sue s in U teracy Education ( 2 ) U C 544 � Research and Program Evaluation ( 2 ) LUUC 545 � Melhods ,md Technique o f Research ( 2 ) [uue 555 � C.u rricu.!u m Development ( 2 ) LDOC

Dlle o f I lw fo/lolVing: E D U , 585 � Co mpa rative Education ( 3 ) EDUe 586 - Sociology o f Education ( 3 ) EDUC 587 � History of Education ( 3) E.U C 589 � Philosophy of Educat ion ( 3 ) 011': oI dH: (cJlIolVillg. ED C 598 � St udies in Education E D C .- 99 � Thesi� ( 3-4)

�

LibnlTf Media/ LLRS Endorsement

Found.t Lions uf S.:houl Library Media Cen t er

M aI 1�el11e nl

EDUC 5()7

�

(2)

Principles of Informa tio n O rgan i za t io n, Retrieval.

and Service ( 2 ) EDU(' 508 � Principles of Bibl iographic Anal)'"liis a n d Control

(2) EO UC 509

�

Foundati.ons o f Coll ectio n D�vclopment

(2)

EDUC 5 3 7 � Media and Technology for School library Media Speciali sts ( 2 ) E I lUC 5 3 11 � Str tegies for Whole I itemcy Instruction ( K- 1 2) ( 2 ) or

�UC 5JO

-oj c: c m

Option 2: Language and literacy ( Reading Endorsement)

( 1 2 �eme.. , ter houn)

The r\cqui 'ilion and Development of Language and Literacy ( 2 ) E D lI C 5 1 1 Stnltegies for Language/Literacy Development in Classrooms ( 2 ) ED UC 5311 Strategies for Whole LIterac y Instruction (K- 1 2 ) ( 2 ) E li e 530 - Chi ldren's Writing ( 2) �

�

Language/Literacy Developmen t: Assessment

(4)

flL Option 3: language and Literacy (Classroom Option) ( ! 2 semester hours) EDUe 5 1 0 Literacy EDUC

538

�

The Acquisition and Development of L anguage and

(2) �

Strategies fur Whole Literacy I slruction (K- 1 2 ) ( 2 ) Language/li teracy De velopment : A s sess ment

E D l1 C/ SPE D 5 U

�

and I nstruction (4) PillS: i\ m i ni m u m of 4 semester ho urs from education COUTSe (Ifferi ngs decided in consultation with the major adviser. ACADEMIC SUPPORTING AREA: (minimum elf 6 semester hours) Elech es lecided in consultation \ ith adviser 10 suppor t l iteracy e d uca tion. These decl l ves may i n cl u d e but are not l im ited to courses from:

m us t

G ENERAL REQU I REMENTS AND CORE CO ( J 3-1 5 scm ster hours)

1 : SChool

( 1 semester o urs )

and I nst TLIction

CONCENTRATION OBJ ECTIVE: The l iteracy education

PREREQUISITES: Bey

Option

EDUC/SPED 5 1 3

Literacy Education (35 Semester Hours) FACULTY COORDlNATOR: Cathleell Yetter,

INFORMATION AND LITERACY:

AnlllCopology

Eng! bh Computers in Education Psyc ho lo g y

Communication

Special Education

Special Educatio

(33 semester hours)

FACUI.TY COORDI NATOR: Gregory Williams, Ph.D. CONCENTRATI ON O.B JECTIVH: The graduate concenlration i n speciJ.! education is designed to provide allv nc d p rep ar ati o n

for pt'rsons who serve cbildren an d YO Llth with special needs

education,ll setting'. T

,ep3rol� areas of specialization alt' o ffered: The I nclu s i ve Classroom and Early Childhood Speci. l 0

Education. PREREQUISITIlS: A ppl icants must meet the folk)lll i ng

req uirements: 1. Have two years of teaching or related professional cxperiencc.

Have a gr3 de point average of al least 3.0 and submit lest

0 11 I\,! iller A nalogies Test, GRE or other admiSSIOn test approved by the tilc ulr y c o or di nat l r and co mp le te d with i n the past :; y{"H S. St udents 11 t meeting t hese requirements may be

scores

grantcl p rovi�iondl status.

3. Complete a n interview with the faculty coordinator.

CIULDREN'SfADOLESCENT LITERATURE REQUIREMENTS: (4 semester hours)

b D UC 528

�

Children's Literature i n K-8 Curriculu m (2), Iwd

O,lt' of thc Iollowil1g:

EDUC 456 � Storytel ling

(2)

roue 5 1 6 -- TopICS in Children's Li terature ( 2 ) EDUC 529 � Adole�cent Litera.t ure in the ' eco ndary urricul um ( 2 ) P

C;;

137

V! W

o :::I .... V! w

....

« :::I o « a:: 1!1

CORE COU RSES AND RESEARCH REQUI REMENTS:

functions of t each ers as leaders, inquirers, and c u r ri c ul u m / i n s tru c t i o nal p ec i al is t s .

( 7-9 semester how·s) ethods and Techniques of R esea rc h ( 2 )

E D e 545 -

PROGRAM OVERVlEW: Students enrolled in the M.A. wi th

(Jlle of lite following: rDue 5�5 - Co m p a ra t i ve Education ( 3 ) £:.D U e 586 - S ci ology o f E duca t ion ( 3 ) E D U C 5 8 7 - H i st o r y 0 E d u c a tio n ( 3 ) [ D U e 5 8 9 - Ph ilosophy o f Education ( 3 )

I n i t ial Certification Program begin studies in m i d - Ju ne and complele progra m req u i re m e n ts the following A ug us t . In a dd i

ti n to co u rse work required fi r i n iti a l cert ification, students a the si s as we ll as co m preh e nsive exami nations that aUow M . candidates to d emon s t r a t e mastery o f leadership, curriculum, a nd i nst r uc t i o n al sk i l l s. The i n q u i ry p roj ec t . an empiric<ll · tudy g ro u n de d in the int Tllsh i p ex p er ience , is de i ned to a ssi 't M.A. -andidates 111 bec o ming fa miliar with the pu rposes , theories. and processes of edu c a t i o na l inquiry. The i n te n t is to p rov ide th opp o r t u n i ty for program part ic i p ants to explore a11 educational t opi i n a sys tematic \Va)' in ord e r t enrich their under�tanding 01 the topic, and gene rally, the strengths anu l imi ta ti ns of educational i nqUI ry. An important program cn mp o n en t is t h e c mpletion of a yea.r-long internshIp in a public scho L Fo r the m t c r n experi e n c e, students are c lu s t aed at sites selected by the university as repre e n tative of programs refl ect in g specific attention to cur rent trends i n middle level education.

complete a n i n q u i r y project cul minating in

O,/(, of the following research optiolls: muc 59 8 - Studies in E d u c a t i on ( 2 ) EDUC 599 - Thesis ( 3 - 4 ) SPECIAL EDUCATlON COURSE REQUIREMENTS:

( l l seme�ler hourlo) 55 - u per v i s i n g Paraeducators i School S et ti n gs ( 2 ) SPED 5 7 5 - -ollaboration a n d Team Bu i ld in g ( 2 ) SPE - 7 7 - Thl: I ncl u s i ve Clas room ( 2 ) SPED 588 - L gal . Ethical and d m i nist rative I ss ues in Spec ia l Education (3) 595 - pedal E d u catio n : Iitternship (2) SP SP 596 - Tec h nol o g y and S pe ci a l Education ( 2 )

•

Choose Oil£' of the following optio ns: Tbe Indu..,ive Classroom sessmen t of l udents with Spe c ial Needs ( 2 ) P.ED 5 . 0 SPill 5 3 3 - Inclusi n and 'tudmt, w i t h 1 derak Di� abilities ( 2 ) SPED 5 3 4 - I ncl usio n a nd : t u d e .nts w i t h Behavior Dlsord r · (2) SPP D 535 - Jnelu. ion a nd S tu de n ts with Mild Disabilities ( 2 ) Early ChUdhood Special Education

(P-3)

S P ED 492 - Stm tegies for Teaching Early learners ( 2 )

SPED 5 3 R - u;SllCS in Early Ch.ildhnod Sp e c i a l Educa ti o n ( 2 ) SPED 540 - Advanced Stra tegies .1l1d Tech niques for 1eaching i n P-3 Setting,

complet d .J baccalaureate degree from

(2)

(6 semester hu u rs ) ' lcc t i ves - fro m olllsirie of Special Educatioll ( 6 )

M.A. with Initial Certification DIRECTOR: C. Douglas Lamoreaux, P h . D.

instit ution of h i g h er ed ucation. �\ m inimum grade point avera e of 3 .0 i lfld offic i a l scor , from the GraduaLe I ecurd E xa m (GRE), M i l l r n a l o g i cs Test ( MAT) . or other a m i ss i on examination approved by t h e d i re t r art' req ui re d. A p pl i ci1l1 ts a e invited to meet \ I/ it h the program dire tor before su b m i t t ing the completed appl ication in or er to cla r i fy ques t i ons aboll t the p rogram and

The M.A. cVith I n it i a l Certification Pro gra m is designed for

degree in the

degree a nd I n i t ial Washington S t a t e TellChing C e r ti fi ca te with e n d o(se m nr · In grades K-8 (Elementary d u ca t ion ) and grades 4- 1 2 ( Subj ct Matter S p e c i fi c ) . Candidat e, complete an intern ship in grades 5-8. Full-time students n t ri n g t he program may expect tn c m plete all req ui re m e n t s in 1 4 m ont h s ( full-time stucknt l o ad ) . A strong on ph as i s in the program is placed n developing the skills necessary for the i n teg r a t i o n of curriculum across gra de levels \ ith spe c i fi c attention to the middle level (grades 5-8 ) . The pLogram is di.stingllisht'd by act ive and e a rl y i nvolvem�nt in the sch ools a nd by membership wi t h a coh(lrt group of peers. St udents enteri ng the program in th e s· me term will progress throu h wurse, and pm tica together, wh i ch allows them to sha re i n. ight s and experiences. Becau. e of the i nvo lve m e n t in public school programs, student� shDuld be a b l e to take o;;o urses and pa rtic i pa te in praclica d u r i n g the ay. ueate teachers cVho

re ready to assume

pro

variety of

ro l es in 2 J st century schools. f a c u lt y work w i t h students to deve l o p undcrstanding� and ,ki l ls for thei r functions as leaders, in qui rers, and c.urri culu m/inst ructional specialists. Course w()rk i n tl1e program is de SI gned arou nd ·pecifie themes that serve as a foc u · for i n d ividua l and group project, ami i n te :eet with the

1 38

raduate Application Form includ i ng:

· 1\..,0 recom mendations with at least one academic re fe re n ce • S t a te men t of Goals

li beral a r ts and seek a career of service as teachers. Course wurk

CONCENTRATION OBJECTIVE: The primary aim of the

'ompletcd application will consist of the foll o w i ng : 3.

le a d s to the Ma · te r of A r ts in E d uca t i on : Classroom Teaching

gram is to

regionally accred ited

ADMISSJON PROCEDU RES: I n te res te d -andidates sh o u ld submit a p p l ic a t ion to P L U 's Grauuate t udies Programs. Ap p lic a t ion s are available fro m the Office of Adn iss i ons. Screening of a p plicants and admission to the i n co m i ng class will begin Januar y 31 and co n ti n u e until the class is full. E n rollmen t in the r,,1 .A. w i t h Initial . r t i fication Program is l i m i t and admission to t h e program is competitive. Ap p licat i o and admission p roc edures i n cl u d e :

Supporting Coorsework

qualified candid,ltes who possess a baccalaureat

admissions p roced ures.

(2)

SPED 54 1 - Assessment of l nfa nts and Pre s chool e r s

PREREQUISITES: For regular a dm i s s ion , applicants m ust ha

•

Resume

b. Two Sc hoo l o f Education Supplemental Forms including:

2. 3.

4. 5.

' . elf-Assessment: co u rse work and experi e n t ial bac k gro u n d uest i o n na i re c. Tra nscripts fro m all olle ges attended d. fficial co p i e s of GRE or M AT scores Ap pli c a ti o ns will be reviewed by a committee in the School o f E du ca tion . Selected a p p l i ca n ts will be i nv i ted to the c am p us for a gn up i n terview whae t hey will abu complete a w r i t i ng sample . Applicants will be notified of the commit! \ decisi()J . Acce p t ed a p p l i ca n ts will ret u rn a confi rmatIOn card and n o n refu nd,rble $ 300.00 d.: p o s i t .

REQUIRED COURSES: P rogra m reqlureruents include sliccessful compJ tion of the following courses:

- DUe 5 I I - Strateg i s for Language/ L i teracy evel o p men t E D U C 544 - Research and Program Eva luation ( 2 ) EDUC 5 5 6 - Secondary and M i d d l e School Curriculum ( 3 ) EDUe 560 - PraCtlLuru ( 2) E D UC 562 - S hoo!.s and So - i t: t y ( 3 ) E D UC 563 ·- I n tegra t i ng !>emi na r (3-4) EDUC 564 - The A r t " M i n d , a n d Body ( 2 ) ED U e 565 - The Art and Practice o f Tea ch i n g ( 6 )

(2)

LD ue 5 6 8 � In ternship ( 6 ) EDUC 599 � Thesis ( 3 ) E P S < 560 � Commu nication i n 1. h Sch I b ( 3 ) J lSY 566 - Adva.nced Cog nitio n , Deve lopment, a n d Lear n i n g f rSy 5 8 3 � Cu rrent Is ue!> Tn E ;';'l!ptio l1.1 lity ( 2�4)

3. CutTen! pn fession'l l l iab i l i t ), i n s u ran ce in speCIfied amounts Current perso nal h ea l th insurance in effect

(3)

Washington S t ate Patrol clearance [dat ive to Child /Ad u l t Abuse I n for m a tion Act as required o f h.:a l thcare workers.

M.S.N. Core Requirements (9 semester hours)

Master of Science in Nursing

purpose of the graduate program in n ursing is

to prepa re professional nurses ,15 ad van ed prac t i l ioners, leaders, and schol ar;; . Tht! c u r ri c u l u m c n . ists of .1 common core and Con t in u i ty u t Care, Heal t h Syslems M anagement, and Nurse P rac t i t io ner Concenl , t i OfLS. The Nu rse PraCt i tIOner concentra tion hdS t h ree pa thway l en d i ng to prepara tion a s a Fa m i ly Nurse Prac l i tioner, Women's HeallhcaTc Nu rse P ra c t it io ner, o r Geront }Iogy I UTse P ra c t i t io ne r. The gTadu,l te prObrram is design.:d to f:u:il i t,lte par t- t i me or fu ll- time \tu dy, tll t he grea test ex tent possi ble. CO l / nt's art' schedli lcti jJl latt.' aflernoon alia evening hours 10 (lecolII/llodale I I 1WSCS \Vilo (lrc employed.

PREREQUISITES: C mplet i l1r'1 o f a basic

course in descripti

VI -t C

a d va nced n ursing practice in th .: co ncen tration areas.

Ann e liir�;;h. D. .5 . , i n teri m [ cun, School of Nu(5t11g elev M assi cotte P:lSS, D.S.N . , R. N., Associll ie Dm l!, Graduate Nursing fdllcmioll

PURPOSE: The

CORE REQUIREMENTS: St u dent s are requ ired to compl e t e a cOl11mon core of n u rsing cou rSe:; for a total o f 9 semester hours. The core courses provide the base for continuing study of

S C H O O L O F N U R S ! �I G

a n d m ferential statistics is required before enrollmenr i n N URS 5 2 7 . If stUlk n ts do not have fun damen tal co m p ut e r skill , a course in blsi c computeT use is highl} recommend d. A m i ni m u m of om: yt'ar o r subst an tial cli nica l p r a l l ict', within t he lllst two years, as a regislered llurSe is s t ro n g l y a d vised. ADMJSSION: Ap plicants for ad m issi o n to the Master of Science in Nur,i ng p rngr n m s will; ( 1 ) h o l d (or be' eli gible for an ! in the procc.�,<; o f obta in i n g ) a (U Trent lic�nse to pract ice ns a registered ll urse I II the State of Wash ing ton; ( 2 ) hold a ba c cd l a ure a k lIursing degree from .1 Na tiollJ.! Leag ue for Nu r s ing J ccredi l e p rogram; ( 3 ) s u b m i t evi d e n c e of a m i n i m u m c u m u l a tive undt.' rgrau uaU: grade point average of 3.0 (on <1 4.0 scal e ) and \lffici�t! t nlnscrip ts for ,;l l college/ u n iversity co urses/programs co mpleted; (4) submit · ccept able scores from the Graduate Reco rd Examination ( GRE), taken within five ye-J rS of appl i c at i o n l o r n d r ni ss i o Ili anti ( 5 ) complete a p read miss i on i n t eniew w i t h t he assoc i ate dea ll o f t h e graduate p rQgr a m a n d / o [ faculty lTIernber( , ) as designa ted. �creemllg of applica nts �J1d a d m Ission to the incom i ng cla ss in Ih� N rse Pra c t i tioner pat hway begins after Ja nuary 3 1 and conli nues unlil the class i� ful l .

Required Core COllrSt'S ( 9 s e m es te r h o urs ) NURS 525 � M d�ls and Theories of Nu r� ing ( 3 ) N S 5 2 6 � Nursing Leaders hip a n d 1 ;lanagement ( 3 ) NURS 5 2 7 � Nursing Res earch ( 3 )

m VI

AREA S O F CONCENTRATION: Req u i red courses for each ,u'ea o f concenl rat ion are l isted below. Before enroll ment in clinIcal practica in the CLent Systems, Care 1 a nager pa t h wa y and a l l Nu rse Prac litioner c oncen tra t io n pathways, initial health asses) m en t skills m u s t be d e m onst ra ted or vcr·fied.

care Manager Concentration (23 semester bOllrs plus core requirements) The Cure M a nager concent ration is an au vanced p r a c t ice n ursing p rog ram focusc;d on ski l l d velopment ,\Ild contribu tive to cert i [icatj ll n. Students l ea rn to assess needs, provide and coordi nate d i rect and i n d i rect c o l lab ora tive, quality care for persons w i th i n a d efined pop u lation subgrou p ( ad u l l . women, home h ea lt h , o ncology, geriatric, pediatri 5 , et c . ) across the conl i n u u m of care.

FOUNDATION SEQUENCE: N U RS 529

�

Care Ma nager Roles

NURS

�

Theore t ical f() umi a t ions for Care Managers

539

(3)

NURS 556 � Fin an cial Management fo r He a lt h Care Providers J U RS 597 � Computer Application in Nursll1g Resea rch ( I ) N LJ RS 598 � S c h , ) l a rly Inqu iry i n Nursing Practice (4) Q.I. NURS 599 � T h esis (4)

(3)

CUenl Systems: (9 semester hours) N U R S 52!l � family Theory in Nursing ( 1 ) N L RS 537 � Population B ased S t udy: Theory and Practice ( 6 ) N UR S 538 � Program D velopment for Care Managers (2)

Health Systems: (9 semester hours N URS 559 B SA 5.lU

� �

He l t h Systems C; l re Manager Practicum ( 5 ) Select with adviser (4)

NOTE: Exceptiolls 1 0 II/e above criterio are based OIl assessmellt of (111 ;'/d;l·it//Iil/'sjilelor dm/olls/ration ofeqllf'·Q/l.'/lce tll lldmissio" reqllire meflt5, Il"dlor II potel/tilll for �1I,ce5S//i/ co",p/e/ioll of gradullte ,truly. ADVISING: The asspciat(' dean of graduate n u rsing education o r an appointed faculty memher w i l l serve as a dvise r to all students. I n f(.1 r ma l ion regard ing pfllg ram p l a nning and transfer credit w il l be pro v i d e d . When a thesis L h a i r is selec ted, program guidance will be ass lll1cd b y that fac ulty memb er.

PROGRAM 0111' or more

REQUIREMENTS: G ra n t i ng

an e;.;e m p t iQ n from

program reqlli rel11 ent� is u n usual. S t ude ts

r"qllesli n g ' llch cKt'm p t ion ass umc respo nsihi l it y fo r S lblllitting me fo r re ' iew by the School o f N u rs i n g Graduate Program Co mm i t tce' that d e arl y do c ul11e'm s eq u ivalence of lh e c o u rse rs ) o ffered b)' the SdlOOI. Beforl en rollment in clinical practica, s t l.l d e n t s llI ust provide cvid 'nee of: l . CUrTen t i m m u n ization ;1.l1d health status as required by the School of Nurs i ng ( in add i t i o n to the general un ive rsi t y J

[

quirement)

2. Current

PR certi fication P

139

11\ W

--------------------

Nurse Practitioner Concentration (27 Seme8ID hOImi) Students gain skills essential for fUll tiart i ng in the

w f < :J o « a: �

their degree re quirements:

Abnormal Psychology

role of pri

ma ry care provider thr . ugh � u cces ful c mpletion of one of three pa thways. Gra d ua t e, will be prepare to enter into primary care p ractICe as Fam ily. Worne 's Hea l t h are, o r Geron tology ur -e Pr a d i tion '

FOUNDATION SEQUENCE: ( 13 semester bours)

')76 -

fheuries o f Therapy/ Person a l ity Theorie '

79 - POimnacnthera peutic. for Nll se Practit ioners I I ( I ) N U RS 58 1 - He:uth Promotion f()[ A dva nce d PralllC e ( I ) N URS 582 - Mvanced fami ly Health Asse ·sment ( 5 ) N U RS 590 - Role of t h e Nurse Practitiuller ( I ) N U RS

Family Nurse Practitioner: ( 14 semester hours) U R S 584 - Fami ly Nurse Pra t i t ion e r I (6) N RS 585 - F am i ly Nurse Pr.lctitioner n ( 8 )

qual i t ies rt:q ll i re d of ma r ri a g e and la m i l y therapists. 10 be

cons-idered for ad mi ss i un . applicants must: h ave a b<k"h dor 's degree, submit t ranscr i p ts of all u nd ergraduate work. hay spe:cific i ll t

est in MIT. p rovi d e a C ll rrent re s u m e , obtain two

letters of recom men j tion, complete an applicat io n , a nd prepare a n uLltobiographt al statemcnL T he wmpre he n6ive u tobio graph.ica l �tat ment ( maxi m u m of five do uble-spaced trped

pages ) should add rc ss the following que�tiDns:

1 . What s i gn i ficallt life e nts have most i nflue nced your presen t Jevel pment and yo u r desire t be a family lhl'n.tpist?

2. Wh at are you r professi

Women's Healthane Nurse Practitioner: ( 1 4 sem. bours) URS 5!l6 - Wo m en 's Healthcare N un;e Pracurt o ne r r ( ) I RS 587 - Vamt:n's HealLhcare N u r e Practitioner II (8)

na! c reer gtlals after com pkti ng y\,ur

degree?

3 . "''h a t ;u·e your � t ren gth.s that will h elp you ach it've your p rofess i o na l g ats?

Gerontology- None Practitioner: (14 semester hours) Prac t i t i ner I

ho , vol unt er or

ADMISSION: The MFT program is I oking tor individuals

ha ndle tht: acadcm ic rigor of the p ogram, and the pe rsona l

(2)

NU R S 577 - Cl i nica l Appl ica tion o f Advance thopbysiology III NUR 5 78 - P harmacotherapeut ics for N u rse PractiLioners I ( I )

urs

[I,[et horl:-! [n l rviewing

p[(jfe�si( nal expe r ie n c<: in the social se r v ices, toe ability t

Pathophvsiology tor Nurse PractitIOners

I\lURS 588 - Gercwt'llogy

lI n se l ing

' I u man Develop men t

have professional goals co ns iste n t with the p rogra

NURS 528 - Famil, Them)' in Nursing ( I )

NURS

provis iona I l} to I h e program a nd thl' courses incorporated i n t o

(6)

, . What do }'OU con s id e r to be areas for personal grow th that

NURS 5 8 9 -- Gero ntology N u rse P ctiti Ilcr 11 ( 8)

may ne d the most t ten ri n d u ing your tr.li ning ll, ;

therapist at PaCIfic Lutheran l ni ersit)'! This statement rep lace s the required goal st temclll on the application form.

D IV I S I O N O F S O C IAL S C I E N C E S

Based on a (OmnuLlee review o f applican ts' wri t1en materiJls, a pool of applicants to be lDtervieweJ is e�tabLished. The p nmu r y purpo e of the i n terview i 0 determi n ' t h fit bet 'ccn the appl icants' professional goals and I he purpose art d isst on of the MFT prog am .

Master of Arts Marriage & Family Therapy An n Kelleht:r, P D. , Deall, Dil,jsioll of Social r;cierr'·l!s Cheryl L. Stoml, Ph. " Faculty Coordilllltor "As [ visit Willi inrems [1-0111 MFT progmm

•

APPUCATION DEADLINE FOR PAll:

I realize w/wt

superior edumtlOll I rcceil1ed fr(lm PLU. . . atht'" programs only touclz ou small amounts of IVlwl we slIIriled. , . " KATIlLEfN MAXEY.

•

1991 �wr G RADUATE

pc gran) is l) t rai n cliniciaus i ntere·tetl in cou nse l i ng lhildren, adult,, ': pies, or fa m il ies wit a wide ra n ge of mental h ea l L h p robl ems, rilngmg fr IIU the chronically ml'lltal1y ill 10 t ro u bled ch ildrci , fro a

la rri age and family therapy perspecti\'e. tuuents par ticipate i n er week, one year cl i nical experience whi c h

an intensive 2� hour

l ndudes 500 hllu rs o f t he ra py mdcr �LlIse supervis.ion i n a n on campus clinic n n d i n a community placem�llL. Academic cou rses arc scheduled after 3:00p. m. to Ol l lllW tudents to work full-lime d uring Lhei r Hot academic year w h ile they prepare for t heir cl inical experience . .Be use faculty recogn i ze tha t adult sl u den L� bring expertise wi th t h e m , stud LS are high!. i llvolv d in lea rn i n g VIa exercises, c1aSl>room Jiscu· -ion, and real-l i fe acti 'ities. The p rogram emphasize the application f th eo ry to practice, rigorous evaluation. and direct supervi ion f one's clinical competency.

ACCREDITATION: The proW'a.m is full) ,lccrediled by the Comm Issi on on

f ccre dira t ion fur Marriage atld F a m ily fhcrapy f the Ameri an As�ociation f Marria�e and Family Th erap y (AA lIT) and also co m p l ies with W� · hi.ngto n St:� le Certification requirem.ents for ma niage 3nd fam i ly t herapists .

Educallon

PRliRJ!QUISITES: "-'thuugh the fo ur prerequisi tt underg I Jd u

140

Cll n

be accepted

A p pl ica t ion fIle completed in Office of Ad missions: Ja n u a ry 3 1 l n te · e oLifi"ation : Mid February Lhro u gh en of Ap r i l . I nterview date: To be annOll nced.

PURPOSE: 1 he primary obj ective of lhe: M '

JI£ !:ourses l isted below are requited, applicant.

•

T Y

ADVANCE DEPOSIT: Accepted a p l ican t s must ma.ke 3 $300.00 advance paym en t

con fi rm lh i acceptance of a n offer of w eks 0 thei r accepta nce date.

ad mission within three

1U!QUI.REMEN'l'S: (45 se.mestCl· hour s ) CI 505 ·- , o c ial Science Research Ivkthods (4) MFTI { 500 - 1 Iuman Development ( 4 ) M ITl ( 503 - Syste ms Approach tn Marriage lind Family Therapy

(4)

M I' TH 504 - F. m i ll' Developl1l ent ( 4 )

Ml-TH 5 0 7 -- Comparalive Marriage an d Family Therapy ( 4 )

fFTH " 1 0 - H mal Se. al it y amI ex [herapy ( 2 ) M FTI--{ 5 1 1 - I' yc h oso c i al Path.o log : Relations hi p to Marriage and F<lmily Therapy

('*)

M FTH 512 - Professional Studies i n Marriage aml Fnmily Therapy (3) M FTH 5 l 9 - Prac:.. t icum 1 (2) M.ITH 520 ·- [heor y 1 (2)

M FfH 521 - rac ·cu m II (2) M fTH 522 - 1 heory 11 ( 2 ) M tlH 523 - racticum In ( 2) MH H 524 - Th ory I I I ( 2 ) Ivl}TH 525 - Practicu m IV ( 4 ) EII!I:liI'/': M1-TH 599 - "lbesls

(4)

» c

Administration/Faculty 1995-1998 TERM

The Board of Regents

J nuary I , 1988,

Cor po r at i on was reconstituted. The

corporation meets annually on the PL

cam

pus to elect regents and to conduct other busi

ne£s. The corporati o n consists o f 37 r·gents

l2S deleg' tes fro m the six syn o ds of Re gio n I o f the EV'lI1gelical Lu thernn Church in America. The Board of Regen t s includes

and

eighteen repreentatives from the Alumni As s ociat i o n , six b is h ops from the ynods of Region I, and the u n iversi ty president. The policy-mak.ing and governing b od y of the u n iversit y is the Board of Regen ts. O n the

basis of recommendations made by the p resi dent, it charts a co urse for the develop m en t of

the total p rogram ()f the university and strives

F ra nci sco , CA 94 109, Alunmi Ms. Gwendolyn Carr, 4033 46th Aw. NE, Salem, O R 9 73 0 5 , ELCA Mr. �n Hartvigson, Jr., 9709 3rd Ave. NE #3 02, Seattle, WA 9 8 1 1 5 , ELCA Dr. Muk Knudson, 1 309 W. Royal Oaks Dr., Shoreview, MN 55 1 26, Regem-at-Large Mr. William W. Krlppaelme, Jr., 1 525 One nion Square. Seattle. WA 98 1 0 1 , BLCA Mrs. Anne Long, 1 7 5 2 0 Sf 60th. Issaquah, WA 98027, ELCA

Tacoma, WA 98 44 7 . PLU Bishop Robert KeDer, S. 3 1 4A Spruce St.. Spokane, WA 99204 Bishop Donald H. Maier, 5 5 1 9 P hinne y Ave. North, eatlle, WA 9 8 1 03 Bishop Donald ParsoDS, I 1 720 Wr a ngle rs Way. Anchorage, AK 995 1 6 Bishop Muk Ramseth, 4604 Audubon Way,

BiU.ings, MY 59 1 06

Bishop Paul SWllnson, 280 I

Portland, OR 97227

N. G a n t e n b e i n ,

Bishop David Wold, 420 1 2 1 s t St. S., Ta c o m a ,

98444

Regent-at-Large Mr. Gary Sever50n. 6 1 � 1 1 2 8 t h Ave. NE,

B ill ings, MT 5 9 1 0 2, Regent-at-Large

Mr. Robert Howard, 1 53 Dome Road , Fa i rhank.\,

K 99709, ELCA

Mr. Frank Jennings,

Creek , WA 980 I I , ELCA Mr. Jon Olson, 1 0 3 3 7 No r ma n dy Crest, Edell P r ai r ie, MN 55347, Alumni Mrs. Jane RusseU, P.O. Box 1 6 1 6 , Tacoma, WA 98 40 1 , Regerzt-ar-Large Mr

Gerry Anne Sahlin, I Sho rewoo d Dr..

Bellingham, WA 9822 5 , £LCA Dr. Otto Steveos, N. 7 1 1 0

G. St., po k a n e ,

'WA 9 92 0 8 , fLCA Mr. Donald Wilson, 1 3874 Taylor's Crest, Lake

Oswego, OR 97035. ELCA

....

1996-1999 TERM

M s . Cbickie J. Olsen, Po mp a n o Beach,

E Broadway,

Mr. Neal L Arntson, 3246

Po r t land, OR

Rev. Walter Pilgrim, Steilacoom, WA

97232, £LCA

Rev. Elhabeth Piau, College Park,

Boise, ID 8 3 703. ELCA

Mr. Adolph Streng, Jr� Garlan d , TX Ms. Kathryn Swanson, Thousand Dr. David Wee, N o r thfield,

Dr. James Unglaube, Director for Colleges

and U n iversit ies

Administrative Offi ces

N . 3909 Rowa n , Spokane, J OOS

S. Third,

PRESlDENT

M t. Ver n o n , WA 9 8273 , fLCA

LoYeD '. Anderson, President

ADVISORY Dr. James UUglaube, Director fo r

La1lJ'a F. Majovski, Assi st an t to the President

Colleges

Admissiolls

and Universities, Division fo r Education,

Laura Polcyn, Dean o f Admissions anu

Financial Aid

rL 6063 1

David GllDovich,

Lisa Dean-Erlander, Asso c i ate Dire tor

Dr. Jan Brazzell. Vice President for

Brian Hall, Assistant Director

Develo p ment and Unive rsity Relat i o ns

Mr. Jeffrey Jordan, Ac t ing Vice P re.si de n t for

Karl LeppeD, Assistant Director Del Lofton, A s sistan t D i rector

Finance and Operations (Treasurer)

Karen Andnde. Admissi o ns C(lU nselor Jennifer Gustafson, Admissions Counselor

and Dean o f

Grad u ate S tudies

Dr. uura Polcyn,

Campus Ministry Nancy Conn.or, Campus Pastor

Dean o f Admissions and

Financial Aid

Dennis Sepper, Campus Pastor

Dr. Cristina del Rosario, D irector, St u d e n t

Clwrciz

Involvement and Leadership Office

Rela tions

Richard W. Rouse. Director of Church

Rev. Dr. Richard Rouse, D irec t or of Church

Relat i on s

Rela t i ons

Studellt Firrarrcial Aid Services

Dr. S. Erving Severtson, Vice President for Studen t L ife

Kay Soltis, Di rector of Student F i nancial Aid

Dr. Philip Nordqwst, Hi st o ry, Faculty

Services

Dr. Demd M. MaTtIn, English, Faculty Dr. Cliff Rowe,

D i r ec to r o f Admissions

Camille EUason, D i .rector o f A d m issions

ADVISORY - PW

Provost

Rev. W. Robert Sorc:nSDn, Executive Director

Rd., acoma, WA 98 444, Regl'nr-at-Large Dr. William Ramstad, 1 1 64 8 Caminito Corrient , Rancho Bernardo, CA 9 2 1 28 ,

Rev. Dean Wigstrom, n,

Oak�,

Rev. Paul Thielo, Olms ted Falls, OH

84-2 1 , Sea t tle , WA 9 8 1 24, Alulllni

WA 9 9 20 5, ELCA

Ms. Mary Ann Shealy, Newb e rry, S C

Mr. Kurtis K. Mayer, 1 4022 S pan away Loop

Regent-at·Large

Ms. Patricia Sc.biblu, Van Wer t , O H

30678, B i l li ngs, MT 59 1 1 5 , Regent-at-Large Mr. 'ames Hushagen, 1 2 0 1 Pacific Ave . , Suite 1 200, Tacoma. WA 98402, ELCA (Secretary)

Rev. John L Vaswlg.

Rev. H. Fredrick Reisz, Jr•• Columbia, SC

Mrs. linda M. Evanson, 506 Main St., ' teilacoom, " A 9 83 88 , ELCA

Paul Menul,

Ms. Mary M. Mohr, De co ra h , I A

Dr.

Louis, MO 63 1 27, Regen t·nt-Large

Mr. Kirk Downey, Rich mo nd , VA

Rev. Nancy Anderson MilleviUe, Snyder,

(Chairmarz) SI.

Ms. Cheryl Chatman, Roll i ng Meadows, 1 L

Dr. Ryan A. LaB1lJ'd, H ickory,

Dr. Laura Majovski, Assistant to the Pr e s i de n t

Dr. John Oakley, 1 8 1 3 142nd St. Sf., Mill

Rev John Andreasen, Fargo, ND

Chair)

25637 Marine View Drive S ., Des Moines, WA 9 8 1 98 , ELCA

Rev. Dr. Larry W. Neeb, 1 0300 Watson Rd . ,

Divisol1 for J-iigher Education IIlId Schools

Ki r kl a nd, WA 98033, Regent-aI-Large ( Vice

8765 W. H igg i ns Rd .• C h icago,

Mrs. Connye Hartman, 1208 Cresthaven Way,

Mr. Carl Fynboe,

Evangelical Lu t h eran Church i n A m erica ,

1994-1997 TERM

Fox Isla n d , WA Ms. Gladystine Hodge, Tea n eck, NJ Rev. Wi Jo Kang, Dubuque, IA

1 0500 NE 8th, Bellevue, WA 98004,

Mr. Theodore JohnSDn, P.O. Box 3999 MS

Dr. Loren J. Anderson, Presi d e n t, PLU,

....

Mr. Richard L McAuliffe, Treasurer

Rev. S. Philip FroUand, Waverly,

Ms. Anne Hafer, First Bank Montana. P.O. B ox

EX-OFFlCIO

Rev. Lowell G. Almen, S�c.Tetary

Mr. Donald Morken, 1 92 0 Bellevue Place,

OFFICERS

Chairman Mr. Gary Severson, Vice C h ai r Mr. James Hush.gen, Sec reta ry

::a

Mr. Kenneth A. Erickson, Eugene, OR

Mr. Ric:b.ard L Bauer. 3 790 Gramarcy Lane,

Mr. Frank 'ennJngs,

....

Evangelical LZ/themll Ch u rch in America Bishop R. George Anderson, 8 7 65 W. H ig g ins Rd., C h ic a go, II 6063 1 Kathy J. Magnus, Vice-Preside nt

£LCA

Ke nt. WA 9804.2,

z III

President,

CHURCH O FFICIALS

Rev. Rebecca Luclcy. 2 5 1 1 5 1 32nd Ave. SE,

to provide essential funds. The student body and the fa.cul ty have n o n - voting representatives who meet with the board.

tuderzr

Mrs. Becky Burad, 2206 Hyde S t . , San

Pacific Lutheran University, Inc., a Wa sh i ngton co rporation w h ose purpose is to maintain a Chri,tian i n st i t uti o n of higher learning. With the formation of the Evangelical Lu th e ra n

A m e rica (ELeA)

Fin ance, Student

Ms. Lisa Bimel. ASPLU V ice

Spokane, WA 99 2 1 4 , ELCA

The u n i ers i t y is ow ned and operated by

Church in

Mr. Brian Berkenhoff, ASPLU Di recto r of

Mr. Daniel L A1saker, PO Box 1 4646,

OWNERSHIP, SUPPORT, GOVERNMENT:

the PL

:s::

Joan Riley, A ss is tant Director for Information

.ommuni ation, FaCIlity

Management

Mr. Puis Mullen, ASPLU President,

Lorie Staab, Assista n t Di recto r for Operations

Stllderzt

D«na Lager, Financial Aid Administrator P

:; I T Y

1 41

> f -' ::l U <C

...

z o

Monique Pecchia, Cindy Simpson,

F i n a nci al A i d Admin istrator Fi nanci a l Aid Adm inistrator

Jeanine Barndt, Supervisor of Technical , en' ices Layne Nordgren, uperv isor of ledia Service> and Coordinator o f Automated

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Office of the Provost

Paul T. Menzel, Provost and Dean o f

Kerstin R ingdahl, Archivist a n d Curator of

David C. Yagow, Associate Provost

Illstitutiollal Research

Special Collections

Graduate Studies

and Assessment

Judith W. Carr, Dean

Registrar

Uffice 0

Charles T. Nelson, Registrar Sheila M. COIUlU, ssistant Reg i s trar

Ill terml/;olla! Programs

Ailloah Creigh, ScheduJing Ad m i n istrator

Charry B e nston , Ad m in istrat ive Associate,

Leann Dah l , Evalua tions Ad m i ll istrator

I n ternational Group and Visiting Scholars

Dan Wood, Evaluations Adrn L n ist ra tor

Program Co o rd i n a tor

David Gerry, Coordinator o f I n ternatio nal

Awdemic Advising/Reter/tioll

Richard Seeger, D i rector, Academic A d v is ing

S t u den t Services

and Opera t i o ns

Vlc.kyWinlers, Ad m i n istrative Assistant

Offi ce A. Carver, Comptroller Trudy Hille, Assistant Manager, Accou n t in g B llsilless Petra

Larry W. Ne.lson, Director

pedal Academic Progra ms

Janet Moore, Director

Karla 'ones, Acco u n ts Receivable/Cash Manager

Plam Services David Weh mhoefer, D i rector o f Pla n t S.:rvices

HUlI1an

Resource Services

Susan Mann, Director of Human Reso u r e Services

Alina Urbanec,

ssociate Di.rector

Divison of Hll m a n i ties

Patrida Roundy, D i rector, AURA Program

Allxi/iary Service.s

Keith J. Cooper, Dean

AwdclIlic J\Ssisrlll1Ce

Jeffrey Jordan, Director of Auxilia r), Services

Su..� n Young, Admin istrative Assistant Division of 1

Wanda Wentworth, Director, Academic Assistance

atl/ra! Sciellces

Sheri J. TODD, Dean

Anita Wahler, Administrative Assista n t Chemistry An n

Sciellces

Angle Zurch er, A sociate D i rector

Gen e ra l Manager

lone S: Crandall, D i rector

Marie Wnlzke, Ad m i n i s t rative Associate Christopher A. Spicer, Dean Linda Miller, Administrat ive

Jan F. Brau.eU, Vice President for

Development a n d U n iversi t y Relations

ssociate, Music

Maxine Pomeroy, Manager of Music

Faye Anderson, D i rector o f Corporate and

Performance and O u t reach

Foundation Relations David G. Anbrey, Executive Director for

School o( Busilless

Major G i fts Development David Berntsen, D i rector o f Development Eric Elkins, DeVelopment S),stems Manager

E. McCann m, Dean

Janette Dempsey, Director of Graduate Programs

Lauralee

Susan Martensen, Coo rd i nator of External

H agen, D irector o f A l u m n i and

Parent RelatiOn>

Relations

Sharon

Hilary Reynolds, Coord i n a t o r of

I . Harrison, D i rector o f Advancement

Services

Undergraduate Programs

Monica Hurley, As>ociate Director fo r

Catherine Pratt, D i rector, Center for Executive Developm e n t

( tlookstore)

Gary Cinollo, C o u rse)

As s o c ia te D i rector ( G o l f

ResO llrc/l5

Sheri TODD, i n terim Executive D irector o f

I nfor matio n

Resources

Chris Sanders, Assi tnnt D irector of Academic Computing Kirk Isakson, Director of Television Services Margaret Worley, Assistant Director o f User Support/Academic Prgorams STUDENT U P E

Office of StttdCIJt L ife S. Erving Severtson, Vice President and P hyllis L. Meyerhoff, Adminis t ra t ive Camp l ls Safety

Charitahle Estate P l a n n i n g

Adam Collins,

Walt Bu.�ton, D i rector upervisor

John L

Br icke D, Dean Leon Rei berg, Assoc i a te Dean

James Van Beek, Director of Ca p ita l

School o( Nursillg

Utl i versit), Commllnications

Beth Ahlstrom, D i rector

Paul Porter, D irector of Universit),

Jennifer Schoen, Assistant Dircctor

am pa ig n s and Scholarship Support

Anne Hirsch, Interim ) e a n Cleo Pass, Associate Dean (Graduate)

l.ommunicalion

Patsy Maloney, D i rector, Center fo r Continued

Teresa Banmgarten, Associate Director of University Printing lind muon, Associate Director o f News and

N u rs in g Learning Ruth Schaffler, Learning Resources Center Coordinator School of Physicul Educlltion Athletic Department

I n fo r m a t i o n

and

Robert Bolden, Director of AuJio :ervice

J anet Prichard, D i rector of Publication; and Public R e la tio n s

Paul E. Boseth, Dean; Director o f Athleti

Larry Marshall, Assistant Director of Athletics

Scott Ramsey, Associate Director of

Publications Design

Michael Benson, Athletic Faci l it ies

Chris Tumbusch,

oordinator

Services

Nick Dawson, Sports I n formation Director James Johnson, Director o f Aquatics

Martin J. Neeb, General M a n ager

Gary Nicholson, AthkLic Trainer Scott Westeri ng, Staff Assistant

Mel Ba.er, D i rector of Development and Marke ti. ng David Christian, Chief Engineer

Library

Tonn, Interim Executive D i rector o f

Joseph Cohu, Assistant Program D i rector and Music Director

I n formation Resou rces

Susan J. McDonald, Supervisor of Reference

Roger Johnson, Director o f Programming and Operations

Services

Gall Egbers, Reference/Bibliographic

Nancy Knudsen,

A s soc iate Di rector of

Developmeot for Listener Support

Instruction Librarian

Erin Hnmessey,

John D. Kawula, Reference Librarian

ssistant Program

D i r�ctor and News D i rector

Sharon G. Chase, Supervisor o f Distrih u t ive Services P

Daniel Nielsen, Supervisor Career Development

COlmse/ing and

Testing Services

Gary M inelli, Director/Psych ologist

Alene K lei n , Associate D i rector/Psychologist/ CoordinatoI', Services fo r Students wiLh D i s a h i l i t ies/Coordina tor, Testing Serv ices

Seilchi Adachi, Counselor

Leah Slock, Ps),chologist Marsha Cain, Psychiatrist Health Services Ann Miller, Director/Nurse P ra c t ion e r Sue Mkrtchlan,

Physician's Assist a n t

MESA

KPLU-FM

Cmg McCord, Staff Assistant

Sheri

s ociatc D i rector of Photo

Dean

Associate

Annual Giving

Edgar � 00, Executive D i rector fo r

School of Edllcation

(Unive rsi t y Evcnts a n d Scheduling)

Illformatiill/

DI!V1!WPMENT

Schoo! of the Arts

Joseph

Education Co uncil

eel/ter (o r PlIblic Service

Kdleher, Dean

Services)

Roberta Marsh, Associate D irector

Keike Phelps,

Divisioll of So cia !

and Residential Life Erin S i gman, Ass o c i a t e D i rector ( D ining

Cooperative Education

Arthur Martinson, C h a i r, Cooperative

Terrence Nlcksic, Laborator), Supervisor,

142

ys tcms

Virginia Gilmore, Media Sevices Librarian

FINANCE AND OPERATIONS Jeffrey Jordan, Acting Vice President- Finance

Brenda S haron Walker, D i rector

lie.sidential Life

Jeffrey Jord an, D i recto r / D i rector, Auxiliaries

Thomos Huelsbeck, Associate D i rector

KathJeen ParreU, Coordinator, Student Conduct/Staff TrainingfNew Student A!\signments

H. Pat Dudley, Manager, Residence I lall Facilities StHdent !llI'vll'ement and Leadership

Cristina del Rosario, Director Rick Eastman,

ssociate Director

The Faculty

William Becvar, 1 973-, P rofesso r of Theat re; B.A., U n iversi t y of Torthern Iowa, 1 96 1 ; M . A . , State U n ive rs it y o f South Dakota, 1 96 4 ; Ph.D.,

Elizabeth E. Brusco, 1 988- , A ssocia te Profess or

Lorcn J. Andcrson. 1 992-, President; B.A.,

U niver sity of Kan

Un i ve rsity of New York, 1 986.

oncordia College, Moo rhead, 1 967; M.A.,

S tate U n i ve r si ty, 1 968; Ph.D., n ivers i t y of M ic h i gan , 1 9 7 1 . Se.iichl Adadt.i. 1 967-, A ss oc ia te Professo r of Psychology; COlinselor, COllnseling IHld 'Jestillg

M .A., Columbia T heo lo gic a l Sem i n ary, New

U n ive rs i t y,

Visiting Assistant

I nd iana

Washington S t a t e

1 976; M.A., The

U n ive rs it y o f O kl a ho m a , 1967; J.D., Uni ve rs i ty o f Puget Sound School of Law, •

Shirley E. Aikin. 1 9 74-, A ssis ta n t P rofesso r of

U niv e rs i ty,

1 97 1 , 1 97 1 , L978, 1 996.

B.A., Amhe rst College,

Ph . D., Rutgers

Biology; B. ' . , J u n iata

oUege, 1 96 2 ; M.A.,

U n ivers i t y o f CaJifo rnia,

D av is,

U n ivers i t y o f Wash. i ng to n , •

1979.

Pr ofessor of Nil rsi'1g; B.S. N.,

Professor ofEnglish; B .

1 970.

1 98 2 ;

H isto ry;

B.A., M.A., P h .D., Universit y of

U n iversity of Was h i ngto n , 1 969, 1 970; M .A. ,

Cal i fo rn i a, Berkeley,

Ph.D., University of M innesota, 1 973, 1 977.

Judith W. Carr, 1 979-, Dean for Special

al i fo rn ia, Lo s An ge l es ,

Un i ve rsi t y o f

B.S.,

1 9 72 ,

1 973, 1 98 1 .

Academic Programs and Summer Studies; B.S., Pacific Lutheran U n i vers ity, 1 970; Ph.D.,

1 985.

Un i ve rsi t y o f Was h in gto n, 1 974.

Arturo BibJan, 1 977-, Professor of Soci o logy; B.A., M . A . , P h.D.,

••

Gary A. Chase, 1 970-, Associate Professor of Physical Education; B.S., M.S., Was hi ngton

Un ive rsity of Cal ifo rn ia,

State Un ive rs i ty, 1 962, 1 964.

Kenneth D. Blaha. 1 98 9-, Asso cia te Professor of Computer Science; B.A., Uni ve rsi t y o f Minnesota, M o rr is, 1 978; M .S. (Mathematics), M . S . ( Com p u t e r Science), Ph.D., U n i ve r s it y of

Marie Chumey, 1974-, Asso cia te Professo r of

Oregon, 1 98 1 , 1 984, 1 989.

Gi:orge E. Arbaugh, 1959-, Professor of P rofessor, 1 9 79-80; B.A.,

John M. Cinnamon, 1 996-, Visiti'1g Assistallt

Wayne Borkowski, 1 9 9 7-, Visi r i rlg Assista n t

Professor ofAnthroplogy; B .A . , Kalamazoo

b la n d , 1 9 55; M . A., Pb . D. , U n i v e rs it y o f I owa , 1 9 5 8 , 1 9 5 9 . Denis G. Arnold, 1 995-, Assista n t Professor of Philosophy; B .A ., Lewis & Clark Co l l ege, 1 988; M.A., Ph.D., Un ive rs i ty of M i n neso t a , 1 99 1 ,

Professor of BlIsiness; B.S., M . B.A., DePaul

Co l lege, 1 980; M . A . , P h . D. , Yale

Un ive rs it y, 1 967, 1 97 2 ;

1 986, 1 996.

U n ive rsi t y

of S a n D ieg o, 1 990.

Dana D. Andenon. 1984-. Professor of Psychology; B.A., An t i o ch College, 1 97 1 ; M.A., Ph.D., O h io State Un ive rs i ty, 1 9 74, 1 98 1 .

Philosophy, Regency

Augustana College, Rock

1 995.

Brian N.R. Bai.rd, 1 986-87, 1 988-, Associate Professor ofPsychology; B.S., University of Uta h , 1977; M.S., Ph.D.,

n ive rs it y of Wyoming,

1980, 1 984.

D. Stuart BIlIIC'Oft, 1 967-68, 1 97 1 -, Professo r

of B lIsiness; B.S., J'vl. B.A . , Arizona State University, 1 963, 1 9 6 5 ; M.A., Ph.D.,

U n i ve rs it y

of Pennsylvania, 1 9 7 1 , 1 97 3 .

Stephen I:l. Barn d t. 1 978-, Professor of B IJ s i n €ss; B.S., Wa s h i ngt o n State Un ivers i ty, 1 957;

rvL ll.A., P h . D. ,

h i o S t ate U n ivers ity, 1 96 7 ,

1971.

J . Thaddeus Barnowe, 1 977-, BlIs;"ess; B.A., U niversity of 1 9 66 ; M . A . , Ph.D.,

Professo r of

Sa.n Francisco,

U n ive rsi t y of

1ichigan,

1 9 7 1 , 1 973 .

Michael D. Bartanen, 1 9 79-, P1'Ofessor of

ComnWllicilIiv,,; B.A., M.A., We st e r n ton

Was h i ng

ni crsity, 1 9 7 4 , 1 976; P h . D . , Un iversi ty of

Southern Califo rn ia,

1 98 1 .

. . Ke:nneth I:l. Balker. 1 96 6-, Professor ofMathe

matics; B.A., Wa rt b u rg College, 1 9 5 7; M.A., Ph.D., U ni vc r ity o f Colorado, 1 96 1 , 1 9 7 1 .

Myra J. Baughman. 1 970-, Professo r vfEdllca

. , Pacifi Luth ran Un iv('rsity, 1962; III.Ed., Western \ as h i ngt o n niversity, 1 969; Ed.D., Uoi"crslty 0 Neb raska, Lincoln. 1 9 75 . tion; B .

Wa sh i n g to n .

C.P.A., C . M.A.,

Educa.tion; B .A . , B.S., Western

Was h i n gto n

University, 1 96 1 , 1 964; M . Ed . , Ed.D., Un ive rs i t y of Fl o ri d a , 1966, 1 9 70.

State o f

U n ive rs ity,

Keith J. Cooper, 1 984-, Associate P rofess or of

RaydeU C. Bradl ey, 1 992-, Assistan t Professor of Music; B.M.E., M.A., No r th eas t Missouri

Gordon Colleg e , 1 976; M.T.S., Gordon

State University, 1 98 1 , 1 986; D.M.A. cand . ,

Conwell T h eo l o g i cal Se m i n a ry, 1 979;

University o f Washington.

Ph.D.,

P h i losop hy; Dea", Division of Human ities; B.A.,

U n ivers i t y o f Wiscon

M .A.,

in, Madison,

[ 98 1 , 1 988.

filii P. B razzell, 1 992-, Vice President for Development and

Dennis 1. Cox, 1 972-, Associate

Uni ve rsi ty Relations; B.A.,

University of Alabama, 1 97 8 ; M.A., Ph.D.,

A rt;

P rofesso r of

B.A., Pacific Lu th era n U niversity, 1 967;

Indiana University, 1 98 1 , 1 984.

M . F.A., Washington State Unive rsity, 1 972.

John L BrickeD. 1 992-, Dean, School of

Michele A. Crayt on, 1977-, Professor of

Educatioll; B.A., M.A., California Sta te

Biology; B.S., M .S ., University o f Missouri,

U n ivers i ty, Fresno, 1 965, 1 969; Ph.D.,

Kansas City, 1 967, 1 969; Ph.D.,

U n iv e rs i ty of

O re go n,

1 97 3 .

Psychology; B . A . , Seattle Un ive rs ity, 1 967;

U n i ve rsi t y o f C al ga ry,

1 97 2 ; Ph.D.,

•

David P. Dahl, 1 9 69-, Professor of Music; B.A., Pacific Lutheran U n ive rsi t y, 1 960; A sso c i a te

shir, A me r i ca n Guild of

M.A.,

O rga n i s t s , 1 96 1 ; U n ive rs i ty o f Washington, 1 96 2 .

Theresa Deussen. 1 996-, Visit;'1gAssista,1t

Uni

Professor of Sociology; B.A., University of C al ifo rni a , Davis, 1 9 8 6 ; M . A., Ph.D.,

versi t y o f North Ca rol i na, Ch a pe l Hill, 1 9 74 .

U n i vers it y of M ichigan,

Roberta S. Brown, 1 9 79-, Professor of Frwch;

Un i ve rs i t y, 1 967; M . A . , Uniwr'i t y of rego n, 1 9 69 ; P h . D., Un iv e rs i ty of Califo.rnia, Los An gel es , 1 9 8 1 . Christopher R. Browning, 1 974-, Professor of H is to ry; A.B., Oberl i n College, 1 967; M.A.,

Patricio L. Dolan,

P h. D. , University

Mathematics; B . A . ,

B.A.,

tanford

Biology; B.A., M . A . , State

U n i versi ty o f

Un i ve rsi t y, 1 990.

Michael B. Dollinger, 1 98 /-, Professo r of

of Wisconsin, Madi so n,

Un i versi t y of Rochester,

1 963 ; M.S., Ph.D, Un ive rs it y of l I I i nois, 1 96 5 , 1 968.

Stanlcy 1. Brue, 1971-, Professo r of Eco n o mics; Ph.D.,

1 989, 1 996.

1 994-, Ass istQll t Profess o r of

York at B u ffa lo, 1 976, I % 2 ; Ph.D., Kent State

1 968, 1 9 7 5 .

B.A., Augu l a na

O rego n State

U n ive rs i t y, 1 974.

Jame B. Brink. 1 9 70-, Professor of Computer Science; . B ., Hope College, 1 965; M.S., P h . D . , Iowa State !l i ve rs i t y, 1 967, 1 970. • R. Michael Brown, 1 982-, P rofesso r of M.Sc.,

c::

E. Wayne Corp, 1 986'--, Associate Professor of

B . A . (English),

1 982-, Professor ofB usin ess;

}> ,...,

. , Mount Holyoke

. , Butler University, P h.D. , P urdue U n ive rs i t y, 1 99 1 . College, 1 97 1 ; M .

1 965; Ph.D.,

Los Angeles, 1 955, 1960, 1 9 68 .

of Was h i ngt o n , 1 9 59, 1 984; D.N.S., •

o f M i n n eso ta , 1 97 6 .

Susan Brown Culton, 1 99 /-, Associate

Wayne State University, 1 96 1 ; Ph.D., •

M . N . , Un ive rs i t y

and Mary,

U n i ver s i t y o f California, Be rkel ey, 1 997. Paul l'. Benton. 1 9 69-, Associate Professor of

� fill Bemiker,

1 966; Ph.D.,

Merrily }. Allen. 1 982-1 988, 1 991-, Associate

John T. Carlson, 1 9 75-, Professor of Biology; B . A . , C a r le to n College, 1 966; Ph.D., U n ive r s it y

U n i ve rs i t y,

Charles A Bcrgmllll, 1 977-, Professor of

n i vc rs i ty, 1 989, 1 995.

o z

University, 1 976.

ssista rrt Professor of

Ellglish; B.A. (Economics),

1 983; M.A.,

AngeUa G. Alexander. 1 9 71 -, Professor of

Un i ver s i t y o f

P h . D. ,

U n ive rs i t y,

1 977;

1 979;

'v i I.S.N., U n iversi ty o f Toronto, 1 986; P h . D., U nive rsi t y of S o ut h Carolina, 1 994. Thomas J. CampbeU, 1 984-, Associate Professor ofEngl ish ; B.S., Ph.D., U ni vers it y o f O re go n , 1 968, 1 9 8 1 ; M . A . , Portland State

1 98 3 ; M .A . ,

Co ll e ge of W il lia m

Va l le y College,

B.S.N .. Thomas Jefferson Un ive rsity,

1 9 8 1 ; Ed.S., Un i ve r s i t y of Alabama, 1 984;

Princeton

James M. Alb.recht, 1 997-, Assistant Professo r ofFng lish ;

1 9 88; Ph.D.,

Englis'1; B.A., vVhitworth College,

Nursing; B.S.N., B.A., M . A . , M.S.N., Pacific Lutheran

College,

Englis h; B.A., Pacific Lutheran

1 978.

U n ive rs i t y,

Megan Benlon. 1 98 6-,

Barbara AJma. 1 987-, Ass is /llI1 t Professor of .

Howard K. Butchcr, 1 993-, Assistmll Professo r

of Nu rsing; B.S., Lebanon

Californ ia, Berkeley, 1 996.

University, 1990.

Business; B•

Was h i n gton , 1 985.

Carlton L Benson, 1 996-, Assistntlt P rofessor

B.A., M . A . , Idaho State

1 98 1 , 1 98 5 ; Ph.D.,

Maryland, 1 969; M . N . , U n i ve rs ity o f

1 97 9 .

of H istory; B.A., Colorado

B.S.N., Un ivers i t y o f

1 968; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana U nive rs ity, 1 9 7 1 ,

D oc t ora t d e l 'Universite, U n i vers i ty of Pall, France, 1 98 1 , 1 983, 1 9 86.

Un ive rs i t y, 1 96 0 .

Professor of Sociology;

Profe.ssor of Nursing;

Approfondies,

York, 1 957; Ed.D., 1e ac h ers College, Columbia

1 974;

Pamela K. BIlnlS, 1 994, Clinical Assista l l t

of Mathematics; Maitrise, D i p lo me D'Etudes

Me ormick S e mi nary, 1 95 1 ;

Arta Aflatooni. 1 99 7-,

, 1 975.

Rachid Benkhalti, 1 98 7-, Associate Professor

Se.rllices; B.A., J a m e s t ow n College, 1 946; B.D.,

U n i ve rs ity,

M.A., Hunter College, 1 982; P h .D., City

Steveu R. Benham. 1 982-, Professor of Geosciwces; B.S., Wash i n gto n State University,

M ic h ig an

niversity-Union

of Anth ropology; B.A., Bosron

College, Sioux

FaUs,

Un ive rs it y o f Nebraska,

1 97 1 .

1 967;

Bryan C. Domcr. 1 980-, Associate Professo r of Mathematics; B.S. ( P hysics) , B.S. (Mathemat

ics), Oregon State U n iversi t y, 1 966, 1 969; M .S., P h . D. , University of

O re go n ,

1 97 1 , 1 9 77.

1 43

Cdine A . Dorner. 1 984-, Assistallt ProFessor o.f

Kenl P. �rlach, 1 980-, Professor of f<llIcation;

1 974.

Dakota. 1 972; Ed. D. . Neva da , L.as Veg as, 1 980. Linda K. Gibson. 1 98 9-, Associ Ie Professor of

8.5.,

Mathemati ; M ., . , Un.iversity of Oreg�l!1,

:l U

of Political

U n iv e rs i ty of

Associate Professor

B Western Michigan 1 96 7 ; A.M., Ph . D. , U niversi ty of Penn s , lvnnia, 1 969, 1 9 79; J.D., Un i ve rsi t y of Puge t S ou n d S hool of Law. 1 9Sn. Sciellce;

.•

Business; 8 . A . , Texas

Divers ity,

II.

•

Larry A. EcUson.

1 967; M . A . , Ph .D.,

hristian U n iversity,

!l. A . , DePauw

Gail L. Egbers, 1992-, Re:ference!Hibliographic

V irgini a K. G Umo.re . 1 91:18-, Media

Illstruct ioll I.ibrariall;

Li branall; B. ., University of Florida,

University,

ol.lege, 1 97 3 ; M .

a::

1 965,

A . M . , P h . D . , Harvard

1 982.

B.A. , Midland Lutheran . L.S., Un iv ers i t y of Denver,

1 973.

Mary J. l!II.ard-lvey. 1 997-, Assistllnt Professor Dubl i n , 1 9 87 , J 988;

Bri tish

�

olumbia. 1 994.

Luther Theological S em in a ry, 1 95 2 ; ' .Th.,

Julla E. .Fanslow. 1 985-90, 1 992-93 1 997-,

Princeton The olog i ca l Seminar)" 1 954; P h . D.,

Religion; B . A . ,

sistant Professor of Nursillg; B . S . N . ,

Kathleen A. Va ught Farner,

1 978-,

William G. Greenwood, 1 98 1 -, Professor of Phys ics; B.S., Un ive rsi ty of Was h ington, 1 97 2 ; M .S. , P h .D., Oregon S t ate U n i versity, 1 9 7 4 .

Asso cia te

1 978.

Profe -sor of MttsiC; B.M.. Temple U ni ve rs i ty,

1 9613; M .M ., New England

51. Olaf Coli ge, 1 948; M. iv.,

ew York Universi ty, 1 9 66.

of 'Ii 'as, Fort Worth. 1 976; M . S.N. , U nivers i t y o f Tcx3s. Arlington, 1 9 7 8 ; P h . D., Gonzaga Uni e rs i ty, 1 98 3 .

Kate Grieshaber.

1 984-, Professor of Music; 1968; M.A.,

B.A., Un ivers i t y of M i nneso ta ,

onservatory of

n iveTs i t y o f Washington, 1 9 7 1 , 1 990.

Music, 1 9 7 1 .

Ph.D.,

Richard A. Farner. 1 976-, Associate Professor of Mil sic; S.M ., Oberlin College, 1 961\; M. M . ,

Peter C. Gro$VeDOr. 1996-. Assist(lIl t Profess o r of Political

Univers ity o f Michiga n , 1 9 74.

1 98 3 ; M.Sc., Ph.D., Lon d o n

Bruce W. Finnje, 1 989-. As.<i.<tant Profess or of BII.silless ; B. . , ugustana CoUege, S i oux: Falls, 1 970; Ph. . . n iversi t y of Nebraska, 1 975.

PI,ys;

Mary Jane Ha.emig,

1 963.

filwaukee, 1 97 2 .

Was h i n gto n

1 974-, Professor of Biology; B. . , Oregon State U mversi ty, 1 9 68; M , Un iversity of Utah, 1 970; Ph.D., Un ive rsi ty of

David H. Hansen.

Clinical M.N.,

•

1 962, 1 964,

••

Vem.on R. Hanson, 1 9 70-, A ssociat,· Professor

o f Socia l Work; EA., Paci l'ic l .u theran Un iver sity, 1 955; B.D., LUlher . heological Semi nary, 1 9 62; A . M . , niversit), o f Chicago, 1 97 0. Christine L. Bansvick, 1 979-, Assoria Ie Professo r of Psychology; BA., Southwest State n iv ers i t y, 1 9 7 1 ; M.A., Ph.D., U n ivers ity of Winds!)r, 1 9 7 5 , 1 97 7 .

Associa te Proftssor of

1 974; M . F.A., Rochester I nsti t ute of Technology, 1 9 79. Pam I.B. George. 1 996- , Cliniwl "ssrsta/lt" Prfoessor ofN/4rSillg; B.S.N., M ari a n College of Fond du Lac, 1 97 3 ; M . S . , Central M i h igan U n ive rs i ty, 1 988; M .S.N .. Un i versi t y of Alabama, Birmingham, 1 992. ni,'crsity.

Diane M. Ha.rney, 1 992-, Assistant Professor 0/

Commtlllimtioll; 8 . S . , Indiana University,

1 9 84; M.S., Plorida Slate University, 1 98 7 ;

P h.D., Purdue Un i ve r s ity, 1 9 9 2 .

lif rnia, Irvi ne, 1 9 74 .

1 9 70.

144

Professor

Univers ity, 1 9 86 , 1 98 9 ; ivI.A. , Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon Uni ersity, 1 992, 1 9 96.

Arthur Gee. 1 %�, Professor of Bio logy; B.S.,

Beab"ic� Gelle.... 1 984-.

1 993-, Assist/WI

niversity of 1 in neso ta,

History; B.A., M.A., Eastern

niversit)', 1 '175, 1 9 78.

Art; B.F.A., New York

regon, 1 992.

Gina L. Hames. 1 997-, Assistant Professor of

Mllsic; B.A., Luther Coll ege, 1 96 2 ; M . M . ,

Purdue Un i v� r si ty,

riLona,

Un ivers ity of Washington. 1 974, 1 980.

Chemistry; B.A., Gettysburg College, 1979; Ph.D., Brown University, 1 9H 5 . Roge.. Gard, 1 9 74-, Associ�te Prof�ssor of

M .S., Ph.D.•

Lock Haven S t a t e

1 9 77; J.D., Harvard Law $choul, 1 9 8 1 ; M.T.S., Th.D., Ha rva rd D i v i n ity Sc ho ol , 1 9111 , 1 9 96. John S. Hillam, 1 990-, Associ£Jtr Professor of Art; B.A., Scattl Uni versity, 1 970; M.A., Ph .D.,

Craig B. Fryhle, 1 986-, Associate Prof�s.<or of

ofNlirsillg; B.S. . ,

B.S.,

n iversi ty of

ofUeligion; B.A.,

1 980 - , Associate Professor

B.A . . U niversity of Orego n, 1 960; New E ng l a n d Conservatory of Music,

Emory

Edllcotioll;

1 9 79 ; Ph.D.,

of Mllsic;

Assistartt Professor

ollege, 1 978; M.S. , Un iversity of

Ph.D., Ohio State Univers i t y, 1 9 7 3, 1 9 78.

Patricia H. Gaspar. 1 987-81:1, 1 99 1-.

CuLlege. Cit},

Colleen M. Hacker, 1 979-. Professor

Duncan Foley. 1 986-. Associllte Professor of Geoscie llces; B.A., nt ioch college, 1 9 7 1 ; M.S.,

Un.ivers ity of Wisconsin,

B.A., Brooklyn

niversit)' of Washington, 1 994.

Anne M. Hinch. 1 983-, Professo r of NlI rsing;

Interim Deelll. SdlOOI of Nursing; B.S.N.,

Was h in gton State University, 1 974; M .

Univers i ty of Wash ington, 1 978 ; D.N.S., India.na University, 1 98 3 .

L Hoffman. 1 975-, Associate Professor B.M., Northwestern University, 1 967; I . M.A., Yale Un ive rsi t y School o f l'>'I usic,

DlIVid

of Mllsic;

1 97 1 .

of Heal th alld DCilll, School of Physical Educatioll; Director ofAthletics; B.A., Concordia College. MoorI1t�ad, 1 96 6 ; M.. . , South D a ko ta 'tate Universit)!, 1 967; Ed. D., Paul E. Hoseth. 1 968-, Professor

Physical Edllcation;

University of O regon , 1 977.

Nancy

R. Howell, 1 990-, As oeiate P rofessor of Mary,

Relig ion ; B . S . , College of Will i a m and

1 9 75 ; M . D iv., Th.lvl . , Southeastern Ba pt i st Theological SemiJlar)" 1 9 8 2 , 1 984; V l I. A . , P h . D . , Ja remo n t Groduate School, 1 986,

University of New York, 1 971 ; M.A., P h.D., Univ e rs i ty o f Wisconsin, M a dis on , 1 97 3 , 1 977.

North Carolina, 1958.

M.M .•

chool of

Gregory E. GulcUn, 1 97 9-, Professor of Allthropology;

University, 1 949, 1 95 1 ; Ph.D., University of

Mira J. Frohnmayer,

Science; B . A . , U n iv asity ofWale�,

Economics. 1 985, 1 996 .

.. Louise Sand Faye. 1 969-, Professor of Languages (Spallislr); B.A., M . A . , florida State

••

EdllCMioll; B.A. in Ed., M.Ed., Western

Minnesota. 1 978.

Universi ty

ebraska,

1 963.

Was h i ngton U n iversity, 1 986, 1 99 1 ; P h . D . ,

Stewart D. Govig, 1958-60, 1 96 1 -, Professo r of

("/illiall

1 95 9 ,

Sheila D. Goodwin. 1 987-, Assrs tallt Professor

B.A., Houghton College, 19 4; M.A., Alfred ni ersity. 1 968; Ph.D., Un ivers i ty of

1 96 8 , 1969, 1 97 2 .

o l lege. Moorhead,

1 957; M.A., Ph.D. . Un iversity o f

Michael R. Hillis, 1997-, Assistant Professor of

Andrey S. Eyler. 1 98 1 -, Professor of Euglish;

Oregon,

John O. Henog. 1 967-, Professor of Mn the·

1 9 7 1 ; M . E A. , Un iver� i t)' of Wisco nsin,

B.S.N., University of Mich iga n, 1 9 83; M. . N. , Wayn\! State Univer it)', 1 9 87; M . I\., Pacific Luthera.n U n i versity, 1992; Ph.D., Oregon Health Sciences U n ivers i t y, 1995.

Ed w:atioll; B.S., M. S. , Ph . D . , U ni versity o f

•

mat ies; B.A., Concordia

1 984-, Associa te Professor

of Nursillg;

Anthony J. Evans, 1 988-, Professor ofPhysical

1958;

M ad i s o n , 1 976.

Univers i ty of

B.A., The oUege of Idaho, I �63; M.B.A., Washington State U ni vers i t y, 1 96 5 ; Ph.D., Un ive rs it y of Washington, 1 978.

1 95 9 .

ofArt; B . A . , Northeastern I l l i n ois U niversity,

Diversity Col lege

P h . D.,

Larry P. Hegstad. 1979-. I\sso cirlte Professor of

Services

M . L. S . , University o f Ma r y l a n d , 1 976.

Lawrence B. Gold,

of Biology; B.Se., M. c.,

1 956,

Busin ess;

niversit , 1 954;

niversity,

Ph.D. , Univer�ity o f Rochester, 1988.

Luella V. Hefty, 1 973-, Assis tant Professor

., Pacific Lutheran University, 1 9 69; M.A., U n i versi t y o f Was h i ngto n, 1 973 .

., William P. GldcUngs, 1962-, Professor of Chenristry;

Oil/p liler

NlIrsillg; B.S.

1 985. 1 989.

1 982-, Prof< sor 0/ Computer

$cinlcc; B.A., W h i t m a n College. 1 958; Ph.D.,

M.S. , Stanford

n ive rsit y of Missouri,

1 9S7-. /tssociatt! Professor cic/lce; B.S. ( P hysi 5 ) , B.S. (Com puter Sc ie nce ), Washington tal<! Univers ity, 1 97 1 , 1972; M.S., Universi ty 0 Oregon, 1 980;

George Hanser, Jr. •

M.A.,

Universily of South

SU8\Ul Dwyer-Shick, 1 984-,

niversity of Nebraska, 1 9 6 7 ;

1 990.

David R. Huebbeck.

1 989- . Associate Professo r ofAntftrnpnlogy; B. . , Un iversity of Wisco n si n, Madison, 1 974; M.A., P h . D., Wa shi ng ton State Un.iversity, 1 980, 1 9 83.

Laurence D. Huestis. 1 961-. Prof. Chemistry; B . S . ,

U n iv e rs it}, of

sor of

lifomia, Be.rkel.,y, 1 956; Ph.D., Un ivers i ty of alifom ia,

Davis, 1960.

t Pah:ici.ll Hughes, 1 992-. Assist"Ollt Professor of Nlt rsing; B.S.N., Un iversity o f Alabama, Birmingh 'Iexas,

San

01,

1 974; M. .

Antonio, 1 9 8 0 ;

. , U n ive r s i t y of

Ed. D.,

U n ivers ity of

Georgia, 1 992. Don T. lmmel, J 99 7-, Visltirtg Assistant Profe.s or of Mil sic; B.A., B.M.E., Central Washington University, 1 9 9 1 ; M.M., Rice nivers i ty.

1 9 96 .

EdWlll:d S. lnch. 1 98�,

ssncia te Professor of

Comlll lillicat ion; B.A., Western Washington

Universit y, 1 982; M . S . ,

1 984; Ph.D.,

ni er 'i t y o f O rego n .

University of Was h i ng t on, 1 99 2 .

Paul O. lngram. 1 975-, Professo r of Religiou; .B.A. • Chapman

o llege, 1 96 1 ; Th.M .. School

of Theology at Claremont, 1 964; Ph.D., laremont Graduate S hool, 1968.

L. Jansen. 1 980-, Professor of EIrglish; B.A. , Ca li fo r n ia Lutheran U n i versit)" 1 9 7 2; M .A., P h . D., U n iversi ty of Wash i ngton, 1 97 3 ,

Sharon

1 980.

.'. Jo Ann S. Jensen. 196 7-. Professor ofB iology; A . B .• M.A., P c i fic Lutheran

U n i versitv, 1 954,

1 9 77 ; M.A., Un ivers i t y o f Southern C�l i forn ia,

1 957; P h . D., Iowa S ta te.

·n i ve rs i t y. 1 9 6 1 .

Mark K. Jensen, 1 989-. Assistan t Professor of French; B.A., Princeton University. 1 9 74 ; j\·1.A . • Ph.D.. n. ivt"rsi t)' of California, Berkeley. 1 983, 1 989.

Robert J. Jensen, 1 968-, Associate Prolo'>S al' of Economics;

H.A . • Dalla College.

University of Nebraska. 1 967.

1 904; M .

Kathleen F. Jett, 1 995-, Assistant Professor of

Nurs ing; B.S.N., M . S . N . • Ph.D. • Un ivers i t y of lorida, 1 9 7�, 1 984, 1 994.

Lisa Mut;Us, Ellghsh;

1 964; M.A., Unive rs i t y of Cali fornia, Davis,

O rego n , 1 993 .

1967.

Beverly K. ,ohll$on,

1 997-, Associate Professur

of Nursing; B.S . . . , Un i ve rsi ty o f M i n neso ta,

B.A., M .Ed.,

1 995, A ssista nr Professor of

Denni J. Marlin, 1 975-, Professor a/ Biology;

U n ivers ity

III

B.S., I l li nois Slate Univer� i ty, 1 96 9 ; M . S. ,

of New

Mexico, 1 97 1 ; Ph.D., Uta h

State liniversi ty. 1 9 75 .

Dennis M . Martin, 1 976-,

M . A., Purdue Universi ty. 1 966; •

Histor),; B.A.,

P trkia J. LeBlanc, 1 997-, Vi. iling AssisllWI

Professor of Education; B,A., Unive.rsity o f

1 957; M.A., Ph.D., Wash i ngton sity, 1 96 1 , 1 966. Dixie Matthias, 1975-, Biology;

lU<:hard P. Jones, 1 969-, Associate Professor of English; B.A., Harvard Un i ersi t y, 1 964; M.A., M.F.A., University of M ss ach use l ts , 1 969.

California, Davis, 1 97 1 ; M.A., California

of Tech

nol ogy, 1 97 1 ; M.S., Arizona Slate Un ivers i t y, 1 983; Ph.D., Was h i ngto n State Universit)'.

1 992.

Louise Kaplan, 1 996-, Assistant Professor of Nlmillg; BA., Simmons College, 1 9 74;

U n iversi t y of Was h i ngto n. 1 98 1 ; P h .D.,

Brandeis

University,

1 992.

Pauline M . Kaurin, 1 997-, Visiting Assismnt ProfeS5()f of Philosophy; B.A., Cnncordia College, Moo r h e ad , 1 9 9 1 ; M . A., n i ve rs it y o f Manitoba, 1 99 3 ; Ph.D., Tem p le Unive rsity, 1 99 7 .

Jobn D. Kawula, 1 994-, Rcferellce Uvrarian;

B.A., Tr<'nt

Un iversi ty, 1 974.; M . L . . Emory

Universit " 1 975.

Ann Kelldler, 1 981-, Professor of Politi ca l Sciellce; Dean, Divisioll of oeial Sciences; B.A., Hope College, 1 964; M .A ., Nort heastern

Un i vers it y, 1 966; Ph.D., 1 973 .

Un ive rsi ty of Denver,

Assista llt P 1'Ofess o r of ocial Wur .; B.A., Hope Co l l ege, 1 974; A.M . • Un ivers i t y of hicago. 1 976; Ph. D . , University of l I I inois, Chicago, 1 98 7 . JoDee G. Keller, 1 989-,

David 1� Keyes, 1 969-, Professor of Art; B . E A . ,

Unive rsi ty of Arizona.

1 964 ; M.A., O h i o State

1 962; tate

of Pennsylvania, 1 980.

1.A., P h . D . , U n ivers i t y of Cal i fornia,

•

'en-old Lerum, 1 973-, Professor of B iology;

ern

J 965:

n ive rsity of

Susan J. MI:DoDllld, 1 975-. Supervisor of

n iversity. 1 9 7.1.

Library Referellce Services;

University of Was h i ngto n,

of Minnesota, 1 9 6 8 , 1 97 8 .

. , M.P. H . ,

ni ersity

B.A., O rego n S t a te

1 976; MAT., Lewis a n d

Un iversity,

Loudte L McGraw,

1 99�. Assistant Professo r o! Etillc<1 lion; B.S .• Eastern Montana College, 1 96 1 ; M.A., Washingt'Orl Sta te University, 1 983; P h . D., Sta nford Un i versi ty , 1 9 9 1 .

Ph.D . • Un iversity o f Oregon,

1 989. JOllnne M. Ll 0 ky, 1 995-, Il1structor of COlllllllmicati<m; B.A., nivers i t y o f evada, Reno, 1 985; M.A., Sou thwest M . i sou.ri State University, 1 99 3 ; P h . D. cand., Universit y of

1 992-, Assistant Professor of B.A., Cla remont McKen n a o L iege , 1 987; M .A., P h . D . , Purdue Univer s i t)., 1 990 ,

Erin McKl'uua, Philosophy;

Wa sh i ng t o n .

Richard N. Lonle, 1 99 7-,

Assistmll Professor of A.B., Harva rd ollege, 1 990; M.S . • Co r n e l l U n i vers it y, 1 993, 1 997.

1 992.

Physics; Ph . D . •

Patricia O'Connell KiDen, 1 989-, Associate ProflJ.5Sor of Religiol1;

B.A.. G on 7.aga

U n i ve r it y,

1 974; M .A., Ph.D., Stanford U n iv� rs i t y, 1 9 7 ), 1 987.

1 969, 1 9 7 0 .

1 974 .

'la r k College, 1 979;

Roberta L McMnllen, 1 996-. Cli/lical

Assistlll1t

Brian E. Lowes, 1968-. Professor ofGeo

University, 1 966.

B.A., M.L.S . •

lUdlard M.cGinnis, 1 972-, Professor of Biology; B.S. , Pacific Lutheran n i versi ty, 1 963; Ph .D. , Unive rsi t y of Southern �<ll i forni a,

' a n Patrida Lewis, 1 989- , Associate Profess o r of Educatioll;

Katherine M.. McDade, 1 989-, A ssocia te Pro.10 sor of Sociology; B.S., Duquesne University, 1 966 ; M.S., Ph.D. , Univer i t y of regon, 1 978, 1 98 5 .

P h . D . , Northwest

Marilyn A. Levinsobn, 1 992-, Associate

Professor ofNlming; B.S,

M.A., Ph .D., The Wharron School, Un ive rsity

Pacific U n i versity,

Lu t he r C l iege, 1 96 3 ; M . . ,

-I

niver ity,

Eo McCann, III, 1 992-, Professor of Dean, School ofBusiness; B.A., M . B .A., U n ive rs i ty of Wa h i n g ton , J 968, 1 975;

Los Angel es, 1 988, 1 993.

B.A.,

State l

,...

n iversity,

Business;

1 974.

Wisconsin, II.Lldison,

Joseph

Annll Y. Leon-Guerrero, 1 9 93-, Assistallt 1 983;

> r"I

1 989, 1997.

1 964;

nivers i t y o f Victoria, 1 970,

B.A.,

Adjll/1Cl Professor of

1 98 7; M . S .. Ph.D., O rego n

Jerome P. Le Jeuue, 1972-, Associate Professor

Professor of Sociology;

Un iver

B.S . • Pacific Lutheran University. M.S., Un i versit y of Washington, [ 965.

ofPhysirs; 13,5., Pacific Lutheran

n i ve rsity of Washi ngt o n , 1 988.

M.A., P h . D.,

tate

Shannon K. Mayer, 1 993-, Assistant Professor

n ive rs i ty, Sacramento, 1 976; P h . D.,

of P,yc!tology; B.A., G onza ga University,

o z

PaciJic Lut he ra n University,

Puget Sound, 1 975; M.Ed., SI. Martill's

, 1 973.

Arthur D. Martinson, 1 966-, Profess or of

Paula H. Leitz, 1 989-1 990, 1 994-, Associate

Engineeril/g; B . . , Stevens I n st i t u t e

ol lege, 19 4 ;

Ph.D.,

li n ivers i ty of California, Los Angel

Co ll e ge, 1 969, 1 978; Ph.D . • Uni ve rs ity of

Co l l ege , 1 9 85.

A. Tosb Kakar, 1 996-, Assistatlt Professor of

Associate Professor

of English; B.S . , Edinb ro S t ate

Linfield

Professor of EdIlC<lfioll; B.A., Un ive rsit y

Ul)iv�r

Ph.D . • Rutg"r,

U n ivers ity of Te.'{as, 1 986.

1 967; M.N., Emo ry Un iversi ty, 1 97 7 ; Ph . D .•

> c

U n iversit y o f Wiscons i n ,

Madison, 1 986; M.A.,

1 995.

Professor ofEdllcntio ll;

B.A.,

s i ty, 1 989. 1 99 5 .

C. Donglas Lamoreaux, 1 994-, Asso c ia t

Richard J. Jobst, 1 967-, Associau' Professor of Sociology; B. . , Univers i t y of San Fran is co ,

Professor of Nursing;

B.S. N" Pac i fic

Lutheran University, 1988; M.N . , University of Was h in gto n, 1996.

science'; B.S., Un ive r si t y o f Lo nd on, 1 9 5 7; M . S ., Queens U OLw rsit y, 1 963; Ph.D .• U ni ver

••

sity of Washington, 1 972.

David E. McNabb, 1 979-, Professo r of Business;

B.A.,

Lyman T. Lundeen, 1988-89, 1 990-, Professor

a l ifom i a

S ta t e

U n i versit y,

u l lerto n,

n iversi t)' o f Wa sh in gto. n , 1 96 8 ;

1 965; M . A . .

ofReligion;

B.A., Augus t a n J C o l lege, Rock 1 952; M . D i v., Augustana Theological em i n a ry ( Lutheran School of Theo l ogy at

P h .D . • Oregon

Music; B .M . . Peab o dy Conservatory o f M u sic ,

Island,

Paul T. Menzel, 1971-, Professor of Philosophy;

1 992-

Chicago), 1 960; S.T.M., P h . D . , Union Theo

Col lege of Wo oste r, 1 964; B.D., Y Ie University,

Marta S. Kirk, 1 992-, Assistmll Professor of 1 98 7; M.M., Uni ve rs i ty of Massachusetts,

Laura R Klein, 1 979-,

Professor of Anthropol

ogy; B.A., M.A . • Ph.D., New York U ni vcr ity, 1 968, 1 970, 1975. Mary Lou

K1isdl, 1 986-, Associate Professor a

Nursillg; B. S .N . , M .S.N ., The Catholic U ni ve r sity of A m�rica, 1 966 , 1 976.

•

1 989-, Ass ocic Hc i'rofesso r of B.A., San Franc isco State U n iversity. 1 979; M . A .• Western Wash i ngto n Un ive r:i ty, 1 98 1 ; A . M .• Univer ity of Cll icago, 1 984; P h . D. , U n ive rsi t y of Wash i ngton, 1 98 7 . Maria Luisa R. Lacabe, 1992-. Visiting Assis tQm Professor o/Spar/ish; B.A., M.A ., P h . D., Unj e.rs i t y o f Washington, 1 9 82 , 1 984, Beth M. Kraig,

History;

Mary Ann Kluge, 1 985-, Associa!t' Professo r of Physical Educatioll;

B.S.,

n i ve rs it y of Rhode

Island. 1977; M.S., Univenri ty of Oregon, 1 978.

B. Knapp, 1 959-, Professor ofMusic; B.S., M.S., /uillard School of Music, 1 949, 1 950; Ed . D. • Teachers College, Columbia n iver i ty, J ')7 J.

Calvin

Jerry Kracht, 1 967-68, 1 969-.

Music;

Professor of

B.M ., M.A., M.F.A., D, M . A . • University

of Iowa, 1 96 3 , 1 965, 1 967, 1 974.

logical e m inary,

New York, 1 9 6 1 ,

Pro l'ost anti

1 969.

1 967;

8. MacDonald, 1 987-, As 'ocia te Pro fessen of Business; B.A., M.B.A., Loyola Un.iver sity, Ch ica go , 1 970, 1 974; ).0., John Marsh.all Diane

Vanderbilt U n iversit )" 1 97 1 .

1 997-.

niversity of

Oviedo Spain, 1 99 1 , 1 99 3 ; M , A . ,

niversity of

N . Christian Meyer, Jr., 1970-, Professor of

IIrsing Edllcaliotl; B.S.N ., Simmons all ege, 1 95 ; M . Ed . • Ed.D., eattle Un ivers ity,

Mathrmatics; B.A" Reed Co l lege,

1 973, 1 985 .

Chlp

College, 1 9 65 ,

Kansas, 1 976, 1 980, 1 987; Ph.D" Uni ers i t y o r Washington, 1 990.

1 994-, Assistant Professor of

Gary L Minetti,

Nursillg; Dire lor, Cellier for Cominueti Nursing Learning; B.S. . , niversity of

Education;

University of America, 1 984; Ed.D .• Unive rs i ty

Ph.D., University of Washington, 1 976.

of Southern Cali fornia, 1 994. C

1 970-, Associate Professor of

Direcror o( COlmseiillg lind Testing

Services; B.S" Wa shi n gto n Stote Un iversity, 1 960; M.A., Pa ific Lutheran Un iver 'ity, 1 90 7 ;

Maryland, 1 974; M . A . , M .S . N . , C ath o l ic

E. MIller, / 991-, Assoc;(lte Professor of B.A., M.B.A., M . A . , Un ive rs i t y of

Business;

niversity of Was hington, 1 970.

1 96 ; M.A . •

Ph.D., Universi t y o f O re gon, 1 967, 1970.

'ohn L Main, 1 971-. Professor 0/ Biology; M.S. d., Chadron Sta te

Visiting

Was h i ngto n , 1 997.

li/willg

Patsy 1. Maloney,

Ph.D.,

instntctor of Spllnish; B.A . • Ph.

•• Cynthia Mahoney, 1 98 1-, Director of COII

1 966; Ph.D.,

Dean of Gratill£ltt' tl/dies; B.A.•

Lilcia Menzinger-Sjoblom,

Law School, 1980.

B.S.Ed.,

State U nive rsi ty, 1 98 1 .

1 45

.. Ricbard D. Moe, 1965-, Professor ofEdl/cation;

Un i ve rs i ty, 1 964; Un iversit y of Nebraska, 1 97 I . Linda N. Olson, 1967-, Profess o r of Nursing; B.S. N . , M . N. , Ph.D., U nivers it y of Was h i ng ton,

B.A., C ,ncordia Coll ege, Moorhe�d, 1 9 5 1 ; M.Ed., Ed.D., U n ive rs ity of Co l o ra do, 1 9 5 3 ,

I-

1962.

z o

1 959, 1 964, 1 986.

Dick W. Oluis, 1 982-, Professor of Po liti ca l

Science; B.A., Un i ve rs ity of Washington, 1 9 74; M .A . , Ph.D., Pennsylvania State Uni vers ity, 1 976, 1 979.

Helmi Owens, 1 985-, P rofess o r af Ed uca tio n; B.A.,

Colorado, 1 972. 1 973, 1 97 5 .

Professor of ill/siness; B . B. A . ,

William B. Parker, 1 970-, Professo r of The a f re; B.S., Memphis State University, 1 966; M.S., P h. D. , Southern ! 1Iinois University,

Unive rsi t y of Wa s hi n gt on , 1 963; M .S . , Golden Gare U n iver sity, 1 978; Ph.D., University of Ed inb u rgh , 1 993; C.P.A., State of Washington, 1 9 72.

Carbondale, 1 96 8 , 1 974.

John N. Moritsllgu, 1 975-, Professor of

Cleo M.

B.A., n ive r sit y o f Hawaii, 1 97 1 ; . , P h .D., Uni ver sit y o f Rochester, 1 974,

Robert L. MuJde.r,

1 987-, Professo r of

Edll wri(>I1; !l.A., Cal

in College, 1 969; M.A.,

Michigan State Univer s i t y, 1 9 72, 1 983. Gerald M . Myers, 1 982-, As soc iate P rofess or of

Ph.D.,

Business;

!l. S., Un iversit}, of Massachusetts,

1 965; M.S., Un i ve rsi ty

of Missouri, Columbia, Un i v ers i ty of Iowa, 1 983. L Richud Nance, 1 992-, A sso cia te P rofesso r of MII,ic; 13. M. E., M.A., West Te xa s State Univer sity, 1 9 77, 1 982; D . M .A . , Arizona S t a te U n i vers i t y, I 92. Chules T. Nelson, 1 967-, Regis t rar; B.S., Dakota Stale College, 1 96 3 ; M.A., Adams State College, 1 964. Eric Nelson, 1 996-, Visit ing Assis tan t Professo r of Classics; B.A., Pacific Lutheran Un i vers i ty, 1 982; M.A., Ph .D., University of Wa s h ingto n, 1 975; Ph.D.,

Yor k University, 1 965, 1 970.

Iowa State n iversity, 1 960; We s te rn Washington U n i vers it }', 1 967; P h . D. , University of Ka ns a s, 1 9 73. Norris A. Peterson, 1 98 1 -, P rofesso r af Economics; B.A., Pacific Lu th era u University, 1 975; P h . D . , U n i vers i ty of M innesota, 1 98 1 . Mathematics; B . S . , M.S.,

Prafessor of

B.A., Rice Un iversi ty, 1 973; M . A . , P h. D. , University of Wash ington, 1 987, 1 99 1 . Burton L Nesset, 1 967-, Associate P rofessor of Chemistry; B . A . , St. Olaf College, 1 95 7 ; M.S., P h . D . , Purdue University, 1 960, 1 9 62. Jesse D. Nolph, 1 968-, Assoc ia te P rofess o ,· of Psychology; B .A., Ge o rge Washington Univer . it y ; 1 964; P h . D . , Cornell U n ive rs it y, 1 9 7 1 . Jon J. Nordby, 1 977-, Ass oci a te Professo r of Philosophy; B.A., St. Olaf College, 1 970; M.A., P h . D. , University of Ivlassachusetts, 1 975, Educa tion;

1 977.

Philip A. Nordquist, 1 963-, Profe sso. r of

•

1 960, 1 964.

•

History; B.A., Pac i fi c Lu th era n Un ive rs ity, [ 956; M.A., Ph.D. , University of Wa s h i n gto n, t Rllchel A. Nugent, 1 99 1 -, Associate P rofesso.r

of Wisconsin,

Madison, 1 '1 78; M . P h i l ., Ph.D., Ge orge

Washi n gt o n Un iversity, 1 986, 1 994.

Douglas E. Oakman, 1 988-, Associate Profes

sor of Religion; B.A., Univers ity of Iowa, 1 975; M. DiY., Ch r is t Seminary-Seminex, 1 979; Ph.D., G ra d u a te Th�ological Union, B e r ke ley,

s i ty of

New Mexi c o,

Nu rsi llg; B.S., U n ive rs i ty

of onnecticut, 1 972; of Colorado, 1 98 4 . Karl R . Rickabaugh, 1 97 , Professa r of Edl/ c atioll ; U.S., Montana S tat e U n i versity, 1 96 3 ; M.S., Ph.D., Univer it y of Utah, 1 970, 1 975. David P. Robbins, 1 969-, Professor of Music; B.M . , M.M., U n i ve rsit y of Michigan, 1 968, M.S., U n i ve rs i t y

David M . Olson, 1 968-, P rofessar af Physi cal

B.A.,

M .A., U niversi ty of Minne Ph.D., University of lowa, 1 966.

sota, 1 95 7 ;

Con c o rdi a College,

1 956;

FrankJ.J.n C. Olson, 1 97J-, Profess or af

Education; B .S Un i ve rs i ty o f S o u t h .•

146

Dakota,

1 98 1 .

Mlc.heUe T. Re.naud, 1 994-, Instructor of

1 98 1 .

Moorhead,

Englis h; B.A., Scripps College, 1 966; Ph.D., U n i ve rsi ty of Washington, 1 98 5 . Judith Ramaglia, 1982-, Professo r o.f B usi ness; A.B., Smith Co l le ge, 1 966; M.A., Un i ve rsi t y o f Co l or ado , 1 968; Ph.D., Univ ers i ty o f Washington, 1 982. Muk A. ReIman, 1 988-, Associate Prafessor of E;;onomics; B.A., Pacific L uthera n Universit}', 1 979; Ph.D., Un i ver s i t y of Washington, 1 9 88.

U n ive r si t y o f Kansas,

Univers i ty, 1 958; 1 965; Ph.D., Un i ve r

State

Education;

Associate Professor of

F. Reisberg, 1981-, Professor of Education; B . S . Ed., University o f Texas, 1 97 1 ; M . E d . , Un ivers it y o f A rka n sas , 1 972; Ed. D.,

1 986.

M.S., Indiana University,

Suzanne Rahn, 1 98 1 -,

Leon

Sara A. Offic;er, 1 96 7-, Professor ofPhysical

Eciu cal io ,,; B.S. , Oregon

Cii,rical Assistant

.ming; B.S.N., Ma r ywoo d

Co lleg e , 1 990; M.S., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1 9 9 3 . -t Walter E. Pilgrim, 1 97 1 -, Professor of Rel ig i o n; B.A., Wartburg College, 1 956; B. D ., Wartburg Theological Semina ry, 1 960; Th.M., Ph. D. , Princeton Theological Sem i nar y, 1 966, 1 97 1 . Laura J. Polcyn, 1 9 75-, Dea'l ofAdmissions and Financial A id; B.B.A., M . B . A . , Pacific Lutheran U n ive rsi ty, 1 974, 1 979; Ed . D., Seattle University, 1 986. James R. Predmore, 1 977-, Associate Professo r ofSpanish; H . A., Swarthmore College, 1 967; M.A., M i ddl eb ury Col lege, 1 969; Ph.D., Unive rs i ty of Washington, 1 977.

1 992-, Assislant Professor

of Economics; B.A., U niver sity

B.S.,

;"I.Ed., Tea chers College, Columbia University, 1 976, 1 977; D.S. ., U nive r s i ty of A lab a ma, 1 98 3 . J . DeLRene Perkins, 1 997-, Cli n ical Assista n t P rofesso r of N.ming; B . S. N ., Pacific L ut h eran Uni vers i t y, 1 979; M.N., n iversit y of Washi.ngton , 1 994. John I!. Petersen, 1967-, Profes sor of Religion; B.A., St. Olaf C oll ege , 1 958; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1 963; M .A., P h . D . , New Guy D. Peterson, 1 967-, Professo r of

1 98 5 , 1 992.

Gregory D. Nelson,

PIISS, 1 990-, Prafessor of Nu rs ing;

Mula L. Pettinato, 1 997-,

1 969.

Un ive r of M a ry l a nd , 1 9 74; M .S . N . , Cath oli c University of America, 1 98 1 . l\>Iosbe Rosenfeld, 1 986-, Professor of Co m puter Science; M.Sc., Ph.D. , He b rew University of ierusalem, 1 96 3 , 1 967. sity

Clifford G. Rowe, 1 980-, Professa r of

Cammllrlication; B.A., Pacific Un iver s i ty, 1 95 8 ; M.S.)., orthwestern University, 1 96 3 . Roya R. Sabeli, 1 995-, Visiting Assis tant P rofes. o r af Physics a/ld Engineering; B.S., M . S ., P h . D. , University of Missouri, 1 984, 1 985, 1 99 1 .

Ruth Schoffler, 1 996-,

Ciill ical Assista'lt

Professo r ofNl ming; B.S.N., M.S.N., Pacific

Pace University, 1 975; M . A . ,

1 977.

••

M.A., Ed.D., U ni versity of Northern

HaroJd D. Moreland, 1995-, Assistant

Psychology;

•

Assistant Professor af Nursillg; B.S.N.,

B.A., Whitman College, 1 97 1 ; M . A . , P h . D., Columbia University, 1 98 3 , 1 98 5 . Brlldford L Moore, 1 980-, Ass oci a te Professo r of P hysical Edl/cation; B.S., Portla n d State U n ivers i t y, 1 974; M.S., U n ive rsi ty of Oregon, 1 978.

l\>Iuylou V. Robinson, 1 993-, Cli n ica l

Christine Moon. 1 989-, Ass ociQle Professo r of PSycllOlogy;

...

1 95 8 ; M . S., Oregon S t a te

Ed.D.,

U n iv ers i ty, 1 96 3 , State U n iver si ty, 1984. Lutheran

1 993; M . A . ,

Ball

Cuolyn W. Scbu.l.tz, 1 974-79, 1 982-, P rofesso r

of Nurs ing; U.S.N.,

University of ! U i n oi s , 1 96 8 ; Pacific Lutheran U nive rsit )" 1 974; Ed.D., Sea ttle University, 1 98 2 . M.A.,

David O . Seal, 1 977-, Associate Projessor of

blg l is h; B.A., St. Olaf College, 1 968; A.M., Ph . D. , Un iv e rs i ty of Chicago, 1 969, 1 977. Maureen E. McGill Selll, 1 9 77-, A sso cia te Professor of P hysica l Educatio'l; B.F.A., Univer i t y of Utah, 1 9 7 4 ; M.A., Western Washington University, 1 977. RJchard A. Seeger, 1 973-, Director, Academic Advising; B.A., M .A. , P h .D., University of Washjngton, 1 966, 1 968, 1 974. F. TbomllS Sepic, 1 979-, Professor of Business; B.S.B.A., Denver Universi t}', 1 964; M.lI.A., Seattle University, 1 972; Ph.D., U n i vers i ty of Wa s h i. n gt on , 1 979. S. Erving Severtson, 1 966-83, 1 986-, \fice P reside nt arId Dea/l for Student Life; Professo r of Psycho logy; B.A., Pacific Lutheran Univer s i ty, 1 95 5 ; B . D., Luther Theological Semi nary, 1 9 59; M.A., University of Wyoming, 1 960; P h . D . , University of Utah, 1 966; D i pl om a te i n Clinical P s ych o l ogy, American Board o f Professional Psychology, 1 9 77. Merlin Simpson, 1997-, Visi ting Assista n t Professor of Business; B.S., University of S a n F ra n cis co, 1 964; M. B .A., Pacific Lutheran Un i ve rs ity, 1 967; D.B.A., G ol de n Gate University, 1 99 5 .

t Earl Smitb, 1992-, P rofessor of Socio logy; B.A., State Un ivers ity

of Ne w York. 1 972; M.A., of Connecticut, 1 974, 1 9 84 . RocbeUe E. Snee, 1 98 1 -, A ss oci ate Professo r of Classics; B.A., U ni ve rsi t y of Maryland, 1969; M .A., P h . D. , Universi t y of Washington, 1 972, P h .D. , U ni vers i t},

1 98 I .

Richud A. Spll.£ks, 1983-, A sso cia te Pr ofessor of Mu s i c; B . M . , M.A., U n i ve r s i t y of Washing t on , 1 976, 1 980; D.M. A ., Un iversit}'

Cincinnati,

1 997.

WaUoce H. Spencer, 1 974-, Assistant Professo r Political Science; B .A . , M.A., Un iversi ty of Arizona, 1 963, 1 96 8 ; P h . D. , Univers it y o f Was h ingt on , 1 977. Chrlstopber H. Spicer, 1 978-, Professa r of COIHI11.mication; De a", School of tI.e A rts; B.A., U n i versit y of V i r gin i a, 1 970; M.A. , P h . D . , University of

Texas,

1 9 75, 1 978.

Richllrd J. Spillmon, 1 98 1 -, Professo r of

Sciencc and Engineering; B . A . , Western Was hi ngton University, 1 9 7 1 ; M .A . , University o f Utah, 1 975; Ph . D. , tah State University, 1 978.

Comprlter

SII!"Yen P. StllJ'kovkh. ] 994-95, 1 996-, Assi.\/{m! Profes50r of PhY5ics; B . A . , Oregon State Unive.n;i ty, 1 9 76; M . S . , U n ive rs i t y of

Assisilll l l Professor

. . Dwigbt J. Zulauf, 1 949-53, 1 959-85, 1 990-,

of Chi/lese; B.A., Beij ing Languages I n s t i t u te ,

Professor of Business; I<egency ProfeS5o,�

O rego n , 1 98 5 ; P h . D., University o f Vic t o r i a ,

Wa s hi n g t o n , 1 9 88,

Columbia Un iversity, 1 949; P h . D . , U ni ve rs i t y

1 992.

Paul M. Webster, 1 969-, Associ"te Projessor

Robert L Stivers, 1 973-, Professor ofReligioll; B.A., Yale U n i nsi t y, 1 962; M . D i v. , U n io n The o l o g ical Sem i na ry, New Yo rk, 1 969; Ph.D., Columbia Un ive rsit y, 1 97 3 .

Cberyl Lee Storm,

1 985-, Professor of

Marriage "nd Fa mily Therapy; B . A . , U n ive rs i t· y

of M i n nesota. 1 9 72; M.A. i.n E d . , C o l leg e or 51. Thomas, 1 9 77; P h . D . , Purdue Unive rs i t y, 1982. DUJUIe D. Swank, 1 970-, Professor oj Chemistry; B.S . • Wa s h i ng ton State Universi ty, 1 964 ; Ph. D" Montana S ta t e U n iv e rsi ty, 1 969; M . B.A., Pacifk L ut hera n U n iver>ity, 1 982. Rodney N. Swenson, 1 968-, Professor of Gem1t1/1; B.A., Bemidji State Col lege, 1 95 2 ; M . A. , P h . D . , U n i ve rs i ty o f M i n n eso t a, 1 956, 1 967.

China, 1 9 8 3 ; M . A . , P h . D . , Un i ve rs i ty o f

o{SoC'ial Work; B.A., St. J o hn 's U n iversi ty, 1 963;

M.S.W., H u n ter C o l lege. C i t y U n ive rsi t y o f New York, 1 968; M . E d . , Ed.D., C o lu m bia Un iversity Teachers Colle ge, 1 989, 1 990.

, Kwong-Tin Tang, 1 967-, Professor of PII}'sics; B.S., M. A . , Un ive rsi t y of Wash i n gto n , 1 95 8 , 1 959; Ph.D., o l u mb i a Un i ver si t y, 1 96 5 . • Barbara Temple-Thurston, Professor

1 990-, A sso cia te

of Etzglish; B . A . , U n ive rsi t y o f Wit

waters rand, 1 9 7 1 ; M.S.Ed., P h . D . , Sou thern f I I i nQis University, 1 9 79, 1 98 5 .

• SteveD D. Thrasher, 1980-, Professor of Business; B.B.A., M . B . A . , U n ive rs i t y o f M i ch i g a n , 1 963, 1 964; P h . D . , Northwestern University, 1 97 4 .

J 996.

of M i n n eso ta , 1 96 5 ; C.P.A., State o f

Germ"n; B . A . , M . A . , U n i versi t y of California,

1 967. Donald R. Wentworth, J 972-, Professor of Economics arid Education; B.S., 1\'1 . A . , P h . D. ,

•

t Leave of Absencc, 1 997-98

M.A., Un iversi t y o f Wino is, 1 97 1 .

Forrest

O m a h a , 1 952;

A.M.,

HONORARY FACULTY

Professor of Physi ca l

Watering, 1 972-,

Education; B.S., Un i vers i ly of Ed. D.,

Univers i t y of

Tri n i t y Lu th e ran Semi nar y, 1 980.

Jill M. WbitrnllD, 1 988-, Associate Professor of

Dennis G. Sepper, 1 9 95-, Campus Paslor;

1 985-, As.so<late

B. A., University of P u g e t Sound, 1 969; M.Ed., We st ern Washing ton Un iversity, 1 979; Ph . D., U n ive r si t y of

New York a t B u ffa lo,

1 987; P h . D., Yal e

Walter L ToDlfiIc, 1 970--, Associate P rofessor of Art; B. S. E., Arka n sas State U n ive rsi t y, 1 96 5 ;

Universi ty,

I n d iana U nive rs i t y o f Pennsylvan ia, 1 9 9 1 .

lone S . Crandall, 1 9 93-, Director, ellter fo r Public Serl'ice; B.A., Smith College, 1 964; M . A . , Columbia Un iversity, 1 96 8 .

1 97 2 ;

Sl'udcr1t

M . A . , P a c i fi c Lutheran U n ive r s i t y, 1 9 75, 1 986;

(China), 1 982, 1985; M.S., John Ca rro ll

Ed . D . , U n iversit y o f Wa s h i ng t o n , 1 99 4 .

P h . D., U n iversit y o f

Climille mill on, 1 982-, Director of Adm is sio llS; B . A . ., M . A . in Ed., Pacific Lutheran Universi ty, 1 959, 1 968.

Wisco n si n , M.ilwaukee, 1 9 94.

David E . Gunovicb, 1 983-, Director o f

B.A.E., M . A . , Pacific Lutlleran U n i versi ty, 1 9�2, 1 995.

11dmissions;

1 96 3 ; P h . D . , University of Oregon, 1 99 1 . 1 976-, Associate Provost; B.A.,

Wayne,

Lauralee Hagen, 1 978-, Director of Ailimni .B.A.E., M.A. i n Ed., Pacific Lutheran U n i ersi t y, 1 9 7 5 , 1 978.

1 965;

alld Parenl Relalions;

M . D iv., Concordia S em i na ry, S t . Louis, 1 969.

Suzanne Y. Yerian, 1 995-, Assistant Pmfessor

Kirk Isakson, 1 9 77-, Director of Television

of u/w:ation; B . A . , G e orge Mason U n i ve r si ty,

Services;

B.S., M.A.T.,

n ivers it y of Alaska, Fairbanks, 1 982, 1 986; P h . D. , U n i versi ty of 1 973;

del Rosario, 1 978-, Di recto r of l"volvcme'" llrld Leadership; B.A . ,

Cristina

-, Assistant Professor of

Ma thematics; B . S . , M . S . , Xiamen U n iv ers i ty

C on c o rd ia S e n io r Col l e ge , Fort

M.A., Pacific L u t heran J 989.

B.A., Pacific Lutheran Un i versi ty, 1 98 5 ; M . A . ,

1 9 89.

Sylvia H. Wood, 1 993-, Assis t an t Professo r of

U n i versi t y, 1 99 1 ;

-I

Sbella M. Conner, 1 995-, Assistant Regisuar;

1 979; M.A., P en nsylvan ia S ta te Universi t y,

Dane W. Wu, 1 994

Betb Ahlstrom, 1 980--, Dim;tor of Career

B e r ke ley, 1 9 7 1 ;

Washi ngto n, 1 98 5 .

Nurs ing; B.S. ., M u r r ay S t ate U n i versi t y, Iv!.S.N., U n iversi t y o f Kentucky, 1 978.

ADMINISTRATIVE FACULTY ASSOCIATES Del'e!opment; B.A., Un iv ers i t y of Califo rn ia,

Tamara R. Williams, 1 994-, Associate Professor of Spanish; B.A., Queen's U n ive rsi ty, of M i c h iga n ,

...

Tr i n i t y Lu th e ra n S emi n a ry, 1 98 0 .

M . S . , U n i ve rs i ty of M iami, 1 9 8 1 ; Ph.D.,

Un iversi ty o f C a lifo rn i a , San D iego, 1 989.

1 98 1 ; P h . i)., U niversi ty

B.A., U n iver s i t y o f M ic hi gan, 1 976; M. Div.,

Geoscie n ces; B . A . , M iddlebury CoUege, 1 978;

David C. Yagow,

U n ive rsi t y, 1 994.

M i no t State College, 1 97 6 ; M,Div.,

Ed.,

No rt he rn Colorado, 1 960, 1 966.

Gregory J. WilliIlDlS,

Nancy ). Connor, 1 995-, Campus Pas t o r; B.S.

ebraska,

Utah , 1 996.

erofessor of French; B.A., State U n ive rsi t y of

Sabba timl Lem'c, 1 997-98

. . Phased R e tirelllent Program

Un ive rs i t y of Min.nesota, 1 965, 1 970, 1972;

Brenda L Tjelta, 1 9 96-, Vis i t ing Assistant Professor of Chem istry; B . A . , Gu s ta v u s

Suzanne C. Toczysld, 1 996-, VisiLillg Assistant

\Vashingto n .

Los A n geles, 1 964,

William F, Yager, 1 987-, Associate Professor of Busincss; B.S.M.E., Un ive rsi t y o f Cal i fornia, B e rkele y, 1 96 1 ; M . B . A . , Ha r v a rd Un i v e rs i ty,

Ado l p hus C o ll ege, 1 99 1 ; P h . D., U n ive r si t y o f

1 972 -

73; B. S . , U n i ve rs i t y o f O rego n , 1 94 8 ; ,\;1. S . ,

Professor ofEduca tion;

A1exandu G. Szabo, 1994-, Assistallt Professor

B.A . , Wash i n g t on S ta t e

U n i versi t)"

1 97 4 .

M .F.A . , Un ivers i t y o f Col or a do, 1 967.

Was h i n g ton, 1 99 5 .

Jeff Jordan, 1 989-, D i recto r for Residential Ltje

Sheri J. TODD, 1 97.9-, Professor of Che m is try;

Cathleen L. Yener, 1 986-, Assistollt Professor ofEdllcatioll; A . B . , M . l . . S . , I n d iana Un i ve r si ty, 1 967, 1 969; Ed . D., Sea ttle U n ivers i t y, 1 995.

Col lege, 1 98 3 ; M .S . , S tate Un iv e rs i ty of York at B u ffa lo, 1 98 5 .

Dean,

Divisio ll of Natural Sciellces; interim

£.'tecurive Director of hlforlnation 1<.esollrces;

B.S., O regon State Un ivers it y, 1 97 1 ; P h .D. , North\"e.�tem Unive rs i t y, 1 976.

Audun T. Toven, 1 967-, Associate Professor of . Norwegia/!; B.A. , U n ive r s i t y o f O s lo, 1 964; M .A. , University of Wa s h i n gto n , 1 96 7 .

•

Ding Xiang Worner, 1997-,

Margaret A. Vancini, 1 99 1 - , Associate Professor ofNlmi'lg; B . S . , M . S . , Un i ve r s i t y of Col o rado, 1 966; P h . D . , Un ive rs i t y o f Texas, Aus t i n, 1 99 1 .

Glen.n A . Van Wybe. 1979-, Associate Professor ofB!lsiness; B . A . , U n iver s i t y of South D a ko ta , 1 968; M . D iv., Wes t m i n ster T he o lo g i cal S e m i n ary, 1 974; M . A . , U n i ve rs i t y o f I o wa , 1 97 7 ; P h . D. , U n i vers i ty of Wa shington, 1 99 1 .

t David L Vmje, 1 970-, Professor of Eco nomics; B. S. , . lorrh D a kota Sta t e U n iversity, 1 962; M.S., P h . D., Unive rsi t y of Wi�\ cl)ns i n , 1 964, 1 970.

Dean A. Waldow, 1 992-·, Ass o ciate Professor of Chemul ry; B.A., Aug u st a n a C ol lege, Sioux Fal ls, 1 984; Ph , D., U n i ve r s i t y o f W i sc o n si n ,

and Auxiliary Servicps; B .A., H oug ht o n

Clinical Assistant B.S.N., Wa yn e S t ate M.A., Un ive rs i t y o f

COllllse/il1g alld Testil 1g Services; in Ed.,

E d . D . , Seattle Universit·y, 1 9 8 7 .

Washington, 1 97 7 . Cbang-Li Yiu, 1 973-, Professor afMathematics and Physics; B.S., Tunghai U n i ve r si t y, 1 96 2 ;

Laura F. Majovsld, 1 99 0- , !\ssistnn t to the Prcsid£Ht.; B.S., Duke U n ive rs ity, 1 976; M.A., Fuller T h e o lo g i c a l Se m i n a r y, 1 978; P h . D . , Graduate School of P sy c ho log y, FuJier The o logi c a l Sem i n Jfj', 1 98 2 .

M . S . , Tsinghua Unive rsity, 1 96 5 ; Ph.D.,

Col u m b i a Un ive rsi ty,

J 972.

Cbarles D. York, 1 98 1 -, Professor of Marriage

Susan M. MIlWl, 1 996-, Director oIHIl711all 13.1\., U n ivers i t y of Washington, 1 978; M.S., A n t io c h n ive rsity,

WId Falllil), Therapy; B.A., Was h i n g t o n S ta t e

Reso u rce Services;

U n i versi ty, 1 966; AiI . S . vV., Ca li forn i a State nive rsi t y, Fresno, 1968; Ph.D., P u r d ue

1 99 5 .

U n ive rsi t y, 1 98 0 .

Gregory

Martin 1 . N�eb,

L Youtz, 1 984-, Professor of Music;

1 98 1 -, General Aianager,

KPLU-FA1; B.A., M . Di"., C on c o rd ia Se.lll inaf)',

B.A., B . M., Un i vers it y of Wa shi n g t on, 1 980;

S t . Louis, 1 95 5 , 1 958; M.A.,

M . M ., O.M.A . , Un ive rs i t y of M i c h igclll, 1 9 82,

1 98 6 . Dana L Zaic.hkln, 1 9 97-,

Klein, 1 978-, A.\.sociate D i rec t o r, B .S. N. , M . A . Pacific Lutheran Uni ve rsi t y, 1 975, 1 978;

Alene L

NIlDCY A. Yie, 1 997-.

Professor of Nu rs ing; U n ive rs i ty, 1 969;

51.

Louis Univer

s ity, 1 959; P h . D . , Nor t hwestern Un ivt'rsi t y, 1 967.

Clinical Assiswnt

Larry W. Nelson, 1 988-, Director of Il1Stitu

Professor ofNursing; B.S.N., Pa c i fi c Lutherall

tiona I Research alld Assessmellt; B.A. i n Ed., M . £d., Western Wash i ngt on U n i ve rsi t y, 1 96 8 ,

Un iversity, 1 980; M. N . , M . B . A . , Un iversi ty of

Wa s h i n gto n , 1 99 1 .

1 973.

Madiso n , 1 9 89.

147

WillJam O. RJeke, 1975-92, President

Paul Porter, 1 974-, Director o f Col11l1wnica lions; B.F.A., Cleveland Institute of Art,

1 969;

Keltner Nelson Roe, 1 947-67, Religion

M . P.A . , Rochester I n s t i t u t e o f Technology,

Greek

1 97 1 .

IIldon L. Schafer. 1 974--9 1, Business

Patricia II. Roundy, 1 986-, Director of AURA

John A. Schiller. 1 958-91, Sociology/Social

M.A., Ph.D., Univer ity of Pitt5burgh, 1 974,

IImst C. Schwidder. 1 %7-91, Art

Program; ...

Work

B.A., Bucknel l , Univers i t y, 1 972;

Maurice Skone

1 9 79.

Richard W. Rome, 1994--, Director of Clwrch

Relations; B.A., Pacific Lutheran University,

1 969; 1 973;

ing Fredcrlck L Tobiason. 1 966-91, Ch e m is try Ano K. l're.maine, 1 972- 91, Music Joseph W. Upton, D, 1988-96, Ellgi/leering Lenora 8. Weirick, 1 973-80, 1 982-87, Doris G. Stucke, 1967-83, NLir

1 984-, D i rec tor of Student

Fi,w n cial Aid Services; H.S. in Ed., Sou t h ern Illinois University, C arbonda le ,

NllrSing

1 988.

Margaret Wickstrom, 1 951 -78. Religion,

Wanda M. Wentworth, 1 980-, Director,

Director, Foreign Students a n d Sp eci a l

Academic Assistance Prog ra m; B.A., University of Minnesota, 1973; M.A., Pacific Lut heran University, 1 979.

Prog rams Jane WUliamson.

PART-TIME

Harry S. Adams, 1 947-93, Physics Luther W. BekemeJer, 1 976-92, Presidelll for Development

Chemistry Vice

English

James Albrecht

Deborah Commodore Judy Doenges Michelle Fredette

Librarian Grace Blomquist, 1 939�76, Ellglisll

mne O. Creso, 1 955�71. Biology CarroJ E. DeBower, 1 964--6 8, 1 970-91,

Edllcarion

Norman Dahl

Emmet Eo Eklund, 1 964--82, Religion

Eric Reitan

Loleta G. Espeseth, 1 964-8 9, Associate

Religion

Registrar

Rebecca Gaudino Lora ross

M. Josephine Fletcher, 1 963-91. Education Ralph D. Gehrke, 1975-90, Religion Gordon O. Gilbertson, 1 954-84, Music

History

J 982-94, Nursing I. Mathers, 1 964--66, 1 968-97,

Mark La n ge v in

Edllct/tiol!

Marriag�

Katharine Monroe, 1 967-75, Frellch Gunnulf Myrbo, 1 970-9], Ph ilosophy

h u rcll Relations

Eric Nordholm, 1 955�91 ,

alld Theatre

C011l11l1micaliol1

Pamela Costa Dennis Kelly Catherine Pratt

W. DwIght Oberholtur, 1 9 9-95, Sociology Arne K. Pederson, 1 956-89, Education

So iology a nd SOCIal Work Ted J o h nstone

Barbara Poulshock, 1 976-97, Music

T II I'

Maria Wood

Psychology

Shuman Nornes, 1 959-6 1 . 1 965-91, Physics

Paul M. Reigstad, 1 9 4 7-4 8 , 1 958-90,

Robert Vincent

Tere a McDowell j. mold Bricker S. Douglas Nugent

Vice President

Lois f. Rhoades, 1980-.91, NlIrsillg

/HId Falllily Therapy

Ronald Lewis Political Science

Alice J. Napjus, / 963-75, Educatioll Harvey J. Neufeld, 1 965�94,

M ichele Naey Nader Nazemi

Robert Ericksen

Marlen F. Miller. 1970-95, Economics

El1gIish

Veeda Gargano-Ray John Schiller U

C. Frederick lV!atthaci Patricia Pabst Carol Ptak Miriam Sevy Merlin Simpson

School of Education

D ouglas Mandt Evelyn McNe a l E. Jane Petersen Wendy Ral11saur Ralph Vedros Janet Weiss

man

Daniel James Julie Rice Alden W i l l a rd

Charles Morgan Thomas Phelps

D. Moira ManseU.

Susan Mann

MaryAnn D a s e

Geosciellces

Economics

Latin, tll1d Norweg ian

James Albers

School of NUl'sing

George Stoner

Gunnar Johannes MaJmin, 1 937-69, MIlSic,

Ned Kirk Sandra Knapp Jeff Brandt Donna Knudson Benjamin M u sa Lee Anne Ca mpos Zart Dal11bourian Eby Douglns Ni rman Francine Peterson Dan Davison Roberta D own ey Donna Poppe Susan Erickson Pat Sarraceo H ilary Fi eld joel Schreuder Bernard Sh apiro Gary Fukushima Marian Su,sman Lisa Ganung Kathryn Habedank Mark Taylor Stuart Hake Rae Terpenning Davi.d Harkness Rex ' urner jane Harty Stephen Wall Mark Williams jeannie Hili James H o l l oway Janeanne Huson B a r r y Jo h n so n

Irwin Krig

Allthropology

Educatiarl

Beth Kirchoff

Bryan Boughten

WiLliam G i d d i n gs Fred Tobiason

Division of Social Sciences

Lars E. KittJeson. 1 956-91 , Art David R. Knutson. 1979--9 1, Religion Gene C. 1.undgaard, 1 958-91, Physical

Betty Age n t

Sharon Krause

Rebecca Schudlich

Gundar J. King, 1 960-91. Busin ess

Pamela I nch Kirk Isakson

Marcia Baldwin

Chemistry

arol Fa l kc n hayn

Business

Theatre

Music

Diqui laPenta

David To rchia

Richard Kibbey, 1 988-97,

Communication {Illd

Jeff Clapp Robert Holden

Eve\yne Armstrong Delois Brown Carrol D e 130 wer Gwen 'le tch er Judith Hyden Kenneth Keener

Biology

Provost'

Jack Olive D av id Yagow

Division of Natural &ienus

1 968- 91 . Social Work Fern A. Gough, / 971-95, Nursing Martis M. Hanson, 1 971-91, Education PCITf B. Hendricks, Jr., 1 973-87, Vice President for Finance a n d Opera t ions Curtis E. Huber, 1 964--9 1 , Philosoph), Lucille M. Johnson, 1 953-89, Engl ish Kenneth A. 'ohnston, 1 964-93, Education Richard P. Juugkuntz, 1 970-89, Religio,j; wnUam H. GUbertson,

J u l i e S a l ath a Ka th ryn S p a rks Susan Watts

J.W. Ellis, Jr. Dan Kratochvil Mark Lan gev i n Lynda Livingston

Ph ilosophy

Judd C. Doughty, 1 962�83, Commun ication

School of the Am

School of Business

Julie Allen G. Leon Curtis Bridget Yaden

Religion

148

Patsy Hegstad Sara Omdahl M a r i e Wut zke

Languages and Litera til res

Kenneth E. Christopherson, 1958�91,

for

LECTURERS 1996-97

Division of Humanities

Miriam Ruth Beckman, 1 964-73, Reference

Marjorie

J 964-90. Education

Yulde Ywnibe, J 980-92, Nu rsing

llMERITl CharIes D.Anderson. 1 959-91,

1 964--83, 1 992, Music

Lynn S. Steln, 1 961--8 1 , Education

M . D iv. , Wa r t bu rg Theological Se m i n ary, D . M in . , Pacific Lutheran The ological

Kay W. Solti

•

Joan D. Stiggelboul, 1 973- 9 / , Nursing

Semina ry, 1 986.

ami

School of Physiea.l Educ;ation

Sei Adachi Jim Appleg a te Gene Boggs Jason Fawcett Doug Gardner Cra i g McCord

Richard Myers ary Nic h olso n Jer r y Poppen Donald Ry a n Scott Westering Susan Westering

University Guidelines Family Education Rights and Privacy Act In accorda nce with the fa mi l y Educational Rights and Privacy

Act of 1 974, popularly known as the "Buckley A j]lendment" and carrying the acronym " PERPA:' Pacific Lutheran Un i v ersity has adopted a policy to protec t the privacy of education records. This act also establishes the rights of pa.rent and c u r re n t l y enrolled, eligible stlldents t o i nspect and review their education records; and provides g u ideli n e fo r the correc tio n of i n acc urate or mislead i ng data t hrough i nfo rmal and fonnal heari ngs. Pa re nt s and currently en rolled , eli g ible students will be notifi ed of their FERPA rights annWllly b y publication in t h e Student Handbook. Interested parties may review the policy in the Office for S t udent Life, Hauge Administration Build i ng, Room 1 0 5 .

z <

Policy on Non-Disuimination Pacific Lutheran Universi ty do e s not discriminate on the basis of creed, color, n atio n al origin, age, or disabling con d i t i o n i n the educational programs or activities w h i c h i t operates, a n d

sex, (,lCe,

i s r equ i re d by itle IX of the Education Amendments of 1 9 72 and the re gu la t i o ns adopted p u rsuant thereto, by Tide VI and Title Vll o f the Ci v i l Rights Act of 1 964, and by Sec t i o n 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1 9 73 not to d iscri m inate in lIch man ner. The requirements not to discrim inate i n educat.ional pro grams and activities extends to t'.mployment t h erei n and to

-I -<

" c: m ....

adnu sion thereto.

z m III

I n q ui rie s concerning the application of said acts and pub lished regulations to this u n ivl!rsity m a y be referred to ;

1 . The Director of Pers o n n el, Pacific Lutheran U n i ve rsit y, telephone 535-7 1 8 5 , fo r matters relating to e mp l oyme n t policies and p ract ice$, promotions, fr i n ge benefits, training,

and grievance p rocedures for staff emp loyed by the university.

2. The Associate Provost, Room 1 04, Hauge Administ ra tio n Buildi ng, Pacific Luthe.ran U n i ve rs i t y, telephone

535-71. 26, fo r

matters relating to slucient adm i ss ions, c u rriculum, and fina ncial aid.

3. T h e S t ud e n t L i fe Office, Room 1 30, Hauge Administration Buildi ng, Pacific Lutheran University, telephone 535-7 1 9 1 , for mat t e r s regard in g admi nistrative pol icies relat ing to shlden ts and s t ud e nt services. 4. The D i rector of Counseling a nd Tes ting Services, Room 1 06, Ramstad Hal l , Pacific Lutheran University, telephone 5 3 5 -7206, for matters relating to the application of Section

504 o f the Reh abi l i ta t ion ct. 5. The D i rector o f the Multi-Ethnic R sou rce

ente.r, U n ive rs it y

Center, Pacific Lutheran University, telephone 535 - 7 1 9 5 , fo r

matters relating to the

student grievance procedure.

O r the Ass i s t a n t Secretary for Civil R i g h t s , U.S. Depart ment of

Education, S wi t ze r Building, 330

Street S.W., Washi ngton,

D.C. 20202.

Policy on Racial Harassment In keepin g with its Statement of Objectives, Pacific Lutheran University wil.l n o t tolerate

any cond uct by faculty, staff, or

students that const i tutes racial harassment o r discrim inat io n .

Pac:ifu.: Lu theran Un iversi t y is a n educational com m u n i t y where strong e m phasis L placed on self-aware.ness and consider

ation fo r the well -being and feelings of others. While there elCists an atmosphere for freedom of exp ression, i t m ust always b e in conj unction with a responsibiLity to o b s e rve the rights of one an o ther. In such a se t t i ng, there is no p lace for conduct that diminishes, uses , o r abuses anot her person . For t h ese reasons, h a rassment of any kind is u na cc ep tab le a t the u n iver s ity. Wher ever and whenever racist or insens itive re m a rks are heard or inappropriate action witnessed, we should each dee m it our duty to protest and to i n form the o ffender about the reasons for our disapp roval.

Filing A Grievance e.very effo r t will be made to resolve problems on an infor

Wh ile

mal basis, formal grievance procedures exist which a ll o w b o th

parties an o pp or t u n it y to pursue

a resolution shou l d the infor m a l p rocedure prove unsuccessful. Copies of fOODal procedures

are available in tbe offices of

the university grievance facilitators.

Anyone who believes he/sh e

has been the object of racial

h a r a ssm e nt or any other f rm of racial disc r imination, or any

person w h o ha observed b eh avio r or condu t he/she believes to be fJcial harass ment or d iscrimi nation, should so a d v i se one of t he un iversity grievance facili ta tors: Cristina del Rosario ( Ext. P A C I

V E

1 49

'" w

z ..... w o

Primary resp o n s i b i l i t y for ma intaining high standards o f

7 1 95), S u sa n Mann (Ext. 7 1 8 5 ) , Patricia Roundy (Ext. 8786) or

co nduct resides espe c i ally w i t h fa cu l ry a n d s u p er v i sors , s i n c e

Rick Seege r (Ext. 786), within 30 calendar d a ys of the allege o cc ur re nce( s ) . If you cannot reach a facilitator, pl ea s e call 5357 1 8 b o r ex te n s i o n 7 1 86 and Ic ave a message. Your discus ion o r

th e y excrcise s ign i ficant a u thority and power over ot he rs .

student ( o r a s uper v is o r with an employee) where a pro fessional

all w i I l be trie t l )1 c o nfidential and does n o t ommit you to further aetioll. F a i lu re to r port i nciden t ( s ) a n d file arievances

i Hh ibits the u n iversi ty's abil ity to e n force its p o l i cy.

power d i ffe rential exists, must realize that if a charge o f sexual harassment is subsequently lodged, i t will be excecd ingly d i fficult

Disciplinary Action Behav io r or conduct which interferes with the deL ivery of educa tiona l o r other services a n d which is emotionally o r physically

> I-

debiJita L i ng t o the vic t i m can result in discip l i nary action i n clud

or expulsion from P LU . Any form of reprisal, actual or

0::

whether academic o r related to e m p l oyment,

w > z ::>

ing the poss ibil i t y o f suspens i o n or term i n a t io n of e m p loymen t

observed behavior or conduct he/she believes to be ° uender dis.

symbols such a s the swastika o r burning c ro sses , intended

Witll an individual o r a gro up of individuals on cam p u s .

•

should so advise o n e

of the

u n i ve rs i ty grievance facilitators, Cristina del Ro�ario ( Ext. 7 1 9 5 ) , S u sa n Mann (Ext. 7 1 8 5 ) , Pa t r i c i a Ro undy (Ext. 8786) or Rick See ge r ( Ext. 8786) w i th i n 30 calendar d ays o f the a.lleged occurrence ( s ) . If you cannot reach a facilita tor, please ca l l 535a

message. Yo ur discussion or

call will be s t rictly confide ntial an d d o es not commit you to

o n the

fu rther action. Failure to rep o r t i n c iden t ( s ) and fi le grievan ces

Dispa raging co mments - i n a ppropriate labels, jokes, o r in n ue nd o wh ich u n fairly classify or cri ticize o thers o n t h e basis o f their race, color, n a t ion a l and e t h n i c o rigi n and which are i n lend e d to and/or have the e ffec t o f i nfl i t i n g emotional i nj u ry Fighting words - us�d i n a face-to-face encounter among individ uals, " fight i ng words" have been defined by the United tates

7 1 86 o r ext en s i o n 7 1 86 a n d l e a ve

Discriminatioll - a ny act which i n te r fe res with the d e l i very o f

on an ind ividual or group of individuals. •

CrIminatIO n or sexual ha.rassrnent

to single out, th reate n, and provoke conlli t or a confrontation

implied, wh ether academic o r related to em plo ymen t , is an

Anyone who bel ieves he/she has been the obj ec t of gender

Examples of be h av i or or conduct which may be construed as

or facu l ty memb basis o f their race or eth n ic/cultura l b a ckg round.

possibility o f s u sp e n s io n , termination o f employ

ment, or e xp ulsi o n from P LU. Any form o f reprisal, actual or

disc rim i nation or s ex u a l h a rassment, or any person who has

racial h a rassm en t a re: ' . Overt racism - racially motivated aggrcssi n5, o r the use o f

normal services t o s t ud e n ts, taff,

Any violation o f this policy shall result i n disciplinary action including the

evidence o f cul pability.

is a an aggrava tion

c ulpability.

to establish a defense of mutual consent.

aggravation o f the prohibited behavior and will be construed as

implied,

o f the p roh i b it e d behavior and will be construed as evidence o f

raci s t

fa c ult y member who enters i n to an amorous re l a tion s hi p with a

in hibits the u n iversity's a b i l i ty to e n force its p ol i c y.

will b e made to resolve p ro bl e m s on an i n formal outside the formal grievance procedure. I f informal proce dures J.re u nsuccessful, fo rmal p roce d ur es exist w hich a l low both parties a n opportun ity to p u rs u e a resolution. Copies of proce dures are available in the offices of' the university grievance Every effort

ba s is

facilitators.

upreme Court in a case called Chaplinsky v' New

Ham psh i re as the words "which injury o r tend to incite

by their very u t terance i n flict

Inclusive Language

i mmed i a te breach o f the peace."

PLU s u ppor ts the efforts o f facu lty, students, staff, and adminis

n d e r certain c i rcu mst nces, racial and ethnic ep i t hets , slurs,

trators t o cmploy and augment the inclusive languaoe o u u i d el i n es of their professions or d i s ci p l i nes , and to reflect upo n he cul

and insults m igh t fall within this definition o f "fighting words"

;

and may be s u bject to sanction.

t u ra l conditions which have made such guidelines in tegral to

Some o f t h e a b ove examples may be arguably protected speech e.s

s p eech; n e ve r t hel e s s , the PL

such that these and

comm u n ity is

freedom

contemporary language use. O n e set o f gu idelines is that o f the

u nder the F irst Amend ment, which guarant

Ev a ngelic a l Lutheran Church in America ( "G u ideli nes fo r I n c l u si ve Use o f the E n g l i s h Language," 1 9 8 9 ) , w h i c h provides e x

otha similarly i n a p p r op r i a t e conduct or behavior will no t be

ampl e s of l a nguage that includes and

tolerated on our ca m p us .

often been

a ffirms groups w h i c h have misrepresented in or left o u t of discourse. I n cl usive

language avoids stereotypes or biases snch as those based on ge nd e r, race, physical abili ty, sexual orien tatio n , class, national i t y,

Policy on Sexual Harassment

reUgion, family, and statu,. Inclusive l a nguage d i rects o u r atten

In keep ing with its S tatement of Objectives and in compliance

tion to the nua nces o f social reference and

with federal law, Pacific Lutheran University e x p l i c itly fo rbids

calls us to address all

individuals with respect.

and wiH not t o le r a te a n y pra c t ice or behavior by fac u l t y, s t a ff, or s tudents that cons titutes sexual harassment/discrimination. Sexual h a ra s mellt/discri m i nation i� defined a s u nwelcome sexual advance , re q uests, and other verbal or phy ical conduct of a sexual n ature, where submission to or rej e c ti on of such conduct has the purpose o r effect of u nre a s o n ab ly intert rino with a n individual's performance, o r creatin" � o a n i n t i m i da ti n 0' hostile, or o ffen s i ve e m ploy m en t, educational, or campus envi-

Student Right-to-Know and Campus Security Act The

disclose i n formation about campus safe t y polici e s and proce dures to c u rrent and prospective s t u de n t s a nd e m plo yees . Pur

ronment. Se. llal harassment/d iscrimination ha occurred when an i ndividual submits to such co nduct

as a n

term or condition of his/her em ployment or education, o r when

as a basis for

employment or educational decisions affecting such individuals. PLU is an educatio nal commu nity where strong emphasis is pl a ced on

self-awareness and consideration for the J ives

and

feelings o f others. Wh ile there exists an atmosphere o f freedom of exp ress ion, it must a lways be i n conj u nction with a responsi

bility to observe the rights of one another. I n such a setting, there is no place fo r o n d u c t that d i m i nishes, uses, or abuses ano ther person. For these reasons, harassment o r discrimination of any

1 50

kind is u n a c c e p t a b le

at t h e un iversity.

a n t to that requirement, Pacific Lutlleran University has devel

i mplicit o r explicit

su b mission to or rejec t i o n o f such conduct is used

ludent R i gh t - To - K n ow a n d Campus Security Act, P u b l i c

Law [ 0 1 -542, provides that i n st it u t ion s of higher education

oped a Campus Safety & Crime Prevention Guide mat reports

statistics. Current copies of the report are available to i n terested persons through the O ffice of Admissions and O ffice o f Stude n t L i fe. i n s t i tutional se curity pol icies and crime

�

:iii

-3

�

1 21st Street S.

� - 'B .15 1.1 1 21 st Street S.

� P

0. .. Wheeler Street S.

l> g � C VI

Wheeler Street S.

�

N Gartield Street S.

<Ii

., '"

�

0....

122nd Street S.

�i3 ..-. Street S.

'" '" co '"

<Ii

�

� u;

�

.� '"-

- 30 P

1 23rd

1 23rd Street S.

. 38

�

124th Street S.

0 !W>3hl1il atMJ Soc:c<r

Tr.o:lI

<Ii

1 25th Street S.

'" '" co '"

80.&",11

::;: ;'.

orol Socca.

1 26th Street S.

GoIl Goon. 1 27th Street S.

Campus Map Selected

campus Contacts

University Switchboard . . . . . . . . . . . Campus Phone I n formation ..... Campus Safety (24 1m.) ............ Academic Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Admissions ..... . ................. . . . ....... A l u m n i & Parent Re l ations . . . . . . . Business

ffice

...........

. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .

Church Relations .... .... ... . . . . . .... . . . .

Conference & Even ts Center . . . . .

Developmen t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Evening Student L i ai so n . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . Health Cente r . .. ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .

Financ i al Aid

.....

Information DeskfTickets . . . . . . . . . K PlU 88.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . Presiden t . . . . .. . . . . . .... . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P u l i e Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Student L i fe

.... . . . . . . . . . ....... . . Summer S t u d ie s ......................... Transfer Coordinator . . . . . . . .

...

....

...

5 3 1 -6900 535 -7449 5 3 5 -744 1 5 3 5 -75 1 8 5 3 5 -7 1 5 1 535-74 1 5 535-7 1 7 1 535 -7423 535 -7453 535-7 1 78 535-79 1 1 535-7 1 3 1 5 3 5 -7 1 6 1 5 3 5 -7337 5 3 5 - 7457 5 3 5 -7758 5 3 5 -7 1 0 1 5 35-7430 535-7 1 3 1 535-7 1 9 1 5 3 5 - 7 1 29 535-7138

Building Legend

. .. . .

29 Campus M a i l . . ... . . . . . . . . . ... . . ... . . . . . . . .. . ....... . 3 2 Co lu mbia Center ... . ... .... . ... ... .. . ..... . . . . . 4 0 Delta H a l l . .. .. ................ .. ... . ........ .. . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 ........................................... ..

PLU Northwest ( g i ft shop) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

...... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... 1 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Evergreen ourt . .. . .. .. . . . . 44 Fa cuity House . . . .. ...................................... 4 Family Student Hou s i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2 Foss H a l l 27 Haavik House . ... . ... . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 8 H a rstad Hall . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . 25 Hauge Administration B ui l d i n g .. 1 3 Health Ce n t e r . . ......... ....................... . ........ 6 Hinderl i e Hall . . . . . . . . .................. ............... 23 Hong Hall ... . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. 2 1 Human Resource Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Ingram Hall ............................................ 10 Knorr House . . .. . .. . ... .. . ... .. . ..... ........ . .. .. ..... . 5 Kreidler Ha.lI . . . ... . . .............. ........ ............ 20 L agerquist Concert Hall 19 Lee H O llse (ROTC) . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . ... . . . . . ..... . ... . 7 Nlailroom . ... . . . . . ... .. . .... . . . . ... .. .. ... . . . . . ... . . . 3 2 Mary Baker Russe l l Music Center 19 M a t h Building . . . . . .... .. . ..... .. ................. . . 3 9 Memorial G y m n a s i u m ........... ................ 36 Mortvedt L.ibra ry . . . . . . . . . ............ . . . ... .. 1 4 Names Fitness Center . ... . ........ . ... . ... . . ... 36a Nesvig Alum n i Cen ter . . . . ...... .. . . . . . . ..... 38 O lson Aud itorium . . . . . . . . . .......... . .......... . 34 Ordal Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Park Ave n ue H o use ( f E Ll ) . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .... . .. 2 Pflueger Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 37 Piano House . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Plant Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 .

....

.....

......

Ra m say House

.......................................... 9 28 Rieke Science Cen te r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Rosso House . . . .... .................... 18 Scandinavian C u l tural Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 S t u e .n Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 Swim ming Pool .. . .. . ... 3 5 Tingelstad Hall . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Trinity House . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 Tri n i t y Lutheran Church . . .. . . . . . . 1 S University Center . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 U n i ve rsi t y Pr i n t i ng & Pu b l i ca t i o ns . . . . . . . 32 Wa rehouse ........... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2 'Nomen's Center . . ... .... . .............. 1 Xavier H a l l ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Ramstad Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

..........

.................................................. .

...

.....

........

...

..........

.........................

[!] •

.........

...

.... .

...

....

...

S t a ff/Student Pa rking Visitor Parking

Reser

t i o n s are i n d icated by signs).

If you

p I. . n an

cAtended visit, you ma y o b t a i n a temporary permit from Cam [J us Safety ( H,l [stad Hal l ) .

. .

........

....

ed parking s l o ts may be used b y d u rin g non-working hours ( 5pm7am), a n d on weekends (some 24 hr. e.xcep

.....

...

vi"itors

....

Re.gu l a r v i s i tor p a r k i n g is i n d icated on t. h e

map.

........

� Handicap Pa rk i n g

...

Parking

....

...

.....

....

..........

Administration B u i ld i n g ...................... . 1 3 Blomquist House ........... ................ ........... 3 Bookstore

East Ca mpus

Eastvo ld Chapelf A udi t o r i u m

151

x w C

INDEX

and

Co u nsel i ng a n d Testi ng Services

eademi. Assi . tance Center Academic ! Ionesty 22 Academ ic Organilntion 27 Academ ic Proba t i on 23

Education, School o f

55, 73, M6

En tran ce Requ ire me n ts (see

Studenls 8

Admissions) 6

Transfer Srudents 6 d ult Pro gram -Ac de ra ted

Expenses (see Costs)

Fa c u .lt y As

Aftern o o n Classes 5

Family

AIl t h rop o l o gy 29

Board o f Regents 1 4 1

Generol .Un;vcrs i l Y Requ i remen t s 2 5

Geosciences 7 5 German 8 8

Calendar 2

Glob,1 Studie s

Campus Ministry 1 8

Service 5 Ch a l l en ge F.·ams 24 Center for Pub l ic

Greek 88

20 Guests of the Un ivers ity 24 G u i d el i nes 1 49

Grievance Procedures

Cbemist ry 4 1

Chinese 8 7

ta d ies 4 3

Health

Co mpu te r Engi neeri ng

Den t istry 1 1 8

Cooperative E d ucati o n

67 5\

Core ( [

25, 82

Veterans Affai rs 1 4

Veter i na ry Medjcine 1 1 8 Visi t ing Classes 24 Vo ca t i on a l Rdlilbilitation 1 4

141

/ Fail Courses and Opt io n 22

Payment Plans 1 6

Un rl'ersit )' Past ors 1 8

Orientation 1 8

Su ppo r t

U 99

P h i l os o p hy 1 0 9

Division of

Volun tee.r

Vete ri n a ry Medicine 1 1 8 N

Tra n sfe r Students Tuition 1 4

Scho o l of 1 0 0

P h a r ma cy 1 1 8

Theatre 46 Theological Studies Prog ram 1 1 9

P hys i cal Therapy 1 1 8

Test.ing Service 20

Ph a rm acy 1 1 8

Su mm e r Session 5

Sym bo l s for Cou rses 2 8

Telecommunications 4

Optometry 1 1 8

Study Abroad 8 3

Summer Sch o l a rs 5

'Ieacher Education/Certification 54

Numbering o f Courses 28

Own e rship and

Medicine 1 1 8

Core Requirements 2 5

Norwegian

Student Se rvi ces 20

Op t omet ry l I S

Medical Technology 9 3 , 1 1 8

Computer ,

tatement 3

N u rs ing ,

Health Sciences 1 1 8

C om m uti ng Students, Services 1 9

Cmter 4 cience 48

Health I nsurance 20

Student L i fe Offi

Non - D is.cr i m .i.nation Policy 1 4 9

Health Minor I I I

and Scien ces 44

Communication

Mission

nd Pilness Ma n agemen t I I I

Heallh Se rvices

C o l l ege Board Tests 7

vailablc 28

Natural Sc i ence s,

I-Iarassmen t, Scxu a l 1 50

III

Student Government 1 9

5 tudent Services

Min o rs

1 2M

Statistics

Multi-Ethnic Resources 1 9

Harassment, Racial 1 49

Sports Ad ministra t i o n I I I

Music 94

Church Offi ials 1 4 1

S p e cia l Education 5 6 , 65

28 Marringe and f'am i ly Th e rapy 90 Master's Degrees Offere d 27 Mathematics 9 1

Minority

125

Spanish 89

Middle College

Graduation Requiremcnts 25-26

Division of \ 27

Sociology 1 25

Medicine 1 1 8

raduate Studies 1 3 1

Career Development 20

ludies 90

Sc ien ces.

Socia l Work

eal C" St s I S

uranee 20

Sign Language 89

Medical Technology

Grades 22

arnpus Reso u" rces 5

Sickness In

M Maj ors Available

and Evening

London Pro gra m 84

Fresh m a n Registration 2 1

urses 1 0 5

Sexual Harassment 1 50

D egrees

Freshman Expcrience 25

Broa d cast i ng 46

Scholarships 1 0, 1 2

L i m i ta t i o n s on BJCcalaureate

Prench 88

Business, School o f 3 7

S c he d ul i ng Services 20

Ra d io

School

L i bra r y Services

F() re i g � S t u d y O p po rt un i t i e s 83

Bookstore 20

C o llege of Arts

Legal

Requirements 6, 24

Scandi navian Arca S tu d ies 89, 1 24

Social

Minor

Fore ign Language

Board and Room I n form at i o n

Ru n n i n g Start 7

Leaming Resource Spec ial is t

Food Service 2 0

Rights and Respo n s i b i l ities 1 6

Law 1 1 9

ffairs 1 4

Re s i den ce HaJ[s 1 8 Retention o f Freshmen

Lat in 88

Vocational Rehabilitation 1 4

Requiremcnts for Ent rance 6

Room Costs 1 5

Latt· Afterno on Classes 5

Loans I I

Requirements for Degrees 2 5

Residen t i al L ife 1 8

LaDguages 86

Scholarships 1 0, 1 2

124

Granls L O

Au d i t i n g Cou rses 24

Com p uter

ducation R i gh ts a n d

Veteran,

K KPLU-FM, Public

Gift Assistan ce 1 0

Art 3 1 Arts, School o f 34 Art. and Sciences, College of 44 Asso ci ated Students 1 9 Ath le t ic 1raini ng I I I At tenda n e, Class 22

Reli gion 1 2 3

Journali"m 46

App l icat ion Procedure 8

rmy ROTC 1 1 9

Regis t ration 2 1

Jan u a ry 'Ter m 25

uciates 1 47

Financial Aid 8

rde Soci e ty 23

Co a ching Minor

Global Stud ies P rogram

I nternat i ona l Trade

Privacy A c t 1 49

AquatiCS M in o r I I I

calau reate

Prog rams 83

Pa rt-Ti me Lecturers 1 48

America s 29

International Stu d ents

Fa cult y Emeriti 1 48

C l ass i fica tion o f Stud e n ts Classics Pro gra m 44

Refunds 1 6- 1 7

Regents, Board o f 1 4 1

Study Ahroad

acui ty 1 4 3

Advising 2 1

Chi nese

I n s u ra nce 20

Integrated Studies P rogram 82

International

Arts 1 2 2

Re a d i n g Endorsement 55 Re creat i un 1 1 0

Scandinavia n Area S t ud ies

Bachelor's Degrees Offered B iol o gy 34

Radio Station ( KPLU - F M ) 5

En gl i sh Language I n s t i tute 7 3

Exe r cise Science I 1 0

Advance Payments 1 5

A P - Math 9 1

Racial Ha.rassmcnt 1 49

I n forma t i o n , General 3

Exa m i nati ons , Depar t mental 2 4

Adult S tudent Progra m s 1 9

I n formal Study 24

lasses 5

Eveni n g

RA) 8

e ment

Environs 1 9

U nde rg rad uate Re-entry for

AP - English

Publish i.ng a n d Prin t i ng

I D d ividual ized Major 82

Inte rnational

'P rogra m 74

Environmental Studies

Public A ffairl Mi"IlOr 1 1 6

Instructional Tech nology

E ng l j , h as a Second Langua ge

of Fonner

'heological Studks 1 1 9

A r my ROTC 1 1 9 P r in c ip al 's Cr d enti a ls 57 Privacy A t 1 49 Probation , Academic 23

Incomplete Grade, 22

I n for m a t i o n Science 49

Eng l i s h 69

International Students 7

Ad va nced Pill

n ' i ncering Science 68

1 18

Psychol o g y 1 20

Inclusive LaJlguage 1 50

E m ploymm t , Student 1 2 E ngineering

Health Sciences Pr�-La\ 1 1 9

P roject Preview 5

I m muni"wtions 20

Emeriti Facul t y 1 4 8

E arly Admission l'olicy 6

Ad ults (A

Humani ties, Division of

Eligibi l i t y fo r Activities El lio t t Press

Hon ors Program 80

Educational Psychol o gy 64

Adminbtrative Offices 1 4 1

Political Science 1 1 6 Pre-Professional Srudjes 1 1 8

Housing 1 5

Economics 5 2

[10

Pol icies, rnstihlt i nnJI 1 49

Underg raduate Fe l low hips 2 4 Indi v idu alized Major for Special Honors

School oI

ical T h erapy 1 1 8

Physics 1 1 4

Honor Societies 23

Admissions lnformation 6 Adva nced Placement Oppo r t un i t ies 7 A p p l kauo n Procedu re 6

Phy

Ha no rs 23 De(ln', List 23 I IOllors at Entrance 23 ,ra d u a t i o n Honors 23

Dropplng Classes 2 1

Accred i ta t io n 3 A.CE. L a nguage Institute 73 Act i \' i t ics 1 9

PhysicaJ Educa t i o n ,

H is t o ry o f the University

ri m inali on Po l icy 1 4 9

ccjdent Insurance 20

Re - en t r y

History 78

Dentistry 1 1 8 Dinil1 g S rvice

Accessibility I �

Early Action Pol ic y

20 24

D Dance 1 1 1

Structure 27

Academic

Meab

Cred i t by Examinat ion P rog r ams

A :.adem ie Procedures 2 1

1 52

Fees. Room

Co sts: Tu ition, Special

enter

Course 2 1 Withdrawal from t h e Un iversit y Women's Cenler 1 9

Withdrawal (rom a

Women's . tudies 1 29

Wo rk - S t ud y 1 2

Wr i t i n g Ce.nter 4

Writing

25, [ 50

PACIFIC

IJJIHE RAN UNIVERSITY Tacoma, WA 98447

OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS [ - 8 00-274-6758 253/535-7 [ 5 [ Fax: 253/535-8320 E-mail: adm issions@PLU.edu H o me Page: http://www.plu.edu STUDENT FINANOAL AID SERVICES [ - 800-678-3243 2 5 3 / 5 3 5-7 [ 6 1 E-mail: f1 naid@PLU.cdu

... Ta UIJI/IIIlI'm '�r.�llIa

and g6""h�

TO LOCATE PLU Pacific Lutheran U n i versity is located 7 miles south

of downtown Tacoma, Washington. Take exit [ 27 off I n terstate 5 and go east on H ighway 5 [ 2. Continue on 5 [ 2 [or approximately two m i les to Pacific Avenue ( Parkland-Spanaway exit). Turn right ( south) on Pacific Avenue to [ 2 [ st Street. Turn right on 1 2 1 st . T h e Adm issions O ffice i s i n Hauge Ad m i n istration I3uilding near the in tersection of [ 2 1 st and Yakima.

P rin ted August 1 997